As filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission on July 24, 2015

Registration No. 333-204054

UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

_________________

Amendment No. 2
to
FORM S-1

REGISTRATION STATEMENT
UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

_________________

E-COMPASS ACQUISITION CORP.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its constitutional documents)

Cayman Islands

 

6770

 

N/A

(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)

 

(Primary Standard Industrial
Classification Code Number)

 

(I.R.S. Employer
Identification Number)

6F/Tower, 2 West Prosper Centre
No.5, Guanghua Road
Chaoyang District
Beijing, 100020, P.R. China
86 (10) 8573 1453
(Address, including zip code, and telephone number,
including area code, of registrant’s principal executive offices)

_________________

Richard Xu, Executive Chairman and Chief Executive Officer
6F/Tower, 2 West Prosper Centre
No.5, Guanghua Road
Chaoyang District
Beijing, 100020, P.R. China
86 (10) 8573 1453

(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number,
including area code, of agent for service)
Copies to:

_________________

David Alan Miller, Esq.

Jeffrey M. Gallant, Esq.

Graubard Miller

The Chrysler Building

405 Lexington Avenue

New York, New York 10174

(212) 818-8800

(212) 818-8881 — Facsimile

 

Mitchell S. Nussbaum, Esq.

Giovanni Caruso, Esq.

Loeb & Loeb LLP

345 Park Avenue

New York, New York 10154

(212) 407-4000

(212) 407-4990 — Facsimile

_________________

Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public: As soon as practicable after the effective date of this registration statement.

If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933 check the following box. R

If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. ¨

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. ¨

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):

 

 

Large accelerated filer

 

¨

 

 

 

Accelerated filer

 

¨

 

 

Non-accelerated filer
(Do not check if a smaller reporting company)

 

¨

 

 

 

Smaller reporting company

 

R

 

CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

Title of each Class of Security being registered

 

Proposed Maximum Aggregate Offering Price (1)(2)

 

Amount of Registration Fee

Units, each consisting of one Ordinary Share, par value $0.0001, and one Right entitling the holder to receive one-tenth (1/10) of an Ordinary Share

 

 

 

 

 

Ordinary Shares included as part of the Units

 

 

 

 

 

Rights included as part of the Units

 

 

 

 

 

Ordinary Shares underlying Rights included as part of the Units

 

 

 

 

 

Commission Units each consisting of one Ordinary Share, par value $0.0001, and one Right entitling the holder to receive one-tenth (1/10) of an Ordinary Share

 

 

 

 

 

Ordinary Shares included as part of the Commission Units

 

 

 

 

 

Rights included as part of the Commission Units

 

 

 

 

 

Ordinary Shares underlying Rights included as part of the Commission Units

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

$

47,100,000

 

$

6,052.62

(3)

____________

(1)       Estimated solely for the purpose of calculating the registration fee pursuant to Rule 457(o).

(2)       Includes Units and Ordinary Shares and Rights underlying such Units which may be issued on exercise of a 45-day option granted to the Underwriter to cover over-allotments, if any.

(3)       $5,924.80 of the filling fee has been previously paid.

The registrant hereby amends this registration statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this registration statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until the registration statement shall become effective on such date as the Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.

 

The information in this preliminary prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any state where the offer or sale is not permitted.

PRELIMINARY PROSPECTUS

 

SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED JULY 24, 2015

$41,100,000

E-compass Acquisition Corp.

4,000,000 Units

110,000 Commission Units

E-compass Acquisition Corp. is a Cayman Islands exempted company incorporated as a blank check company formed for the purpose of entering into a share exchange, asset acquisition, share purchase, recapitalization, reorganization or other similar business combination with one or more businesses or entities, or entering into contractual arrangements that give us control over such a target business. Our efforts to identify a prospective target business will not be limited to a particular industry or geographic region of the world although we initially intend to focus on target businesses in the People’s Republic of China that operate in the e-commerce and consumer retail industry. We do not have any specific business combination under consideration and we have not (nor has anyone on our behalf), directly or indirectly, contacted any prospective target business or had any discussions, formal or otherwise, with respect to such a transaction.

This is an initial public offering of our units. Each unit that we are offering has a price of $10.00 and consists of one ordinary share and one right to receive one-tenth (1/10) of an ordinary share on the consummation of an initial business combination, as described in more detail in this prospectus. We refer to these rights as the “rights” or the “public rights.”

We have granted Cantor Fitzgerald & Co., the underwriter, a 45-day option to purchase up to 600,000 units (over and above the 4,000,000 units referred to above) solely to cover over-allotments, if any.

We have agreed to introduce the underwriter in this offering to investors, who we refer to throughout this prospectus as the “lead investors,” that are interested in purchasing at least $20,000,000 of the units being offered hereby. The lead investors will be required to waive their right to receive $0.40 per share purchased by them in this offering in the event they seek to convert such shares into cash held in the trust account described below in connection with an initial business combination or upon our liquidation if we are unable to consummate an initial business combination within the required time period so that public investors will receive at least $10.40 per share purchased by them in this offering upon conversion or liquidation. We have also agreed to cause at least $10,000,000 of the units being offered hereby are to be purchased by investors (who could also be lead investors), who we refer to throughout this prospectus as the “non-tendering investors,” introduced by us who will agree to hold their shares through the consummation of our initial business combination, vote in favor of such proposed business combination and not seek redemption in connection therewith, as described in this prospectus. As a result, we expect to meet the $5,000,001 net tangible asset requirement in order to complete an initial business combination, as described in this prospectus.

An affiliate of Richard Xu, our Executive Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, has also committed to purchase from us an aggregate of 310,000 units, or “private units,” at $10.00 per unit (for a total purchase price of $3,100,000). These purchases will take place on a private placement basis simultaneously with the consummation of this offering. This affiliate has also agreed that if investors introduced by us to the underwriter do not purchase at least $20,000,000 of the units being offered hereby, it will purchase from us at a price of $10.00 per unit the number of units, or “commission units,” (up to an aggregate of 110,000 commission units) that will equal the increased commissions we will pay the underwriter, as described below, and to cover the additional $0.40 that public investors may receive upon conversion or liquidation to total $10.40 per share as described above. The commission units have been registered on the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part. All of the proceeds we receive from these purchases will be placed in the trust account.

There is presently no public market for our units, ordinary shares, or rights. We have applied to have our units listed on the Nasdaq Capital Market, or Nasdaq, under the symbol “ECACU” on or promptly after the date of this prospectus. We cannot guarantee that our securities will be approved for listing on Nasdaq. The ordinary shares and rights comprising the units will begin separate trading ten business days following the earlier to occur of the expiration of the underwriter’s over-allotment option, its exercise in full or the announcement by the underwriter of its intention not to exercise all or any remaining portion of the over-allotment option, subject to our filing a Current Report on Form 8-K with the Securities and Exchange Commission, or SEC, containing an audited balance sheet reflecting our receipt of the gross proceeds of this offering and issuing a press release announcing when such separate trading will begin. Once the securities comprising the units begin separate trading, the ordinary shares and rights will be traded on Nasdaq under the symbols “ECAC” and “ECACR,” respectively. We cannot assure you that our securities will continue to be listed on Nasdaq after this offering.

We are an “emerging growth company” as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012 and have elected to comply with certain reduced public company reporting requirements.

Investing in our securities involves a high degree of risk. See “Risk Factors” beginning on page 12 of this prospectus for a discussion of information that should be considered in connection with an investment in our securities.

Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or determined if this prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

No offer or invitation to subscribe for units may be made to the public in the Cayman Islands.

 

 

Public Offering Price

 

Underwriting Discount and Commissions (1)(2)(3)(4)

 

Proceeds, Before Expenses, to Us

Per unit

 

$

10.00

 

$

0.525

 

$

9.475

Total

 

$

40,000,000

 

$

2,100,000

 

$

37,900,000

____________

(1)        Per unit (i) underwriting discount and commissions, and (ii) Proceeds, before expenses, to us, in each case represents an average value as further described in footnotes (2) and (3).

(2)        Includes additional underwriting commissions of $0.15 per unit, or an aggregate of $300,000 (0.75% of the $40 million offering amount, which does not include any over-allotment), on up to 2,000,000 units which may be paid to Cantor Fitzgerald & Co. if we do not introduce any investors to the underwriter that purchase units in this offering. To the extent we do introduce investors to Cantor Fitzgerald & Co. that purchase units being offered hereby, the underwriting commission paid to the underwriter will be reduced in the amount of $0.15 per unit purchased by such investor we introduce to Cantor Fitzgerald & Co. up to the full $300,000 fee if at least $20,000,000 is invested by investors introduced by us.

(3)        Includes $0.15 per unit, or $600,000 (or approximately $870,000 if the underwriter’s over-allotment option is exercised in full), payable to Cantor Fitzgerald & Co. for a deferred underwriting fee to be placed in the trust account described below. These funds will be released to Cantor Fitzgerald & Co. only on completion of our initial business combination, as described in this prospectus.

(4)        Please see the section titled “Underwriting” for further information relating to the underwriting arrangements agreed to between us and the underwriter in this offering.

Upon consummation of the offering, $10.40 per unit sold to the public (excluding the lead investors and non-tendering investors) in this offering (approximately $10.31 if the over-allotment option has been exercised in full) will be deposited into a United States-based account at Morgan Stanley, maintained by Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company, acting as trustee. Except as described in this prospectus, these funds will not be released to us until the earlier of the completion of our initial business combination and our liquidation of the trust account upon our failure to consummate a business combination within the required time period.

We are offering the units for sale on a firm-commitment basis. Cantor Fitzgerald & Co. expects to deliver our securities to investors in the offering on or about [________________], 2015.

Cantor Fitzgerald & Co.

_______________, 2015

 

E-compass Acquisition Corp.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

 

Page

Prospectus Summary

 

1

Summary Financial Data

 

11

Risk Factors

 

12

Cautionary Note Regarding Forward Looking Statements

 

31

Use of Proceeds

 

32

Dividend Policy

 

35

Dilution

 

36

Capitalization

 

38

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

 

39

Proposed Business

 

43

Management

 

59

Principal Shareholders

 

67

Certain Transactions

 

70

Description of Securities

 

73

Shares Eligible for Future Sale

 

80

Underwriting

 

90

Legal Matters

 

94

Experts

 

94

Where You Can Find Additional Information

 

94

Index to Financial Statements

 

F-1

i

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

This summary highlights certain information appearing elsewhere in this prospectus. For a more complete understanding of this offering, you should read the entire prospectus carefully, including the risk factors and the financial statements. Unless otherwise stated in this prospectus:

         “we,” “us” or “our company” refers to E-compass Acquisition Corp.;

         “US Dollars” and “$” refer to the legal currency of the United States;

         “RMB” refers to Renminbi, the legal currency of the PRC ;

         the information in this prospectus assumes that investors introduced by us to the underwriter purchase at least $20,000,000 of the units being offered hereby and as a result, the commissions payable to the underwriter will not increase and the initial shareholders will not purchase any commission units; and

         the information in this prospectus assumes that the underwriter will not exercise its over-allotment option.

You should rely only on the information contained in this prospectus. We have not authorized anyone to provide you with different information. We are not making an offer of these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer is not permitted.

We are a Cayman Islands company incorporated on September 23, 2014 as an exempted company with limited liability. Exempted companies are Cayman Islands companies wishing to conduct business outside the Cayman Islands and, as such, are exempted from complying with certain provisions of the Companies Law (2013 Revision) of the Cayman Islands as the same may be amended from time to time. As an exempted company, we have applied for and received a tax exemption undertaking from the Cayman Islands government that, in accordance with section 6 of the Tax Concessions Law (2011 Revision) of the Cayman Islands, for a period of 20 years from the date of the undertaking, no law which is enacted in the Cayman Islands imposing any tax to be levied on profits, income, gains or appreciations shall apply to us or our operations and, in addition, that no tax to be levied on profits, income, gains or appreciations or which is in the nature of estate duty or inheritance tax shall be payable (i) on or in respect of our shares, debentures or other obligations or (ii) by way of the withholding in whole or in part of a payment of dividend or other distribution of income or capital by us to our shareholders or a payment of principal or interest or other sums due under a debenture or other obligation of us.

We were formed for the purpose of entering into a merger, share exchange, asset acquisition, share purchase, recapitalization, reorganization or similar business combination with one or more businesses or entities, which we refer to as a “target business,” or entering into contractual arrangements that give us control over such a target business. While our efforts to identify a prospective target business will not necessarily be limited to a particular industry or geographic region of the world, we initially intend to focus our search on target businesses located in the People’s Republic of China as well as the Hong Kong Special Administrative Region and the Macau Special Administrative Region (but not Taiwan), which we refer collectively throughout this prospectus as “China” or the “PRC,” that operate in the e-commerce and consumer retail industry. We believe that companies that operate in the e-commerce and consumer retail industry in China will perform favorably over the next decade due to the following reasons:

         Rising spending power of Chinese consumers;

         China’s online shopping population is relatively underpenetrated;

         An increase in categories of products and services online;

         Increased usage of mobile devices;

         China’s offline retail market faces significant challenges;

         Offline retailers are starting to use online marketplaces to grow their business;

         Growth in China’s consumption;

1

         Growth in the number of people in China that have access to the Internet; and

         Greater availability of goods online across consumption categories.

We do not have any specific business combination under consideration and we have not (nor has anyone on our behalf), directly or indirectly, contacted any prospective target business or had any discussions, formal or otherwise, with respect to such a transaction. Accordingly, we may not be able to locate a suitable or attractive target business to consummate an initial business combination with.

We will have until 18 months from the consummation of this offering to consummate our initial business combination. If we are unable to consummate our initial business combination within such time period, we will distribute the aggregate amount then on deposit in the trust account, pro rata to the holders of the ordinary shares which are being sold as part of the units in this public offering (whether they are purchased in the public offering or in the aftermarket) by way of redemption and cease all operations except for the purposes of winding up of our affairs.

Pursuant to the Nasdaq listing rules, our initial business combination must be with a target business or businesses whose collective fair market value is at least equal to 80% of the balance in the trust account at the time of the execution of a definitive agreement for such business combination, although this may entail simultaneous acquisitions of several target businesses. The fair market value of the target will be determined by our board of directors based upon one or more standards generally accepted by the financial community (such as actual and potential sales, earnings, cash flow and/or book value). The target business or businesses that we acquire may have a collective fair market value substantially in excess of 80% of the trust account balance. We are not required to obtain an opinion from an unaffiliated third party that the target business we select has a fair market value in excess of at least 80% of the balance of the trust account unless our board of directors cannot make such determination on its own.

We currently anticipate structuring our initial business combination to acquire 100% of the equity interests or assets of the target business or businesses. We may, however, structure our initial business combination where we merge directly with the target business or where we acquire less than 100% of such interests or assets of the target business in order to meet certain objectives of the target management team or shareholders or for other reasons, but we will only complete such business combination if the post-transaction company owns or acquires 50% or more of the outstanding voting securities of the target (whether through outright ownership or through contractual arrangements) or otherwise acquires a controlling interest in the target sufficient for it not to be required to register as an investment company under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, or the Investment Company Act. The government of the PRC has restricted or limited foreign ownership of certain kinds of assets and companies operating in a wide variety of industries, including some online and mobile commerce businesses. Accordingly, we may need to structure our transaction to acquire a target business using contractual arrangements through variable interest entities, which are entities 100% owned by Chinese citizens. For further information on such arrangements, see “ Proposed Business — Contractual Arrangements .” Even if the post-transaction company owns or acquires 50% or more of the voting securities of the target, our shareholders prior to the business combination may collectively own a minority interest in the post-transaction company, depending on valuations ascribed to the target and us in the business combination transaction. For example, we could pursue a transaction in which we issue a substantial number of new shares in exchange for all of the outstanding capital shares of a target. In this case, we would acquire a 100% controlling interest in the target; however, as a result of the issuance of a substantial number of new shares, our shareholders immediately prior to our initial business combination could own less than a majority of our outstanding shares subsequent to our initial business combination. If less than 100% of the equity interests or assets of a target business or businesses are owned or acquired by the post-transaction company, only the portion of such business or businesses that is owned or acquired is what will be valued for purposes of the 80% of net assets test.

As more fully discussed in “ Management — Conflicts of Interest ,” if any of our officers or directors becomes aware of a business combination opportunity that falls within the line of business of any entity to which he has pre-existing fiduciary or contractual obligations, he may be required to present such business combination opportunity to such entity prior to presenting such business combination opportunity to us. All of our officers and directors currently have certain pre-existing fiduciary duties or contractual obligations. Additionally, each of Richard Xu, our Executive Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, Peiling (Amy) He, our Chief Financial Officer, and Aimin Song, one of our Directors, is also an officer and/or director of Sino Mercury Acquisition Corp., or Sino Mercury, a

2

blank check company formed to effect a merger, capital stock exchange, asset acquisition or other similar business combination with one or more businesses or entities. On April 24, 2015, Sino Mercury entered into an Agreement and Plan of Reorganization with Wins Finance Group Ltd., or WFG, an integrated financing solution provider with operations located primarily in Jinzhong City, Shanxi Province and Beijing, China. Pursuant to the Agreement and Plan of Reorganization, Sino Mercury is currently prohibited from reviewing alternative transactions. Accordingly, at this time, Mr. Xu, Ms. He and Mr. Song have no obligation to present business opportunities to Sino Mercury prior to presenting them to us. If the business combination between Sino Mercury and WFG is not completed for any reason, then Sino Mercury will have until June 1, 2016 (or September 1, 2016 if certain conditions are met) to complete another business combination. Each of Mr. Xu, Ms. He and Mr. Song would then be required to present all business opportunities which are suitable for Sino Mercury to Sino Mercury prior to presenting them to us.

We are an emerging growth company as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012 (which we refer to herein as the JOBS Act) and will remain such for up to five years. However, if our non-convertible debt issued within a three-year period or our total revenues exceed $1 billion or the market value of our ordinary shares that are held by non-affiliates exceeds $700 million on the last day of the second fiscal quarter of any given fiscal year, we would cease to be an emerging growth company as of the following fiscal year. As an emerging growth company, we have elected, under Section 107(b) of the JOBS Act, to take advantage of the extended transition period provided in Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Act, for complying with new or revised accounting standard s.

Private Placements

Prior to this offering, our shareholders immediately prior to the date of this prospectus, including all of our officers and directors and their affiliates, purchased an aggregate of 1,150,000 ordinary shares, which we refer to throughout this prospectus as the “insider shares,” for an aggregate purchase price of $25,000, or approximately $0.02 per share. The insider shares held by our initial shareholders include an aggregate of up to 150,000 shares subject to compulsory repurchase by us for an aggregate purchase price of $0.01 to the extent that the underwriter’s over-allotment option is not exercised in full or in part, so that the insider shares will comprise 20.0% of our issued and outstanding shares after this offering (excluding the private units and any commission units). None of our initial shareholders has indicated any intention to purchase units in this offering.

The insider shares are identical to the ordinary shares included in the units being sold in this offering. However, our initial shareholders have agreed, pursuant to written agreements with us, (A) to vote their insider shares and any public shares acquired in or after this offering in favor of any proposed business combination, (B) not to propose, or vote in favor of, an amendment to our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association with respect to our pre-business combination activities prior to the consummation of such a business combination unless we provide dissenting public shareholders with the opportunity to convert their public shares in connection with any such vote, (C) not to convert any shares (including the insider shares) for cash from the trust account in connection with a shareholder vote to approve our proposed initial business combination or a vote to amend the provisions of our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association relating to shareholders’ rights or pre-business combination activity and (D) that the insider shares shall not participate in any liquidating distribution upon winding up if a business combination is not consummated. Additionally, our initial shareholders have agreed not to transfer, assign or sell any of the insider shares (except to certain permitted transferees) until (1) with respect to 50% of the insider shares, the earlier of one year after the date of the consummation of our initial business combination and the date on which the closing price of our ordinary shares equals or exceeds $13.00 per share (as adjusted for share splits, share dividends, reorganizations and recapitalizations) for any 20 trading days within any 30-trading day period commencing after our initial business combination and (2) with respect to the remaining 50% of the insider shares, one year after the date of the consummation of our initial business combination, or earlier, in either case, if, subsequent to our initial business combination, we consummate a liquidation, merger, stock exchange or other similar transaction which results in all of our shareholders having the right to exchange their ordinary shares for cash, securities or other property.

In addition, an affiliate of Richard Xu, our Executive Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, has committed to purchase an aggregate of 310,000 private units at a price of $10.00 per unit ($3,100,000 in the aggregate). These purchases will take place on a private placement basis that will occur simultaneously with the closing of this offering. This affiliate has also agreed that if lead investors introduced by us to the underwriter do not purchase at least $20,000,000 of

3

the units being offered hereby, it will purchase from us at a price of $10.00 per unit an additional number of commission units (up to an aggregate of 110,000 commission units) that will equal the increased commissions we will pay the underwriter and to cover the additional $0.40 that public investors may receive upon conversion or liquidation to total $10.40 per share. The commission units have been registered on the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part. An investor will be deemed to be introduced by us to the underwriter if such investor was referred to the underwriter by us, has not previously invested in any similarly structured blank check companies through the underwriter and are listed on a schedule to the underwriting agreement, which such schedule would be finalized prior to execution of the underwriting agreement. The underwriter will not purchase for its account any units not purchased by investors introduced by us and instead will sell such units to investors pursuant to the terms of this prospectus . We will be required to pay the underwriter an additional $0.15 per unit, or an aggregate of $300,000 on up to 2,000,000 units if we do not introduce any investors to the underwriter to satisfy this requirement and the underwriter is required to sell such units to other purchasers in this offering. See the section titled “ Underwriting ” for further information related to this arrangement. The proceeds from the private placement of the private units other than the commission units will be added to the proceeds of this offering and placed in an account in the United States at Morgan Stanley, maintained by Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company, as trustee.

The private units are identical to the units sold in this offering. However, the holder has agreed (A) to vote the private shares in favor of any proposed business combination, (B) not to propose, or vote in favor of, an amendment to our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association with respect to our pre-business combination activities prior to the consummation of such a business combination unless we provide dissenting public shareholders with the opportunity to convert their public shares in connection with any such vote, (C) not to convert any private shares for cash from the trust account in connection with a shareholder vote to approve our proposed initial business combination or a vote to amend the provisions of our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association relating to shareholders’ rights or pre-business combination activity and (D) that the private shares shall not participate in any liquidating distribution upon winding up if a business combination is not consummated. The purchaser has also agreed not to transfer, assign or sell any of the private units or underlying securities (except to the same permitted transferees as the insider shares and provided the transferees agree to the same terms and restrictions as the permitted transferees of the insider shares must agree to, each as described above) until the completion of our initial business combination.

We have also agreed to sell to Cantor Fitzgerald & Co. (and/or its designees), for $100, an option to purchase up to a total of 300,000 units exercisable at $10.00 per unit (or an aggregate exercise price of $3,000,000) commencing on the later of the consummation of a business combination and one year from the date of this prospectus. Since the option is not exercisable until at the earliest the consummation of a business combination, and the rights included in the units will entitle the holder to receive ordinary shares upon consummation of a business combination, the option will effectively represent the right to purchase 330,000 ordinary shares (which includes the 30,000 ordinary shares that will be issued for the rights included in the units) for $3,000,000.

Our principal executive offices are located at 6F/Tower, 2 West Prosper Centre, No.5, Guanghua Road, Chaoyang District, Beijing, 100020, P.R. China and our telephone number is 86 (10) 8573 1453.

4

The Offering

In making your decision on whether to invest in our securities, you should take into account not only the backgrounds of the members of our management team, but also the special risks we face as a blank check company and the fact that this offering is not being conducted in compliance with Rule 419 promulgated under the Securities Act. You will not be entitled to protections normally afforded to investors in Rule 419 blank check offerings. You should carefully consider these and the other risks set forth in the section below entitled “Risk Factors” beginning on page 12 of this prospectus.

Securities offered

 

4,000,000 units, at $10.00 per unit, each unit consisting of one ordinary share and one right, each right entitling the holder to receive one-tenth (1/10) of an ordinary share upon consummation of our initial business combination, subject to the conditions described in this prospectus.

 

 

 

 

 

This is different from other offerings similar to ours whose units include one share and one warrant or a combination of warrants and rights. Our management believes that investors in similarly structured blank check offerings, and those likely to invest in this offering, have come to expect the units of such companies to include one share and another security which would allow the holders to acquire additional shares. Without the ability to acquire such additional shares, our management believes that the investors would not be willing to purchase units in such companies’ initial public offerings. In this offering, by solely offering rights as part of the units that entitle the holder to receive only one-tenth of a share, as opposed to a combination of warrants and rights included in units of similarly structured blank check offerings, our management believes we have reduced the number of shares that we would be obligated to issue after the offering compared to other offerings similar to ours. However, no additional consideration will be required to be paid to us by holders of the rights to receive the additional shares upon consummation of our business combination unlike the case when the units include warrants (which would require the payment of additional consideration to us in order to receive the shares underlying such warrants). Our management believes our unit structure (with rights instead of warrants) will make us a more attractive merger partner for target businesses as our capitalization structure will be simpler without the warrants present. However, our management may be incorrect in this belief and our unit structure may cause our units to be worth less than if they included a combination of rights and warrants.

 

 

 

 

 

We are also registering up to 110,000 commission units that may be purchased as described herein.

 

 

 

Listing of our securities and proposed symbols

 


We anticipate the units, and the ordinary shares and rights once they begin separate trading, will be listed on Nasdaq under the symbols “ECACU,” “ECAC” and “ECACR,” respectively.

 

 

 

 

 

We have agreed with Cantor Fitzgerald & Co. that each of the ordinary shares and rights may trade separately ten business days following the earlier to occur of the expiration of the underwriter’s over-allotment option, its exercise in full or the announcement by the underwriter of their intention not to exercise all or any remaining portion of the over-allotment option. In no event will Cantor Fitzgerald & Co. allow separate trading of the ordinary shares and rights until we file an audited balance sheet reflecting our receipt of the gross proceeds of this offering.

 

 

 

 

 

Once the ordinary shares and rights commence separate trading, holders will have the option to continue to hold units or separate their units into the component pieces. Holders will need to have their brokers contact our transfer agent in order to separate the units into separately trading ordinary shares and rights.

 

 

 

5

 

 

We will file a Current Report on Form 8-K with the SEC, including an audited balance sheet, promptly after the consummation of this offering, which is anticipated to take place three business days from the date the units commence trading. The audited balance sheet will reflect our receipt of the proceeds from the exercise of the over-allotment option if the over-allotment option is exercised on the date of this prospectus. If the over-allotment option is exercised after the date of this prospectus, we will file an amendment to the Form 8-K or a new Form 8-K to provide updated financial information to reflect the exercise of the over-allotment option. We will also include in the Form 8-K, or amendment thereto, or in a subsequent Form 8-K, information relating to the separate trading of the ordinary shares and rights.

 

 

 

Ordinary shares:

 

 

 

 

 

Number outstanding before this offering

 

1,150,000 shares 1

 

 

 

Number to be outstanding after this offering and sale of private units

 


5,310,000 shares 2

 

 

 

Rights:

 

 

 

 

 

Number outstanding before this offering

 

0 rights

 

 

 

Number to be outstanding after this offering and sale of private units

 


4,310,000 rights 2

 

Terms of the Rights

 

Each holder of a right will receive one-tenth (1/10) of a share upon consummation of our initial business combination. Therefore, you must have seven rights in order to receive one share. If you own rights in a multiple of less than seven, such rights will be cancelled without compensation as we will not issue fractional shares.

 

 

 

 

 

In the event we will not be the surviving company upon completion of our initial business combination, each holder of a right will be required to affirmatively convert his, her or its rights in order to receive the one-tenth (1/10) of a share underlying each right (without paying any additional consideration) upon consummation of the business combination. If we are unable to complete an initial business combination within the required time period and we liquidate the funds held in the trust account, holders of rights will not receive any of such funds for their rights and the rights will expire worthless.

 

 

 

Offering proceeds to be held in trust

 


$37,700,000 of the net proceeds of this offering (or $43,700,000 if the over-allotment option is exercised in full), plus the $3,100,000 we will receive from the sale of the private units but not the commission units, for an aggregate of $40,800,000 (or an aggregate of $46,800,000 if the over-allotment option is exercised in full), or $10.40 (or approximately $10.31 if the over-allotment option is exercised in full) per unit sold to the public in this offering (excluding the lead investors and non-tendering investors) will be placed in a trust account at Morgan Stanley in the United States, maintained by Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company, acting as trustee pursuant to an agreement to be signed on the date of this prospectus. The remaining $600,000 of net proceeds of this offering will not be held in the trust account.

 

 

 

____________

1          This number includes an aggregate of up to 150,000 ordinary shares held by our initial shareholders that are subject to compulsory repurchase by us if the over-allotment option is not exercised by the underwriter.

2          Assumes (i) the over-allotment option has not been exercised and an aggregate of 150,000 ordinary shares held by our initial shareholders have been compulsorily repurchased by us and (ii) the initial shareholders will not purchase any commission units.

6

 

 

Except as set forth below, the proceeds in the trust account will not be released until the earlier of the completion of an initial business combination within the required time period or our entry into liquidation if we have not completed a business combination in the required time period. Therefore, unless and until an initial business combination is consummated, the proceeds held in the trust account will not be available for our use for any expenses related to this offering or expenses which we may incur related to the investigation and selection of a target business and the negotiation of an agreement to acquire a target business.

 

 

 

 

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, there can be released to us from the trust account (i) any interest earned on the funds in the trust account that we need to pay our income or other tax obligations and (ii) any remaining interest earned on the funds in the trust account that we need for our working capital requirements. With these exceptions, expenses incurred by us may be paid prior to a business combination only from the net proceeds of this offering not held in the trust account (estimated to initially be $600,000); provided, however, that in order to meet our working capital needs following the consummation of this offering if the funds not held in the trust account and interest earned on the funds held in the trust account available to us are insufficient, our initial shareholders, officers and directors or their affiliates may, but are not obligated to, loan us funds, from time to time or at any time, in whatever amount they deem reasonable in their sole discretion. Each loan would be evidenced by a promissory note. The notes would either be paid upon consummation of our initial business combination, without interest, or, at the lender’s discretion, up to $500,000 of the notes may be converted upon consummation of our business combination into additional private units at a price of $10.00 per unit (which, for example, would result in the holders being issued 55,000 ordinary shares if $500,000 of notes were so converted since the 50,000 rights included in the private units would result in the issuance of 5,000 ordinary shares upon the closing of our business combination). Our initial shareholders have approved the issuance of the units (and underlying securities) upon conversion of such notes, to the extent the holder wishes to so convert them at the time of the consummation of our initial business combination. If we do not complete a business combination, the loans would not be repaid.

 

 

 

Limited payments to insiders

 


Prior to the consummation of a business combination, there will be no fees, reimbursements or other cash payments paid to our initial shareholders, officers, directors or their affiliates prior to, or for any services they render in order to effectuate, the consummation of a business combination (regardless of the type of transaction that it is) other than:

 

 

 

 

 

•    repayment at the closing of this offering of a $165,000 non-interest loan made by Lodestar Investment Holdings I LLC, an affiliate of Richard Xu, our executive chairman and chief executive officer; and

 

 

•    reimbursement of out-of-pocket expenses incurred by them in connection with certain activities on our behalf, such as identifying and investigating possible business targets and business combinations, traveling to and from the offices, plants or similar locations of prospective target businesses to examine their operations, reviewing corporate documents and material agreements of prospective target businesses and structuring, negotiating and consummating the business combination. To date, no such expenses have been incurred.

 

 

 

 

 

There is no limit on the amount of out-of-pocket expenses reimbursable by us; provided, however, that to the extent such expenses exceed the available proceeds not deposited in the trust account and the interest income earned on the amounts held in the trust account available to us, such expenses would not be reimbursed by us unless we consummate an initial business combination. Our audit committee will review and approve all reimbursements and payments made to any initial shareholder or member of our management team, or our or their respective affiliates, and any reimbursements and payments made to members of our audit committee will be reviewed and approved by our Board of Directors, with any interested director abstaining from such review and approval.

 

 

 

7

Shareholder approval of initial business combination

 



In connection with any proposed initial business combination, we will seek shareholder approval of such initial business combination at a meeting called for such purpose at which shareholders may seek to have their shares converted, regardless of whether they vote for or against the proposed business combination, for a pro rata share of the aggregate amount then on deposit in the trust account, less any taxes then due but not yet paid (initially anticipated to be $10.40 per share for public shareholders and $10.00 for the lead investors).

 

 

 

 

 

Under our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association, we must provide at least 10 days advance notice of any meeting of shareholders. The proxy statement mailed in connection with any meeting to approve a proposed business combination will describe the manner in which you can vote on the proposed transaction. The proxy statement will also describe the vote necessary to approve the proposed business combination. See the section titled “ Proposed Business — Shareholder Approval of a Business Combination ” for further information.

 

 

 

 

 

We will consummate our initial business combination only if we have net tangible assets of at least $5,000,001 upon such consummation and a majority of the outstanding ordinary shares voted are voted in favor of the business combination. We have determined not to consummate any business combination unless we have net tangible assets of at least $5,000,001 upon such consummation in order to avoid being subject to Rule 419 promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Act.

 

 

 

 

 

We have agreed to introduce the underwriter in this offering to lead investors who are interested in purchasing at least $20,000,000 of the units being offered hereby and to cause at least $10,000,000 of the units being offered hereby to be purchased by non-tendering investors introduced by us who will agree to hold their shares through the consummation of our initial business combination, vote in favor of such proposed business combination and not seek redemption in connection therewith, as described in this prospectus. Such investors will not be providing us with a proxy to vote their shares, however. As a result, we expect to meet the $5,000,001 net tangible asset requirement in order to complete an initial business combination.

 

 

 

 

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, if we seek to consummate a business combination with a target business that imposes any type of working capital closing condition or requires us to have a minimum amount of funds available from the trust account upon consummation of such business combination, the net tangible asset requirement may limit our ability to consummate such a business combination and may force us to seek third party financing which may not be available on terms acceptable to us or at all. As a result, we may not be able to consummate such business combination and we may not be able to locate another suitable target within the applicable time period, if at all.

 

 

 

 

 

Our initial shareholders have agreed (i) to vote their insider shares, private shares and any public shares purchased in or after this offering in favor of any proposed business combination and (ii) not to convert any shares (including the insider shares) in connection with a shareholder vote to approve a proposed initial business combination. None of our officers, directors, initial shareholders or their affiliates has indicated any intention to purchase units in this offering or any units or ordinary shares in the open market or in private transactions. However, if a significant number of shareholders vote, or indicate an intention to vote, against a proposed business combination, our officers, directors, initial shareholders or their affiliates could make such purchases in the open market or in private transactions in order to influence the vote. There is no limit on the amount of shares that may be purchased by the insiders.

 

 

 

8

 

 

Any purchases would be made in compliance with federal securities laws, including the fact that all material information will be made public prior to such purchase, and no purchases would be made if such purchases would violate Section 9(a)(2) or Rule 10b-5 of the Exchange Act, which are rules designed to stop potential manipulation of a company’s stock.

 

 

 

 

 

If the business combination is not consummated, public shareholders will not be entitled to have their shares converted. Public shareholders who convert their shares will continue to have the right to receive shares upon automatic conversion of the rights they may hold if the business combination is consummated.

 

 

 

Conversion rights

 

In connection with any shareholder meeting called to approve a proposed initial business combination, each public shareholder will have the right, regardless of whether he is voting for or against such proposed business combination, to have his shares converted into a pro rata share of the trust account upon consummation of the business combination.

 

 

 

 

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, a public shareholder, together with any affiliate of his or any other person with whom he is acting in concert or as a “group” (as defined in Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act) will be restricted from seeking conversion rights with respect to 20% or more of the ordinary shares sold in this offering. Accordingly, all shares purchased by a holder in excess of 20% of the shares sold in this offering will not be converted for cash. We believe this restriction will prevent an individual shareholder or “group” from accumulating large blocks of shares before the vote held to approve a proposed business combination and attempt to use the redemption right as a means to force us or our management to purchase its shares at a significant premium to the then current market price. By limiting a shareholder’s ability to convert no more than 20% of the ordinary shares sold in this offering, we believe we have limited the ability of a small group of shareholders to unreasonably attempt to block a transaction which is favored by our other public shareholders. All conversions of shares shall take effect as repurchases as a matter of Cayman Islands law.

 

 

 

 

 

We may also require public shareholders, whether they are a record holder or hold their shares in “street name,” to either tender their certificates to our transfer agent at any time through the vote on the business combination or to deliver their shares to the transfer agent electronically using Depository Trust Company’s DWAC (Deposit/Withdrawal At Custodian) System, at the holder’s option. There is a nominal cost associated with this tendering process and the act of certificating the shares or delivering them through the DWAC system. The transfer agent will typically charge the tendering broker $45 and it would be up to the broker whether or not to pass this cost on to the converting holder.

 

 

 

Liquidation if no business combination

 


If we are unable to complete our initial business combination within 18 months from the consummation of this offering, it will trigger our automatic winding up, dissolution and liquidation pursuant to the terms of our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association. As a result, this has the same effect as if we had formally gone through a voluntary liquidation procedure under the Companies Law of the Cayman Islands. Accordingly, no vote would be required from our shareholders to commence such a voluntary winding up, dissolution and liquidation.

 

 

 

9

 

 

The amount in the trust account (less $400 representing the aggregate nominal par value of the shares of our public shareholders) under the Companies Law of the Cayman Islands will be treated as share premium which is distributable under the Companies Law of the Cayman Islands provided that immediately following the date on which the proposed distribution is to be made, we are able to pay our debts as they fall due in the ordinary course of business. If we are forced to liquidate, we anticipate that we would distribute to our public shareholders the amount in the trust account calculated as of the date that is two days prior to the distribution date (including any accrued interest). Prior to such distribution, we would be required to assess all claims that may be potentially brought against us by our creditors for amounts they are actually owed and make provision for such amounts, as creditors take priority over our public shareholders with respect to amounts that are owed to them. We cannot assure you that we will properly assess all claims that may be potentially brought against us. As such, our shareholders could potentially be liable for any claims of creditors to the extent of distributions received by them as an unlawful payment in the event we enter an insolvent liquidation. Furthermore, while we will seek to have all vendors and service providers (which would include any third parties we engaged to assist us in any way in connection with our search for a target business) and prospective target businesses execute agreements with us waiving any right, title, interest or claim of any kind they may have in or to any monies held in the trust account, there is no guarantee that they will execute such agreements. Nor is there any guarantee that, even if such entities execute such agreements with us, they will not seek recourse against the trust account or that a court would conclude that such agreements are legally enforceable.

 

 

 

 

 

The holders of the insider shares and private units will not participate in any redemption distribution with respect to their insider shares, private shares or private rights.

 

 

 

 

 

Richard Xu and Chen Liu have contractually agreed that, if we liquidate the trust account prior to the consummation of a business combination, they will be personally liable to ensure that the proceeds in the trust account are not reduced by the claims of target businesses or claims of vendors or other entities that are owed money by us for services rendered or contracted for or products sold to us. Accordingly, if a claim brought by a target business or vendor did not exceed the amount of funds available to us outside of the trust account or available to be released to us from interest earned on the trust account balance, Messrs. Xu and Liu would not have any personal obligation to indemnify such claims as they would be paid from such available funds. However, if a claim exceeded such amounts, the only exceptions to the obligations of Messrs. Xu and Liu to pay such claim would be if the party executed an agreement waiving any right, title, interest or claim of any kind they have in or to any monies held in the trust account. We cannot assure you that Messrs. Xu and Liu will be able to satisfy these obligations if he is required to do so. Therefore, we cannot assure you that the per-share distribution from the trust account, if we liquidate the trust account because we have not completed a business combination within the required time periods, will not be reduced.

 

 

 

 

 

We will pay the costs of any subsequent liquidation from our remaining assets outside of the trust account. If such funds are insufficient, Messrs. Xu and Liu have agreed to pay the funds necessary to complete such liquidation (currently anticipated to be no more than approximately $15,000) and have agreed not to seek repayment for such expenses.

Risks

In making your decision on whether to invest in our securities, you should take into account the special risks we face as a blank check company, as well as the fact that this offering is not being conducted in compliance with Rule 419 promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Act, and, therefore, you will not be entitled to protections normally afforded to investors in Rule 419 blank check offerings. For additional information concerning how Rule 419 blank check offerings differ from this offering, please see “ Proposed Business — Comparison to offerings of blank check companies subject to Rule 419 .” You should carefully consider these and the other risks set forth in the section entitled “ Risk Factors ” beginning on page 12 of this prospectus.

10

SUMMARY FINANCIAL DATA

The following table summarizes the relevant financial data for our business and should be read with our financial statements, which are included in this prospectus. We have not had any significant operations to date, so only balance sheet data is presented.

 

 

December 31, 2014

 

March 31, 2015

 

 

Actual

 

Actual

 

As Adjusted (1)

Balance Sheet Data:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Working capital (deficiency)

 

$

(88,436

)

 

$

(108,568

)

 

$

40,820,092

(2)

Total assets

 

$

148,133

 

 

$

139,001

 

 

$

41,420,092

 

Total liabilities

 

$

128,009

 

 

$

119,009

 

 

$

600,000

 

Value of ordinary shares subject to possible conversion

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

30,800,000

(3)

Shareholders’ equity

 

$

20,124

 

 

$

19,992

 

 

$

10,020,092

 

____________

(1)       Includes the $3,100,000 we will receive from the sale of the private units.

(2)       The “as adjusted” working capital is derived by adding total shareholders’ equity and the value of the ordinary shares subject to possible conversion.

(3)       The “as adjusted” value of common stock which may be converted for cash is derived by taking 3,000,000 ordinary shares which may be converted, representing the maximum number of shares that may be converted while the investors introduced by the initial shareholders agreed not to redeem at least 1,000,000 shares and maintaining at least $5,000,001 in net tangible assets after the offering, multiplied by a conversion price of approximately $10.40 for public investors and $10.00 for lead investors.

If a business combination is not so consummated, the trust account, less amounts we are permitted to withdraw as described in this prospectus, will be distributed solely to our public shareholders (subject to our obligations under Cayman Islands law to provide for claims of creditors).

11

R I S K FA C TORS

An investment in our securities involves a high degree of risk. You should consider carefully the material risks described below, which we believe represent the material risks related to the offering, together with the other information contained in this prospectus, before making a decision to invest in our units. This prospectus also contains forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. Our actual results could differ materially from those anticipated in the forward-looking statements as a result of specific factors, including the risks described below.

Risks Associated with Our Business

We are a development stage company with no operating history and, accordingly, you will not have any basis on which to evaluate our ability to achieve our business objective.

We are a development stage company with no operating results to date. Therefore, our ability to commence operations is dependent upon obtaining financing through the public offering of our securities. Since we do not have an operating history, you will have no basis upon which to evaluate our ability to achieve our business objective, which is to acquire an operating business. We have not conducted any discussions and we have no plans, arrangements or understandings with any prospective acquisition candidates. We will not generate any revenues until, at the earliest, after the consummation of a business combination.

Our independent registered public accounting firm’s report contains an explanatory paragraph that expresses substantial doubt about our ability to continue as a “going concern.”

The report of our independent registered public accountants on our financial statements includes an explanatory paragraph stating that our ability to continue as a going concern is dependent on the consummation of this offering. The financial statements do not include any adjustments that might result from our inability to consummate this offering or our ability to continue as a going concern. Moreover, we have no revenue and our working capital as of March 31, 2015 is not sufficient to complete our planned activities for the upcoming year. These factors raise substantial doubt about our ability to continue as a going concern.

If we are unable to consummate a business combination, our public shareholders may be forced to wait more than 18 months before receiving liquidation distributions.

We have 18 months from the consummation of this offering in which to complete a business combination. We have no obligation to return funds to investors prior to such date unless we consummate a business combination prior thereto and only then in cases where investors have sought to have their shares converted. Only after the expiration of this full time period will public shareholders be entitled to liquidation distributions if we are unable to complete a business combination. Accordingly, investors’ funds may be unavailable to them until after such date and to liquidate your investment, you may be forced to sell your securities potentially at a loss.

You will not be entitled to protections normally afforded to investors of blank check companies.

Since the net proceeds of this offering are intended to be used to complete a business combination with a target business that has not been identified, we may be deemed to be a “blank check” company under the United States securities laws. However, since we will have net tangible assets in excess of $5,000,000 upon the successful consummation of this offering and will file a Current Report on Form 8-K, including an audited balance sheet demonstrating this fact, we are exempt from rules promulgated by the SEC to protect investors of blank check companies such as Rule 419. Accordingly, investors will not be afforded the benefits or protections of those rules which would, for example, completely restrict the transferability of our securities, require us to complete a business combination within 18 months of the effective date of the initial registration statement and restrict the use of interest earned on the funds held in the trust account. Because we are not subject to Rule 419, our units will be immediately tradable, we will be entitled to withdraw amounts from the funds held in the trust account prior to the completion of

12

a business combination and we will have a longer period of time to complete such a business combination than we would if we were subject to such rule.

We may issue ordinary or preferred shares or debt securities to complete a business combination, which would reduce the equity interest of our shareholders and likely cause a change in control of our ownership.

Our memorandum and articles of association currently authorize the issuance of up to 100,000,000 ordinary shares, par value $0.0001 per share, and 1,000,000 preferred shares, par value $0.0001 per share. Immediately after this offering and the purchase of the private units (assuming no exercise of the underwriter’s over-allotment option), there will be 93,929,000 authorized but unissued ordinary shares available for issuance (after appropriate reservation for the issuance of the shares underlying the rights issuable upon consummation of our initial business combination and the issuance of the securities underlying the underwriters’ purchase option). Although we have no commitment to do so as of the date of this offering, we may issue a substantial number of additional ordinary shares or preferred shares, or a combination of ordinary shares and preferred shares, to complete our initial business combination. The issuance of additional ordinary shares or preferred shares:

         may significantly reduce the equity interest of investors in this offering;

         may subordinate the rights of holders of ordinary shares if we issue preferred shares with rights senior to those afforded to our ordinary shares;

         may cause a change in control if a substantial number of ordinary shares are issued, which may affect, among other things, our ability to use our net operating loss carry forwards, if any, and could result in the resignation or removal of our present officers and directors; and

         may adversely affect prevailing market prices for our ordinary shares.

Similarly, if we issue debt securities, it could result in:

         default and foreclosure on our assets if our operating revenues after a business combination are insufficient to repay our debt obligations;

         acceleration of our obligations to repay the indebtedness even if we make all principal and interest payments when due if we breach certain covenants that require the maintenance of certain financial ratios or reserves without a waiver or renegotiation of that covenant;

         our immediate payment of all principal and accrued interest, if any, if the debt security is payable on demand; and

         our inability to obtain necessary additional financing if the debt security contains covenants restricting our ability to obtain such financing while the debt security is outstanding.

The funds held in the trust account may not earn significant interest and, as a result, we may be limited to the funds held outside of the trust account to fund our search for target businesses, to pay our tax obligations and to complete our initial business combination.

Of the net proceeds of this offering, approximately $600,000 will be available to us initially outside the trust account to fund our working capital requirements. We will depend on sufficient interest being earned on the proceeds held in the trust account to provide us with additional working capital we will need to identify one or more target businesses and to complete our initial business combination, as well as to pay any tax obligations that we may owe. Interest rates on permissible investments for us have been less than 1% over the last several years. Accordingly, if we do not earn a sufficient amount of interest on the funds held in the trust account and use all of the funds held outside of the trust account, we may not have sufficient funds available with which to structure, negotiate or close an initial business combination. In such event, we would need to borrow funds from our initial shareholders or their affiliates to operate or may be forced to cease searching for a target business. If our initial shareholders or their affiliates agreed to loan us funds, such loan would be evidenced by a promissory note. The notes would either be paid upon consummation of our initial business combination, without interest, or, at the lender’s discretion, up to $500,000 of the notes may be converted upon consummation of our business combination into additional private units at a price of $10.00 per unit. Our initial shareholders are under no obligation to loan us any funds.

13

If third parties bring claims against us, the proceeds held in trust could be reduced and the per-share liquidation price received by shareholders may be less than $10.40 for public holders and $10.00 for lead investors.

Our placing of funds in trust may not protect those funds from third party claims against us. Although we will seek to have all vendors and service providers we engage and prospective target businesses we negotiate with execute agreements with us waiving any right, title, interest or claim of any kind in or to any monies held in the trust account for the benefit of our public shareholders, they may not execute such agreements. Furthermore, even if such entities execute such agreements with us, they may seek recourse against the monies held in the trust account. A court may not uphold the validity of such agreements. Accordingly, the proceeds held in trust could be subject to claims which could take priority over those of our public shareholders and any such claims could delay the timing of our distribution of the funds held in the trust account. If we liquidate the trust account before the completion of a business combination, Messrs. Xu and Liu have agreed that they will be personally liable to ensure that the proceeds in the trust account are not reduced by the claims of target businesses or claims of vendors or other entities that are owed money by us for services rendered or contracted for or products sold to us and which have not executed a waiver agreement. However, they may not be able to meet such obligation. Therefore, the per-share distribution from the trust account in such a situation may be reduced.

Additionally, if we are forced to file a bankruptcy case or an involuntary bankruptcy case is filed against us which is not dismissed, or if we otherwise enter compulsory or court supervised liquidation, the proceeds held in the trust account could be subject to applicable bankruptcy law, and may be included in our bankruptcy estate and subject to the claims of third parties with priority over the claims of our shareholders. To the extent any bankruptcy claims deplete the trust account, we may not be able to return to our public shareholders at least $10.40 or $10.00, as applicable.

Our shareholders may be held liable for claims by third parties against us to the extent of distributions received by them.

Our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association provide that we will continue in existence only until 18 months from the date of this prospectus, if a business combination has not been consummated by such time. As such, our shareholders could potentially be liable for any claims to the extent of distributions received by them pursuant to such process and any liability of our shareholders may extend beyond the date of such distribution. Accordingly, we cannot assure you that third parties, or us under the control of an official liquidator, will not seek to recover from our shareholders amounts owed to them by us.

If we are unable to consummate a transaction within the required time period, upon notice from us, the trustee of the trust account will distribute the amount in our trust account to our public shareholders. Concurrently, we shall pay, or reserve for payment, from funds not held in trust, our liabilities and obligations, although we cannot assure you that there will be sufficient funds for such purpose. If there are insufficient funds held outside the trust account for such purpose, Messrs. Xu and Liu have agreed that they will be personally liable to ensure that the proceeds in the trust account are not reduced by the claims of target businesses or claims of vendors or other entities that are owed money by us for services rendered or contracted for or products sold to us and which have not executed a waiver agreement.

If we are forced to enter into an insolvent liquidation, any distributions received by shareholders could be viewed as an unlawful payment if it was proved that immediately following the date on which the distribution was made, we were unable to pay our debts as they fall due in the ordinary course of business. As a result, a liquidator could seek to recover all amounts received by our shareholders. Furthermore, our directors may be viewed as having breached their fiduciary duties to us or our creditors and/or may have acted in bad faith, and thereby exposing themselves and our company to claims, by paying public shareholders from the trust account prior to addressing the claims of creditors. We cannot assure you that claims will not be brought against us for these reasons. We and our directors and officers who knowingly and willfully authorized or permitted any distribution to be paid out of our share premium account while we were unable to pay our debts as they fall due in the ordinary course of business would be guilty of an offence and may be liable to a fine of US$15,000 and to imprisonment for five years in the Cayman Islands.

14

Unlike other blank check companies, our units are comprised of ordinary shares and rights rather than units comprised of ordinary shares and warrants and therefore investors will not be issued warrants as part of their investment.

Unlike other blank check companies that sell units comprised of ordinary shares and warrants in their initial public offerings, we are selling units comprised of ordinary shares and rights. The rights will not have any voting rights, will entitle the holder to receive one-tenth of a share upon consummation of our initial business combination and will expire and be worthless if we do not consummate an initial business combination. Accordingly, investors in this offering will not be issued any warrants as part of their investment which may have the effect of limiting the potential upside value of your investment in our company. Additionally, no additional consideration will be required to be paid by holders of the rights to receive the additional shares upon consummation of our business combination and, as a result, the rights may result in greater dilution in per share book value than would result from the issuance of warrants (which would require the payment of additional consideration to receive the shares underlying such warrants).

Holders of rights will not participate in liquidating distributions if we are unable to complete an initial business combination within the required time period.

If we are unable to complete an initial business combination within the required time period and we liquidate the funds held in the trust account, the rights will expire and holders will not receive any of such proceeds with respect to the rights. The foregoing may provide a financial incentive to public shareholders to vote in favor of any proposed initial business combination as their rights would entitle the holder to receive one-tenth of a share upon consummation of such business combination, resulting in an increase in their overall economic stake in our company. If a business combination is not approved, the rights will expire and will be worthless.

We have no obligation to net cash settle the rights.

In no event will we have any obligation to net cash settle the rights. Furthermore, there are no contractual penalties for failure to deliver securities to the holders of the rights upon consummation of an initial business combination. Accordingly, the rights may expire worthless.

Since we have not yet selected a particular industry or target business with which to complete a business combination, we are unable to currently ascertain the merits or risks of the industry or business in which we may ultimately operate.

While we intend to focus our search for target businesses in the People’s Republic of China that operate in the e-commerce and consumer retail industry, we are not limited in this respect and may consummate a business combination with a company in any location or industry we choose (subject to the limitations imposed by the PRC on foreign investments in certain industries as described in the section “ Proposed Business — Contractual Arrangements ”). Accordingly, there is no current basis for you to evaluate the possible merits or risks of the particular industry in which we may ultimately operate or the target business which we may ultimately acquire. To the extent we complete a business combination with a financially unstable company or an entity in its development stage, we may be affected by numerous risks inherent in the business operations of those entities. If we complete a business combination with an entity in an industry characterized by a high level of risk, we may be affected by the currently unascertainable risks of that industry. Although our management will endeavor to evaluate the risks inherent in a particular industry or target business, we cannot assure you that we will properly ascertain or assess all of the significant risk factors. We also cannot assure you that an investment in our units will not ultimately prove to be less favorable to investors in this offering than a direct investment, if an opportunity were available, in a target business.

The requirement that the target business or businesses that we acquire must collectively have a fair market value equal to at least 80% of the balance of the funds in the trust account at the time of the execution of a definitive agreement for our initial business combination may limit the type and number of companies that we may complete such a business combination with.

Pursuant to the Nasdaq listing rules, the target business or businesses that we acquire must collectively have a fair market value equal to at least 80% of the balance of the funds in the trust account at the time of the execution of a definitive agreement for our initial business combination. The fair market value of the target will be determined

15

by our board of directors based upon one or more standards generally accepted by the financial community (such as actual and potential sales, earnings, cash flow and/or book value). In determining the fair market value of any target business, investors will be relying on the judgment of our board of directors, who will have broad discretion in establishing the fair market value of any prospective target business. The fair market value restriction may limit the type and number of companies that with which may complete a business combination. If we are unable to locate a target business or businesses that satisfy this fair market value test, we may be forced to liquidate and you will only be entitled to receive your pro rata portion of the funds in the trust account.

If Nasdaq delists our securities from quotation on its exchange after this offering, or if we chose to terminate our listing on Nasdaq, we would not be required to complete a business combination with a target business or businesses meeting specific fair market value requirements.

If Nasdaq delists our securities from quotation on its exchange after this offering, or if we chose to terminate our listing on Nasdaq, we would not be required to satisfy the fair market value requirement described above and could complete a business combination with a target business having a fair market value substantially below 80% of the balance in the trust account.

Our ability to successfully effect a business combination and to be successful thereafter will be totally dependent upon the efforts of our key personnel, some of whom may join us following a business combination. While we intend to closely scrutinize any individuals we engage after a business combination, we cannot assure you that our assessment of these individuals will prove to be correct.

Our ability to successfully effect a business combination is dependent upon the efforts of our key personnel. We believe that our success depends on the continued service of our key personnel, at least until we have consummated our initial business combination. We cannot assure you that any of our key personnel will remain with us for the immediate or foreseeable future. In addition, none of our officers are required to commit any specified amount of time to our affairs and, accordingly, they will have conflicts of interest in allocating management time among various business activities, including identifying potential business combinations and monitoring the related due diligence. We do not have employment agreements with, or key-man insurance on the life of, any of our officers. The unexpected loss of the services of our key personnel could have a detrimental effect on us.

The role of our key personnel in the target business, however, cannot presently be ascertained. Although some of our key personnel may remain with the target business in senior management or advisory positions following a business combination, it is likely that some or all of the management of the target business will remain in place. While we intend to closely scrutinize any individuals we engage after a business combination, we cannot assure you that our assessment of these individuals will prove to be correct. These individuals may be unfamiliar with the requirements of operating a public company which could cause us to have to expend time and resources helping them become familiar with such requirements. This could be expensive and time-consuming and could lead to various regulatory issues which may adversely affect our operations.

Our officers and directors may not have significant experience or knowledge regarding the jurisdiction or industry of the target business we may seek to acquire.

While we intend to focus our search for target businesses in the People’s Republic of China that operate in the e-commerce and consumer retail industry, we may consummate a business combination with a target business in any geographic location or industry we choose. We cannot assure you that our officers and directors will have enough experience or have sufficient knowledge relating to the jurisdiction of the target or its industry to make an informed decision regarding a business combination. If we become aware of a potential business combination outside of the geographic location or industry where our officers and directors have their most experience, our management may determine to retain consultants and advisors with experience in such industries to assist in the evaluation of such business combination and in our determination of whether or not to proceed with such a business combination. However, our management is not required to engage such consultants and advisors in any situation. If they do not engage any consultants or advisors to assist them in the evaluation of a particular target business or business combination, our management may not properly analyze the risks attendant with such target business or business combination. As a result, we may enter into a business combination that is not in our shareholders’ best interests.

16

Our key personnel may negotiate employment or consulting agreements with a target business in connection with a particular business combination. These agreements may provide for them to receive compensation following a business combination and as a result, may cause them to have conflicts of interest in determining whether a particular business combination is the most advantageous.

Our key personnel will be able to remain with the company after the consummation of a business combination only if they are able to negotiate employment or consulting agreements or other appropriate arrangements in connection with the business combination. Such negotiations would take place simultaneously with the negotiation of the business combination and could provide for such individuals to receive compensation in the form of cash payments and/or our securities for services they would render to the company after the consummation of the business combination. The personal and financial interests of such individuals may influence their motivation in identifying and selecting a target business.

Our officers and directors will allocate their time to other businesses thereby potentially limiting the amount of time they devote to our affairs. This conflict of interest could have a negative impact on our ability to consummate our initial business combination.

Our officers and directors are not required to commit their full time to our affairs, which could create a conflict of interest when allocating their time between our operations and their other commitments. We presently expect each of our employees to devote such amount of time as they reasonably believe is necessary to our business. We do not intend to have any full time employees prior to the consummation of our initial business combination. All of our officers and directors are engaged in several other business endeavors and are not obligated to devote any specific number of hours to our affairs. If our officers’ and directors’ other business affairs require them to devote more substantial amounts of time to such affairs, it could limit their ability to devote time to our affairs and could have a negative impact on our ability to consummate our initial business combination. We cannot assure you these conflicts will be resolved in our favor.

Our officers and directors have pre-existing fiduciary and contractual obligations and accordingly, have conflicts of interest in determining to which entity a particular business opportunity should be presented.

Our officers and directors have pre-existing fiduciary and contractual obligations to other companies, including companies that are engaged in business activities similar to those intended to be conducted by us, including Sino Mercury, another blank check company. Accordingly, they may participate in transactions and have obligations that may be in conflict or competition with our consummation of our initial business combination. As a result, a potential target business may be presented by our management team to another entity prior to its presentation to us and we may not be afforded the opportunity to engage in a transaction with such target business. For a more detailed description of the pre-existing fiduciary and contractual obligations of our management team, and the potential conflicts of interest that such obligations may present, see the section titled “ Management — Conflicts of Interest .”

Our officers’ and directors’ personal and financial interests may influence their motivation in determining whether a particular target business is appropriate for a business combination.

Our officers and directors have waived their right to have their insider shares, private shares or any other ordinary shares acquired in this offering or thereafter converted, or to receive distributions with respect to their insider shares or private shares upon our liquidation if we are unable to consummate our initial business combination. Accordingly, these securities will be worthless if we do not consummate our initial business combination. Any rights they hold, like those held by the public, will also be worthless if we do not consummate an initial business combination. In addition, our officers and directors may loan funds to us after this offering and may be owed reimbursement for expenses incurred in connection with certain activities on our behalf which would only be repaid if we complete an initial business combination. The personal and financial interests of our directors and officers may influence their motivation in timely identifying and selecting a target business and completing a business combination. Consequently, our directors’ and officers’ discretion in identifying and selecting a suitable target business may result in a conflict of interest when determining whether the terms, conditions and timing of a particular business combination are appropriate and in our shareholders’ best interest. If this were the case, it would be a breach of their fiduciary duties to us as a matter of Cayman Islands law and we might have a claim against such individuals. However, we might not ultimately be successful in any claim we may make against them for such reason.

17

Nasdaq may delist our securities from quotation on its exchange which could limit investors’ ability to make transactions in our securities and subject us to additional trading restrictions.

We anticipate that our securities will be listed on Nasdaq, a national securities exchange, upon consummation of this offering. Although, after giving effect to this offering, we meet on a pro forma basis the minimum initial listing standards of Nasdaq, which generally only requires that we meet certain requirements relating to shareholders’ equity, market capitalization, aggregate market value of publicly held shares and distribution requirements, we cannot assure you that our securities will continue to be listed on Nasdaq in the future prior to an initial business combination. Additionally, in connection with our initial business combination, it is likely that Nasdaq will require us to file a new initial listing application and meet its initial listing requirements as opposed to its more lenient continued listing requirements. We cannot assure you that we will be able to meet those initial listing requirements at that time.

If Nasdaq delists our securities from trading on its exchange, we could face significant material adverse consequences, including:

         a limited availability of market quotations for our securities;

         reduced liquidity with respect to our securities;

         a determination that our ordinary shares are “penny stock” which will require brokers trading in our ordinary shares to adhere to more stringent rules, possibly resulting in a reduced level of trading activity in the secondary trading market for our ordinary shares;

         a limited amount of news and analyst coverage for our company; and

         a decreased ability to issue additional securities or obtain additional financing in the future.

We may only be able to complete one business combination with the proceeds of this offering, which will cause us to be solely dependent on a single business which may have a limited number of products or services.

We may only be able to complete one business combination with the proceeds of this offering. By consummating a business combination with only a single entity, our lack of diversification may subject us to numerous economic, competitive and regulatory developments. Further, we would not be able to diversify our operations or benefit from the possible spreading of risks or offsetting of losses, unlike other entities which may have the resources to complete several business combinations in different industries or different areas of a single industry. Accordingly, the prospects for our success may be:

         solely dependent upon the performance of a single business, or

         dependent upon the development or market acceptance of a single or limited number of products, processes or services.

This lack of diversification may subject us to numerous economic, competitive and regulatory developments, any or all of which may have a substantial adverse impact upon the particular industry in which we may operate subsequent to a business combination.

Alternatively, if we determine to simultaneously acquire several businesses and such businesses are owned by different sellers, we will need for each of such sellers to agree that our purchase of its business is contingent on the simultaneous closings of the other business combinations, which may make it more difficult for us, and delay our ability, to complete the business combination. With multiple business combinations, we could also face additional risks, including additional burdens and costs with respect to possible multiple negotiations and due diligence investigations (if there are multiple sellers) and the additional risks associated with the subsequent assimilation of the operations and services or products of the acquired companies in a single operating business. If we are unable to adequately address these risks, it could negatively impact our profitability and results of operations.

The ability of our shareholders to exercise their conversion rights may not allow us to effectuate the most desirable business combination or optimize our capital structure.

If our business combination requires us to use substantially all of our cash to pay the purchase price, because we will not know how many shareholders may exercise conversion rights, we may either need to reserve part of

18

the trust account for possible payment upon such conversion, or we may need to arrange third party financing to help fund our business transaction. In the event that the business combination involves the issuance of our shares as consideration, we may be required to issue a higher percentage of our shares to make up for a shortfall in funds. Raising additional funds to cover any shortfall may involve dilutive equity financing or incurring indebtedness at higher than desirable levels. This may limit our ability to effectuate the most attractive business combination available to us.

We may be unable to consummate a business combination if a target business requires that we have cash in excess of the minimum amount we are required to have at closing and public shareholders may have to remain shareholders of our company and wait until our liquidation to receive a pro rata share of the trust account or attempt to sell their shares in the open market.

A potential target may make it a closing condition to our business combination that we have a certain amount of cash in excess of the $5,000,001 of net tangible assets we are required to have pursuant to our organizational documents (or $10,000,000 from the non-tendering investors) available at the time of closing. If the number of our shareholders electing to exercise their conversion rights has the effect of reducing the amount of money available to us to consummate a business combination below such minimum amount required by the target business and we are not able to locate an alternative source of funding, we will not be able to consummate such business combination and we may not be able to locate another suitable target within the applicable time period, if at all. In that case, public shareholders may have to remain shareholders of our company and wait the full 18 months in order to be able to receive a pro rata portion of the trust account, or attempt to sell their shares in the open market prior to such time, in which case they may receive less than a pro rata share of the trust account for their shares.

We will offer each public shareholder the option to vote in favor of a proposed business combination and still seek conversion of his, her or its shares, which may make it more likely that we will consummate a business combination.

In connection with any meeting held to approve an initial business combination, we will offer each public shareholder (but not our initial shareholders or the non-tendering investors with respect to up to 1,000,000 ordinary shares purchased in this offering) the right to have his, her or its ordinary shares converted for cash (subject to the limitations described elsewhere in this prospectus) regardless of whether such shareholder votes for or against such proposed business combination. This is different than other similarly structured blank check companies where shareholders are offered the right to have their shares converted only when they vote against a proposed business combination. Accordingly, public shareholders owning shares sold in this offering may exercise their conversion rights and we could still consummate a proposed business combination so long as a majority of shares voted at the meeting are voted in favor of the proposed business combination. The ability to seek conversion while voting in favor of a proposed business combination may make it more likely that we will consummate our initial business combination.

Public shareholders, together with any affiliates of theirs or any other person with whom they are acting in concert or as a “group,” will be restricted from seeking conversion rights with respect to more than 20% of the shares sold in this offering.

In connection with any meeting held to approve an initial business combination, we will offer each public shareholder (but not holders of our insider shares or the non-tendering investors with respect to up to 1,000,000 ordinary shares purchased in this offering) the right to have his, her, or its ordinary shares converted for cash. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a public shareholder, together with any of its affiliates or any other person with whom it is acting in concert or as a “group” will be restricted from seeking conversion rights with respect to more than 20% of the shares sold in this offering. Accordingly, if you hold more than 20% of the shares sold in this offering and a proposed business combination is approved, you will not be able to seek conversion rights with respect to the full amount of your shares and may be forced to hold such shares following the business combination over 20% or sell them in the open market. We cannot assure you that the value of such shares will appreciate over time following a business combination or that the market price of our ordinary shares will exceed the per-share conversion price.

19

We may require shareholders who wish to convert their shares in connection with a proposed business combination to comply with specific requirements for conversion that may make it more difficult for them to exercise their conversion rights prior to the deadline for exercising their rights.

In connection with any shareholder meeting called to approve a proposed initial business combination, each public shareholder (but not our initial shareholders or the non-tendering investors with respect to up to 1,000,000 ordinary shares purchased in this offering) will have the right, regardless of whether it is voting for or against such proposed business combination, to demand that we convert its shares for a share of the trust account. We may require public shareholders who wish to have their shares converted in connection with a proposed business combination to either tender their certificates to our transfer agent at any time prior to the vote taken at the shareholder meeting relating to such business combination or to deliver their shares to the transfer agent electronically using the Depository Trust Company’s DWAC (Deposit/Withdrawal At Custodian) System. In order to obtain a physical share certificate, a shareholder’s broker and/or clearing broker, DTC and our transfer agent will need to act to facilitate this request. It is our understanding that shareholders should generally allot at least two weeks to obtain physical certificates from the transfer agent. However, because we do not have any control over this process or over the brokers or DTC, it may take significantly longer than two weeks to obtain a physical share certificate. While we have been advised that it takes a short time to deliver shares through the DWAC System, this may not be the case. Accordingly, if it takes longer than we anticipate for shareholders to deliver their shares, shareholders who wish to convert may be unable to meet the deadline for exercising their conversion rights and thus may be unable to convert their shares.

If we require public shareholders who wish to convert their ordinary shares to comply with the delivery requirements for conversion, such converting shareholders may be unable to sell their securities when they wish to in the event that the proposed business combination is not approved.

If we require public shareholders who wish to convert their ordinary shares to comply with specific delivery requirements for conversion described above and such proposed business combination is not consummated, we will promptly return such certificates to the tendering public shareholders. Accordingly, investors who attempted to convert their shares in such a circumstance will be unable to sell their securities after the failed acquisition until we have returned their securities to them. The market price for our shares may decline during this time and you may not be able to sell your securities when you wish to, even while other shareholders that did not seek conversion may be able to sell their securities.

Because of our limited resources and structure, other companies may have a competitive advantage and we may not be able to consummate an attractive business combination.

We expect to encounter intense competition from entities other than blank check companies having a business objective similar to ours, including venture capital funds, leveraged buyout funds and operating businesses competing for acquisitions. Many of these entities are well established and have extensive experience in identifying and effecting business combinations directly or through affiliates. Many of these competitors possess greater technical, human and other resources than we do and our financial resources will be relatively limited when contrasted with those of many of these competitors. While we believe that there are numerous potential target businesses that we could acquire with the net proceeds of this offering, our ability to compete in acquiring certain sizable target businesses will be limited by our available financial resources. This inherent competitive limitation gives others an advantage in pursuing the acquisition of certain target businesses. Furthermore, seeking shareholder approval of a business combination may delay the consummation of a transaction. Additionally, our outstanding rights and unit purchase options, and the future dilution they potentially represent, may not be viewed favorably by certain target businesses. Any of the foregoing may place us at a competitive disadvantage in successfully negotiating a business combination.

We may be unable to obtain additional financing, if required, to complete a business combination or to fund the operations and growth of the target business, which could compel us to restructure or abandon a particular business combination.

Although we believe that the net proceeds of this offering will be sufficient to allow us to consummate a business combination, because we have not yet identified any prospective target business, we cannot ascertain the capital requirements for any particular transaction. If the net proceeds of this offering prove to be insufficient, either because of the size of the business combination, the depletion of the available net proceeds in search of a target business, or the obligation to convert for cash a significant number of shares from dissenting shareholders, we will be required

20

to seek additional financing. Such financing may not be available on acceptable terms, if at all. To the extent that additional financing proves to be unavailable when needed to consummate a particular business combination, we would be compelled to either restructure the transaction or abandon that particular business combination and seek an alternative target business candidate. In addition, if we consummate a business combination, we may require additional financing to fund the operations or growth of the target business. The failure to secure additional financing could have a material adverse effect on the continued development or growth of the target business. None of our officers, directors or shareholders is required to provide any financing to us in connection with or after a business combination.

Our initial shareholders control a substantial interest in us and thus may influence certain actions requiring a shareholder vote.

Upon consummation of our offering, our initial shareholders will collectively own approximately 24.7% of our issued and outstanding ordinary shares (assuming they do not purchase any units in this offering and do not purchase any commission units). None of our officers, directors, initial shareholders or their affiliates has indicated any intention to purchase units in this offering or any units or ordinary shares from persons in the open market or in private transactions. However, our officers, directors, initial shareholders or their affiliates could determine in the future to make such purchases in the open market or in private transactions, to the extent permitted by law, in order to assist us in consummating our initial business combination. In connection with any vote for a proposed business combination, all of our initial shareholders, as well as all of our officers and directors, have agreed to vote the ordinary shares owned by them immediately before this offering as well as any ordinary shares acquired in this offering or in the aftermarket in favor of such proposed business combination. Additionally, the non-tendering investors have agreed to vote in favor of a proposed business combination and not seek conversion of up to 1,000,000 of their shares.

Our board of directors is and will be divided into three classes, each of which will generally serve for a term of three years with only one class of directors being elected in each year. There is no requirement under the Companies Law of the Cayman Islands for us to hold annual or general meetings or elect directors. Accordingly, shareholders would not have the right to such a meeting or election of directors, unless the holders of not less than 10% in par value capital of our company requests such a meeting. As a result, it is unlikely that there will be an annual meeting of shareholders to elect new directors prior to the consummation of a business combination, in which case all of the current directors will continue in office until at least the consummation of the business combination. Accordingly, you may not be able to exercise your voting rights for up to 24 months. If there is an annual meeting, as a consequence of our “staggered” board of directors, only a minority of the board of directors will be considered for election and our initial shareholders, because of their ownership position, will have considerable influence regarding the outcome. Accordingly, our initial shareholders will continue to exert control at least until the consummation of a business combination.

Our initial shareholders paid an aggregate of $25,000, or approximately $0.02 per share, for the insider shares and our initial shareholders will pay $10.00 per unit for the private units, resulting in an aggregate average price of approximately $2.33 per share, and, accordingly, you will experience immediate and substantial dilution from the purchase of our ordinary shares.

The difference between the public offering price per share and the pro forma net tangible book value per share after this offering constitutes the dilution to the investors in this offering. Our initial shareholders acquired their insider shares at a nominal price, significantly contributing to this dilution. Upon consummation of this offering, you and the other new investors will incur an immediate and substantial dilution of approximately 59.8% or $5.44 per share (the difference between the pro forma net tangible book value per share of $3.66, and the assumed initial offering price of $9.09 per unit). This is because investors in this offering will be contributing approximately 93% of the total amount paid to us for our outstanding securities after this offering but will only own approximately 77% of our outstanding securities. Accordingly, the per-share purchase price you will be paying substantially exceeds our per share net tangible book value.

If our shareholders exercise their registration rights with respect to their securities, it may have an adverse effect on the market price of our ordinary shares and the existence of these rights may make it more difficult to effect a business combination.

Our initial shareholders are entitled to make a demand that we register the resale of their insider shares at any time commencing three months prior to the date on which their shares may be released from escrow. Additionally,

21

the purchasers of the private units and our initial shareholders, officers and directors are entitled to demand that we register the resale of the private units (and the underlying ordinary shares and rights) and any securities our initial shareholders, officers, directors or their affiliates may be issued in payment of working capital loans made to us at any time after we consummate a business combination. The presence of these additional securities trading in the public market may have an adverse effect on the market price of our securities. In addition, the existence of these rights may make it more difficult to effectuate a business combination or increase the cost of acquiring the target business, as the shareholders of the target business may be discouraged from entering into a business combination with us or will request a higher price for their securities because of the potential effect the exercise of such rights may have on the trading market for our ordinary shares.

If we are deemed to be an investment company, we may be required to institute burdensome compliance requirements and our activities may be restricted, which may make it difficult for us to complete a business combination.

A company that, among other things, is or holds itself out as being engaged primarily, or proposes to engage primarily, in the business of investing, reinvesting, owning, trading or holding certain types of securities would be deemed an investment company under the Investment Company Act of 1940. Since we will invest the proceeds held in the trust account, it is possible that we could be deemed an investment company. Notwithstanding the foregoing, we do not believe that our anticipated principal activities will subject us to the Investment Company Act of 1940. To this end, the proceeds held in trust may be invested by the trustee only in United States government treasury bills, notes or bonds having a maturity of 180 days or less or in money market funds meeting the applicable conditions under Rule 2a-7 promulgated under the Investment Company Act of 1940 and that invest solely in United States treasuries. By restricting the investment of the proceeds to these instruments, we intend to meet the requirements for the exemption provided in Rule 3a-1 promulgated under the Investment Company Act of 1940.

If we are nevertheless deemed to be an investment company under the Investment Company Act of 1940, we may be subject to certain restrictions that may make it more difficult for us to complete a business combination, including:

         restrictions on the nature of our investments; and

         restrictions on the issuance of securities.

In addition, we may have imposed upon us certain burdensome requirements, including:

         registration as an investment company;

         adoption of a specific form of corporate structure; and

         reporting, record keeping, voting, proxy, compliance policies and procedures and disclosure requirements and other rules and regulations.

Compliance with these additional regulatory burdens would require additional expense for which we have not allotted.

We may not seek an opinion from an unaffiliated third party as to the fair market value of the target business we acquire or that the price we are paying for the business is fair to our shareholders from a financial point of view.

We are not required to obtain an opinion from an unaffiliated third party that the target business we select has a fair market value in excess of at least 80% of the balance of the trust account unless our board of directors cannot make such determination on its own. We are also not required to obtain an opinion from an unaffiliated third party indicating that the price we are paying is fair to our shareholders from a financial point of view unless the target is affiliated with our officers, directors, initial shareholders or their affiliates. If no opinions are obtained, our shareholders will be relying on the judgment of our board of directors, whose collective experience in business evaluations for blank check companies like ours is not significant. Furthermore, our directors may have a conflict of interest in analyzing the transaction due to their personal and financial interests.

22

The determination for the offering price of our units is more arbitrary compared with the pricing of securities for an operating company in a particular industry.

Prior to this offering there has been no public market for any of our securities. The public offering price of the units was negotiated between us and the underwriter. Factors considered in determining the prices and terms of the units, including the ordinary shares and rights underlying the units, include:

         the history and prospects of companies whose principal business is the acquisition of other companies;

         prior offerings of those companies;

         our prospects for acquiring an operating business at attractive values;

         our capital structure;

         the per share amount of net proceeds being placed in the trust account;

         an assessment of our management and their experience in identifying operating companies; and

         general conditions of the securities markets at the time of the offering.

However, although these factors were considered, the determination of our offering price is more arbitrary than the pricing of securities for an operating company in a particular industry since we have no historical operations or financial results to compare them to.

Because we are incorporated under the laws of the Cayman Islands, you may face difficulties in protecting your interests, and your ability to protect your rights through the U.S. Federal courts may be limited.

We are an exempted company incorporated under the laws of the Cayman Islands. In addition, certain of our directors and officers are nationals or residents of jurisdictions other than the United States and all or a substantial portion of their assets are located outside the United States. As a result, it may be difficult for investors to effect service of process within the United States upon our directors or executive officers, or enforce judgments obtained in the United States courts against our directors or officers.

Our corporate affairs will be governed by our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association, the Companies Law of the Cayman Islands (as the same may be supplemented or amended from time to time) or the common law of the Cayman Islands. The rights of shareholders to take action against the directors, actions by minority shareholders and the fiduciary responsibilities of our directors to us under Cayman Islands law are to a large extent governed by the common law of the Cayman Islands. The common law of the Cayman Islands is derived in part from comparatively limited judicial precedent in the Cayman Islands as well as from English common law, the decisions of whose courts are of persuasive authority, but are not binding on a court in the Cayman Islands. The rights of our shareholders and the fiduciary responsibilities of our directors under Cayman Islands law are different from under statutes or judicial precedent in some jurisdictions in the United States. In particular, the Cayman Islands has a different body of securities laws as compared to the United States, and certain states, such as Delaware, have more fully developed and judicially interpreted bodies of corporate law. In addition, Cayman Islands companies may not have standing to initiate a shareholders derivative action in a Federal court of the United States.

We have been advised by our Cayman Islands legal counsel that the courts of the Cayman Islands are unlikely (i) to recognize or enforce against us judgments of courts of the United States predicated upon the civil liability provisions of the federal securities laws of the United States or any state; and (ii) in original actions brought in the Cayman Islands, to impose liabilities against us predicated upon the civil liability provisions of the federal securities laws of the United States or any state, so far as the liabilities imposed by those provisions are penal in nature. In those circumstances, although there is no statutory enforcement in the Cayman Islands of judgments obtained in the United States, the courts of the Cayman Islands will recognize and enforce a foreign money judgment of a foreign court of competent jurisdiction without retrial on the merits based on the principle that a judgment of a competent foreign court imposes upon the judgment debtor an obligation to pay the sum for which judgment has been given provided certain conditions are met. For a foreign judgment to be enforced in the Cayman Islands, such judgment must be final and conclusive and for a liquidated sum, and must not be in respect of taxes or a fine or penalty, inconsistent with a Cayman Islands judgment in respect of the same matter, impeachable on the grounds of fraud or

23

obtained in a manner, and or be of a kind the enforcement of which is, contrary to natural justice or the public policy of the Cayman Islands (awards of punitive or multiple damages may well be held to be contrary to public policy). A Cayman Islands Court may stay enforcement proceedings if concurrent proceedings are being brought elsewhere.

As a result of all of the above, public shareholders may have more difficulty in protecting their interests in the face of actions taken by management, members of the board of directors or controlling shareholders than they would as public shareholders of a United States company.

Foreign currency fluctuations could adversely affect our business and financial results.

A target business with which we may combine may do business and generate sales within other countries. Foreign currency fluctuations may affect the costs that we incur in such international operations. It is also possible that some or all of our operating expenses may be incurred in non-U.S. dollar currencies. The appreciation of non-U.S. dollar currencies in those countries where we have operations against the U.S. dollar would increase our costs and could harm our results of operations and financial condition.

We intend to effect a business combination with a company located outside of the United States and if we do, we would be subject to a variety of additional risks that may negatively impact our business operations and financial results.

Our efforts to identify a prospective target business will not be limited to a particular geographic region of the world although we initially intend to focus on target businesses located in China. If we consummate a business combination with a target business in China, or another location outside of the United States, we would be subject to any special considerations or risks associated with companies operating in the target business’ governing jurisdiction, including any of the following:

         rules and regulations or currency redemption or corporate withholding taxes on individuals;

         tariffs and trade barriers;

         regulations related to customs and import/export matters;

         longer payment cycles;

         inflation;

         economic policies and market conditions;

         unexpected changes in regulatory requirements;

         challenges in managing and staffing international operations;

         tax issues, such as tax law changes and variations in tax laws as compared to the United States;

         currency fluctuations;

         challenges in collecting accounts receivable;

         cultural and language differences;

         protection of intellectual property; and

         employment regulations.

We cannot assure you that we would be able to adequately address these additional risks. If we were unable to do so, our operations might suffer.

24

If we effect a business combination with a company located outside of the United States, the laws applicable to such company will likely govern all of our material agreements and we may not be able to enforce our legal rights.

If we effect a business combination with a company located outside of the United States, the laws of the country in which such company operates will govern almost all of the material agreements relating to its operations. We cannot assure you that the target business will be able to enforce any of its material agreements or that remedies will be available in this new jurisdiction. The system of laws and the enforcement of existing laws in such jurisdiction may not be as certain in implementation and interpretation as in the United States. The inability to enforce or obtain a remedy under any of our future agreements could result in a significant loss of business, business opportunities or capital. Additionally, if we acquire a company located outside of the United States, it is likely that substantially all of our assets would be located outside of the United States and some of our officers and directors might reside outside of the United States. As a result, it may not be possible for investors in the United States to enforce their legal rights, to effect service of process upon our directors or officers or to enforce judgments of United States courts predicated upon civil liabilities and criminal penalties of our directors and officers under Federal securities laws.

If we acquire control of a target business through contractual arrangements with one or more operating businesses in the PRC, such contracts may not be as effective in providing operational control as direct ownership of such business and may be difficult to enforce.

We will only acquire a business or businesses that, upon the consummation of our initial business combination, will be our majority-owned subsidiaries and will be neither investment companies nor companies excluded from the definition of an investment company by Section 3(c)(1) or 3(c)(7) of the Investment Company Act. However, the PRC has restricted or limited foreign ownership of certain kinds of assets and companies operating in certain industries. The industry groups that are restricted are wide ranging, including, for example, certain aspects of telecommunications, food production, and heavy equipment manufacturers. In addition there can be restrictions on the foreign ownership of businesses that are determined from time to time to be in “important industries” that may affect the national economic security or having “famous brand names” or “well-established brand names.” Subject to the review and approval requirements of the relevant agencies for acquisitions of assets and companies in the relevant jurisdictions and subject to the various percentage ownership limitations that exist from time to time, acquisitions involving foreign investors and parties in the various restricted categories of assets and industries may nonetheless sometimes be consummated using contractual arrangements with permitted local parties. To the extent that such agreements are employed, they may be for control of specific assets such as intellectual property or control of blocks of the equity ownership interests of a company which may provide exceptions to the merger and acquisition regulations mentioned above since these types of arrangements typically do not involve a change of equity ownership in the operating company. The agreements would be designed to provide our company with the economic benefits of and control over the subject assets or equity interests similar to the rights of full ownership, while leaving the technical ownership in the hands of local parties who would be our nominees and, therefore, may exempt the transaction from certain regulations, including the application process required thereunder.

However, since there has been limited implementation guidance provided with respect to such regulations, the relevant government agency might apply them to a business combination effected through contractual arrangements. If such an agency determines that such an application should have been made or that our potential future target businesses are otherwise in violation of local laws or regulations, consequences may include confiscating relevant income and levying fines and other penalties, revoking business and other licenses, requiring restructure of ownership or operations, requiring discontinuation or restriction of the operations of any portion or all of the acquired business, restricting or prohibiting our use of the proceeds of this offering to finance our businesses and operations and imposing conditions or requirements with which we or potential future target businesses may not be able to comply. These agreements likely also would provide for increased ownership or full ownership and control by us when and if permitted under local laws and regulations. If we choose to effect a business combination that employs the use of these types of control arrangements, we may have difficulty in enforcing our rights. Therefore, these contractual arrangements may not be as effective in providing us with the same economic benefits, accounting consolidation or control over a target business as would direct ownership. For example, if the target business or any other entity fails to perform its obligations under these contractual arrangements, we may have to incur substantial costs and expend substantial resources to enforce such arrangements, and rely on legal remedies under local law, including seeking

25

specific performance or injunctive relief, and claiming damages, which we cannot assure will be sufficient to off-set the cost of enforcement and may adversely affect the benefits we expect to receive from the business combination.

Contractual arrangements we enter into with potential future subsidiaries and affiliated entities or acquisitions of offshore entities that conduct operations through affiliates in the PRC may be subject to a high level of scrutiny by the relevant tax authorities.

Under the laws of the PRC, arrangements and transactions among related parties may be subject to audit or challenge by the relevant tax authorities. If any of the transactions we enter into with potential future subsidiaries and affiliated entities are found not to be on an arm’s-length basis, or to result in an unreasonable reduction in tax under local law, the relevant tax authorities may have the authority to disallow any tax savings, adjust the profits and losses of such potential future local entities and assess late payment interest and penalties. A finding by the relevant tax authorities that we are ineligible for any such tax savings, or that any of our possible future affiliated entities are not eligible for tax exemptions, would substantially increase our possible future taxes and thus reduce our net income and the value of a shareholder’s investment. In addition, in the event that in connection with an acquisition of an offshore entity that conducted its operations through affiliates in the PRC, the sellers of such entities failed to pay any taxes required under local law, the relevant tax authorities could require us to withhold and pay the tax, together with late-payment interest and penalties. The occurrence of any of the foregoing could have a negative impact on our operating results and financial condition.

If we effect our initial business combination with a business located in the PRC, the laws applicable to such business will likely govern all of our material agreements and we may not be able to enforce our legal rights.

If we effect our initial business combination with a business located in the PRC, the laws of the country in which such business operates will govern almost all of the material agreements relating to its operations, including any contractual arrangements through which we acquire control of target business as described above. We cannot assure you that we or the target business will be able to enforce any of its material agreements or that remedies will be available in this new jurisdiction. The system of laws and the enforcement of existing laws in such jurisdiction may not be as certain in implementation and interpretation as in the United States. In addition, the judiciary in the PRC is relatively inexperienced in enforcing corporate and commercial law, leading to a higher than usual degree of uncertainty as to the outcome of any litigation. In addition, to the extent that our target business’ material agreements are with governmental agencies in the PRC, we may not be able to enforce or obtain a remedy from such agencies due to sovereign immunity, in which the government is deemed to be immune from civil lawsuit or criminal prosecution. The inability to enforce or obtain a remedy under any of our future agreements could result in a significant loss of business, business opportunities or capital.

If the government of the PRC finds that the agreements we entered into to acquire control of a target business through contractual arrangements with one or more operating businesses do not comply with local governmental restrictions on foreign investment, or if these regulations or the interpretation of existing regulations change in the future, we could be subject to significant penalties or be forced to relinquish our interests in those operations.

The PRC currently prohibits and/or restricts foreign ownership in certain “important industries,” including telecommunications, food production and heavy equipment. There are uncertainties under certain regulations whether obtaining a majority interest through contractual arrangements will comply with regulations prohibiting or restricting foreign ownership in certain industries. For example, the PRC may apply restrictions in other industries in the future. In addition, there can be restrictions on the foreign ownership of businesses that are determined from time to time to be in “important industries” that may affect the national economic security or those having “famous brand names” or “well-established brand names.”

If we or any of our potential future target businesses are found to be in violation of any existing or future local laws or regulations (for example, if we are deemed to be holding equity interests in certain of our affiliated entities in which direct foreign ownership is prohibited), the relevant regulatory authorities might have the discretion to:

         revoke the business and operating licenses of the potential future target business;

         confiscate relevant income and impose fines and other penalties;

         discontinue or restrict the operations of the potential future target business;

26

         require us or potential future target business to restructure the relevant ownership structure or operations;

         restrict or prohibit our use of the proceeds of this offering to finance our businesses and operations in the relevant jurisdiction; or

         impose conditions or requirements with which we or potential future target business may not be able to comply.

If the PRC government deems that the contractual arrangements in relation to our variable interest entities do not comply with PRC governmental restrictions on foreign investment, or if these regulations or the interpretation of existing regulations change in the future, we could be subject to penalties or be forced to relinquish our interests in those operations.

Foreign ownership of certain internet-based and consumer retail businesses is subject to restrictions under current PRC laws and regulations. For example, foreign investors are not allowed to own more than 50% of the equity interests in a value-added telecommunication service provider not engaged in e-commerce and any such foreign investor must have experience in providing value-added telecommunications services overseas and maintain a good track record. Accordingly, we may need to structure our business combination to acquire a target business using contractual arrangements through variable interest entities. Additionally, foreign investments are restricted in certain businesses such as those involving the purchase or distribution of certain agricultural products and the construction and operation of gasoline stations and are prohibited in certain businesses such as those involving the wholesale and retail trade of tobacco products.

Although the structure of variable interest entities is commonly adopted by comparable companies in China, the PRC government may not agree that these arrangements comply with PRC licensing, registration or other regulatory requirements, with existing policies or with requirements or policies that may be adopted in the future.

It is uncertain whether any new PRC laws, rules or regulations relating to variable interest entity structures will be adopted, or if adopted, what they would provide. If we or any of the variable interest entities are found to be in violation of any existing or future PRC laws, rules or regulations, or fail to obtain or maintain any of the required permits or approvals, the relevant PRC regulatory authorities would have broad discretion to take action in dealing with such violations or failures, including revoking the business and operating licenses of the PRC subsidiaries or the variable interest entities, requiring us to discontinue or restrict our operations, restricting our right to collect revenue, blocking one or more of our websites, requiring us to restructure our operations or taking other regulatory or enforcement actions against us. The imposition of any of these measures could result in a material adverse effect on our ability to conduct all or any portion of our business operations. In addition, it is unclear what impact the PRC government actions would have on us and on our ability to consolidate the financial results of any of our variable interest entities in our consolidated financial statements, if our legal structure were to be in violation of PRC laws, rules and regulations. If the imposition of any of these government actions causes us to lose our right to direct the activities of any of our material variable interest entities or otherwise separate from any of these entities and if we are not able to restructure our ownership structure and operations in a satisfactory manner, we would no longer be able to consolidate the financial results of our variable interest entities in our consolidated financial statements. Any of these events would have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Our contractual arrangements may not be as effective in providing control over the variable interest entities as direct ownership.

If we have to acquire a target business using contractual arrangements through variable interest entities, they may not be as effective as direct ownership in providing us with control over our variable interest entity. For example, a variable interest entity and its shareholders could breach their contractual arrangements with us by, among other things, failing to conduct the variable interest entity’s operations, including maintaining our website and using the domain names and trademarks, in an acceptable manner or taking other actions that are detrimental to our interests.

If we had direct ownership of an entity, we would be able to exercise our rights as an equity holder directly to effect changes in the boards of directors of those entities, which could effect changes at the management and operational level. With contractual arrangements, we might not be able to directly change the members of the boards of directors of these entities and would have to rely on the variable interest entities and the variable interest entity equity holders to perform their obligations in order to exercise our control over the variable interest entities. The variable interest entity equity holders may have conflicts of interest with us or our shareholders, and they may not act in the best interests of our company or may not perform their obligations under these contracts. Such risks would

27

exist throughout the period in which we intended to operate our business through contractual arrangements. If any dispute relating to such contracts remained unresolved, we would have to enforce our rights under these contracts under PRC law and arbitration, litigation and other legal proceedings and therefore will be subject to uncertainties in the PRC legal system. See “—Any failure by our variable interest entity or its shareholders to perform their obligations under our contractual arrangements with them would have a material and adverse effect on our business.” Therefore, contractual arrangements with variable interest entities may not be as effective in ensuring our control over the relevant portion of our business operations as direct ownership would be.

Any failure by a variable interest entity or its shareholders to perform their obligations under our contractual arrangements with them would have a material and adverse effect on our business.

If we utilized contractual arrangements to acquire a target business and the variable interest entity or its shareholders failed to perform their respective obligations under the contractual arrangements, we might have to incur substantial costs and expend additional resources to enforce such arrangements. We might also have to rely on legal remedies under PRC law, including seeking specific performance or injunctive relief, and claiming damages, which we cannot assure you will be effective under PRC law.

All the agreements relating to contractual arrangements would be governed by PRC law. Accordingly, these contracts would be interpreted in accordance with PRC law and any disputes would be resolved in accordance with PRC legal procedures. The legal system in the PRC is not as developed as in some other jurisdictions, such as the United States. As a result, uncertainties in the PRC legal system could limit our ability to enforce these contractual arrangements. Meanwhile, there are very few precedents and little formal guidance as to how contractual arrangements in the context of a variable interest entity should be interpreted or enforced under PRC law. There remain significant uncertainties regarding the ultimate outcome of such arbitration should legal action become necessary. In the event we were unable to enforce these contractual arrangements, or if we suffered significant delay or other obstacles in the process of enforcing these contractual arrangements, we might not be able to exert effective control over the variable interest entity, and our ability to conduct our business might be negatively affected.

The requirement that we complete an initial business combination within 18 months from the consummation of this offering may give potential target businesses leverage over us in negotiating a business transaction.

We have 18 months from the consummation of this offering to complete an initial business combination. Any potential target business with which we enter into negotiations concerning a business combination will be aware of this requirement. Consequently, such target business may obtain leverage over us in negotiating a business combination, knowing that if we do not complete a business combination with that particular target business, we may be unable to complete a business combination with any other target business. This risk will increase as we get closer to the time limits referenced above.

Because we must furnish our shareholders with financial statements of the target business prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP or IFRS or reconciled to U.S. GAAP, we may not be able to complete an initial business combination with some prospective target businesses.

The federal proxy rules require that a proxy statement with respect to a vote on a business combination meeting certain financial significance tests include historical and/or pro forma financial statement disclosure in periodic reports. These financial statements may be required to be prepared in accordance with, or be reconciled to, accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America, or GAAP, or international financial reporting standards, or IFRS, depending on the circumstances, and the historical financial statements may be required to be audited in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), or PCAOB. These financial statement requirements may limit the pool of potential target businesses we may acquire.

28

Compliance with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 will require substantial financial and management resources and may increase the time and costs of completing an acquisition.

Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 requires that we evaluate and report on our system of internal controls and may require us to have such system audited by an independent registered public accounting firm. If we fail to maintain the adequacy of our internal controls, we could be subject to regulatory scrutiny, civil or criminal penalties and/or shareholder litigation. Any inability to provide reliable financial reports could harm our business. A target may also not be in compliance with the provisions of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act regarding the adequacy of internal controls. The development of the internal controls of any such entity to achieve compliance with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act may increase the time and costs necessary to complete any such acquisition. Furthermore, any failure to implement required new or improved controls, or difficulties encountered in the implementation of adequate controls over our financial processes and reporting in the future, could harm our operating results or cause us to fail to meet our reporting obligations. Inferior internal controls could also cause investors to lose confidence in our reported financial information, which could have a negative effect on the trading price of our securities.

We are an “emerging growth company” and we cannot be certain if the reduced disclosure requirements applicable to emerging growth companies will make our securities less attractive to investors.

We are an “emerging growth company,” as defined in the JOBS Act. We will remain an “emerging growth company” for up to five years. However, if our non-convertible debt issued within a three-year period or revenues exceeds $1 billion, or the market value of our ordinary shares that are held by non-affiliates exceeds $700 million on the last day of the second fiscal quarter of any given fiscal year, we would cease to be an emerging growth company as of the following fiscal year. As an emerging growth company, we are not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, we have reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in our periodic reports and proxy statements, and we are exempt from the requirements of holding a nonbinding advisory vote on executive compensation and shareholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved.

Further, Section 102(b)(1) of the JOBS Act exempts emerging growth companies from being required to comply with new or revised financial accounting standards until private companies (that is, those that have not had a Securities Act registration statement declared effective or do not have a class of securities registered under the Exchange Act) are required to comply with the new or revised financial accounting standards. The JOBS Act provides that a company can elect to opt out of the extended transition period and comply with the requirements that apply to non-emerging growth companies but any such an election to opt out is irrevocable. We have elected not to opt out of such extended transition period which means that when a standard is issued or revised and it has different application dates for public or private companies, we, as an emerging growth company, will not adopt the new or revised standard until the time private companies are required to adopt the new or revised standard. This may make comparison of our financial statements with another public company which is neither an emerging growth company nor an emerging growth company which has opted out of using the extended transition period difficult or impossible because of the potential differences in accountant standards used.

An investment in this offering may involve adverse U.S. federal income tax consequences.

There is a risk that an investor’s entitlement to receive payments in excess of the investor’s initial tax basis in our ordinary shares upon exercise of the investor’s conversion right or upon our liquidation of the trust account will result in constructive income to the investor, which could affect the timing and character of income recognition and result in U.S. federal income tax liability to the investor without the investor’s receipt of cash from us. Prospective investors are urged to consult their own tax advisors with respect to these and other tax consequences when purchasing, holding or disposing of our securities.

We have also not sought a ruling from the Internal Revenue Service, or IRS, as to any U.S. federal income tax consequences described in this prospectus. The IRS may disagree with the descriptions of U.S. federal income tax consequences described herein, and its determination may be upheld by a court. Any such determination could subject an investor or our company to adverse U.S. federal income tax consequences that would be different than those described in this prospectus. Accordingly, each prospective investor is urged to consult a tax advisor with respect to the specific tax consequences of the acquisition, ownership and disposition of our securities, including the applicability and effect of state, local, or foreign tax laws, as well as U.S. federal tax laws.

29

We may qualify as a passive foreign investment company, which could result in adverse U.S. federal income tax consequences to U.S. investors.

In general, we will be treated as a passive foreign investment company (“PFIC”) for any taxable year in which either (1) at least 75% of our gross income (looking through certain 25% or more-owned corporate subsidiaries) is passive income or (2) at least 50% of the average value of our assets (looking through certain 25% or more-owned corporate subsidiaries) is attributable to assets that produce, or are held for the production of, passive income. Passive income generally includes, without limitation, dividends, interest, rents, royalties, and gains from the disposition of passive assets. If we are determined to be a PFIC for any taxable year (or portion thereof) that is included in the holding period of a U.S. holder of our units, ordinary shares or rights, the U.S. holder may be subject to increased U.S. federal income tax liability and may be subject to additional reporting requirements. Our actual PFIC status for our current taxable year may depend on whether we qualify for the PFIC start-up exception (see the section of this prospectus captioned “ Taxation — United States Federal Income Taxation — Passive Foreign Investment Company Rules ”). Our actual PFIC status for any taxable year, however, will not be determinable until after the end of such taxable year (or after the end of the start-up period, if later). Accordingly, there can be no assurance with respect to our status as a PFIC for our current taxable year or any subsequent taxable year. We urge U.S. investors to consult their own tax advisors regarding the possible application of the PFIC rules.

Target businesses in the e-commerce and consumer retail industry in China are subject to special considerations and risks.

Business combinations with companies with operations in the e-commerce and consumer retail industry in China entail special considerations and risks. If we are successful in completing a business combination with a target business with operations in this location and these industries, we will be subject to, and possibly adversely affected by, the following risks:

         competition and consolidation of the specific sector of the e-commerce and consumer retail industry within which the target business operates;

         changes in demands for e-commerce and consumer retail products;

         increased government regulations in the e-commerce and consumer retail industry and the costs of compliance with such regulations;

         the negative impacts of catastrophic events; and

         any changes in China’s economic, political and social conditions.

30

CAUTIONARY NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

The statements contained in this prospectus that are not purely historical are forward-looking statements. Our forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to, statements regarding our or our management’s expectations, hopes, beliefs, intentions or strategies regarding the future. In addition, any statements that refer to projections, forecasts or other characterizations of future events or circumstances, including any underlying assumptions, are forward-looking statements. The words “anticipates,” “believe,” “continue,” “could,” “estimate,” “expect,” “intends,” “may,” “might,” “plan,” “possible,” “potential,” “predicts,” “project,” “should,” “would” and similar expressions may identify forward-looking statements, but the absence of these words does not mean that a statement is not forward-looking. Forward-looking statements in this prospectus may include, for example, statements about our:

         ability to complete our initial business combination;

         limited operating history;

         success in retaining or recruiting, or changes required in, our officers, key employees or directors following our initial business combination;

         potential ability to obtain additional financing to complete a business combination;

         pool of prospective target businesses;

         the ability of our officers and directors to generate a number of potential investment opportunities;

         potential change in control if we acquire one or more target businesses for shares;

         our public securities’ potential liquidity and trading;

         regulatory or operational risks associated with acquiring a target business;

         use of proceeds not held in the trust account or available to us from interest income on the trust account balance;

         financial performance following this offering; or

         listing or delisting of our securities from Nasdaq or the ability to have our securities listed on Nasdaq following our initial business combination.

The forward-looking statements contained in this prospectus are based on our current expectations and beliefs concerning future developments and their potential effects on us. There can be no assurance that future developments affecting us will be those that we have anticipated. These forward-looking statements involve a number of risks, uncertainties (some of which are beyond our control) or other assumptions that may cause actual results or performance to be materially different from those expressed or implied by these forward-looking statements. These risks and uncertainties include, but are not limited to, those factors described under the heading “ Risk Factors .” Should one or more of these risks or uncertainties materialize, or should any of our assumptions prove incorrect, actual results may vary in material respects from those projected in these forward-looking statements. We undertake no obligation to update or revise any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise, except as may be required under applicable securities laws.

31

USE OF PROCEEDS

We estimate that the net proceeds of this offering, in addition to the funds we will receive from the sale of the private units (all of which will be deposited into the trust account), will be as set forth in the following table:

 

 

Without Over -A llotment Option

 

Over-Allotment Option Exercised

Gross proceeds

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

From offering

 

$

40,000,000

 

$

46,000,000

 

From private placement

 

 

3,100,000

 

 

3,100,000

 

Total gross proceeds

 

 

43,100,000

 

 

49,100,000

 

Offering expenses (1)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Underwriting discount (3.0% of gross proceeds from offering, excluding deferred fee of 1.5% of gross proceeds from offering) (2)

 

 

1,200,000

 

 

1,200,000

 

Legal fees and expenses

 

 

275,000

 

 

275,000

 

Nasdaq listing fee

 

 

50,000

 

 

50,000

 

Printing and engraving expenses

 

 

45,000

 

 

45,000

 

Accounting fees and expenses

 

 

40,000

 

 

40,000

 

FINRA filing fee

 

 

7,400

 

 

7,400

 

SEC registration fee

 

 

6,000

 

 

6,000

 

Miscellaneous expenses

 

 

76,600

 

 

76,600

 

Total offering expenses

 

 

1,700,000

 

 

1,700,000

 

Net proceeds

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Held in trust

 

 

40,800,000

 

 

46,800,000

 

Not held in trust

 

 

600,000

 

 

600,000

 

Total net proceeds

 

$

41,400,000

 

$

47,400,000

 

Use of net proceeds not held in trust and amounts available from interest income earned on the trust account (3)(4)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Legal, accounting and other third party expenses attendant to the search for target businesses and to the due diligence investigation, structuring and negotiation of a business combination

 

$

250,000

 

 

41.7

%

Due diligence of prospective target businesses by officers, directors and initial shareholders

 

 

100,000

 

 

16.7

%

Legal and accounting fees relating to SEC reporting obligations

 

 

100,000

 

 

16.7

%

Working capital to cover miscellaneous expenses, D&O insurance, general corporate purposes, liquidation obligations and reserves

 

 

150,000

 

 

25.0

%

Total

 

$

600,000

 

 

100.0

%

____________

(1)       A portion of the offering expenses, including the SEC registration fee, the FINRA filing fee, the non-refundable portion of the Nasdaq listing fee and a portion of the legal and audit fees, have been paid from the funds we received from Lodestar Investment Holdings I LLC, an affiliate of Richard Xu described below. These funds will be repaid out of the proceeds of this offering available to us.

(2)       The underwriting discount of 3.0% is payable at the closing of the offering and the deferred underwriting fee of 1.5% (and 4.5% on gross proceeds received from the over-allotment option) payable to Cantor Fitzgerald & Co. is payable upon consummation of our initial business combination and will be held in the trust account until consummation of such business combination. Additionally, in the event that investors introduced by us to the underwriter do not purchase at least $20,000,000 of the units being offered hereby, there will be an additional underwriting commission paid to the underwriter in the amount of $0.15 per unit (1.5%) on the amount below $20,000,000 invested by investors introduced by us, which will not affect the amount in trust due to the obligation of our initial shareholders to purchase commission units. No discounts or commissions will be paid with respect to the purchase of the private units.

(3)       The amount of proceeds not held in trust will remain constant at $600,000 even if the over-allotment is exercised. In addition, interest income earned on the amounts held in the trust account (after payment of taxes owed on such interest income) will be available to us to pay for our working capital requirements. We estimate the interest earned on the trust account will be approximately $30,000 over a 18-month period assuming an interest rate of approximately 0.05% per year.

32

(4)       These are estimates only. Our actual expenditures for some or all of these items may differ from the estimates set forth herein. For example, we may incur greater legal and accounting expenses than our current estimates in connection with negotiating and structuring our initial business combination based upon the level of complexity of that business combination. We do not anticipate any change in our intended use of proceeds, other than fluctuations among the current categories of allocated expenses, which fluctuations, to the extent they exceed current estimates for any specific category of expenses, would be deducted from our excess working capital.

An affiliate of Richard Xu, our Executive Chairman and Chief Executive Officer , has committed to purchase an aggregate of 310,000 private units at a price of $10.00 per unit ($3,100,000 in the aggregate). This affiliate has also agreed that if investors introduced by us to the underwriter do not purchase at least $20,000,000 of the units being offered hereby, it will purchase from us at a price of $10.00 per unit the number of commission units (up to an aggregate of 110,000 commission units) that will equal the increased commissions we will pay the underwriter, as described above, and to cover the additional $0.40 that public investors may receive upon conversion or liquidation to total $10.40 per share, as described elsewhere herein. All of the proceeds we receive from these purchases will be placed in the trust account described below.

$40,800,000, or $46,800,000 if the over-allotment option is exercised in full, of net proceeds of this offering and the sale of the private units will be placed in an account at Morgan Stanley in the United States, maintained by Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company, New York, New York, as trustee. The funds held in trust will be invested only in United States government treasury bills, bonds or notes having a maturity of 180 days or less, or in money market funds meeting the applicable conditions under Rule 2a-7 promulgated under the Investment Company Act of 1940 and that invest solely in United States government treasuries, so that we are not deemed to be an investment company under the Investment Company Act. Except with respect to (i) interest earned on the funds held in the trust account that may be released to us to pay our income or other tax obligations and (ii) any remaining interest earned on the funds held in the trust account that may be released to us for our working capital requirements, the proceeds will not be released from the trust account until the earlier of the completion of a business combination or our liquidation. The proceeds held in the trust account may be used as consideration to pay the sellers of a target business with which we complete a business combination. Any amounts not paid as consideration to the sellers of the target business may be used to finance operations of the target business.

No compensation of any kind (including finder’s, consulting or other similar fees) will be paid to any of our existing officers, directors, shareholders, or any of their affiliates, prior to, or for any services they render in order to effectuate, the consummation of the business combination (regardless of the type of transaction that it is). However, such individuals will receive reimbursement for any out-of-pocket expenses incurred by them in connection with activities on our behalf, such as identifying potential target businesses, performing business due diligence on suitable target businesses and business combinations as well as traveling to and from the offices, plants or similar locations of prospective target businesses to examine their operations. Since the role of present management after a business combination is uncertain, we have no ability to determine what remuneration, if any, will be paid to those persons after a business combination.

Regardless of whether the over-allotment option is exercised in full, the net proceeds from this offering available to us out of trust for our working capital requirements in searching for a business combination will be approximately $600,000. In addition, interest earned on the funds held in the trust account (after payment of taxes owed on such interest income) may be released to us to fund our working capital requirements in searching for a business combination. We intend to use the excess working capital available for miscellaneous expenses such as paying fees to consultants to assist us with our search for a target business and for director and officer liability insurance premiums, with the balance being held in reserve in the event due diligence, legal, accounting and other expenses of structuring and negotiating business combinations exceed our estimates, as well as for reimbursement of any out-of-pocket expenses incurred by our initial shareholders, officers and directors in connection with activities on our behalf as described above.

The allocation of the net proceeds available to us outside of the trust account, along with the available interest earned on the funds held in the trust account, represents our best estimate of the intended uses of these funds. In the event that our assumptions prove to be inaccurate, we may reallocate some of such proceeds within the above described categories. If our estimate of the costs of undertaking in-depth due diligence and negotiating our initial business combination is less than the actual amount necessary to do so, or the amount of interest available from the trust account is insufficient as a result of the current low interest rate environment, we may be required to raise additional capital, the amount, availability and cost of which is currently unascertainable. In this event, we could

33

seek such additional capital through loans or additional investments from members of our management team, but such members of our management team are not under any obligation to advance funds to, or invest in, us.

We will likely use a substantial portion of the net proceeds of this offering, including the funds held in the trust account, to acquire a target business and to pay our expenses relating thereto. To the extent that our share capital is used in whole or in part as consideration to effect a business combination, the proceeds held in the trust account which are not used to consummate a business combination will be disbursed to the combined company and will, along with any other net proceeds not expended, be used as working capital to finance the operations of the target business. Such working capital funds could be used in a variety of ways including continuing or expanding the target business’ operations, for strategic acquisitions and for marketing, research and development of existing or new products.

To the extent we are unable to consummate a business combination, we will pay the costs of liquidating our trust account from our remaining assets outside of the trust account. If such funds are insufficient, Richard Xu and Chen Liu have agreed to advance us the funds necessary to complete such liquidation (currently anticipated to be no more than $15,000) and have agreed not to seek repayment of such expenses.

As of March 31, 2015, Lodestar Investment Holdings I LLC, an affiliate of Richard Xu, loaned to us an aggregate of $115,000 to be used to pay a portion of the expenses of this offering referenced in the line items above for SEC registration fee, FINRA filing fee, the non-refundable portion of the Nasdaq listing fee and a portion of the legal and audit fees and expenses. In April 2015, Lodestar Investment Holdings I LLC loaned us an additional $50,000. The loans are payable without interest on the earlier of (i) October 31, 2015, (ii) the date on which we consummate our initial public offering or (iii) the date on which we determine to not proceed with our initial public offering. The loans will be repaid out of the proceeds of this offering available to us for payment of offering expenses.

We believe that, upon consummation of this offering, we will have sufficient available funds (which includes amounts that may be released to us from the trust account) to operate for the next 18 months, assuming that a business combination is not consummated during that time. However, if necessary, in order to meet our working capital needs following the consummation of this offering, our initial shareholders, officers and directors or their affiliates may, but are not obligated to, loan us funds, from time to time or at any time, in whatever amount they deem reasonable in their sole discretion. Each loan would be evidenced by a promissory note. The notes would either be paid upon consummation of our initial business combination, without interest, or, at the lender’s discretion, up to $500,000 of the notes may be converted upon consummation of our business combination into additional private units at a price of $10.00 per unit (which, for example, would result in the holders being issued 55,000 ordinary shares if $500,000 of notes were so converted since the 50,000 rights included in the private units would result in the issuance of 5,000 ordinary shares upon the closing of our business combination). Our shareholders have approved the issuance of the units and underlying securities upon conversion of such notes, to the extent the holder wishes to so convert them at the time of the consummation of our initial business combination. If we do not complete our initial business combination, the loans would not be repaid.

A public shareholder will be entitled to receive funds from the trust account (including interest earned on his, her or its portion of the trust account to the extent not previously released to us) only in the event of (i) our liquidation if we have not completed a business combination within the required time period or (ii) if that public shareholder converts such shares in connection with a business combination which we consummate or a vote to amend the provisions of our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association relating to shareholders’ rights or pre-business combination activity. In no other circumstances will a public shareholder have any right or interest of any kind to or in the trust account.

34

DIVIDE ND POLICY

We have not paid any cash dividends on our ordinary shares to date and do not intend to pay cash dividends prior to the completion of an initial business combination. The payment of cash dividends in the future will be dependent upon our revenues and earnings, if any, capital requirements and general financial condition subsequent to completion of a business combination. The payment of any dividends subsequent to a business combination will be within the discretion of our board of directors at such time. It is the present intention of our board of directors to retain all earnings, if any, for use in our business operations and, accordingly, our board of directors does not anticipate declaring any dividends in the foreseeable future. In addition, our board of directors is not currently contemplating and does not anticipate declaring any share dividends in the foreseeable future, except if we increase the size of the offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, in which case we will effect a share dividend immediately prior to the consummation of the offering in such amount as to maintain our initial shareholders’ ownership at 20% of our issued and outstanding ordinary shares upon the consummation of this offering (excluding ownership of the private units and commission units). Further, if we incur any indebtedness, our ability to declare dividends may be limited by restrictive covenants we may agree to in connection therewith.

35

DILUTION

The difference between the public offering price per share and the pro forma net tangible book value per share after this offering constitutes the dilution to investors in this offering. Net tangible book value per share is determined by dividing our net tangible book value, which is our total tangible assets less total liabilities (including the value of ordinary shares which may be converted for cash), by the number of outstanding ordinary shares. For the purposes of the dilution calculation, in order to present the maximum estimated dilution as a result of this offering, we have assumed the issuance of $0.10 of a share for each right outstanding, as such issuance will occur upon a business combination without the payment of additional consideration. Accordingly, for the purposes of the dilution calculation, the number of shares included in the units offered hereby will be deemed to be 4,400,000, the price per share in this offering will be deemed to be $9.09 and the number of shares included in the private units will be deemed to be 341,000. The below presentation assumes that no commission units are issued.

At March 31, 2015, our net tangible book value was $(108,568), or approximately $(0.09) per share. After giving effect to the sale of 4,000,000 ordinary shares included in the units we are offering by this prospectus, and the deduction of underwriting discounts and estimated expenses of this offering, and the sale of the private units, and assuming the issuance of 431,000 shares for the outstanding rights, our pro forma net tangible book value at March 31, 2015 would have been $10,020,092 or $3.66 per share, representing an immediate increase in net tangible book value of $3.75 per share to the initial shareholders and an immediate dilution of 59.8% per share or $5.44 to new investors not exercising their conversion rights. For purposes of presentation, our pro forma net tangible book value after this offering is $30,800,000 less than it otherwise would have been because if we effect a business combination, the ability of public shareholders (but not our initial shareholders or the non-tendering investors with respect to up to 1,000,000 ordinary shares purchased in this offering) to exercise conversion rights may result in the conversion of up to 3,000,000 shares sold in this offering.

The following table illustrates the dilution to the new investors on a per-share basis: per-share basis:

Public offering price

 

 

 

 

 

$

9.09

(1)

Net tangible book value before this offering

 

$

(0.09

)

 

 

 

 

Increase attributable to new investors and private sales

 

 

3.75

 

 

 

 

 

Pro forma net tangible book value after this offering

 

 

 

 

 

 

3.66

 

Dilution to new investors

 

 

 

 

 

$

5.44

 

Percentage of dilution to new investors

 

 

 

 

 

 

59.8

%

____________

(1)       Derived from $40,000,000 net proceeds from the public offering divided by 4,400,000  shares, which assumes that the over-allotment option has not been exercised and the issuance of an additional 400,000 public shares underlying the public rights.

The following table sets forth information with respect to our initial shareholders and the new investors:

 

 

Shares Purchased

 

Total Consideration

 

 

 

 

Number

 

Percentage

 

Amount

 

Percentage

 

Average Price per Share

Initial shareholders – Initial Shares

 

1,000,000

(1)

 

17.4

%

 

$

25,000

 

0.1

%

 

$

0.02

Initial shareholders – Private Units

 

341,000

(2)

 

5.9

%

 

 

3,100,000

 

7.2

%

 

$

9.09

New investors (4)

 

4,400,000

(3)

 

76.7

%

 

 

40,000,000

 

92.7

%

 

$

9.09

 

 

 5,741,000

 

 

100.0

%

 

$

42,325,000

 

100.0

%

 

 

 

____________

(1)       Assumes the over-allotment option has not been exercised and an aggregate of 150,000 ordinary shares held by our initial shareholders have been compulsorily repurchased as a result thereof.

(2)       Assumes the issuance of an additional 31,000 public shares underlying the private rights.

(3)       Assumes the issuance of an additional 400,000 public shares underlying the public rights.

(4)       If the over-allotment is exercised in full, shares purchased by and total consideration from new investors increase to 5,060,000 and $46,000,000, respectively

36

The pro forma net tangible book value after the offering is calculated as follows:

Numerator:

 

 

 

 

Net tangible book value before the offering

 

$

(108,568

)

Net proceeds from this offering and private placement of private units

 

 

41,400,000

 

Plus: Offering costs and paid in advance, excluded from tangible book value before this offering

 

 

128,560

 

Plus: Proceeds from sale of unit purchase option to underwriter

 

 

100

 

Less: Deferred underwriting fee

 

 

(600,000

)

Less: Proceeds held in trust subject to possible conversion

 

 

(30,800,000

)

 

 

$

10,020,092

 

Denominator:

 

 

 

 

Ordinary shares outstanding prior to this offering

 

 

1,000,000

(1)

Ordinary shares included in the units offered

 

 

4,000,000

 

Ordinary shares to be sold in private placement

 

 

310,000

 

Ordinary shares underlying the rights to be sold in this offering

 

 

400,000

 

Ordinary shares underlying the rights to be sold in private placement

 

 

31,000

 

Less: Shares subject to possible conversion

 

 

(3,000,000

)

 

 

 

2,741,000

 

____________

(1)       Assumes the over-allotment option has not been exercised and an aggregate of 150,000 ordinary shares held by our initial shareholders have been compulsorily repurchased as a result thereof.

37

CAPITALIZATION

The following table sets forth our capitalization at March 31, 2015 and as adjusted to give effect to the sale of our units and the private units and the application of the estimated net proceeds derived from the sale of such securities.

 

 

March 31, 2015

 

 

Actual

 

As Adjusted (1)

Note payable to related party (2)

 

$

115,000

 

 

$

 

Underwriter fee payable

 

 

 

 

 

600,000

 

Ordinary shares, par value $0.0001 per share, -0- and 3,000,000 shares which are subject to possible conversion

 

 

 

 

 

30,800,000

(4)

Shareholders’ equity:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Preferred shares, par value $0.0001 per share, 1,000,000 shares authorized; none issued or outstanding

 

 

 

 

 

 

Ordinary shares, par value $0.0001 per share, 100,000,000 shares authorized; 1,150,000 shares issued and outstanding, actual; 2,741,000 shares issued and outstanding (3) (excluding 3,000,000 shares subject to possible conversion), as adjusted

 

 

115

 

 

 

274

 

Additional paid-in capital

 

 

24,885

 

 

 

10,024,826

 

Deficit accumulated during the development stage

 

 

(5,008

)

 

 

(5,008

)

Total shareholders’ equity:

 

$

19,992

 

 

$

10,020,092

 

Total capitalization

 

$

134,992

 

 

$

41,420,092

(5)

____________

(1)       Includes the $3,100,000 we will receive from the sale of the private units.

(2)       Note payable to related party is a promissory note issued in the aggregate amount of $115,000 to Lodestar Investments Holdings I LLC. The note is non-interest bearing and is payable on the earliest to occur of (i) October 31, 2015, (ii) the consummation of this offering or (iii) the date on which we determine not to proceed with this offering.

(3)       Assumes the over-allotment option has not been exercised and an aggregate of 150,000 ordinary shares held by our initial shareholders have been compulsorily repurchased by us as a result thereof. Assumes shares underlying the rights to be sold in this offering as issued and outstanding.

(4)       Derived by taking 3,000,000 ordinary shares which may be converted, representing the maximum number of shares that may be converted while the investors introduced by the initial shareholders agreed not to convert at least 1,000,000 shares and maintain at least $5,000,001 in net tangible assets after the offering, multiplied by a conversion price of approximately $10.40 for public holders and $10.00 for lead investors.

(5)       Derived by adding underwriter fee payable, total shareholders’ equity and the value of the ordinary shares subject to possible conversion.

38

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF
FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations should be read together with our financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. This discussion and analysis contains forward-looking statements that are based on our current expectations and reflect our plans, estimates and anticipated future financial performance. These statements involve numerous risks and uncertainties. Our actual results may differ materially from those expressed or implied by these forward-looking statements as a result of many factors, including those set forth below and under the section entitled “Risk Factors.”

Overview

We were incorporated on September 23, 2014 as a Cayman Islands exempted company to serve as a vehicle to effect a merger, share exchange, asset acquisition, share purchase, recapitalization, reorganization or similar business combination with one or more target businesses or entering into contractual arrangements that give us control over such target businesses. We have not identified a target business and we have not, nor has anyone on our behalf, initiated any discussions, directly or indirectly, with respect to identifying any target business. We intend to effectuate our initial business combination using cash from the proceeds of this offering and the private placement of the private units, our shares, debt or a combination of cash, shares and debt. The issuance of additional ordinary shares or preferred shares:

         may significantly reduce the equity interest of our shareholders;

         may subordinate the rights of holders of ordinary shares if we issue preferred shares with rights senior to those afforded to our ordinary shares;

         will likely cause a change in control if a substantial number of our ordinary shares are issued, which may affect, among other things, our ability to use our net operating loss carry forwards, if any, and most likely will also result in the resignation or removal of our present officers and directors; and

         may adversely affect prevailing market prices for our securities.

Similarly, if we issue debt securities, it could result in:

         default and foreclosure on our assets if our operating revenues after a business combination are insufficient to pay our debt obligations;

         acceleration of our obligations to repay the indebtedness even if we have made all principal and interest payments when due if the debt security contains covenants that required the maintenance of certain financial ratios or reserves and we breach any such covenant without a waiver or renegotiation of that covenant;

         our immediate payment of all principal and accrued interest, if any, if the debt security is payable on demand; and

         our inability to obtain additional financing, if necessary, if the debt security contains covenants restricting our ability to obtain additional financing while such security is outstanding.

We have neither engaged in any operations nor generated any revenues to date. Our entire activity since inception has been to prepare for our proposed fundraising through an offering of our equity securities.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

As indicated in the accompanying financial statements, at March 31, 2015, we had $10,441 in cash and cash equivalents and a working capital deficiency of $108,568. Further, we have incurred and expect to continue to incur significant costs in pursuit of our financing and acquisition plans.

Our liquidity needs have been satisfied to date through receipt of $25,000 from the sale of the insider shares and the loans from Lodestar Investments Holding I LLC, an affiliate of Richard Xu, in an aggregate amount of $165,000 that is more fully described below. We estimate that the net proceeds from (1) the sale of the

39

units in this offering, after deducting offering expenses of approximately $500,000 and underwriting discounts and commissions of $1,200,000 and (2) the sale of the private units for a purchase price of $3,100,000, will be $41,400,000 (or $47,400,000 if the over-allotment option is exercised in full). $40,800,000 (or $46,800,000 if the over-allotment option is exercised in full), which includes the deferred underwriting fee of $600,000 (or $870,000 if the over-allotment option is exercised in full) which will be payable to Cantor Fitzgerald & Co. only upon consummation of our initial business combination, will be held in the trust account. The remaining $600,000 (whether or not the over-allotment option is exercised in full) will not be held in the trust account.

We intend to use substantially all of the net proceeds of this offering, including the funds held in the trust account, to acquire a target business or businesses and to pay our expenses relating thereto. To the extent that our capital stock is used in whole or in part as consideration to effect our initial business combination, the remaining proceeds held in the trust account as well as any other net proceeds not expended will be used as working capital to finance the operations of the target business. Such working capital funds could be used in a variety of ways including continuing or expanding the target business’ operations, for strategic acquisitions and for marketing, research and development of existing or new products. Such funds could also be used to repay any operating expenses or finders’ fees which we had incurred prior to the completion of our initial business combination if the funds available to us outside of the trust account were insufficient to cover such expenses.

We believe that, upon consummation of this offering, the $600,000 of net proceeds not held in the trust account plus the interest earned on the trust account balance that may be released to us to fund our working capital requirements (which we anticipate will be approximately $35,000 assuming an interest rate of approximately 0.05% per year) will be sufficient to allow us to operate for at least the next 18 months, assuming that a business combination is not consummated during that time. Over this time period, we will be using these funds for identifying and evaluating prospective acquisition candidates, performing business due diligence on prospective target businesses, traveling to and from the offices, plants or similar locations of prospective target businesses, reviewing corporate documents and material agreements of prospective target businesses, selecting the target business to acquire and structuring, negotiating and consummating the business combination. We anticipate that we will incur approximately:

         $250,000 of expenses for the search for target businesses and for the legal, accounting and other third‑party expenses attendant to the due diligence investigations, structuring and negotiating of a business combination;

         $100,000 of expenses for the due diligence and investigation of a target business by our officers, directors and initial shareholders;

         $100,000 of expenses in legal and accounting fees relating to our SEC reporting obligations; and

         $150,000 for general working capital that will be used for miscellaneous expenses, liquidation obligations and reserves, including director and officer liability insurance premiums.

If our estimates of the costs of undertaking in-depth due diligence and negotiating our initial business combination is less than the actual amount necessary to do so, or the amount of interest available to us from the trust account is less than we expect as a result of the current interest rate environment, we may have insufficient funds available to operate our business prior to our initial business combination. Moreover, we may need to obtain additional financing either to consummate our initial business combination or because we become obligated to convert a significant number of our public shares upon consummation of our initial business combination, in which case we may issue additional securities or incur debt in connection with such business combination. Subject to compliance with applicable securities laws, we would only consummate such financing simultaneously with the consummation of our initial business combination. Following our initial business combination, if cash on hand is insufficient, we may need to obtain additional financing in order to meet our obligations.

Related Party Transactions

As of March 31, 2015, Lodestar Investment Holdings I LLC, an affiliate of Richard Xu, loaned an aggregate of $115,000 to us, on a non-interest bearing basis, for payment of offering expenses on our behalf. In April 2015, Lodestar Investment Holdings I LLC loaned us an additional $50,000. The loans are payable without interest on the earlier of (i) October 31, 2015, (ii) the date on which we consummate our initial public offering or (iii) the date on

40

which we determine to not proceed with our initial public offering. The loans will be repaid out of the proceeds of this offering not being placed in the trust account.

Peiling (Amy) He has also agreed to make available to us, at no cost to us, office space in Beijing, China.

An affiliate of Richard Xu, our Executive Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, has committed to purchase an aggregate of 310,000 private units at a price of $10.00 per unit ($3,100,000 in the aggregate). This affiliate has also agreed that if investors introduced by us to the underwriter do not purchase at least $20,000,000 of the units being offered hereby, it will purchase from us at a price of $10.00 per unit the number of commission units (up to an aggregate of 110,000 commission units) that will equal the increased commissions we will pay the underwriter and to cover the additional $0.40 that public investors may receive upon conversion or liquidation to total $10.40 per share, each as described elsewhere in this prospectus.

We do not believe we will need to raise additional funds following this offering in order to meet the expenditures required for operating our business. However, in order to finance transaction costs in connection with an intended initial business combination, our initial shareholders, officers, directors or their affiliates may, but are not obligated to, loan us funds as may be required. In the event that the initial business combination does not close, we may use a portion of the working capital held outside the trust account to repay such loaned amounts, but no proceeds from our trust account would be used for such repayment. Such loans would be evidenced by promissory notes. The notes would either be paid upon consummation of our initial business combination, without interest, or, at the lender’s discretion, up to $500,000 of the notes may be converted upon consummation of our business combination into additional private units at a price of $10.00 per unit (which, for example, would result in the holders being issued 55,000 ordinary shares if $500,000 of notes were so converted since the 50,000 rights included in the private units would result in the issuance of 5,000 ordinary shares upon the closing of our business combination).

Controls and Procedures

We are not currently required to maintain an effective system of internal controls as defined by Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. We will be required to comply with the internal control requirements of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act for the fiscal year ending December 31, 2016. As of the date of this prospectus, we have not completed an assessment, nor have our auditors tested our systems, of internal controls. We expect to assess the internal controls of our target business or businesses prior to the completion of our initial business combination and, if necessary, to implement and test additional controls as we may determine are necessary in order to state that we maintain an effective system of internal controls. A target business may not be in compliance with the provisions of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act regarding the adequacy of internal controls. Target businesses we may consider for our initial business combination may have internal controls that need improvement in areas such as:

         staffing for financial, accounting and external reporting areas, including segregation of duties;

         reconciliation of accounts;

         proper recording of expenses and liabilities in the period to which they relate;

         evidence of internal review and approval of accounting transactions;

         documentation of processes, assumptions and conclusions underlying significant estimates; and

         documentation of accounting policies and procedures.

Because it will take time, management involvement and perhaps outside resources to determine what internal control improvements are necessary for us to meet regulatory requirements and market expectations for our operation of a target business, we may incur significant expense in meeting our public reporting responsibilities, particularly in the areas of designing, enhancing, or remediating internal and disclosure controls. Doing so effectively may also take longer than we expect, thus increasing our exposure to financial fraud or erroneous financing reporting.

Once our management’s report on internal controls is complete, we will retain our independent auditors to audit and render an opinion on such report when required by Section 404. The independent auditors may identify additional issues concerning a target business’s internal controls while performing their audit of internal control over financial reporting.

41

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk

The net proceeds of this offering, including amounts in the trust account, will be invested in United States government treasury bills, bonds or notes having a maturity of 180 days or less, or in money market funds meeting the applicable conditions under Rule 2a-7 promulgated under the Investment Company Act of 1940 and that invest solely in U.S. treasuries. Due to the short-term nature of these investments, we believe there will be no associated material exposure to interest rate risk.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements; Commitments and Contractual Obligations; Quarterly Results

As of the date of this prospectus, we did not have any off-balance sheet arrangements as defined in Item 303(a)(4)(ii) of Regulation S-K and did not have any commitments or contractual obligations. No unaudited quarterly operating data is included in this prospectus as we have conducted no operations to date.

JOBS Act

On April 5, 2012, the JOBS Act was signed into law. The JOBS Act contains provisions that, among other things, relax certain reporting requirements for qualifying public companies. We will qualify as an “emerging growth company” and under the JOBS Act will be allowed to comply with new or revised accounting pronouncements based on the effective date for private (not publicly traded) companies. We are electing to delay the adoption of new or revised accounting standards, and as a result, we may not comply with new or revised accounting standards on the relevant dates on which adoption of such standards is required for non-emerging growth companies. As such, our financial statements may not be comparable to companies that comply with public company effective dates.

42

PROPOSED BUSI NE SS

Introduction

We are a Cayman Islands exempted company incorporated on September 23, 2014 for the purpose of entering into a merger, share exchange, asset acquisition, share purchase, recapitalization, reorganization or similar business combination with one or more target businesses or entering into contractual arrangements that give us control over such target businesses.

Business Strategy

We intend to focus our search on businesses in China that operate in the e-commerce and consumer retail industry. However, we are not limited to this geographic region or to these types of companies. We have not established specific criteria that would trigger our consideration of businesses outside of these areas. We may focus on other industries or geographic regions if we believe that those industries or regions are better able to provide attractive financial returns or if an opportunity outside of China or in a different industry was brought to our attention at any time we are in search of a target business.

Market Opportunity

Our management team believes that companies that operate in the e-commerce and consumer retail industry will perform favorably over the next decade due to the following reasons:

Rising spending power of Chinese consumers: According to the National Bureau of Statistics of China, the annual per capita disposable income of urban households in China grew from RMB 15,781 (US $2,606) in 2008 to RMB 24,565 (US $4,058) in 2012, representing a CAGR of 11.7%. Compared with the United States, with a consumption penetration rate of 67.1% in 2013, China’s real consumption in 2013 was 35.8% of total GDP, according to Euromonitor International. We believe the growth in consumption will lead to higher levels of online and mobile commerce.

China’s online shopping population is relatively underpenetrated: According to the China Internet Network Information Center (CNNIC), China had the world’s largest internet population with 618 million users as of December 31, 2013, which will grow to 850 million in 2017 based upon iResearch. According to CNNIC, China had 302 million online shoppers in 2013. The number of online shoppers is expected to increase, driven by continued growth in the number of internet users as well as by the higher percentage of Internet users making purchase online.

More categories of products and services online: We believe that consumers are expanding the categories of products and services they are purchasing online, which will further increase online and mobile commerce activity.

Increased usage of mobile devices: The number of mobile internet users in China has been growing at a fast pace, increasing from 303 million in 2010 to 500 million in 2013, according to CNNIC, and is expected to further grow to 745 million by 2017, representing a five-year CAGR of 12.1%, according to iResearch. iResearch estimates that China’s mobile internet penetration rate will reach 48.1% in 2017, as compared to 38.0% in 2012. We believe the increased usage of mobile devices will make access to the Internet even more convenient and drive higher online shopper engagement.

China’s offline retail market faces more and more significant challenges: Due to few nationwide brick and mortar retailers, an underdeveloped physical retail infrastructure, limited product selection and inconsistent product quality, China’s offline retail market faces significant challenges. As of December 31, 2012, there were 127 cities in China with populations greater than 1 million, according to the National Bureau of Statistics of China. According to Euromonitor International, the top 20 retailers in China had a combined market share of approximately 11.6% in 2013, as compared with approximately 40.0% in the United States in the same period. In 2013, per capita retail space in China was 0.6 square meters, which was significantly lower than that in the United States, the United Kingdom, Japan and Germany, according to Euromonitor International. The less developed physical retail infrastructure and distribution system in China is especially apparent in smaller cities and towns where we believe China’s national retailing leaders have an even more limited presence. However, a substantial portion of China’s retail sales is attributable to these regions. In these smaller cities and towns, consumers are generally served by local merchants and stores, and as a result, product selection may be limited. In addition, quality and safety are major consumer concerns in China across a wide variety of categories, from food, household products to clothing, which has the effect of constraining consumption.

Offline Retailers Use Online Marketplaces to Grow Their Business. Many brick and mortar retailers, including local service providers, are motivated to establish an online presence through a well-known and reputable online platform in addition to their own e-commerce websites because of the consumer reach and brand building opportunity.

43

Growth in China’s Consumption: China’s real GDP of US $9.2 trillion in 2013 is projected to grow to US $13.2 trillion in 2020, according to the Rhodium Group’s middle range projection. Real consumption in China is projected to experience a higher rate of growth during the same period, thus becoming an increasingly important contributor to the Chinese economy. The proportion of GDP accounted for by consumption in China was 34% in 2013, a level which was significantly lower than the United States, the United Kingdom, Japan and Germany, according to The World Bank.

The rising real income level of Chinese consumers has been a driving force behind the increasing contribution of consumption to the overall economy. According to the National Bureau of Statistics of China, the real annual per capita income of rural households and urban households in China increased by CAGRs of 10.2% and 8.5% between 2008 and 2013, respectively. In addition, the household savings rate in China declined from 40.4% in 2009 to 39.5% in 2013, according to Euromonitor International. We believe the declining trend in savings rate reflects consumers’ increasing propensity to spend on discretionary items, including higher quality products and services. As Chinese consumers continue to experience real wage increases, as well as a higher propensity to spend, we expect that the contribution of consumption to overall GDP in China will continue to increase over time and that the growth rate of consumption will continue to outpace GDP growth.

Growth in China Internet Population and Penetration: Internet penetration in China is expanding rapidly. Internet users in China grew from 298 million, or 22.6% of China’s total population, as of the end of 2008 to 618 million, or 45.8% of the total population, as of the end of 2013, according to CNNIC. However, internet penetration in China is still relatively low when compared to that of many other countries. According to a report issued by the China Ministry of Industry and Information Technology, China’s internet population is projected to grow to 800 million by 2015.

44

The percentage of internet users buying products and services online in China is lower than that in many other countries. According to CNNIC, there were 302 million Internet shoppers in China in 2013, representing 48.9% of total Internet users, compared to 63.8% in the United States in the same year, according to IDC.

Contractual Arrangements

The government of the PRC has restricted or limited foreign ownership of certain kinds of assets and companies operating in a wide variety of industries, including some online and mobile commerce businesses. The PRC may apply these restrictions in other industries in the future. In addition, there can be restrictions on the foreign ownership of businesses that are determined from time to time to be in “important industries” that may affect the national economic security or having “famous Chinese brand names” or “well established Chinese brand names.” Subject to the review requirements of the Ministry of Commerce and other relevant agencies as discussed elsewhere for acquisitions of assets and companies in the PRC and subject to the various percentage ownership limitations that exist from time to time, acquisitions involving foreign investors and parties in the various restricted categories of assets and industries may nonetheless sometimes be consummated using contractual arrangements with permitted Chinese parties through variable interest entities, which are entities 100% owned by Chinese citizens. To the extent that such agreements are employed, they may be for control of specific assets such as intellectual property or control of blocks of the equity ownership interests of a company. The agreements would be designed to provide our company with the economic benefits of and control over the subject assets or equity interests similar to the rights of full ownership, while leaving the technical ownership in the hands of Chinese parties who would likely be designated by our company.

For example, these contracts could result in a structure where, in exchange for our payment of the acquisition consideration, (i) the target company would be majority owned by Chinese residents whom we designate and the target company would continue to hold the requisite licenses for the target business, and (ii) we would establish a new subsidiary in China which would provide technology, technical support, consulting and related services to the target company in exchange for fees, which would transfer to us substantially all of the economic benefits of ownership of the target company.

These contractual arrangements would be designed to provide the following:

         Our exercise of effective control over the target company;

         A substantial portion of the economic benefits of the target company would be transferred to us; and

         We, or our designee, would have an exclusive option to purchase all or part of the equity interests in the target company owned by the Chinese residents whom we designate, or all or part of the assets of the target company, in each case when and to the extent permitted by Chinese regulations.

While we cannot predict the terms of any such contract that we will be able to negotiate, at a minimum, any contractual arrangement would need to provide us with (i) effective control over the target’s operations and

45

management either directly through board control or through affirmative and/or negative covenants and veto rights with respect to matters such as entry into material agreements, management changes and issuance of debt or equity securities, among other potential control provisions and (ii) a sufficient level of economic interest to ensure that we satisfy the 80% net asset test required for our initial business combination. We have not, however, established specific provisions which must be in an agreement in order to meet the definition of business combination.

These agreements likely also would provide for increased ownership or full ownership and control by us when and if permitted under PRC law and regulation. If we choose to effect a business combination that employs the use of these types of control arrangements, we may have difficulty in enforcing our rights. Therefore these contractual arrangements may not be as effective in providing us with the same economic benefits, accounting consolidation or control over a target business as would direct ownership through a merger or stock exchange. For example, if the target business or any other entity fails to perform its obligations under these contractual arrangements, we may have to incur substantial costs and expend substantial resources to enforce such arrangements, and rely on legal remedies under Chinese law, including seeking specific performance or injunctive relief, and claiming damages, which we cannot assure will be sufficient to off-set the cost of enforcement and may adversely affect the benefits we expect to receive from the business combination.

Moreover, we expect that the contractual arrangements upon which we would be relying would be governed by Chinese law and would be the only basis of providing resolution of disputes which may arise through either arbitration or litigation in China. Accordingly, these contracts would be interpreted in accordance with Chinese law and any disputes would be resolved in accordance with Chinese legal procedures. Uncertainties in the Chinese legal system could limit our ability to enforce these contractual arrangements. In the event we are unable to enforce these contractual arrangements, we may not be able to exert the effective level of control over the target business.

We have not selected any target business or target industry on which to concentrate our search for a business combination and we are, therefore, unable to determine at this time what form an acquisition of a target business will take.

Competitive Strengths

We believe our competitive strengths to be the following:

Management team

Our management team is comprised of Richard Xu, our Executive Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer, Chen Liu, our President, and Peiling (Amy) He, our Chief Financial Officer. Mr. Xu is currently the President of Sino Mercury. Prior to that, Mr. Xu served as the President of CIFCO International Group, a financial advisory firm focused on overseas investments in Chinese enterprises. Mr. Liu is currently the Chief Investment Director of Anhui Shengyun Machinery, Ltd., a public trading company listed on the Shenzhen Stock Exchange. Ms. He is currently the Chief Financial Officer of Sino Mercury. Prior to that, she served as Chief Financial Officer of Deyu Agriculture Corp., a vertically integrated producer, processor, marketer and distributor of organic and other agricultural products made from corn and grains operating in Shanxi Province in the People’s Republic of China. We believe that the network of contacts, investment track record and relationships of our management team will provide us with an important source of investment opportunities and deal-flow. The only other similarly structured blank check company that our management team has been associated with is Sino Mercury, which consummated its initial public offering in August 2014 and entered into a definitive agreement to complete a business combination with WFG in April 2015. There is no assurance that Sino Mercury will be able to complete the business combination with WFG or another target business within the required time period.

Status as a public company

We believe our structure will make us an attractive business combination partner to target businesses. As an existing public company, we offer a target business an alternative to the traditional initial public offering through a merger or other business combination. In this situation, the owners of the target business would exchange their shares of stock in the target business for shares of our stock or for a combination of shares of our stock and cash, allowing us to tailor the consideration to the specific needs of the sellers. We believe target businesses might find this method a more certain and cost effective method to becoming a public company than the typical initial public offering. In a typical initial public offering, there are additional expenses incurred in marketing, roadshow and public

46

reporting efforts that will likely not be present to the same extent in connection with a business combination with us. Furthermore, once the business combination is consummated, the target business will have effectively become public, whereas an initial public offering is always subject to the underwriter’s ability to complete the offering, as well as general market conditions, that could prevent the offering from occurring. Once public, we believe the target business would then have greater access to capital and an additional means of providing management incentives consistent with shareholders’ interests than it would have as a privately-held company. It can offer further benefits by augmenting a company’s profile among potential new customers and vendors and aid in attracting talented employees.

While we believe that our status as a public company will make us an attractive business partner, some potential target businesses may view the inherent limitations in our status as a blank check company as a deterrent and may prefer to effect a business combination with a more established entity or with a private company.

Financial position

With $40,800,000 (or $46,800,000 if the over-allotment option is exercised in full) in our trust account available for our initial business combination, we offer a target business a variety of options such as providing the owners of a target business with shares in a public company and a public means to sell such shares, providing capital for the potential growth and expansion of its operations or strengthening its balance sheet by reducing its debt ratio. Because we are able to consummate our initial business combination using our cash, debt or equity securities, or a combination of the foregoing, we have the flexibility to use the most efficient combination that will allow us to tailor the consideration to be paid to the target business to fit its needs and desires. However, since we have no specific business combination under consideration, we have not taken any steps to secure third party financing and it may not be available to us.

Offering Structure

Unlike other blank check companies that sell units comprised of shares and a combination of rights and warrants in their initial public offerings, we are selling units comprised of shares and rights. Our management believes that investors in similarly structured blank check offerings, and those likely to invest in this offering, have come to expect the units of such companies to include one share and additional securities which would allow the holders to acquire additional shares. Without the ability to acquire such additional shares, our management believes the investors would not be willing to purchase units in such companies’ initial public offerings. Upon consummation of our initial business combination, each right included in our units shall entitle the holder to receive one-tenth of a share, leaving us with only one class of shares. Accordingly, because the number of shares ordinarily issuable upon exercise of the rights and warrants found in the typical structure of other blank check initial public offerings is lessened in our case (since such rights and warrants most often entitle the holder to receive between one-half and one full share as opposed to the one-tenth of a share the rights entitle a holder to receive) although not completely eliminated, our management believes we will be viewed more favorably by potential target companies when determining which company to engage in a business combination with. Our management also believes this will make us a more attractive merger partner for target businesses as our capitalization structure will be simpler without the warrants present. However, our management may be incorrect in these beliefs.

Effecting a Business Combination

General

We are not presently engaged in, and we will not engage in, any substantive commercial business for an indefinite period of time following this offering. We intend to utilize cash derived from the proceeds of this offering and the private placement of private units, our share capital, debt or a combination of these in effecting a business combination. Although substantially all of the net proceeds of this offering and the private placement of private units are intended to be applied generally toward effecting a business combination as described in this prospectus, the proceeds are not otherwise being designated for any more specific purposes. Accordingly, investors in this offering are investing without first having an opportunity to evaluate the specific merits or risks of any one or more business combinations. A business combination may involve the acquisition of, or merger with, a company which does not need substantial additional capital but which desires to establish a public trading market for its shares, while avoiding what it may deem to be adverse consequences of undertaking a public offering itself. These include time delays, significant expense, loss of voting control and compliance with various Federal and state securities laws. In the alternative, we may seek to consummate a business combination with a company that may be financially unstable or in its early stages of development or growth. While we may seek to effect simultaneous business combinations

47

with more than one target business, we will probably have the ability, as a result of our limited resources, to effect only a single business combination.

We Have Not Identified a Target Business

To date, we have not selected any target business on which to concentrate our search for a business combination. None of our officers, directors, initial shareholders and other affiliates has engaged in discussions on our behalf with representatives of other companies regarding the possibility of a potential merger, share exchange, asset acquisition or other similar business combination with us, nor have we, nor any of our agents or affiliates, been approached by any candidates (or representatives of any candidates) with respect to a possible business combination with our company. Additionally, we have not, nor has anyone on our behalf, taken any measure, directly or indirectly, to identify or locate any suitable acquisition candidate, nor have we engaged or retained any agent or other representative to identify or locate such an acquisition candidate. We have also not conducted any research with respect to identifying the number and characteristics of the potential acquisition candidates. As a result, we cannot assure you that we will be able to locate a target business or that we will be able to engage in a business combination with a target business on favorable terms or at all.

Subject to the limitations that a target business have a fair market value of at least 80% of the balance in the trust account at the time of the execution of a definitive agreement for our initial business combination, as described below in more detail, we will have virtually unrestricted flexibility in identifying and selecting a prospective acquisition candidate. We have not established any other specific attributes or criteria (financial or otherwise) for prospective target businesses. Accordingly, there is no basis for investors in this offering to evaluate the possible merits or risks of the target business with which we may ultimately complete a business combination. To the extent we effect a business combination with a financially unstable company or an entity in its early stage of development or growth, including entities without established records of sales or earnings, we may be affected by numerous risks inherent in the business and operations of financially unstable and early stage or potential emerging growth companies. Although our management will endeavor to evaluate the risks inherent in a particular target business, we cannot assure you that we will properly ascertain or assess all significant risk factors.

Sources of Target Businesses

While we have not yet identified any acquisition candidates, we believe based on our management’s business knowledge and past experience that there are numerous acquisition candidates available. We anticipate that target business candidates will be brought to our attention from various unaffiliated sources, including investment bankers, venture capital funds, private equity funds, leveraged buyout funds, management buyout funds and other members of the financial community. Target businesses may be brought to our attention by such unaffiliated sources as a result of being solicited by us through calls or mailings which will not commence until after the completion of this offering. These sources may also introduce us to target businesses they think we may be interested in on an unsolicited basis, since many of these sources will have read this prospectus and know what types of businesses we are targeting. Our officers and directors, as well as their respective affiliates, may also bring to our attention target business candidates that they become aware of through their business contacts as a result of formal or informal inquiries or discussions they may have, as well as attending trade shows or conventions. While we do not presently anticipate engaging the services of professional firms or other individuals that specialize in business acquisitions on any formal basis, we may engage these firms or other individuals in the future, in which event we may pay a finder’s fee, consulting fee or other compensation to be determined in an arm’s length negotiation based on the terms of the transaction. In no event, however, will any of our existing officers, directors or initial shareholders, or any entity with which they are affiliated, be paid any finder’s fee, consulting fee or other compensation prior to, or for any services they render in order to effectuate, the consummation of a business combination (regardless of the type of transaction). If we decide to enter into a business combination with a target business that is affiliated with our officers, directors or initial shareholders, we will do so only if we have obtained an opinion from an independent investment banking firm that the business combination is fair to our unaffiliated shareholders from a financial point of view. However, as of the date of this prospectus, there is no affiliated entity that we consider a business combination target.

Selection of a Target Business and Structuring of a Business Combination

Subject to the limitations that a target business have a fair market value of at least 80% of the balance in the trust account at the time of the execution of a definitive agreement for our initial business combination, our

48

management will have virtually unrestricted flexibility in identifying and selecting a prospective target business. We have not established any other specific attributes or criteria (financial or otherwise) for prospective target businesses. In evaluating a prospective target business, our management may consider a variety of factors, including one or more of the following:

         financial condition and results of operation;

         growth potential;

         experience and skill of management and availability of additional personnel;

         capital requirements;

         competitive position;

         barriers to entry;

         stage of development of its products, processes or services;

         degree of current or potential market acceptance of the products, processes or services;

         proprietary features and degree of intellectual property or other protection for its products, processes or services;

         regulatory environment of the industry; and

         costs associated with effecting the business combination.

We believe such factors will be important in evaluating prospective target businesses, regardless of the location or industry in which such target business operates. However, this list is not intended to be exhaustive. Furthermore, we may decide to enter into a business combination with a target business that does not meet these criteria and guidelines.

Any evaluation relating to the merits of a particular business combination will be based, to the extent relevant, on the above factors as well as other considerations deemed relevant by our management in effecting a business combination consistent with our business objective. In evaluating a prospective target business, we will conduct an extensive due diligence review which will encompass, among other things, meetings with incumbent management and inspection of facilities, as well as review of financial and other information which is made available to us. This due diligence review will be conducted either by our management or by unaffiliated third parties we may engage, although we have no current intention to engage any such third parties.

The time and costs required to select and evaluate a target business and to structure and complete the business combination cannot presently be ascertained with any degree of certainty. Any costs incurred with respect to the identification and evaluation of a prospective target business with which a business combination is not ultimately completed will result in a loss to us and reduce the amount of capital available to otherwise complete a business combination.

Fair Market Value of Target Business

Pursuant to Nasdaq listing rules, the target business or businesses that we acquire must collectively have a fair market value equal to at least 80% of the balance of the funds in the trust account at the time of the execution of a definitive agreement for our initial business combination, although we may acquire a target business whose fair market value significantly exceeds 80% of the trust account balance. We currently anticipate structuring a business combination to acquire 100% of the equity interests or assets of the target business or businesses. We may, however, structure a business combination where we merge directly with the target business or where we acquire less than 100% of such interests or assets of the target business in order to meet certain objectives of the target management team or shareholders or for other reasons, but we will only complete such business combination if the post-transaction company owns or acquires 50% or more of the outstanding voting securities of the target (whether through outright ownership or through contractual arrangements) or otherwise acquires a controlling interest in the target sufficient for it not to be required to register as an investment company under the Investment Company Act. Even if the post-transaction company owns or acquires 50% or more of the voting securities of the target, our

49

shareholders prior to the business combination may collectively own a minority interest in the post-transaction company, depending on valuations ascribed to the target and us in the business combination transaction. For example, we could pursue a transaction in which we issue a substantial number of new shares in exchange for all of the outstanding capital of a target. In this case, we would acquire a 100% controlling interest in the target. However, as a result of the issuance of a substantial number of new shares, our shareholders immediately prior to our initial business combination could own less than a majority of our outstanding shares subsequent to our initial business combination. If less than 100% of the equity interests or assets of a target business or businesses are owned or acquired by the post-transaction company, only the portion of such business or businesses that is owned or acquired is what will be valued for purposes of the 80% of net assets test. In order to consummate such an acquisition, we may issue a significant amount of our debt or equity securities to the sellers of such businesses and/or seek to raise additional funds through a private offering of debt or equity securities. Since we have no specific business combination under consideration, we have not entered into any such fund raising arrangement and have no current intention of doing so. We may also consummate a business combination where we employ contractual arrangements as described above. Such contractual arrangements would need to provide us with a sufficient level of economic interest to ensure that we satisfy the 80% net asset test required for our initial business combination. The fair market value of the target will be determined by our board of directors based upon one or more standards generally accepted by the financial community (such as actual and potential sales, earnings, cash flow and/or book value). If our board is not able to independently determine that the target business has a sufficient fair market value, we will obtain an opinion from an unaffiliated, independent investment banking firm, or another independent entity that commonly renders valuation opinions on the type of target business we are seeking to acquire, with respect to the satisfaction of such criteria. We will not be required to obtain an opinion from an independent investment banking firm, or another independent entity that commonly renders valuation opinions on the type of target business we are seeking to acquire, as to the fair market value, regardless of the type of transaction that it is, if our board of directors independently determines that the target business complies with the 80% threshold.

Lack of Business Diversification

Our business combination must be with a target business or businesses that collectively satisfy the minimum valuation standard at the time of such acquisition, as discussed above, although this process may entail the simultaneous acquisitions of several operating businesses at the same time. Therefore, at least initially, the prospects for our success may be entirely dependent upon the future performance of a single business. Unlike other entities which may have the resources to complete several business combinations of entities operating in multiple industries or multiple areas of a single industry, it is probable that we will not have the resources to diversify our operations or benefit from the possible spreading of risks or offsetting of losses. By consummating a business combination with only a single entity, our lack of diversification may:

         subject us to numerous economic, competitive and regulatory developments, any or all of which may have a substantial adverse impact upon the particular industry in which we may operate subsequent to a business combination, and

         result in our dependency upon the performance of a single operating business or the development or market acceptance of a single or limited number of products, processes or services.

If we determine to simultaneously acquire several businesses and such businesses are owned by different sellers, we will need for each of such sellers to agree that our purchase of its business is contingent on the simultaneous closings of the other acquisitions, which may make it more difficult for us, and delay our ability, to complete the business combination. With multiple acquisitions, we could also face additional risks, including additional burdens and costs with respect to possible multiple negotiations and due diligence investigations (if there are multiple sellers) and the additional risks associated with the subsequent assimilation of the operations and services or products of the acquired companies in a single operating business.

Limited Ability to Evaluate the Target Business’ Management

Although we intend to scrutinize the management of a prospective target business when evaluating the desirability of effecting a business combination, we cannot assure you that our assessment of the target business’ management will prove to be correct. In addition, we cannot assure you that the future management will have the necessary skills, qualifications or abilities to manage a public company. Furthermore, the future role of our

50

officers and directors, if any, in the target business following a business combination cannot presently be stated with any certainty. While it is possible that some of our key personnel will remain associated in senior management or advisory positions with us following a business combination, it is unlikely that they will devote their full time efforts to our affairs subsequent to a business combination. Moreover, they would only be able to remain with the company after the consummation of a business combination if they are able to negotiate employment or consulting agreements in connection with the business combination. Such negotiations would take place simultaneously with the negotiation of the business combination and could provide for them to receive compensation in the form of cash payments and/or our securities for services they would render to the company after the consummation of the business combination. While the personal and financial interests of our key personnel may influence their motivation in identifying and selecting a target business, their ability to remain with the company after the consummation of a business combination will not be the determining factor in our decision as to whether or not we will proceed with any potential business combination. Additionally, our officers and directors may not have significant experience or knowledge relating to the operations of the particular target business.

Following a business combination, we may seek to recruit additional managers to supplement the incumbent management of the target business. We cannot assure you that we will have the ability to recruit additional managers, or that any such additional managers we do recruit will have the requisite skills, knowledge or experience necessary to enhance the incumbent management.

Shareholder Approval of Business Combination

In connection with any proposed business combination, we will seek shareholder approval of an initial business combination at a meeting called for such purpose at which shareholders may seek to convert their shares, regardless of whether they vote for or against the proposed business combination, for a pro rata share of the aggregate amount then on deposit in the trust account, less any taxes then due but not yet paid. The amount in the trust account is initially anticipated to be $10.40 per share for public investors and $10.00 for lead investors.

Under our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association, we must provide at least 10 days advance notice of any meeting of shareholders. The proxy statement mailed in connection with any meeting to approve a proposed business combination will describe the manner in which you can vote on the proposed transaction. Generally, in order to vote at the meeting to approve a proposed business combination, if you are a record holder, you will either need to send in a proxy card or attend the meeting and vote in person. If your shares are held in “street name” or are in a margin or similar account, you would need to contact your broker to ensure that votes related to the shares you beneficially own are properly counted. The proxy statement mailed in connection with any meeting to approve a proposed business combination will also describe the vote necessary to approve the proposed business combination. The actual vote required to approve any proposed business combination will depend on the structure of the transaction itself and the requirements of our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association and the Companies Law of the Cayman Islands; provided that the minimum vote required to approve any proposed business combination would be the affirmative vote of a majority of the holders voting on such proposed business combination.

We will consummate our initial business combination only if we have net tangible assets of at least $5,000,001 upon such consummation and a majority of the outstanding ordinary shares voted are voted in favor of the business combination. We chose our net tangible asset threshold of $5,000,001 to ensure that we would avoid being subject to Rule 419 promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. We have agreed to introduce the underwriter in this offering to investors who are interested in purchasing at least $20,000,000 of the units being offered hereby and to cause at least $10,000,000 of the units being offered hereby to be purchased by investors introduced by us who will agree to hold their shares through the consummation of our initial business combination, vote in favor of such proposed business combination and not seek conversion in connection therewith. Such investors will not be providing us with a proxy to vote their shares, however. As a result, we expect to meet the $5,000,001 net tangible asset requirement in order to complete an initial business combination.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, if we seek to consummate an initial business combination with a target business that imposes any type of working capital closing condition or requires us to have a minimum amount of funds available from the trust account upon consummation of such initial business combination, our net tangible asset threshold may limit our ability to consummate such initial business combination (as we may be required to have a lesser number of shares converted) and may force us to seek third party financing which may not be

51

available on terms acceptable to us or at all. As a result, we may not be able to consummate such initial business combination and we may not be able to locate another suitable target within the applicable time period, if at all. Public shareholders may therefore have to wait 24 months from the consummation of this offering in order to be able to receive a pro rata share of the trust account.

Our initial shareholders and our officers and directors have agreed (1) to vote any ordinary shares owned by them in favor of any proposed business combination and (2) not to convert any ordinary shares in connection with a shareholder vote to approve a proposed initial business combination or a vote to amend the provisions of our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association relating to shareholders’ rights or pre-business combination activity.

None of our officers, directors, initial shareholders or their affiliates has indicated any intention to purchase units or ordinary shares in this offering or from persons in the open market or in private transactions. However, if we hold a meeting to approve a proposed business combination and a significant number of shareholders vote, or indicate an intention to vote, against such proposed business combination, our officers, directors, initial shareholders or their affiliates could make such purchases in the open market or in private transactions in order to influence the vote. Notwithstanding the foregoing, our officers, directors, initial shareholders and their affiliates will not make purchases of ordinary shares if the purchases would violate Section 9(a)(2) or Rule 10b-5 of the Exchange Act, which are rules designed to stop potential manipulation of a company’s stock.

Conversion rights

At any meeting called to approve an initial business combination, public shareholders may seek to convert their shares, regardless of whether they vote for or against the proposed business combination, into their pro rata share of the aggregate amount then on deposit in the trust account, less any taxes then due but not yet paid. In such event, the conversion rights will be effected under our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association and Cayman Islands law as repurchases. A holder will always have the ability to vote against a proposed business combination and not seek conversion of his shares.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, a public shareholder, together with any affiliate of his or any other person with whom he is acting in concert or as a “group” (as defined in Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act) will be restricted from seeking conversion rights with respect to 20% or more of the ordinary shares sold in this offering. Accordingly, all shares in excess of 20% of the shares sold in this offering held by a holder will not be converted for cash. We believe this restriction will prevent shareholders from accumulating large blocks of shares before the vote held to approve a proposed business combination and attempt to use the conversion right as a means to force us or our management to purchase their shares at a significant premium to the then current market price. By limiting a shareholder’s ability to convert no more than 20% of the ordinary shares sold in this offering, we believe we have limited the ability of a small group of shareholders to unreasonably attempt to block a transaction which is favored by our other public shareholders.

Our initial shareholders will not have conversion rights with respect to any ordinary shares owned by them, directly or indirectly, whether acquired prior to this offering or purchased by them in this offering or in the aftermarket. The non-tendering investors will not have conversion rights with respect to 1,000,000 ordinary shares purchased by them in this offering. Additionally, the lead investors will be required to waive their right to receive $0.40 per share purchased by them in this offering in the event they seek to convert such shares into cash held in the trust account so that public investors will receive at least $10.40 per share (or approximately $10.31 per share if the over-allotment option has been exercised in full) purchased by them in this offering upon conversion.

We may also require public shareholders, whether they are a record holder or hold their shares in “street name,” to either tender their certificates to our transfer agent at any time through the vote on the business combination or to deliver their shares to the transfer agent electronically using Depository Trust Company’s DWAC (Deposit/Withdrawal At Custodian) System, at the holder’s option.

There is a nominal cost associated with this tendering process and the act of certificating the shares or delivering them through the DWAC system. The transfer agent will typically charge the tendering broker $45 and it would be up to the broker whether or not to pass this cost on to the converting holder. However, this fee would be incurred regardless of whether or not we require holders seeking to exercise conversion rights. The need to deliver shares is a requirement of exercising conversion rights regardless of the timing of when such delivery must be effectuated. However, in the event we require shareholders seeking to exercise conversion rights prior to the consummation of the proposed business combination and the proposed business combination is not consummated this may result in an increased cost to shareholders.

52

Any request to convert such shares once made, may be withdrawn at any time up to the vote on the proposed business combination. Furthermore, if a holder of a public share delivered his certificate in connection with an election of their conversion and subsequently decides prior to the applicable date not to elect to exercise such rights, he may simply request that the transfer agent return the certificate (physically or electronically).

If the initial business combination is not approved or completed for any reason, then our public shareholders who elected to exercise their conversion rights would not be entitled to convert their shares for the applicable pro rata share of the trust account. In such case, we will promptly return any shares delivered by public holders.

Automatic liquidation of Trust Account if No Business Combination

If we do not complete a business combination within 18 months from the date of this prospectus, it will trigger our automatic winding up, dissolution and liquidation pursuant to the terms of our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association. As a result, this has the same effect as if we had formally gone through a voluntary liquidation procedure under the Companies Law of the Cayman Islands. Accordingly, no vote would be required from our shareholders to commence such a voluntary winding up, dissolution and liquidation.

The amount in the trust account (less $400 representing the aggregate nominal par value of the shares of our public shareholders) under the Companies Law of the Cayman Islands will be treated as share premium which is distributable under the Companies Law of the Cayman Islands provided that immediately following the date on which the proposed distribution is proposed to be made, we are able to pay our debts as they fall due in the ordinary course of business. If we are forced to liquidate the trust account, we anticipate that we would distribute to our public shareholders the amount in the trust account calculated as of the date that is two days prior to the distribution date (including any accrued interest). Prior to such distribution, we would be required to assess all claims that may be potentially brought against us by our creditors for amounts they are actually owed and make provision for such amounts, as creditors take priority over our public shareholders with respect to amounts that are owed to them. We cannot assure you that we will properly assess all claims that may be potentially brought against us. As such, our shareholders could potentially be liable for any claims of creditors to the extent of distributions received by them as an unlawful payment in the event we enter an insolvent liquidation. Furthermore, while we will seek to have all vendors and service providers (which would include any third parties we engaged to assist us in any way in connection with our search for a target business) and prospective target businesses execute agreements with us waiving any right, title, interest or claim of any kind they may have in or to any monies held in the trust account, there is no guarantee that they will execute such agreements. Nor is there any guarantee that, even if such entities execute such agreements with us, they will not seek recourse against the trust account or that a court would conclude that such agreements are legally enforceable.

Each of our initial shareholders has agreed to waive its rights to participate in any liquidation of our trust account or other assets with respect to the insider shares and private shares and to vote their insider shares and private shares in favor of any dissolution and plan of distribution which we submit to a vote of shareholders. There will be no distribution from the trust account with respect to our rights, which will expire worthless.

If we are unable to complete an initial business combination and expend all of the net proceeds of this offering, other than the proceeds deposited in the trust account, and without taking into account interest, if any, earned on the trust account, the initial per-share distribution from the trust account would be $10.40 for public holders and $10.00 for lead investors.

The proceeds deposited in the trust account could, however, become subject to the claims of our creditors which would be prior to the claims of our public shareholders. Although we will seek to have all vendors, including lenders for money borrowed, prospective target businesses or other entities we engage execute agreements with us waiving any right, title, interest or claim of any kind in or to any monies held in the trust account for the benefit of our public shareholders, there is no guarantee that they will execute such agreements or even if they execute such agreements that they would be prevented from bringing claims against the trust account, including but not limited to, fraudulent inducement, breach of fiduciary responsibility or other similar claims, as well as claims challenging the enforceability of the waiver, in each case in order to gain an advantage with a claim against our assets, including the funds held in the trust account. If any third party refused to execute an agreement waiving such claims to the monies held in the trust account, we would perform an analysis of the alternatives available to us if we chose not to engage such third party and evaluate if such engagement would be in the best interest of our shareholders if such third party refused to waive such claims. Examples of possible instances where we may engage a third party that refused to

53

execute a waiver include the engagement of a third party consultant whose particular expertise or skills are believed by management to be significantly superior to those of other consultants that would agree to execute a waiver or in cases where management is unable to find a provider of required services willing to provide the waiver. In any event, our management would perform an analysis of the alternatives available to it and would only enter into an agreement with a third party that did not execute a waiver if management believed that such third party’s engagement would be significantly more beneficial to us than any alternative. In addition, there is no guarantee that such entities will agree to waive any claims they may have in the future as a result of, or arising out of, any negotiations, contracts or agreements with us and will not seek recourse against the trust account for any reason.

Richard Xu and Chen Liu have personally agreed that, if we liquidate the trust account prior to the consummation of a business combination, they will be liable to pay debts and obligations to target businesses or vendors or other entities that are owed money by us for services rendered or contracted for or products sold to us in excess of the net proceeds of this offering not held in the trust account, but only to the extent necessary to ensure that such debts or obligations do not reduce the amounts in the trust account and only if such parties have not executed a waiver agreement. However, we cannot assure you that Messrs. Xu or Liu will be able to satisfy those obligations if they are required to do so. Accordingly, the actual per-share distribution could be reduced, due to claims of creditors. Additionally, if we are forced to file a bankruptcy case or an involuntary bankruptcy case is filed against us which is not dismissed, the proceeds held in the trust account could be subject to applicable bankruptcy law, and may be included in our bankruptcy estate and subject to the claims of third parties with priority over the claims of our shareholders. To the extent any bankruptcy claims deplete the trust account, we cannot assure you we will be able to return to our public shareholders at least $10.40 or $10.00 per share, as applicable.

Competition

In identifying, evaluating and selecting a target business, we may encounter intense competition from other entities having a business objective similar to ours. Many of these entities are well established and have extensive experience identifying and effecting business combinations directly or through affiliates. Many of these competitors possess greater technical, human and other resources than us and our financial resources will be relatively limited when contrasted with those of many of these competitors. While we believe there may be numerous potential target businesses that we could acquire with the net proceeds of this offering, our ability to compete in acquiring certain sizable target businesses may be limited by our available financial resources.

The following also may not be viewed favorably by certain target businesses:

         our obligation to seek shareholder approval of a business combination may delay the completion of a transaction;

         our obligation to convert ordinary shares held by our public shareholders (but not our initial shareholders or non-tendering investors with respect to up to 1,000,000 ordinary shares purchased in this offering) may reduce the resources available to us for a business combination;

         Nasdaq may require us to file a new listing application and meet its initial listing requirements to maintain the listing of our securities following a business combination;

         our outstanding rights and unit purchase options, and the potential future dilution they represent;

         our obligation to either repay or issue private units upon conversion of up to $500,000 of working capital loans that may be made to us by our initial shareholders, officers, directors or their affiliates;

         our obligation to register the resale of the insider shares, as well as the private units (and underlying securities) and any securities issued to our initial shareholders, officers, directors or their affiliates upon conversion of working capital loans; and

         the impact on the target business’ assets as a result of unknown liabilities under the securities laws or otherwise depending on developments involving us prior to the consummation of a business combination.

Any of these factors may place us at a competitive disadvantage in successfully negotiating a business combination. Our management believes, however, that our status as a public entity and potential access to the United States public equity markets may give us a competitive advantage over privately-held entities having a similar business objective as ours in acquiring a target business with significant growth potential on favorable terms.

54

If we succeed in effecting a business combination, there will be, in all likelihood, intense competition from competitors of the target business. We cannot assure you that, subsequent to a business combination, we will have the resources or ability to compete effectively.

Facilities

We maintain our principal executive offices at 6F/Tower, 2 West Prosper Centre, No.5, Guanghua Road, Chaoyang District, Beijing, 100020, P.R. China. This space is being provided to us by Amy He, our Chief Financial officer, at no cost to us. We consider our current office space, combined with the other office space otherwise available to our executive officers, adequate for our current operations.

Employees

We have three executive officers. These individuals are not obligated to devote any specific number of hours to our matters and intend to devote only as much time as they deem necessary to our affairs. The amount of time they will devote in any time period will vary based on whether a target business has been selected for the business combination and the stage of the business combination process the company is in. Accordingly, once management locates a suitable target business to acquire, they will spend more time investigating such target business and negotiating and processing the business combination (and consequently spend more time to our affairs) than they would prior to locating a suitable target business. We presently expect each of our executive officers to devote an average of approximately 10 hours per week to our business. We do not intend to have any full time employees prior to the consummation of a business combination.

Periodic Reporting and Audited Financial Statements

We have registered our units, ordinary shares, and rights under the Exchange Act and have reporting obligations, including the requirement that we file annual, quarterly and current reports with the SEC. In accordance with the requirements of the Exchange Act, our annual report will contain financial statements audited and reported on by our independent registered public accountants.

We will provide shareholders with audited financial statements of the prospective target business as part of any proxy solicitation materials sent to shareholders to assist them in assessing the target business. In all likelihood, the financial statements included in the proxy solicitation materials will need to be prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP and/or IFRS, or reconciled to U.S. GAAP. We cannot assure you that any particular target business identified by us as a potential acquisition candidate will have the necessary financial statements. To the extent that this requirement cannot be met, we may not be able to acquire the proposed target business.

We are not currently required to maintain an effective system of internal controls as defined by Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. We will be required to comply with the internal control requirements of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act for the fiscal year ending December 31, 2016. As of the date of this prospectus, we have not completed an assessment, nor have our auditors tested our systems, of internal controls. We expect to assess the internal controls of our target business or businesses prior to the completion of our initial business combination and, if necessary, to implement and test additional controls as we may determine are necessary in order to state that we maintain an effective system of internal controls. A target business may not be in compliance with the provisions of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act regarding the adequacy of internal controls. A target company may not be in compliance with the provisions of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act regarding adequacy of their internal controls. The development of the internal controls of any such entity to achieve compliance with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act may increase the time and costs necessary to complete any such acquisition. If we cease being a smaller reporting company, we would also be required to have our internal control procedures audited. This would increase our costs going forward.

We are an emerging growth company as defined in the JOBS Act and will remain such for up to five years. However, if our non-convertible debt issued within a three-year period or our total revenues exceed $1 billion or the market value of our ordinary shares that are held by non-affiliates exceeds $700 million on the last day of the second fiscal quarter of any given fiscal year, we would cease to be an emerging growth company as of the following fiscal year. As an emerging growth company, we have elected, under Section 107(b) of the JOBS Act, to take advantage of the extended transition period provided in Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act for complying with new or revised accounting standards.

55

Legal Proceedings

There is no material litigation, arbitration or governmental proceeding currently pending against us or any of our officers or directors in their capacity as such, and we and our officers and directors have not been subject to any such proceeding in the 12 months preceding the date of this prospectus.

Comparison to Offerings of Blank Check Companies Subject to Rule 419

The following table compares and contrasts the terms of our offering and the terms of an offering of blank check companies under Rule 419 promulgated by the SEC assuming that the gross proceeds, underwriting discounts and underwriting expenses for the Rule 419 offering are the same as this offering and that the underwriter will not exercise their over-allotment option. None of the terms of a Rule 419 offering will apply to this offering because we will be listed on a national securities exchange, we will have net tangible assets in excess of $5,000,001 upon the successful consummation of this offering and will file a Current Report on Form 8-K, including an audited balance sheet demonstrating this fact.

 

 

Terms of the Offering

 

Terms Under a Rule 419 Offering

 

 

 

 

 

Escrow of offering proceeds

 


$40,800,000 of the net offering proceeds and proceeds from the sale of the private units will be deposited into a trust account at Morgan Stanley in the United States, maintained by Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company, acting as trustee

 


$34,920,000 of the offering proceeds would be required to be deposited into either an escrow account with an insured depositary institution or in a separate bank account established by a broker‑dealer in which the broker-dealer acts as trustee for persons having the beneficial interests in the account.

 

 

 

 

 

Investment of net proceeds

 


The $40,800,000 of the net offering proceeds and proceeds from the sale of the private units held in trust will only be invested in United States government treasury bills, bonds or notes with a maturity of 180 days or less or in money market funds meeting the applicable conditions under Rule 2a-7 promulgated under the Investment Company Act of 1940 and that invest solely in United States government treasuries.

 


Proceeds could be invested only in specified securities such as a money market fund meeting conditions of the Investment Company Act of 1940 or in securities that are direct obligations of, or obligations guaranteed as to principal or interest by, the United States.

 

 

 

 

 

Limitation on fair value or net assets of target business

 



The initial target business that we acquire must have a fair market value equal to at least 80% of the balance in our trust account at the time of the execution of a definitive agreement for our initial business combination.

 



We would be restricted from acquiring a target business unless the fair value of such business or net assets to be acquired represent at least 80% of the maximum offering proceeds.

56

 

 

Terms of the Offering

 

Terms Under a Rule 419 Offering

Trading of securities issued

 


The units may commence trading on or promptly after the date of this prospectus. The ordinary shares and rights comprising the units will begin to trade separately ten business days following the earlier to occur of the expiration of the underwriter’s over-allotment option, its exercise in full or the announcement by the underwriter of its intention not to exercise all or any remaining portion of the over-allotment option, provided we have filed with the SEC a Current Report on Form 8-K, which includes an audited balance sheet reflecting our receipt of the proceeds of this offering.

 


No trading of the units or the underlying securities would be permitted until the completion of a business combination. During this period, the securities would be held in the escrow or trust account.

 

 

 

 

 

Election to remain an investor

 


We will give our shareholders the opportunity to vote on the business combination. We will send each shareholder a proxy statement containing information required by the SEC.

 


A prospectus containing information required by the SEC would be sent to each investor. Each investor would be given the opportunity to notify the company, in writing, within a period of no less than 20 business days and no more than 45 business days from the effective date of the post-effective amendment, to decide whether he or she elects to remain a shareholder of the company or require the return of his or her investment. If the company has not received the notification by the end of the 45 th business day, funds and interest or dividends, if any, held in the trust or escrow account would automatically be returned to the shareholder. Unless a sufficient number of investors elect to remain investors, all of the deposited funds in the escrow account must be returned to all investors and none of the securities will be issued.

 

 

 

 

 

Business combination deadline

 

Pursuant to our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association, if we do not complete an initial business combination within 18 months from the consummation of this offering, it will trigger our automatic winding up, dissolution and liquidation.

 

If an acquisition has not been consummated within 18 months after the effective date of the initial registration statement, funds held in the trust or escrow account would be returned to investors.

 

 

 

 

 

57

 

 

Terms of the Offering

 

Terms Under a Rule 419 Offering

Interest earned on the funds in the trust account

 



There can be released to us, from time to time, (i) any interest earned on the funds in the trust account that we may need to pay our tax obligations and (ii) any remaining interest earned on the funds in the trust account that we need for our working capital requirements. The remaining interest earned on the funds in the trust account will not be released until the earlier of the completion of a business combination and our entry into liquidation upon failure to effect a business combination within the allotted time.

 



All interest earned on the funds in the trust account will be held in trust for the benefit of public shareholders until the earlier of the completion of a business combination and our liquidation upon failure to effect a business combination within the allotted time.

 

 

 

 

 

Release of funds

 

Except for (i) any amounts that we may need to pay our tax obligations and (ii) any remaining interest that we may need for our working capital requirements that may be released to us from the interest earned on the trust account balance described above, the proceeds held in the trust account will not be released until the earlier of the completion of a business combination and the liquidation of our trust account upon failure to effect a business combination within the allotted time.

 

The proceeds held in the escrow account would not be released until the earlier of the completion of a business combination or the failure to effect a business combination within the allotted time.

58

MANAGEME NT

Directors and Executive Officers

Our current directors and executive officers are as follows:

Name

 

Age

 

Position

Richard Xu

 

38

 

Director, Executive Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer

Chen Liu

 

45

 

President and Director

Peiling (Amy) He

 

35

 

Chief Financial Officer

Nicholas Clements

 

65

 

Director, Non-Executive Vice Chairman of the Board

Aimin Song

 

51

 

Director

Xinli Li

 

50

 

Director

Richard Xu has served as our Executive Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer since our inception. Mr. Xu has served as the President and a member of the board of directors of Sino Mercury since its inception in March 2014. From 2010 to August 2014, Mr. Xu served as President of CIFCO International Group, a financial advisory firm focused on overseas investments in Chinese enterprises. From May 2009 to 2010, Mr. Xu was based in New York City, where he was responsible for the firm’s Chinese investments. From September 2005 to May 2009, Mr. Xu was a Partner of Viking Investment Co., an investment banking firm that he co-founded with responsibility for overseas restructuring, mergers and acquisitions, and financing of Chinese private companies. From 2004 to 2006, Mr. Xu served as a trader at Suisse American Securities, a subsidiary of Credit Suisse Group. Prior to that, Mr. Xu served as a Vice President at Asiapower Investment PTE Ltd., a public company in Singapore. Mr. Xu’s experience in mergers and acquisitions, including cross-border transactions involving the United States and China, over the last 10 years include more than 10 transactions, approximately half of which Mr. Xu actively led from the initial deal sourcing and negotiation through consummation.

Mr. Xu obtained his Bachelor Degree from Tsinghua University in Beijing, and a Master’s Degree in Computer Science from the Courant Institute of New York University.

We believe Mr. Xu is well qualified to serve as a member of the board due to his business leadership and operational experience, his contacts in China and his prior experience with Sino Mercury.

Chen Liu has served as our President and a member of board of directors since our inception. Since August 2013, Mr. Liu has served as Chief Investment Director of Anhui Shengyun Environment-Protection Group Co., Ltd, a publicly held trading company listed in Shenzhen Stock Exchange. From April 2010 to April 2012, Mr. Liu was a Vice President of Beijing Pengcheng Asset Management Co., Ltd., an asset management company. From April 2008 to April 2010, Mr. Liu was Investment Director of the Structure Financing Department of Hongyuan Securities, the first publicly held brokerage firm in China, where he was in charge of a fund product called “Golden Hongyuan No. 1”. Before 2008, Mr. Liu was the assistant to the Chief Executive Officer of Shanghai Haoke Investment Company, an investment management company. Mr. Liu’s experience in mergers and acquisitions include numerous completed acquisitions, including three that were internet-related.

Mr. Liu obtained his Bachelor Degree from Beijing Computer College (subsequently consolidated by Beijing University of Technology), and a Master’s Degree in Business Administration from Sun Yat-Sen University in Beijing.

We believe Mr. Liu is well qualified to serve as a member of the board due to his business leadership and operational experience, as well as his contacts in China.

Peiling (Amy) He has served as our Chief Financial Officer since October 2014. Ms. He has served as the Chief Financial Officer of Sino Mercury since its inception in March 2014. From May 2012 to August 2014, Ms. He served as Chief Financial Officer of Deyu Agriculture Corp. (formerly, Eco Building International Inc.), a vertically integrated producer, processor, marketer and distributor of organic and other agricultural products made from corn and grains operating in Shanxi Province in the People’s Republic of China. She also served as Deyu Agriculture Corp.’s Acting Chief Financial Officer from February 2012 to May 2012 and its Financial Controller from October 2011 to February 2012. Ms. He served as an audit manager for Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu CPA Ltd. in China from July 2005 through September 2011, where she worked for multinational corporations and Chinese corporate clients,

59

including private companies and publicly listed companies in the United States. Ms. He’s experience in mergers and acquisitions includes conducting target sourcing, financial due diligence and deal negotiation as financial expert, including several transactions in the consumer products and retail industries.

Ms. He earned a Master’s Degree in Management from the Chinese Academy of Sciences and a Bachelor’s Degree in Accounting from Tsinghua University in China. Ms. He is also a Certified Public Accountant of China and Certified General Accountant of Canada.

Nicholas Clements has served as a Director since October 2014 and Non-Executive Vice Chairman of the Board since November 2014. Mr. Clements has over thirty five years professional experience as a Wall Street lawyer, investment banker, investment advisor, university lecturer, entrepreneur and investor. Since 2001, Mr. Clements has acted as Chairman of Octavian Group Inc. (and predecessor entities), an advisory and investment firm with activities primarily in China and the Middle East. Prior to joining Octavian Group, Mr. Clements was Vice Chairman of Shanghai International Securities N.A., an affiliate of Shanghai International Securities Co. Ltd., which is a predecessor company of Shenyin Wanguo Securities Co. Ltd., one of the largest securities brokerage and investment banking companies in China. From 1990 to 1991, Mr. Clements was Vice Chairman and CEO of A.G. Capital Ltd., a fund management and advisory company with offices in New York and Hong Kong; and from 1987 to 1990 he was Chairman of Clements Taee Inc., an investment management and advisory company with offices in New York and London. Prior to that, Mr. Clements was an investment banker with PaineWebber Inc. (subsequently acquired by UBS), specializing in financing emerging growth technology companies. Mr. Clements started his professional career as an associate at Davis Polk & Wardwell, a Wall Street law firm.

Mr. Clements is a regular lecturer at Yale University, has been a frequent commentator on CNN International, and has lectured at the Beijing International MBA (BIMBA) program at Beijing University.

Mr. Clements received a BA degree (International Relations), with Distinction and Highest Honors, from Stanford University, and a JD (Juris Doctor) degree from Stanford Law School, where he was Managing Editor of the Stanford Journal of International Law (formerly Stanford Journal of International Studies). In addition, Mr. Clements served as a Research Fellow at the Institute of Comparative Law at the University of Florence in Italy.

We believe Mr. Clements is well qualified to serve as a member of the board due to his business leadership and operational experience, as well as his contacts in China.

Aimin Song has served as Director since October 2014. Mr. Song has served as an independent director of Sino Mercury since April 2014. Since August 2013, Mr. Song has served as Chairman of Beijing Hantang Asset Management, an investment company focusing on investments in the financial and hotel management industries, with approximately 500 million RMB under management in China. From September 2008 to August 2013, Mr. Song served as Chairman of Zhongsheng International Insurance Brokers, a company founded by People’s Insurance Company of China, the biggest insurance company in China, and Tokio Marine Fire Insurance, an international insurance company. From June 2007 to September 2008, Mr. Song served as General Manager at the Bank Insurance Division of the Chinese People’s Health Insurance Company, which was the first insurance company in China dedicated to health insurance. From May 2005 to June 2007, he worked as a Vice-General Manager at the Bank Insurance Division of China Life Insurance, the top insurance company in China dedicated to life insurance, with total assets under management of approximately 250 billion RMB. From May 2000 to May 2005, Mr. Song served as President of the Shanxi Branch of People’s Bank of China, the central bank of the People’s Republic of China with the power to control monetary policy and regulate financial institutions in mainland China. The People’s Bank of China has the most financial assets of any single public finance institution in the world.

Mr. Song obtained his Master’s of Business Administration from Wuhan University, a Master Degree of Investment Management from Chinese Academy of Sciences and studied for Junior College of Finance Management from Henan Finance Management College.

We believe Mr. Song is well-qualified to serve as a member of the board due to his business leadership and operational experience, as well as his contacts in China and his prior experience with Sino Mercury.

60

Xinli Li has served as a Director since October 2014. Since September 2011, Mr. Li has served as a researcher with the Culture Industry Research Institute at Shenzhen University. Prior to such position, Mr. Li served as the Head of the Department of Advertising and as Associate Professor, at Shenzhen University beginning in November 2004. Also, from June 1995 until October 2004, Mr. Li served as Lecturer in the Department of Advertising at Shenzhen University. Mr. Li has served as an independent director of the Deyu Agriculture Corp. since August 2013.

Mr. Li earned his Bachelor of Science degree from Huazhong Normal University, and his Masters Degree in Tourism Economics from Nankai University.

We believe Mr. Li is well-qualified to serve as a member of the board due to his business leadership and operational experience, as well as his contacts in China.

Our board of directors is divided into three classes with only one class of directors being elected in each year and each class serving a three-year term. The term of office of the first class of directors, consisting of Xinli Li, will expire at our first annual meeting of shareholders. The term of office of the second class of directors, consisting of Aimin Song and Nicholas Clements, will expire at the second annual meeting. The term of office of the third class of directors, consisting of Richard Xu and Chen Liu, will expire at the third annual meeting.

Executive Compensation

No executive officer has received any cash compensation for services rendered to us. No compensation of any kind, including finders, consulting or other similar fees, will be paid to any of our existing shareholders, including our directors, or any of their respective affiliates, prior to, or for any services they render in order to effectuate, the consummation of a business combination. However, such individuals will be reimbursed for any out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with activities on our behalf such as identifying potential target businesses and performing due diligence on suitable business combinations. There is no limit on the amount of these out-of-pocket expenses and there will be no review of the reasonableness of the expenses by anyone other than our board of directors and audit committee, which includes persons who may seek reimbursement, or a court of competent jurisdiction if such reimbursement is challenged.

Director Independence

Currently Nicholas Clements, Aimin Song and Xinli Li would each be considered an “independent director” under the Nasdaq listing rules, which is defined generally as a person other than an officer or employee of the company or its subsidiaries or any other individual having a relationship, which, in the opinion of the company’s board of directors would interfere with the director’s exercise of independent judgment in carrying out the responsibilities of a director. Our independent directors will have regularly scheduled meetings at which only independent directors are present.

We will only enter into a business combination if it is approved by a majority of our independent directors. Additionally, we will only enter into transactions with our officers and directors and their respective affiliates that are on terms no less favorable to us than could be obtained from independent parties. Any related-party transactions must be approved by our audit committee and a majority of independent disinterested directors.

Audit Committee

Effective upon the date of this prospectus, we will establish an audit committee of the board of directors, which will consist of Nicholas Clements, Ainin Song and Xinli Li, each of whom is an independent director under Nasdaq’s listing standards. The audit committee’s duties, which are specified in our Audit Committee Charter, include, but are not limited to:

         reviewing and discussing with management and the independent auditor the annual audited financial statements, and recommending to the board whether the audited financial statements should be included in our Form 10-K;

         discussing with management and the independent auditor significant financial reporting issues and judgments made in connection with the preparation of our financial statements;

         discussing with management major risk assessment and risk management policies;

61

         monitoring the independence of the independent auditor;

         verifying the rotation of the lead (or coordinating) audit partner having primary responsibility for the audit and the audit partner responsible for reviewing the audit as required by law;

         reviewing and approving all related-party transactions;

         inquiring and discussing with management our compliance with applicable laws and regulations;

         pre-approving all audit services and permitted non-audit services to be performed by our independent auditor, including the fees and terms of the services to be performed;

         appointing or replacing the independent auditor;

         determining the compensation and oversight of the work of the independent auditor (including resolution of disagreements between management and the independent auditor regarding financial reporting) for the purpose of preparing or issuing an audit report or related work;

         establishing procedures for the receipt, retention and treatment of complaints received by us regarding accounting, internal accounting controls or reports which raise material issues regarding our financial statements or accounting policies; and

         approving reimbursement of expenses incurred by our management team in identifying potential target businesses.

Financial Experts on Audit Committee

The audit committee will at all times be composed exclusively of “independent directors” who are “financially literate” as defined under Nasdaq listing standards. Nasdaq listing standards define “financially literate” as being able to read and understand fundamental financial statements, including a company’s balance sheet, income statement and cash flow statement.

In addition, we must certify to Nasdaq that the committee has, and will continue to have, at least one member who has past employment experience in finance or accounting, requisite professional certification in accounting, or other comparable experience or background that results in the individual’s financial sophistication. The board of directors has determined that Xinli Li qualifies as an “audit committee financial expert,” as defined under rules and regulations of the SEC.

Nominating Committee

Effective upon the date of this prospectus, we will establish a nominating committee of the board of directors, which will consist of Nicholas Clements, Aimin Song and Xinli Li, each of whom is an independent director under Nasdaq’s listing standards. The nominating committee is responsible for overseeing the selection of persons to be nominated to serve on our board of directors. The nominating committee considers persons identified by its members, management, shareholders, investment bankers and others.

Guidelines for Selecting Director Nominees

The guidelines for selecting nominees, which are specified in the Nominating Committee Charter, generally provide that persons to be nominated:

         should have demonstrated notable or significant achievements in business, education or public service;

         should possess the requisite intelligence, education and experience to make a significant contribution to the board of directors and bring a range of skills, diverse perspectives and backgrounds to its deliberations; and

         should have the highest ethical standards, a strong sense of professionalism and intense dedication to serving the interests of the shareholders.

62

The Nominating Committee will consider a number of qualifications relating to management and leadership experience, background and integrity and professionalism in evaluating a person’s candidacy for membership on the board of directors. The nominating committee may require certain skills or attributes, such as financial or accounting experience, to meet specific board needs that arise from time to time and will also consider the overall experience and makeup of its members to obtain a broad and diverse mix of board members. The nominating committee does not distinguish among nominees recommended by shareholders and other persons.

Compensation Committee

Effective upon the date of this prospectus, we will establish a compensation committee of the board of directors, which will consist of Nicholas Clements, Aimin Song and Xinli Li, each of whom is an independent director under Nasdaq’s listing standards. The compensation committee’s duties, which are specified in our Compensation Committee Charter, include, but are not limited to:

         reviewing and approving on an annual basis the corporate goals and objectives relevant to our Chief Executive Officer’s compensation, evaluating our Chief Executive Officer’s performance in light of such goals and objectives and determining and approving the remuneration (if any) of our Chief Executive Officer’s based on such evaluation;

         reviewing and approving the compensation of all of our other executive officers;

         reviewing our executive compensation policies and plans;

         implementing and administering our incentive compensation equity-based remuneration plans;

         assisting management in complying with our proxy statement and annual report disclosure requirements;

         approving all special perquisites, special cash payments and other special compensation and benefit arrangements for our executive officers and employees;

         if required, producing a report on executive compensation to be included in our annual proxy statement; and

         reviewing, evaluating and recommending changes, if appropriate, to the remuneration for directors.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, as indicated above, no compensation of any kind, including finders, consulting or other similar fees, will be paid to any of our existing shareholders, including our directors, or any of their respective affiliates, prior to, or for any services they render in order to effectuate, the consummation of a business combination. Accordingly, it is likely that prior to the consummation of an initial business combination, the compensation committee will only be responsible for the review and recommendation of any compensation arrangements to be entered into in connection with such initial business combination.

Code of Ethics

Upon the date of this prospectus, we will adopt a code of ethics that applies to all of our executive officers, directors and employees. The code of ethics codifies the business and ethical principles that govern all aspects of our business.

Conflicts of Interest

Potential investors should be aware of the following potential conflicts of interest:

         None of our officers and directors is required to commit their full time to our affairs and, accordingly, they may have conflicts of interest in allocating their time among various business activities.

         In the course of their other business activities, our officers and directors may become aware of investment and business opportunities which may be appropriate for presentation to our company as well as the other entities with which they are affiliated. Our management has pre-existing fiduciary duties and contractual obligations and may have conflicts of interest in determining to which entity a particular business opportunity should be presented.

63

         Certain of our officers and directors are affiliated with Sino Mercury, a blank check company similar to our company, as described below.

         Our officers and directors may in the future become affiliated with entities, including other blank check companies, engaged in business activities similar to those intended to be conducted by our company. Accordingly, they may participate in transactions and have obligations that may be in conflict or competition with our consummation of our initial business combination. As a result, a potential target business may be presented by our management team to another entity prior to its presentation to us and we may not be afforded the opportunity to engage in a transaction with such target business.

         The insider shares owned by our officers and directors will be released from escrow only if a business combination is successfully completed and subject to certain other limitations. Additionally, our officers and directors will not receive distributions from the trust account with respect to any of their insider shares if we do not complete a business combination. Furthermore, the initial shareholders have agreed that the private units (and underlying securities) will not be sold or transferred by them until after we have completed our initial business combination. In addition, our officers and directors may loan funds to us after this offering and may be owed reimbursement for expenses incurred in connection with certain activities on our behalf which would only be repaid if we complete an initial business combination. For the foregoing reasons, the personal and financial interests of our directors and executive officers may influence their motivation in identifying and selecting a target business, completing a business combination in a timely manner and securing the release of their shares.

Under Cayman Islands law, directors and officers owe the following fiduciary duties:

(i)        duty to act in good faith in what the director or officer believes to be in the best interests of the company as a whole;

(ii)       duty to exercise powers for the purposes for which those powers were conferred and not for a collateral purpose;

(iii)      directors should not properly fetter the exercise of future discretion;

(iv)      duty to exercise powers fairly as between different sections of shareholders;

(v)       duty not to put themselves in a position in which there is a conflict between their duty to the company and their personal interests; and

(vi)      duty to exercise independent judgment.

In addition to the above, directors also owe a duty of care which is not fiduciary in nature. This duty has been defined as a requirement to act as a reasonably diligent person having both the general knowledge, skill and experience that may reasonably be expected of a person carrying out the same functions as are carried out by that director in relation to the company and the general knowledge skill and experience which that director has.

As set out above, directors have a duty not to put themselves in a position of conflict and this includes a duty not to engage in self-dealing, or to otherwise benefit as a result of their position. However, in some instances what would otherwise be a breach of this duty can be forgiven and/or authorized in advance by the shareholders provided that there is full disclosure by the directors. This can be done by way of permission granted in the memorandum and articles of association or alternatively by shareholder approval at general meetings.

Accordingly, as a result of multiple business affiliations, our officers and directors may have similar legal obligations relating to presenting business opportunities meeting the above-listed criteria to multiple entities. In addition, conflicts of interest may arise when our board evaluates a particular business opportunity with respect to the above-listed criteria. The above mentioned conflicts may not be resolved in our favor.

In order to minimize potential conflicts of interest which may arise from multiple corporate affiliations, each of our officers and directors has contractually agreed, pursuant to a written agreement with us, until the earliest of a business combination, our liquidation or such time as he ceases to be an officer or director, to present to our company for our consideration, prior to presentation to any other entity, any suitable business opportunity which may reasonably be required to be presented to us, subject to any pre-existing fiduciary or contractual obligations he might have.

64

The following table summarizes the other relevant pre-existing fiduciary or contractual obligations of our officers and directors:

Name of Affiliated Company

 

Name of Individual

 

Priority/Preference relative to
E-compass Acquisition Corp.

Sino Mercury Acquisition Corp.

 

Richard Xu
Peiling (Amy) He
Aimin Song

 

Sino Mercury has entered into a definitive agreement for an initial business combination with WFG and is currently prohibited from reviewing alternative transactions. Accordingly, at this time, Mr. Xu, Ms. He and Mr. Song have no obligation to present business opportunities to Sino Mercury prior to presenting them to us. If the business combination between Sino Mercury and WFG is not completed for any reason, then Sino Mercury will have until June 1, 2016 (or September 1, 2016 if certain conditions are met) to complete another business combination. Each of Mr. Xu, Ms. He and Mr. Song would then be required to present all business opportunities which are suitable for Sino Mercury to Sino Mercury prior to presenting them to us. Since Sino Mercury can acquire a target business in any industry, the business opportunities required to be presented to Sino Mercury will overlap with those that we would be interested in.

 

 

 

 

 

Anhui Shengyun Machinery Co., Ltd.

 

Chen Liu

 

Mr. Liu will be required to present all business opportunities which are suitable for Anhui Shengyun Machinery Co., Ltd. to Anhui Shengyun Machinery Co., Ltd prior to presenting them to us. Anhui Shengyun Machinery Co., Ltd is a public trading company.

 

 

 

 

 

Octavian Group Inc.

 

Nicholas Clements

 

Mr. Clements will be required to present all business opportunities which are suitable for Octavian Group Inc. to Octavian Group Inc. prior to presenting them to us. Octavian Group Inc. is an advisory and investment firm with activities primarily in China and the Middle East.

 

 

 

 

 

CIFCO International Inc.

 

Nicholas Clements

 

Mr. Clements will be required to present all business opportunities which are suitable for CIFCO International Inc. to CIFCO International Inc. prior to presenting them to us. CIFCO International Inc. provides cross-border M&A advice primarily to Chinese companies, which are seeking to establish operations outside China.

 

 

 

 

 

65

Name of Affiliated Company

 

Name of Individual

 

Priority/Preference relative to
E-compass Acquisition Corp.

Beijing Hantang Asset Management

 

Aimin Song

 

Mr. Song will be required to present all business opportunities which are suitable for Beijing Hantang Asset Management to Beijing Hantang Asset Management prior to presenting them to us. Beijing Hantang Asset Management is an investment company focusing on investments in the financial and hotel management industries, with approximately 500 million RMB under management in China.

 

 

 

 

 

Deyu Agriculture Corp.

 

Xinli Li

 

Mr. Li will be required to present all business opportunities which are suitable for Deyu Agriculture Corp. to Deyu Agriculture Corp. prior to presenting them to us. Deyu Agriculture Corp. is a vertically integrated producer, processor, marketer and distributor of organic and other agricultural products made from corn and grains operating in Shanxi Province in the People’s Republic of China.

In connection with the vote required for any business combination, all of our existing shareholders, including all of our officers and directors, have agreed to vote their respective insider shares and private shares in favor of any proposed business combination. In addition, they have agreed to waive their respective rights to participate in any liquidation distribution with respect to those ordinary shares acquired by them prior to this offering. If they purchase ordinary shares in this offering or in the open market, however, they would be entitled to participate in any liquidation distribution in respect of such shares but have agreed not to convert such shares in connection with the consummation of our initial business combination.

All ongoing and future transactions between us and any of our officers and directors or their respective affiliates will be on terms believed by us to be no less favorable to us than are available from unaffiliated third parties. Such transactions will require prior approval by our audit committee and a majority of our disinterested “independent” directors, or the members of our board who do not have an interest in the transaction, in either case who had access, at our expense, to our attorneys or independent legal counsel. We will not enter into any such transaction unless our audit committee and a majority of our disinterested “independent” directors determine that the terms of such transaction are no less favorable to us than those that would be available to us with respect to such a transaction from unaffiliated third parties.

To further minimize conflicts of interest, we have agreed not to consummate our initial business combination with an entity that is affiliated with any of our officers, directors or initial shareholders, unless we have obtained (i) an opinion from an independent investment banking firm that the business combination is fair to our unaffiliated shareholders from a financial point of view and (ii) the approval of a majority of our disinterested and independent directors (if we have any at that time). Furthermore, in no event will any of our initial shareholders, officers, directors or their respective affiliates be paid any finder’s fee, consulting fee or other similar compensation prior to, or for any services they render in order to effectuate, the consummation of our initial business combination.

66

P R INCIPAL SHAREHOLDERS

The following table sets forth information regarding the beneficial ownership of our ordinary shares as of the date of this prospectus and as adjusted to reflect the sale of our ordinary shares included in the units offered by this prospectus (assuming none of the individuals listed purchase units in this offering), by:

         each person known by us to be the beneficial owner of more than 5% of our outstanding ordinary shares;

         each of our officers and directors; and

         all of our officers and directors as a group.

Unless otherwise indicated, we believe that all persons named in the table have sole voting and investment power with respect to all ordinary shares beneficially owned by them. The following table does not reflect record of beneficial ownership of any ordinary shares issuable upon exercise of rights as these rights are not exercisable within 60 days of the date of this prospectus.

 

 

Prior to Offering

 

After Offering (2)

Name and Address of Beneficial Owner (1)

 

Amount and Nature of Beneficial Ownership

 

Approximate Percentage of Outstanding Ordinary Shares

 

Amount and Nature of Beneficial Ownership

 

Approximate Percentage of Outstanding Ordinary Shares

Richard Xu

 

460,000

(3)

 

40.0

%

 

710,000

(3)

 

13.4

%

Chen Liu

 

460,000

(4)

 

40.0

%

 

400,000

(4)

 

7.5

%

Peiling (Amy) He

 

115,000

(5)

 

10.0

%

 

100,000

(5)

 

1.9

%

Nicholas Clements

 

86,250

(6)

 

7.5

%

 

75,000

(6)

 

1.4

%

Aimin Song

 

0

 

 

0

%

 

0

 

 

0

%

Xinli Li

 

28,750

 

 

2.5

%

 

25,000

 

 

 

*

Lodestar Investment Holdings I LLC

 

460,000

 

 

40.0

%

 

710,000

 

 

13.4

%

Handy Global Limited

 

460,000

 

 

40.0

%

 

400,000

 

 

7.5

%

Classical Sky Limited

 

115,000

 

 

10.0

%

 

100,000

 

 

1.9

%

Carnelian Bay Capital Inc.

 

86,250

 

 

7.5

%

 

75,000

 

 

1.4

%

All directors and executive officers as a group (six individuals)

 

1,150,000

 

 

100

%

 

1,310,000

 

 

24.7

%

____________

*          Less than 1%.

(1)       Unless otherwise indicated, the business address of each of the individuals is c/o E-compass Acquisition Corp., at 6F/Tower, 2 West Prosper Centre, No.5, Guanghua Road, Chaoyang District, Beijing, 100020, P.R. China.

(2)       Assumes (i) no exercise of the over-allotment option and, therefore, the compulsory repurchase by us of an aggregate of 150,000 ordinary shares held by our initial shareholders and (ii) that no commission units were purchased.

(3)       Represent shares held by Lodestar Investment Holdings I LLC, which Mr. Xu controls. Mr. Xu therefore has voting and disposition power over such shares.

(4)       Represents shares held by Handy Global Limited, which Mr. Liu controls. Mr. Liu therefore has voting and disposition power over such shares

(5)       Represents shares held by Classical Sky Limited, which Ms. He controls. Ms. He therefore has voting and disposition power over such shares.

(6)       Represents shares held by Carnelian Bay Capital Inc., which Mr. Clements controls. Mr. Clements therefore has voting and disposition power over such shares.

Immediately after this offering, our initial shareholders will beneficially own approximately 24.7% of the then issued and outstanding ordinary shares (assuming none of them purchase any units offered by this prospectus). None of our initial shareholders, officers and directors has indicated to us that he intends to purchase our securities in the offering. Because of the ownership block held by our initial shareholders, such individuals may be able to effectively exercise control over all matters requiring approval by our shareholders, including the election of directors and approval of significant corporate transactions other than approval of our initial business combination.

67

If the underwriter does not exercise all or a portion of the over-allotment option, our initial shareholders will have up to an aggregate of 150,000 ordinary shares forfeited to us. Our initial shareholders will be required to have forfeited only a number of shares necessary to maintain their collective 20% ownership interest in our ordinary shares (excluding the private units and any commission units) after giving effect to the offering and the exercise, if any, of the underwriter’s over-allotment option.

All of the insider shares outstanding prior to the date of this prospectus will be placed in escrow with Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company, as escrow agent, until (1) with respect to 50% of the insider shares, the earlier of one year after the date of the consummation of our initial business combination and the date on which the closing price of our ordinary shares equals or exceeds $13.00 per share (as adjusted for share splits, share dividends, reorganizations and recapitalizations) for any 20 trading days within any 30-trading day period commencing after our initial business combination and (2) with respect to the remaining 50% of the insider shares, one year after the date of the consummation of our initial business combination, or earlier, in either case, if, subsequent to our initial business combination, we consummate a liquidation, merger, share exchange or other similar transaction which results in all of our shareholders having the right to exchange their shares for cash, securities or other property. Up to 150,000 of the insider shares may also be released from escrow earlier than this date for cancellation if the over-allotment option is not exercised in full as described above.

During the escrow period, the holders of these shares will not be able to sell or transfer their securities except (i) for transfers to an entity’s members upon its liquidation, (ii) to relatives and trusts for estate planning purposes, (iii) by virtue of the laws of descent and distribution upon death, (iv) pursuant to a qualified domestic relations order, (v) by certain pledges to secure obligations incurred in connection with purchases of our securities, (vi) by private sales made at or prior to the consummation of a business combination at prices no greater than the price at which the shares were originally purchased or (vii) to us for no value for cancellation in connection with the consummation of our initial business combination, in each case (except for clause (vii)) where the transferee agrees to the terms of the escrow agreement, but will retain all other rights as our shareholders, including, without limitation, the right to vote their ordinary shares and the right to receive cash dividends, if declared. If dividends are declared and payable in ordinary shares, such dividends will also be placed in escrow. If we are unable to effect a business combination and liquidate the trust account, none of our initial shareholders will receive any portion of the liquidation proceeds with respect to their insider shares.

An affiliate of Richard Xu, our Executive Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, has committed to purchase an aggregate of 310,000 private units at a price of $10.00 per unit ($3,100,000 in the aggregate). These purchases will take place on a private placement basis that will occur simultaneously with the closing of this offering. This affiliate has also agreed that if investors introduced by us to the underwriter do not purchase at least $20,000,000 of the units being offered hereby, it will purchase from us at a price of $10.00 per unit the number of commission units (up to an aggregate of 110,000 commission units) that will equal the increased commissions we will pay the underwriter, as described in detail in the section titled “Underwriting”, and to cover the additional $0.40 that public investors may receive upon conversion or liquidation to total $10.40 per share, as described elsewhere herein.  The commission units have been registered on the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part. The private units are identical to the units sold in this offering. However, the holder has agreed (A) to vote the private shares in favor of any proposed business combination, (B) not to propose, or vote in favor of, an amendment to our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association with respect to our pre-business combination activities prior to the consummation of such a business combination unless we provide dissenting public shareholders with the opportunity to convert their public shares in connection with any such vote, (C) not to convert any private shares into the right to receive cash from the trust account in connection with a shareholder vote to approve our proposed initial business combination or a vote to amend the provisions of our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association relating to shareholders’ rights or pre-business combination activity and (D) that the private shares shall not participate in any liquidating distribution upon winding up if a business combination is not consummated. The purchaser has also agreed not to transfer, assign or sell any of the private units or underlying securities (except to the same permitted transferees as the insider shares and provided the transferees agree to the same terms and restrictions as the permitted transferees of the insider shares must agree to, each as described above) until the completion of our initial business combination.

In order to meet our working capital needs following the consummation of this offering, our initial shareholders, officers and directors or their affiliates may, but are not obligated to, loan us funds, from time to time or at any time, in whatever amount they deem reasonable in their sole discretion. Each loan would be evidenced by a promissory note. The notes would either be paid upon consummation of our initial business combination, without interest, or, at the lender’s discretion, up to $500,000 of the notes may be converted upon consummation of our

68

business combination into additional private units at a price of $10.00 per unit. Our shareholders have approved the issuance of the units and underlying securities upon conversion of such notes, to the extent the holder wishes to so convert them at the time of the consummation of our initial business combination. If we do not complete a business combination, the loans will not be repaid.

We currently have two holders of record of our ordinary shares in the United States representing 47.5% of our outstanding shares.

Richard Xu, Chen Liu, Peiling (Amy) He, Lodestar Investment Holdings I LLC, Handy Global Limited and Classical Sky Limited are our “promoters,” as that term is defined under the Federal securities laws.

69

CE RT AIN TRANSACTIONS

In October 2014, we issued an aggregate of 1,150,000 ordinary shares for a total of $25,000 in cash, at a purchase price of approximately $0.02 share. Such shares are held by the following individuals and entities:

Name

 

Number of Shares

 

Relationship to Us

Lodestar Investment Holdings I LLC

 

460,000

 

Affiliate of Richard Xu

Handy Global Limited

 

460,000

 

Affiliate of Chen Liu

Classical Sky Limited

 

115,000

 

Affiliate of Peiling (Amy) He

Carnelian Bay Capital Inc.

 

86,250

 

Affiliate of Nicholas Clements

Xinli Li

 

28,750

 

Director

If the underwriter does not exercise all or a portion of their over-allotment option, our initial shareholders have agreed to forfeit up to an aggregate of 150,000 ordinary shares in proportion to the portion of the over-allotment option that was not exercised.

If the underwriter determines the size of the offering should be increased (including pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act) or decreased, a share dividend or a contribution back to capital, as applicable, would be effectuated in order to maintain our initial shareholders’ ownership at a percentage of the number of shares to be sold in this offering (not including the private shares). However, the underwriter will only so increase the size of the offering if our initial shareholders agree to purchase additional private units in the private placement described below or the underwriter defers a larger portion of the underwriting discounts, such that at least $10.40 per share sold to the public (and not lead investors) in this offering in held in trust.

An affiliate of Richard Xu, our Executive Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, has committed to purchase an aggregate of 310,000 private units at a price of $10.00 per unit ($3,100,000 in the aggregate). These purchases will take place on a private placement basis that will occur simultaneously with the closing of this offering. This affiliate has also agreed that if investors introduced by us to the underwriter do not purchase at least $20,000,000 of the units being offered hereby, it will purchase from us at a price of $10.00 per unit the number of commission units (up to an aggregate of 110,000 commission units) that will equal the increased commissions we will pay the underwriter, as described in the section titled “Underwriting”, and to cover the additional $0.40 that public investors may receive upon conversion or liquidation to total $10.40 per share, as described elsewhere herein. The commission units have been registered on the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part. The purchase price for the private units and the commission units will be delivered to Graubard Miller, our counsel in connection with this offering, who will also be acting solely as escrow agent in connection with the private sale of such units, at least 48 hours prior to the date of this prospectus to hold in a non-interest bearing account until we consummate this offering. Graubard Miller will deposit the purchase price into the trust account simultaneously with the consummation of the offering. The private units and the commission units are identical to the units sold in this offering. However, the holder has agreed (A) to vote the private shares in favor of any proposed business combination, (B) not to propose, or vote in favor of, an amendment to our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association with respect to our pre-business combination activities prior to the consummation of such a business combination unless we provide dissenting public shareholders with the opportunity to convert their public shares in connection with any such vote, (C) not to convert any private shares into the right to receive cash from the trust account in connection with a shareholder vote to approve our proposed initial business combination or a vote to amend the provisions of our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association relating to shareholders’ rights or pre-business combination activity and (D) that the private shares shall not participate in any liquidating distribution upon winding up if a business combination is not consummated. The purchaser has also agreed not to transfer, assign or sell any of the private units or the commission units or underlying securities (except to the same permitted transferees as the insider shares and provided the transferees agree to the same terms and restrictions as the permitted transferees of the insider shares must agree to, each as described above) until the completion of our initial business combination.

In order to meet our working capital needs following the consummation of this offering, our initial shareholders, officers and directors and their respective affiliates may, but are not obligated to, loan us funds, from time to time or at any time, in whatever amount they deem reasonable in their sole discretion. Each loan would be evidenced by a promissory note. The notes would either be paid upon consummation of our initial business combination, without interest, or, at the lender’s discretion, up to $500,000 of the notes may be converted upon consummation of our business combination into additional private units at a price of $10.00 per unit (which, for example, would result in the holders being issued 55,000 ordinary shares if $500,000 of notes were so converted since the 50,000 rights included in the private units would result in the issuance of 5,000 ordinary shares upon the closing of our business combination). Our shareholders have approved the issuance of the units and underlying

70

securities upon conversion of such notes, to the extent the holder wishes to so convert them at the time of the consummation of our initial business combination. If we do not complete a business combination, the loans would not be repaid.

The holders of our insider shares issued and outstanding on the date of this prospectus, as well as the holders of the private units and commission units (and all underlying securities) and any securities our initial shareholders, officers, directors or their affiliates may be issued in payment of working capital loans made to us, will be entitled to registration rights pursuant to an agreement to be signed prior to or on the effective date of this offering. The holders of a majority of these securities are entitled to make up to two demands that we register such securities. The holders of the majority of the insider shares can elect to exercise these registration rights at any time commencing three months prior to the date on which these ordinary shares are to be released from escrow. The holders of a majority of the private units and commission units or securities issued in payment of working capital loans made to us can elect to exercise these registration rights at any time after we consummate a business combination. In addition, the holders have certain “piggy-back” registration rights with respect to registration statements filed subsequent to our consummation of a business combination. We will bear the expenses incurred in connection with the filing of any such registration statements.

As of March 31, 2015, Lodestar Investment Holdings I LLC, an affiliate of Richard Xu loaned to us an aggregate of $115,000 to cover expenses related to this offering. In April 2015, Lodestar Investment Holdings I LLC loaned us an additional $50,000. The loans are payable without interest on the earlier of (i) October 31, 2015, (ii) the date on which we consummate our initial public offering or (iii) the date on which we determine to not proceed with our initial public offering. We intend to repay these loans from the proceeds of this offering not being placed in the trust account.

We will reimburse our officers and directors for any reasonable out-of-pocket business expenses incurred by them in connection with certain activities on our behalf such as identifying and investigating possible target businesses and business combinations. There is no limit on the amount of out-of-pocket expenses reimbursable by us; provided, however, that to the extent such expenses exceed the available proceeds not deposited in the trust account and the interest income earned on the amounts held in the trust account, such expenses would not be reimbursed by us unless we consummate an initial business combination. Our audit committee will review and approve all reimbursements and payments made to any initial shareholder or member of our management team, or our or their respective affiliates, and any reimbursements and payments made to members of our audit committee will be reviewed and approved by our Board of Directors, with any interested director abstaining from such review and approval.

Other than reimbursable out-of-pocket expenses payable to our officers and directors, no compensation or fees of any kind, including finder’s fees, consulting fees or other similar compensation, will be paid to any of our initial shareholders, officers or directors who owned our ordinary shares prior to this offering, or to any of their respective affiliates, prior to or with respect to the business combination (regardless of the type of transaction that it is).

All ongoing and future transactions between us and any of our officers and directors or their respective affiliates will be on terms believed by us to be no less favorable to us than are available from unaffiliated third parties. Such transactions, including the payment of any compensation, will require prior approval by a majority of our uninterested “independent” directors (to the extent we have any) or the members of our board who do not have an interest in the transaction, in either case who had access, at our expense, to our attorneys or independent legal counsel. We will not enter into any such transaction unless our disinterested “independent” directors (or, if there are no “independent” directors, our disinterested directors) determine that the terms of such transaction are no less favorable to us than those that would be available to us with respect to such a transaction from unaffiliated third parties.

Related Party Policy

Our Code of Ethics, which we will adopt upon consummation of this offering, will require us to avoid, wherever possible, all related party transactions that could result in actual or potential conflicts of interests, except under guidelines approved by the board of directors (or the audit committee). Related-party transactions are defined as transactions in which (1) the aggregate amount involved will or may be expected to exceed $120,000 in any calendar year, (2) we or any of our subsidiaries is a participant, and (3) any (a) executive officer, director or nominee for election as a director, (b) greater than 5% beneficial owner of our ordinary shares, or (c) immediate

71

family member, of the persons referred to in clauses (a) and (b), has or will have a direct or indirect material interest (other than solely as a result of being a director or a less than 10% beneficial owner of another entity). A conflict of interest situation can arise when a person takes actions or has interests that may make it difficult to perform his or her work objectively and effectively. Conflicts of interest may also arise if a person, or a member of his or her family, receives improper personal benefits as a result of his or her position.

We also require each of our directors and executive officers to annually complete a directors’ and officers’ questionnaire that elicits information about related party transactions.

Our audit committee, pursuant to its written charter, will be responsible for reviewing and approving related-party transactions to the extent we enter into such transactions. The audit committee will consider all relevant factors when determining whether to approve a related party transaction, including whether the related party transaction is on terms no less favorable than terms generally available to an unaffiliated third-party under the same or similar circumstances and the extent of the related party’s interest in the transaction. No director may participate in the approval of any transaction in which he is a related party, but that director is required to provide the audit committee with all material information concerning the transaction. Additionally, we require each of our directors and executive officers to complete a directors’ and officers’ questionnaire that elicits information about related party transactions.

These procedures are intended to determine whether any such related party transaction impairs the independence of a director or presents a conflict of interest on the part of a director, employee or officer.

To further minimize potential conflicts of interest, we have agreed not to consummate a business combination with an entity which is affiliated with any of our initial shareholders unless we obtain an opinion from an independent investment banking firm that the business combination is fair to our unaffiliated shareholders from a financial point of view. Furthermore, in no event will any of our existing officers, directors or initial shareholders, or any entity with which they are affiliated, be paid any finder’s fee, consulting fee or other compensation prior to, or for any services they render in order to effectuate, the consummation of a business combination.

72

DESCRIPTION OF SEC U RITIES

General

We are authorized to issue 100,000,000 ordinary shares, par value $0.0001 per share, and 1,000,000 preferred shares, par value $0.0001 per share. As of the date of this prospectus, 1,150,000 ordinary shares are outstanding, held by five shareholders of record. No preferred shares are currently outstanding.

Units

Each unit consists of one ordinary share and one right. The ordinary shares and rights will begin to trade separately ten business days following the earlier to occur of the expiration of the underwriter’s over-allotment option, its exercise in full or the announcement by the underwriter of its intention not to exercise all or any remaining portion of the over-allotment option. In no event will separate trading of the ordinary shares and rights commence until we file an audited balance sheet reflecting our receipt of the gross proceeds of this offering.

We will file a Current Report on Form 8-K which includes an audited balance sheet promptly upon the consummation of this offering. The audited balance sheet will reflect proceeds we receive from the exercise of the over-allotment option, if the over-allotment option is exercised on the date of this prospectus. If the over-allotment option is exercised after the date of this prospectus, we will file an amendment to the Form 8-K, or a new Form 8-K, to provide updated financial information to reflect the exercise of the over-allotment option. We will also include in this Form 8-K, an amendment thereto, or in a subsequent Form 8-K information indicating when separate trading of the ordinary shares and rights has commenced.

Ordinary Shares

Our shareholders of record are entitled to one vote for each share held on all matters to be voted on by shareholders. In connection with any vote held to approve our initial business combination, all of our initial shareholders, as well as all of our officers and directors, have agreed to vote their respective ordinary shares owned by them immediately prior to this offering and any shares purchased in this offering or following this offering in the open market in favor of the proposed business combination.

We will proceed with the business combination only if we have net tangible assets of at least $5,000,001 upon consummation of such business combination and a majority of the ordinary shares voted are voted in favor of the business combination.

Our board of directors is divided into three classes, each of which will generally serve for a term of three years with only one class of directors being elected in each year. There is no cumulative voting with respect to the election of directors, with the result that the holders of more than 50% of the shares eligible to vote for the election of directors can elect all of the directors.

Pursuant to our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association, if we do not consummate a business combination by 18 months from the consummation of this offering, it will trigger our automatic winding up, dissolution and liquidation. Our initial shareholders have agreed to waive their rights to share in any distribution from the trust account with respect to their insider shares upon our winding up, dissolution and liquidation.

Our shareholders have no conversion, preemptive or other subscription rights and there are no sinking fund or redemption provisions applicable to the ordinary shares, except that public shareholders have the right to have their ordinary shares converted to cash equal to their pro rata share of the trust account if they vote on the proposed business combination and the business combination is completed.

Register of Members

Under Cayman Islands law, we must keep a register of members and there shall be entered therein:

(a)       the names and addresses of the members, a statement of the shares held by each member, and of the amount paid or agreed to be considered as paid, on the shares of each member;

73

(b)       the date on which the name of any person was entered on the register as a member; and

(c)       the date on which any person ceased to be a member.

Under Cayman Islands law, the register of members of our company is prima facie evidence of the matters set out therein (i.e. the register of members will raise a presumption of fact on the matters referred to above unless rebutted) and a member registered in the register of members shall be deemed as a matter of Cayman Islands law to have legal title to the shares as set against its name in the register of members. Upon the closing of this public offering, the register of members shall be immediately updated to reflect the issue of shares by us. Once our register of members has been updated, the shareholders recorded in the register of members shall be deemed to have legal title to the shares set against their name.

However, there are certain limited circumstances where an application may be made to a Cayman Islands court for a determination on whether the register of members reflects the correct legal position. Further, the Cayman Islands court has the power to order that the register of members maintained by a company should be rectified where it considers that the register of members does not reflect the correct legal position. If an application for an order for rectification of the register of members were made in respect of our ordinary shares, then the validity of such shares may be subject to re-examination by a Cayman Islands court.

Preferred Shares

Our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association authorizes the issuance of 1,000,000 preferred shares with such designation, rights and preferences as may be determined from time to time by our board of directors. No preferred shares are being issued or registered in this offering. Accordingly, our board of directors is empowered, without shareholder approval, to issue preferred shares with dividend, liquidation, redemption, voting or other rights which could adversely affect the voting power or other rights of the holders of ordinary shares. However, the underwriting agreement prohibits us, prior to a business combination, from issuing preferred shares which participate in any manner in the proceeds of the trust account, or which votes as a class with the ordinary shares on a business combination. We may issue some or all of the preferred shares to effect a business combination. In addition, the preferred shares could be utilized as a method of discouraging, delaying or preventing a change in control of us. Although we do not currently intend to issue any preferred shares, we cannot assure you that we will not do so in the future.

Rights

Each holder of a right will receive one-tenth (1/10) of an ordinary share upon consummation of our initial business combination. Therefore, you must have seven rights in order to receive one share. If you own rights in a multiple of less than seven, such rights will be cancelled without compensation as we will not issue fractional shares. Holders of rights shall be entitled to receive shares upon conversion of the rights even if the holder of such rights converted all ordinary shares held by him, her or it in connection with the initial business combination or an amendment to our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association with respect to our pre-business combination activities. No additional consideration will be required to be paid by a holder of rights in order to receive his, her or its additional shares upon consummation of an initial business combination as the consideration related thereto has been included in the unit purchase price paid for by investors in this offering. The shares issuable upon exchange of the rights will be freely tradable (except to the extent held by affiliates of ours).

If we enter into a definitive agreement for a business combination in which we will not be the surviving entity, the definitive agreement will provide for the holders of rights to receive the same per share consideration the holders of the ordinary shares will receive in the transaction on an as-converted into ordinary share basis. In the event we will not be the surviving company upon completion of our initial business combination, each holder of a right will be required to affirmatively convert his, her or its rights in order to receive the one-tenth (1/10) of a share underlying each right (without paying any additional consideration) upon consummation of the business combination.

If we are unable to complete an initial business combination within the required time period and we liquidate the funds held in the trust account, holders of rights will not receive any of such funds with respect to their rights, nor will they receive any distribution from our assets held outside of the trust account with respect to such rights, and the rights will expire worthless. Further, there are no contractual penalties for failure to deliver securities to the

74

holders of the rights upon consummation of an initial business combination. Additionally, in no event will we be required to net cash settle the rights. Accordingly, the rights may expire worthless.

Dividends

We have not paid any cash dividends on our ordinary shares to date and do not intend to pay cash dividends prior to the completion of a business combination. The payment of cash dividends in the future will be dependent upon our revenues and earnings, if any, capital requirements and general financial condition subsequent to completion of a business combination. The payment of any dividends subsequent to a business combination will be within the discretion of our then board of directors. It is the present intention of our board of directors to retain all earnings, if any, for use in our business operations and, accordingly, our board does not anticipate declaring any dividends in the foreseeable future.

Our Transfer Agent

The transfer agent for our securities is Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company, 17 Battery Place, New York, New York 10004.

Listing of our Securities

There is presently no public market for our units, ordinary shares or rights. We have applied to have the units, and the ordinary shares and rights once they begin separate trading, listed on Nasdaq under the symbols “ECACU,” “ECAC” and “ECACR,” respectively. Although, after giving effect to this offering, we meet on a pro forma basis the minimum initial listing standards of Nasdaq, which generally only requires that we meet certain requirements relating to shareholders’ equity, market capitalization, aggregate market value of publicly held shares and distribution requirements, we cannot assure you that our securities will continue to be listed on Nasdaq as we might not meet certain continued listing standards.

Certain Differences in Corporate Law

Cayman Islands companies are governed by the Companies Law of the Cayman Islands. The Companies Law of the Cayman Islands is modeled on English Law but does not follow recent English Law statutory enactments, and differs from laws applicable to United States corporations and their shareholders. Set forth below is a summary of the material differences between the provisions of the Companies Law of the Cayman Islands applicable to us and the laws applicable to companies incorporated in the United States and their shareholders.

Mergers and Similar Arrangements.  In certain circumstances, the Companies Law of the Cayman Islands allows for mergers or consolidations between two Cayman Islands companies, or between a Cayman Islands company and a company incorporated in another jurisdiction (provided that is facilitated by the laws of that other jurisdiction).

Where the merger or consolidation is between two Cayman Islands companies, the directors of each company must approve a written plan of merger or consolidation containing certain prescribed information. That plan or merger or consolidation must then be authorized by either (a) a special resolution (usually a majority of 66-2/3% in value) of the shareholders of each company; or (b) such other authorisation, if any, as may be specified in such constituent company’s articles of association. A shareholder has the right to vote on a merger or consolidation regardless of whether the shares that he holds otherwise give him voting rights. No shareholder resolution is required for a merger between a parent company (i.e., a company that owns at least 90% of the issued shares of each class in a subsidiary company) and its subsidiary company. The consent of each holder of a fixed or floating security interest of a constituent company must be obtained, unless the court waives such requirement. If the Cayman Islands Registrar of Companies is satisfied that the requirements of the Companies Law of the Cayman Islands (which includes certain other formalities) have been complied with, the Registrar of Companies will register the plan of merger or consolidation.

Where the merger or consolidation involves a foreign company, the procedure is similar, save that with respect to the foreign company, the director of the Cayman Islands company is required to make a declaration to the effect that, having made due enquiry, he is of the opinion that the requirements set out below have been met: (i) that the merger or consolidation is permitted or not prohibited by the constitutional documents of the foreign

75

company and by the laws of the jurisdiction in which the foreign company is incorporated, and that those laws and any requirements of those constitutional documents have been or will be complied with; (ii) that no petition or other similar proceeding has been filed and remains outstanding or order made or resolution adopted to wind up or liquidate the foreign company in any jurisdictions; (iii) that no receiver, trustee, administrator or other similar person has been appointed in any jurisdiction and is acting in respect of the foreign company, its affairs or its property or any part thereof; (iv) that no scheme, order, compromise or other similar arrangement has been entered into or made in any jurisdiction whereby the rights of creditors of the foreign company are and continue to be suspended or restricted.

Where the surviving company is the Cayman Islands company, the director of the Cayman Islands company is further required to make a declaration to the effect that, having made due enquiry, he is of the opinion that the requirements set out below have been met: (i) that the foreign company is able to pay its debts as they fall due and that the merger or consolidated is bona fide and not intended to defraud unsecured creditors of the foreign company; (ii) that in respect of the transfer of any security interest granted by the foreign company to the surviving or consolidated company (a) consent or approval to the transfer has been obtained, released or waived; (b) the transfer is permitted by and has been approved in accordance with the constitutional documents of the foreign company; and (c) the laws of the jurisdiction of the foreign company with respect to the transfer have been or will be complied with; (iii) that the foreign company will, upon the merger or consolidation becoming effective, cease to be incorporated, registered or exist under the laws of the relevant foreign jurisdiction; and (iv) that there is no other reason why it would be against the public interest to permit the merger or consolidation.

Where the above procedures are adopted, the Companies Law of the Cayman Islands provides for a right of dissenting shareholders to be paid a payment of the fair value of his shares upon their dissenting to the merger or consolidation if they follow a prescribed procedure. In essence, that procedure is as follows (a) the shareholder must give his written objection to the merger or consolidation to the constituent company before the vote on the merger or consolidation, including a statement that the shareholder proposes to demand payment for his shares if the merger or consolidation is authorized by the vote; (b) within 20 days following the date on which the merger or consolidation is approved by the shareholders, the constituent company must give written notice to each shareholder who made a written objection; (c) a shareholder must within 20 days following receipt of such notice from the constituent company, give the constituent company a written notice of his intention to dissent including, among other details, a demand for payment of the fair value of his shares; (d) within seven days following the date of the expiration of the period set out in paragraph (b) above or seven days following the date on which the plan of merger or consolidation is filed, whichever is later, the constituent company, the surviving company or the consolidated company must make a written offer to each dissenting shareholder to purchase his shares at a price that the company determines is the fair value and if the company and the shareholder agree the price within 30 days following the date on which the offer was made, the company must pay the shareholder such amount; (e) if the company and the shareholder fail to agree a price within such 30 day period, within 20 days following the date on which such 30 day period expires, the company (and any dissenting shareholder) must file a petition with the Cayman Islands Grand Court to determine the fair value and such petition must be accompanied by a list of the names and addresses of the dissenting shareholders with whom agreements as to the fair value of their shares have not been reached by the company. At the hearing of that petition, the court has the power to determine the fair value of the shares together with a fair rate of interest, if any, to be paid by the company upon the amount determined to be the fair value. Any dissenting shareholder whose name appears on the list filed by the company may participate fully in all proceedings until the determination of fair value is reached. These rights of a dissenting shareholder are not be available in certain circumstances, for example, to dissenters holding shares of any class in respect of which an open market exists on a recognized stock exchange or recognized interdealer quotation system at the relevant date or where the consideration for such shares to be contributed are shares of any company listed on a national securities exchange or shares of the surviving or consolidated company.

Moreover, Cayman Islands law also has separate statutory provisions that facilitate the reconstruction or amalgamation of companies in certain circumstances, schemes of arrangement will generally be more suited for complex mergers or other transactions involving widely held companies, commonly referred to in the Cayman Islands as a “scheme of arrangement” which may be tantamount to a merger. In the event that a merger was sought pursuant to a scheme of arrangement (the procedure of which are more rigorous and take longer to complete than the procedures typically required to consummate a merger in the United States), the arrangement in question must be approved by a majority in number of each class of shareholders and creditors with whom the arrangement is to be made and who must in addition represent three-fourths in value of each such class of shareholders or creditors, as

76

the case may be, that are present and voting either in person or by proxy at a meeting, or meeting summoned for that purpose. The convening of the meetings and subsequently the terms of the arrangement must be sanctioned by the Grand Court of the Cayman Islands. While a dissenting shareholder would have the right to express to the court the view that the transaction should not be approved, the court can be expected to approve the arrangement if it satisfies itself that:

         we are not proposing to act illegally or beyond the scope of our corporate authority and the statutory provisions as to majority vote have been complied with;

         the shareholders have been fairly represented at the meeting in question;

         the arrangement is such as a businessman would reasonably approve; and

         the arrangement is not one that would more properly be sanctioned under some other provision of the Companies Law of the Cayman Islands or that would amount to a “fraud on the minority.”

If a scheme of arrangement or takeover offer (as described below) is approved, any dissenting shareholder would have no rights comparable to appraisal rights, which would otherwise ordinarily be available to dissenting shareholders of United States corporations, providing rights to receive payment in cash for the judicially determined value of the shares.

Squeeze-out Provisions.  When a takeover offer is made and accepted by holders of 90% of the shares to whom the offer is made within four months, the offeror may, within a two-month period, require the holders of the remaining shares to transfer such shares on the terms of the offer. An objection can be made to the Grand Court of the Cayman Islands but this is unlikely to succeed unless there is evidence of fraud, bad faith, collusion or inequitable treatment of the shareholders.

Further, transactions similar to a merger, reconstruction and/or an amalgamation may in some circumstances be achieved through other means to these statutory provisions, such as a share capital exchange, asset acquisition or control, through contractual arrangements, of an operating business.

Shareholders’ Suits.  Our Cayman Islands counsel is not aware of any reported class action having been brought in a Cayman Islands court. Derivative actions have been brought in the Cayman Islands courts, and the Cayman Islands courts have confirmed the availability for such actions. In most cases, we will be the proper plaintiff in any claim based on a breach of duty owed to us, and a claim against (for example) our officers or directors usually may not be brought by a shareholder. However, based both on Cayman Islands authorities and on English authorities, which would in all likelihood be of persuasive authority and be applied by a court in the Cayman Islands, exceptions to the foregoing principle apply in circumstances in which:

         a company is acting, or proposing to act, illegally or beyond the scope of its authority;

         the act complained of, although not beyond the scope of the authority, could be effected if duly authorized by more than the number of votes which have actually been obtained; or

         those who control the company are perpetrating a “fraud on the minority.”

A shareholder may have a direct right of action against us where the individual rights of that shareholder have been infringed or are about to be infringed.

Enforcement of civil liabilities.  The Cayman Islands has a different body of securities laws as compared to the United States and provides less protection to investors. Additionally, Cayman Islands companies may not have standing to sue before the Federal courts of the United States.

We have been advised by our Cayman Islands legal counsel that the courts of the Cayman Islands are unlikely (i) to recognize or enforce against us judgments of courts of the United States predicated upon the civil liability provisions of the federal securities laws of the United States or any state; and (ii) in original actions brought in the Cayman Islands, to impose liabilities against us predicated upon the civil liability provisions of the federal securities laws of the United States or any state, so far as the liabilities imposed by those provisions are penal in nature. In those circumstances, although there is no statutory enforcement in the Cayman Islands of judgments obtained in the United States, the courts of the Cayman Islands will recognize and enforce a foreign money judgment of a foreign

77

court of competent jurisdiction without retrial on the merits based on the principle that a judgment of a competent foreign court imposes upon the judgment debtor an obligation to pay the sum for which judgment has been given provided certain conditions are met. For a foreign judgment to be enforced in the Cayman Islands, such judgment must be final and conclusive and for a liquidated sum, and must not be in respect of taxes or a fine or penalty, inconsistent with a Cayman Islands judgment in respect of the same matter, impeachable on the grounds of fraud or obtained in a manner, and or be of a kind the enforcement of which is, contrary to natural justice or the public policy of the Cayman Islands (awards of punitive or multiple damages may well be held to be contrary to public policy). A Cayman Islands Court may stay enforcement proceedings if concurrent proceedings are being brought elsewhere.

Amended and Restated Memorandum and Articles of Association

Our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association filed under the laws of the Cayman Islands contain provisions designed to provide certain rights and protections to our shareholders prior to the consummation of a business combination. The following are the material rights and protections contained in our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association:

         the right of public shareholders to exercise conversion rights and have their shares repurchased in lieu of participating in a proposed business combination;

         a prohibition against completing a business combination unless we have net tangible assets of at least $5,000,001 upon consummation of such business combination;

         a requirement that if we seek shareholder approval of any business combination, a majority of the outstanding ordinary shares voted must be voted in favor of such business combination;

         the separation of our board of directors into three classes and the establishment of related procedures regarding the standing and election of such directors;

         a requirement that our management take all actions necessary to liquidate our trust account in the event we do not consummate a business combination by 18 months after the date of this prospectus; and

         limitation on shareholders’ rights to receive a portion of the trust account.

The Companies Law of the Cayman Islands permits a company incorporated in the Cayman Islands to amend its memorandum and articles of association with the approval of the holders of at least two-thirds of such company’s outstanding ordinary shares. A company’s articles of association may specify that the approval of a higher majority is required but, provided the approval of the required majority is obtained, any Cayman Islands company may amend its memorandum and articles of association regardless of whether its memorandum and articles of association provides otherwise. Accordingly, although we could amend any of the provisions relating to our proposed offering, structure and business plan which are contained in our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association, we view all of these provisions as binding obligations to our shareholders and neither we, nor our officers or directors, will take any action to amend or waive any of these provisions.

Anti-Money Laundering — Cayman Islands

In order to comply with legislation or regulations aimed at the prevention of money laundering, we are required to adopt and maintain anti-money laundering procedures, and may require subscribers to provide evidence to verify their identity and source of funds. Where permitted, and subject to certain conditions, we may also delegate the maintenance of our anti-money laundering procedures (including the acquisition of due diligence information) to a suitable person.

We reserve the right to request such information as is necessary to verify the identity of a subscriber. In some cases the directors may be satisfied that no further information is required since an exemption applies under the Money Laundering Regulations (2013 Revision) of the Cayman Islands, as amended and revised from time to time (the “Regulations”). Depending on the circumstances of each application, a detailed verification of identity might not be required where:

(a)       the subscriber makes the payment for their investment from an account held in the subscriber’s name at a recognized financial institution; or

78

(b)       the subscriber is regulated by a recognized regulatory authority and is based or incorporated in, or formed under the law of, a recognized jurisdiction; or

(c)       the application is made through an intermediary which is regulated by a recognized regulatory authority and is based in or incorporated in, or formed under the law of a recognized jurisdiction and an assurance is provided in relation to the procedures undertaken on the underlying investors.

For the purposes of these exceptions, recognition of a financial institution, regulatory authority or jurisdiction will be determined in accordance with the Regulations by reference to those jurisdictions recognized by the Cayman Islands Monetary Authority as having equivalent anti-money laundering regulations.

In the event of delay or failure on the part of the subscriber in producing any information required for verification purposes, we may refuse to accept the application, in which case any funds received will be returned without interest to the account from which they were originally debited.

We also reserve the right to refuse to make any payment to a shareholder if our directors or officers suspect or are advised that the payment to such shareholder might result in a breach of applicable anti-money laundering or other laws or regulations by any person in any relevant jurisdiction, or if such refusal is considered necessary or appropriate to ensure our compliance with any such laws or regulations in any applicable jurisdiction.

If any person resident in the Cayman Islands knows or suspects or has reasonable grounds for knowing or suspecting that another person is engaged in criminal conduct or is involved with terrorism or terrorist property and the information for that knowledge or suspicion came to their attention in the course of business in the regulated sector, or other trade, profession, business or employment, the person will be required to report such knowledge or suspicion to (i) the Financial Reporting Authority of the Cayman Islands, pursuant to the Proceeds of Crime Law, 2008 of the Cayman Islands if the disclosure relates to criminal conduct or money laundering, or (ii) a police officer of the rank of constable or higher, or the Financial Reporting Authority, pursuant to the Terrorism Law (2011 Revision) of the Cayman Islands, if the disclosure relates to involvement with terrorism or terrorist financing and property. Such a report shall not be treated as a breach of confidence or of any restriction upon the disclosure of information imposed by any enactment or otherwise.

79

S H ARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

Immediately after this offering, we will have 5,310,000 ordinary shares outstanding, or 6,060,000 shares if the over-allotment option is exercised in full, excluding shares underlying rights to be sold in the offering and without consideration to the reclassification of shares subject to possible conversion. Of these shares, the 4,000,000 shares sold in this offering, or 4,600,000 shares if the over-allotment option is exercised in full, will be freely tradable without restriction or further registration under the Securities Act, except for any shares purchased by one of our affiliates within the meaning of Rule 144 under the Securities Act. All of the remaining shares are restricted securities under Rule 144, in that they were issued in private transactions not involving a public offering. All of those shares have been placed in escrow and will not be transferable until they are released except in limited circumstances described elsewhere in this prospectus. The shares underlying the rights will be freely tradable when issued upon consummation of our initial business combination.

Rule 144

A person who has beneficially owned restricted ordinary shares or rights for at least six months would be entitled to sell their securities provided that (i) such person is not deemed to have been one of our affiliates at the time of, or at any time during the three months preceding, a sale and (ii) we are subject to the Exchange Act periodic reporting requirements for at least three months before the sale. Persons who have beneficially owned restricted ordinary shares for at least six months but who are our affiliates at the time of, or any time during the three months preceding, a sale, would be subject to additional restrictions, by which such person would be entitled to sell within any three-month period a number of shares that does not exceed the greater of either of the following:

         1% of the number of ordinary shares then outstanding, which will equal 53,100 shares immediately after this offering (or 60,600 if the over-allotment option is exercised in full); and

         the average weekly trading volume of the ordinary shares during the four calendar weeks preceding the filing of a notice on Form 144 with respect to the sale.

Sales under Rule 144 are also limited by manner of sale provisions and notice requirements and to the availability of current public information about us.

Restrictions on the Use of Rule 144 by Shell Companies or Former Shell Companies

Historically, the SEC staff had taken the position that Rule 144 is not available for the resale of securities initially issued by companies that are, or previously were, blank check companies, like us. The SEC has codified and expanded this position in the amendments discussed above by prohibiting the use of Rule 144 for resale of securities issued by any shell companies (other than business combination related shell companies) or any issuer that has been at any time previously a shell company. The SEC has provided an important exception to this prohibition, however, if the following conditions are met:

         the issuer of the securities that was formerly a shell company has ceased to be a shell company;

         the issuer of the securities is subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act;

         the issuer of the securities has filed all Exchange Act reports and material required to be filed, as applicable, during the preceding 12 months (or such shorter period that the issuer was required to file such reports and materials), other than Form 8-K reports; and

         at least one year has elapsed from the time that the issuer filed current Form 10 type information with the SEC reflecting its status as an entity that is not a shell company.

As a result, it is likely that pursuant to Rule 144, our initial shareholders will be able to sell their insider shares freely without registration one year after we have completed our initial business combination assuming they are not an affiliate of ours at that time.

80

Registration Rights

The holders of our insider shares issued and outstanding on the date of this prospectus, as well as the holders of the private units and commission units (and all underlying securities) and any securities issued to our initial shareholders, officers, directors or their affiliates in payment of working capital loans made to us, will be entitled to registration rights pursuant to an agreement to be signed prior to or on the effective date of this offering. The holders of a majority of these securities are entitled to make up to two demands that we register such securities. The holders of the majority of the insider shares can elect to exercise these registration rights at any time commencing three months prior to the date on which these ordinary shares are to be released from escrow. The holders of a majority of the private units, commission units and securities issued in payment of working capital loans (or underlying securities) can elect to exercise these registration rights at any time after we consummate a business combination. In addition, the holders have certain “piggy-back” registration rights with respect to registration statements filed subsequent to our consummation of a business combination. We will bear the expenses incurred in connection with the filing of any such registration statements.

81

TAXATION

The following summary of the material Cayman Islands and United States Federal income tax consequences of an investment in our ordinary shares and rights is based upon laws and relevant interpretations thereof in effect as of the date of this prospectus, all of which are subject to change. This summary does not deal with all possible tax consequences relating to an investment in our ordinary shares and rights, such as the tax consequences under state, local and other tax laws.

Cayman Islands Taxation

The Government of the Cayman Islands will not, under existing legislation, impose any income, corporate or capital gains tax, estate duty, inheritance tax, gift tax or withholding tax upon the company or its shareholders. The Cayman Islands are not party to a double taxation treaty with any country that is applicable to any payment made to or by us.

We have applied for and have received on October 7, 2014 an undertaking from the Governor-in-Cabinet of the Cayman Islands that, in accordance with section 6 of the Tax Concessions Law (2011 Revision) of the Cayman Islands, for a period of 20 years from the date of the undertaking, no law which is enacted in the Cayman Islands imposing any tax to be levied on profits, income, gains or appreciations shall apply to us or our operations and, in addition, that no tax to be levied on profits, income, gains or appreciations or which is in the nature of estate duty or inheritance tax shall be payable (i) on or in respect of shares, debentures or other obligations or (ii) by way of the withholding in whole or in part of a payment of dividend or other distribution of income or capital by the company to its members or a payment of principal or interest or other sums due under a debenture or other obligation of the company.

United States Federal Income Taxation

General

This section is a general summary of the material United States Federal income tax provisions relating to the acquisition, ownership and disposition of our units, ordinary shares and rights. This section does not address any aspect of United States Federal gift or estate tax, or the state, local or non-United States tax consequences of an investment in our ordinary shares and rights, nor does it provide any actual representations as to any tax consequences of the acquisition, ownership or disposition of our ordinary shares and rights.

Because the components of a unit are separable at the option of the holder, the holder of a unit generally will be treated, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, as the owner of the underlying ordinary share and right components of the unit, as the case may be. As a result, the discussion below of the U.S. federal income tax consequences with respect to actual holders of ordinary shares and rights should also apply to holders of units (as the deemed owners of the underlying ordinary shares and rights that comprise the units).

The discussion below of the U.S. federal income tax consequences to “U.S. Holders” will apply to a beneficial owner of our securities that is for U.S. federal income tax purposes:

         an individual citizen or resident of the United States;

         a corporation (or other entity treated as a corporation) that is created or organized (or treated as created or organized) in or under the laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia;

         an estate whose income is includible in gross income for U.S. federal income tax purposes regardless of its source; or

         a trust if (i) a U.S. court can exercise primary supervision over the trust’s administration and one or more U.S. persons are authorized to control all substantial decisions of the trust, or (ii) it has a valid election in effect under applicable U.S. Treasury regulations to be treated as a U.S. person.

If a beneficial owner of our securities is not described as a U.S. Holder and is not an entity treated as a partnership or other pass-through entity for U.S. federal income tax purposes, such owner will be considered a “Non-U.S. Holder.” The material U.S. federal income tax consequences applicable specifically to Non-U.S. Holders are described below under the heading “Non-U.S. Holders.”

82

This discussion is based on the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), its legislative history, Treasury regulations promulgated thereunder, published rulings and court decisions, all as currently in effect. These authorities are subject to change or differing interpretations, possibly on a retroactive basis.

This discussion assumes that the ordinary shares and rights will trade separately and does not address all aspects of U.S. federal income taxation that may be relevant to any particular holder based on such holder’s individual circumstances. In particular, this discussion considers only holders that own our securities as capital assets within the meaning of Section 1221 of the Code, and does not address the potential application of the alternative minimum tax. In addition, this discussion does not address the U.S. federal income tax consequences to holders that are subject to special rules, including:

         financial institutions or financial services entities;

         broker-dealers;

         taxpayers that are subject to the mark-to-market accounting rules under Section 475 of the Code;

         tax-exempt entities;

         governments or agencies or instrumentalities thereof;

         insurance companies;

         regulated investment companies;

         real estate investment trusts;

         expatriates or former long-term residents of the United States;

         persons that actually or constructively own 5 percent or more of our voting shares;

         persons that acquired our securities pursuant to an exercise of employee share options, in connection with employee share incentive plans or otherwise as compensation;

         persons that hold our securities as part of a straddle, constructive sale, hedging, conversion or other integrated transaction; or

         persons whose functional currency is not the U.S. dollar.

This discussion does not address any aspect of U.S. federal non-income tax laws, such as gift or estate tax laws, state, local or non-U.S. tax laws or, except as discussed herein, any tax reporting obligations of a holder of our securities. Additionally, this discussion does not consider the tax treatment of partnerships or other pass-through entities or persons who hold our securities through such entities. If a partnership (or other entity classified as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes) is the beneficial owner of our securities, the U.S. federal income tax treatment of a partner in the partnership generally will depend on the status of the partner and the activities of the partnership. This discussion also assumes that any distributions made (or deemed made) by us on our ordinary shares and any consideration received (or deemed received) by a holder in consideration for the sale or other disposition of our securities will be in U.S. dollars.

We have not sought, and will not seek, a ruling from the IRS as to any U.S. federal income tax consequence described herein. The IRS may disagree with the descriptions herein, and its determination may be upheld by a court. Moreover, there can be no assurance that future legislation, regulations, administrative rulings or court decisions will not adversely affect the accuracy of the statements in this discussion.

THIS DISCUSSION IS ONLY A SUMMARY OF THE MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES OF THE ACQUISITION, OWNERSHIP AND DISPOSITION OF OUR SECURITIES. IT DOES NOT PROVIDE ANY ACTUAL REPRESENTATIONS AS TO ANY TAX CONSEQUENCES OF THE ACQUISITION, OWNERSHIP AND DISPOSITION OF OUR SECURITIES AND WE HAVE NOT OBTAINED ANY OPINION OF COUNSEL WITH RESPECT TO SUCH TAX CONSEQUENCES. AS A RESULT, EACH PROSPECTIVE INVESTOR IN OUR SECURITIES IS URGED TO CONSULT ITS OWN TAX ADVISOR WITH RESPECT TO THE PARTICULAR TAX CONSEQUENCES TO SUCH INVESTOR OF THE ACQUISITION,

83

OWNERSHIP AND DISPOSITION OF OUR SECURITIES, INCLUDING THE APPLICABILITY AND EFFECT OF ANY STATE, LOCAL, AND NON-U.S. TAX LAWS, AS WELL AS U.S. FEDERAL TAX LAWS AND ANY APPLICABLE TAX TREATIES.

Allocation of Purchase Price and Characterization of a Unit

There is no authority addressing the treatment, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, of securities with terms substantially the same as the units, and, therefore, that treatment is not entirely clear. Each unit should be treated for U.S. federal income tax purposes as an investment unit consisting of one ordinary share and one right to receive one-tenth (1/10) of an ordinary share. For U.S. federal income tax purposes, each holder of a unit generally must allocate the purchase price of a unit between the ordinary share and the right that comprise the unit based on the relative fair market value of each at the time of issuance. The price allocated to each ordinary share and the right generally will be the holder’s tax basis in such share or right, as the case may be.

The foregoing treatment of our ordinary shares and rights and a holder’s purchase price allocation are not binding on the IRS or the courts. Because there are no authorities that directly address instruments that are similar to the units, no assurance can be given that the IRS or the courts will agree with the characterization described above or the discussion below. Accordingly, each holder is advised to consult its own tax advisor regarding the risks associated with an investment in a unit (including alternative characterizations of a unit) and regarding an allocation of the purchase price between the ordinary share and the right that comprise a unit. The balance of this discussion assumes that the characterization of the units described above is respected for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

U.S. Holders

Tax Reporting

Certain U.S. Holders may be required to file an IRS Form 926 (Return of a U.S. Transferor of Property to a Foreign Corporation) to report a transfer of property (including cash) to us. Substantial penalties may be imposed on a U.S. Holder that fails to comply with this reporting requirement. Each U.S. Holder is urged to consult with its own tax advisor regarding this reporting obligation.

Taxation of Distributions Paid on Ordinary Shares

Subject to the passive foreign investment company (“PFIC”) rules discussed below, a U.S. Holder generally will be required to include in gross income as dividends the amount of any cash distribution paid on our ordinary shares. A cash distribution on such shares generally will be treated as a dividend for U.S. federal income tax purposes to the extent the distribution is paid out of our current or accumulated earnings and profits (as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles). Such dividends paid by us will be taxable to a corporate U.S. holder at regular rates and will not be eligible for the dividends-received deduction generally allowed to domestic corporations in respect of dividends received from other domestic corporations. Distributions in excess of such earnings and profits generally will be applied against and reduce the U.S. Holder’s basis in its ordinary shares (but not below zero) and, to the extent in excess of such basis, will be treated as gain from the sale or exchange of such ordinary shares.

Taxation on the Disposition of Ordinary Shares and Rights

Upon a sale or other taxable disposition of our ordinary shares or rights (which, in general, would include a redemption of ordinary shares, as discussed below, and including as a result of a dissolution and liquidation in the event we do not consummate an initial business combination within the required time), and subject to the PFIC rules discussed below, a U.S. Holder generally will recognize capital gain or loss in an amount equal to the difference between the amount realized and the U.S. Holder’s adjusted tax basis in the ordinary shares or rights. See “— Exercise or Lapse of a Right ” below for a discussion regarding a U.S. Holder’s basis in the ordinary share acquired pursuant to a right.

The regular U.S. federal income tax rate on capital gains recognized by U.S. Holders generally is the same as the regular U.S. federal income tax rate on ordinary income, except that under tax law currently in effect long-term capital gains recognized by non-corporate U.S. Holders are generally subject to U.S. federal income tax at a maximum regular rate of 15%. Capital gain or loss will constitute long-term capital gain or loss if the U.S. Holder’s holding period for the ordinary shares or rights exceeds one year. It is unclear whether the redemption rights with

84

respect to the ordinary shares described in this prospectus may prevent a U.S. Holder from satisfying the applicable holding period requirements for this purpose. The deductibility of capital losses is subject to various limitations that are not described herein because a discussion of such limitations depends on each U.S. Holder’s particular facts and circumstances. Among such limitations is the deduction for losses upon a taxable disposition by a U.S. Holder of a right (whether or not held as part of a unit) if, within a period beginning 30 days before the date of such disposition and ending 30 days after such date, such U.S. Holder has acquired (by purchase or by an exchange on which the entire amount of gain or loss was recognized by law), or has entered into a contract or option so to acquire, substantially identical shares or securities. U.S. Holders who recognize losses with respect to a disposition of our ordinary shares or rights should consult their own tax advisors regarding the tax treatment of such losses.

Conversion of Ordinary Shares

Subject to the PFIC rules described below, if a U.S. Holder converts ordinary shares into the right to receive cash pursuant to the exercise of a shareholder conversion right, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, such conversion will be subject to the following rules. If the conversion qualifies as a sale of the ordinary shares under Section 302 of the Code, the tax treatment of such conversion will be as described under “— Taxation on the Disposition of Ordinary Shares and Rights” above. If the conversion does not qualify as a sale of ordinary shares under Section 302 of the Code, a U.S. Holder will be treated as receiving a distribution with the tax consequences described below. Whether conversion of our shares qualifies for sale treatment will depend largely on the total number of our ordinary shares treated as held by such U.S. Holder. The conversion of ordinary shares generally will be treated as a sale or exchange of the ordinary shares (rather than as a distribution) if the receipt of cash upon the conversion (i) is “substantially disproportionate” with respect to a U.S. Holder, (ii) results in a “complete termination” of such holder’s interest in us or (iii) is “not essentially equivalent to a dividend” with respect to such holder. These tests are explained more fully below.

In determining whether any of the foregoing tests are satisfied, a U.S. Holder must take into account not only our ordinary shares actually owned by such holder, but also our ordinary shares that are constructively owned by such holder. A U.S. Holder may constructively own, in addition to our ordinary shares owned directly, ordinary shares owned by related individuals and entities in which such holder has an interest or that have an interest in such holder, as well as any ordinary shares such holder has a right to acquire by exercise of an option. In order to meet the substantially disproportionate test, the percentage of our outstanding voting shares actually and constructively owned by a U.S. Holder immediately following the conversion of our ordinary shares must, among other requirements, be less than 80% of the percentage of our outstanding voting and ordinary shares actually and constructively owned by such holder immediately before the conversion. There will be a complete termination of a U.S. Holder’s interest if either (i) all of our ordinary shares actually and constructively owned by such U.S. Holder are converted or (ii) all of our ordinary shares actually owned by such U.S. Holder are converted and such holder is eligible to waive, and effectively waives, in accordance with specific rules, the attribution of shares owned by family members and such holder does not constructively own any other shares. The conversion of the ordinary shares will not be essentially equivalent to a dividend if such conversion results in a “meaningful reduction” of a U.S. Holder’s proportionate interest in us. Whether the conversion will result in a meaningful reduction in a U.S. Holder’s proportionate interest in us will depend on the particular facts and circumstances. However, the IRS has indicated in a published ruling that even a small reduction in the proportionate interest of a small minority shareholder in a publicly held corporation who exercises no control over corporate affairs may constitute such a “meaningful reduction.” U.S. Holders should consult with their own tax advisors as to the tax consequences of an exercise of the conversion right.

If none of the foregoing tests are satisfied, then the redemption may be treated as a distribution and the tax effects will be as described under “— Taxation of Distributions Paid on Ordinary Shares,” above. After the application of those rules, any remaining tax basis a U.S. Holder has in the redeemed ordinary shares will be added to the adjusted tax basis in such holder’s remaining ordinary shares. If there are no remaining ordinary shares, a U.S. Holder should consult its own tax advisors as to the allocation of any remaining basis.

U.S. Holders who actually or constructively own one percent or more of our shares (by vote or value) may be subject to special reporting requirements with respect to a conversion of ordinary shares, and such holders should consult with their own tax advisors with respect to their reporting requirements.

85

Exercise or Lapse of a Right

Subject to the PFIC rules discussed below, a U.S. Holder generally will not recognize gain or loss upon the acquisition of an ordinary share from a right. An ordinary share acquired pursuant to a right generally will have a tax basis equal to the U.S. Holder’s tax basis in the right. The holding period of such ordinary share generally would begin on the day after the date of the receipt of shares from the right and will not include the period during which the U.S. Holder held the right.

Unearned Income Medicare Tax

A 3.8% Medicare contribution tax will generally apply to all or some portion of the net investment income of a U.S. holder that is an individual with adjusted gross income that exceeds a threshold amount ($250,000 if married filing jointly or if considered a “surviving spouse” for federal income tax purposes, $125,000 if married filing separately, and $200,000 in other cases). This 3.8% tax will also apply to all or some portion of the undistributed net investment income of certain U.S. holders that are estates and trusts. For these purposes, dividends and gains from the taxable dispositions of the ordinary shares and rights will generally be taken into account in computing such a U.S. holder’s net investment income.

Information Reporting and Backup Withholding

Information returns may be filed with the IRS with respect to dividends or other distributions we may pay to you and proceeds from the sale of your ordinary shares or rights. You will be subject to backup withholding on these payments if you fail to provide your taxpayer identification number to the paying agent and comply with certain certification procedures or otherwise establish an exemption from backup withholding. Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Any amounts withheld with respect to your ordinary shares or rights under the backup withholding rules will be refunded to you or credited against your United States federal income tax liability, if any, by the IRS provided that certain required information is furnished to the IRS in a timely manner.

Passive Foreign Investment Company Rules

A foreign (i.e., non-U.S.) corporation will be a PFIC for U.S. tax purposes if at least 75% of its gross income in a taxable year, including its pro rata share of the gross income of any corporation in which it is considered to own at least 25% of the shares by value, is passive income. Alternatively, a foreign corporation will be a PFIC if at least 50% of its assets in a taxable year, ordinarily determined based on fair market value and averaged quarterly over the year, including its pro rata share of the assets of any corporation in which it is considered to own at least 25% of the shares by value, are held for the production of, or produce, passive income. Passive income generally includes dividends, interest, rents and royalties (other than rents or royalties derived from the active conduct of a trade or business) and gains from the disposition of passive assets.

Because we are a blank check company, with no current active business, we believe that it is likely that we will meet the PFIC asset or income test for our current taxable year. However, pursuant to a start-up exception, a corporation will not be a PFIC for the first taxable year the corporation has gross income, if (1) no predecessor of the corporation was a PFIC; (2) the corporation satisfies the IRS that it will not be a PFIC for either of the first two taxable years following the start-up year; and (3) the corporation is not in fact a PFIC for either of those years. The applicability of the start-up exception to us will not be known until after the close of our current taxable year. After the acquisition of a company or assets in a business combination, we may still meet one of the PFIC tests depending on the timing of the acquisition and the amount of our passive income and assets as well as the passive income and assets of the acquired business. If the company that we acquire in a business combination is a PFIC, then we will likely not qualify for the start-up exception and will be a PFIC for our current taxable year ending Decem ber 31 , 2015. Our actual PFIC status for our current taxable year or any subsequent taxable year, however, will not be determinable until after the end of such taxable year. Accordingly, there can be no assurance with respect to our status as a PFIC for our current taxable year or any future taxable year.

If we are determined to be a PFIC for any taxable year (or portion thereof) that is included in the holding period of a U.S. Holder of our ordinary shares or rights and, in the case of our ordinary shares, the U.S. Holder did not make either a timely qualified electing fund (“QEF”) election for our first taxable year as a PFIC in which the U.S. Holder held (or was deemed to hold) ordinary shares, as described below, such holder generally will be subject to special rules with respect to:

86

         any gain recognized by the U.S. Holder on the sale or other disposition of its ordinary shares or rights; and

         any “excess distribution” made to the U.S. Holder (generally, any distributions to such U.S. Holder during a taxable year of the U.S. Holder that are greater than 125% of the average annual distributions received by such U.S. Holder in respect of the ordinary shares during the three preceding taxable years of such U.S. Holder or, if shorter, such U.S. Holder’s holding period for the ordinary shares).

Under these rules,

         the U.S. Holder’s gain or excess distribution will be allocated ratably over the U.S. Holder’s holding period for the ordinary shares or rights;

         the amount allocated to the U.S. Holder’s taxable year in which the U.S. Holder recognized the gain or received the excess distribution, or to the period in the U.S. Holder’s holding period before the first day of our first taxable year in which we are a PFIC, will be taxed as ordinary income;

         the amount allocated to other taxable years (or portions thereof) of the U.S. Holder and included in its holding period will be taxed at the highest tax rate in effect for that year and applicable to the U.S. Holder; and

         the interest charge generally applicable to underpayments of tax will be imposed in respect of the tax attributable to each such other taxable year of the U.S. Holder.

In general, if we are determined to be a PFIC, a U.S. Holder will avoid the PFIC tax consequences described above in respect to our ordinary shares by making a timely QEF election to include in income its pro rata share of our net capital gains (as long-term capital gain) and other earnings and profits (as ordinary income), on a current basis, in each case whether or not distributed, in the taxable year of the U.S. Holder in which or with which our taxable year ends. A U.S. Holder may make a separate election to defer the payment of taxes on undistributed income inclusions under the QEF rules, but if deferred, any such taxes will be subject to an interest charge.

A U.S. Holder may not make a QEF election with respect to its rights to acquire our ordinary shares. As a result, if a U.S. Holder sells or otherwise disposes of such rights (other than upon exchange of rights), any gain recognized generally will be subject to the special tax and interest charge rules treating the gain as an excess distribution, as described above, if we were a PFIC at any time during the period the U.S. Holder held the rights.

The QEF election is made on a shareholder-by-shareholder basis and, once made, can be revoked only with the consent of the IRS. A U.S. Holder generally makes a QEF election by attaching a completed IRS Form 8621 (Return by a Shareholder of a Passive Foreign investment Company or Qualified Electing Fund), including the information provided in a PFIC annual information statement, to a timely filed U.S. federal income tax return for the tax year to which the election relates. Retroactive QEF elections generally may be made only by filing a protective statement with such return and if certain other conditions are met or with the consent of the IRS. U.S. Holders should consult their own tax advisors regarding the availability and tax consequences of a retroactive QEF election under their particular circumstances.

In order to comply with the requirements of a QEF election, a U.S. Holder must receive a PFIC annual information statement from us. If we determine we are a PFIC for any taxable year, we will endeavor to provide to a U.S. Holder such information as the IRS may require, including a PFIC annual information statement, in order to enable the U.S. Holder to make and maintain a QEF election. However, there is no assurance that we will have timely knowledge of our status as a PFIC in the future or of the required information to be provided.

If a U.S. Holder has made a QEF election with respect to our ordinary shares, and the special tax and interest charge rules do not apply to such shares (because of a timely QEF election for our first taxable year as a PFIC in which the U.S. Holder holds (or is deemed to hold) such shares), any gain recognized on the sale of our ordinary shares generally will be taxable as capital gain and no interest charge will be imposed. As discussed above, U.S. Holders of a QEF are currently taxed on their pro rata shares of its earnings and profits, whether or not distributed. In such case, a subsequent distribution of such earnings and profits that were previously included in income generally should not be taxable as a dividend to such U.S. Holders. The tax basis of a U.S. Holder’s shares in a QEF will be increased by amounts that are included in income, and decreased by amounts distributed but not

87

taxed as dividends, under the above rules. Similar basis adjustments apply to property if by reason of holding such property the U.S. Holder is treated under the applicable attribution rules as owning shares in a QEF.

Although a determination as to our PFIC status will be made annually, an initial determination that our company is a PFIC will generally apply for subsequent years to a U.S. Holder who held ordinary shares or rights while we were a PFIC, whether or not we meet the test for PFIC status in those subsequent years. A U.S. Holder who makes the QEF election discussed above for our first taxable year as a PFIC in which the U.S. Holder holds (or is deemed to hold) our ordinary shares, however, will not be subject to the PFIC tax and interest charge rules discussed above in respect to such shares. In addition, such U.S. Holder will not be subject to the QEF inclusion regime with respect to such shares for any taxable year of us that ends within or with a taxable year of the U.S. Holder and in which we are not a PFIC. On the other hand, if the QEF election is not effective for each of our taxable years in which we are a PFIC and the U.S. Holder holds (or is deemed to hold) our ordinary shares, the PFIC rules discussed above will continue to apply to such shares unless the holder makes a purging election, as described above, and pays the tax and interest charge with respect to the gain inherent in such shares attributable to the pre-QEF election period.

Alternatively, if a U.S. Holder, at the close of its taxable year, owns shares in a PFIC that are treated as marketable shares, the U.S. Holder may make a mark-to-market election with respect to such shares for such taxable year. If the U.S. Holder makes a valid mark-to-market election for the first taxable year of the U.S. Holder in which the U.S. Holder holds (or is deemed to hold) ordinary shares in us and for which we are determined to be a PFIC, such holder generally will not be subject to the PFIC rules described above in respect to its ordinary shares. Instead, in general, the U.S. Holder will include as ordinary income each year the excess, if any, of the fair market value of its ordinary shares at the end of its taxable year over the adjusted basis in its ordinary shares. The U.S. Holder also will be allowed to take an ordinary loss in respect of the excess, if any, of the adjusted basis of its ordinary shares over the fair market value of its ordinary shares at the end of its taxable year (but only to the extent of the net amount of previously included income as a result of the mark-to-market election). The U.S. Holder’s basis in its ordinary shares will be adjusted to reflect any such income or loss amounts, and any further gain recognized on a sale or other taxable disposition of the ordinary shares will be treated as ordinary income. Currently, a mark-to-market election may not be made with respect to rights.

The mark-to-market election is available only for stock that is regularly traded on a national securities exchange that is registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission, including Nasdaq Capital Market, or on a foreign exchange or market that the IRS determines has rules sufficient to ensure that the market price represents a legitimate and sound fair market value. U.S. Holders should consult their own tax advisors regarding the availability and tax consequences of a mark-to-market election in respect to our ordinary shares under their particular circumstances.

If we are a PFIC and, at any time, have a foreign subsidiary that is classified as a PFIC, U.S. Holders generally would be deemed to own a portion of the shares of such lower-tier PFIC, and generally could incur liability for the deferred tax and interest charge described above if we receive a distribution from, or dispose of all or part of our interest in, the lower-tier PFIC or the U.S. Holders otherwise were deemed to have disposed of an interest in the lower-tier PFIC. We will endeavor to cause any lower-tier PFIC to provide to a U.S. Holder the information that may be required to make or maintain a QEF election with respect to the lower-tier PFIC. However, there is no assurance that we will have timely knowledge of the status of any such lower-tier PFIC. In addition, we may not hold a controlling interest in any such lower-tier PFIC and thus there can be no assurance we will be able to cause the lower-tier PFIC to provide the required information. U.S. Holders are urged to consult their own tax advisors regarding the tax issues raised by lower-tier PFICs.

A U.S. Holder that owns (or is deemed to own) shares in a PFIC during any taxable year of the U.S. Holder, may have to file an IRS Form 8621 (whether or not a QEF or market-to-market election is made) and such other information as may be required by the U.S. Treasury Department.

The rules dealing with PFICs and with the QEF and mark-to-market elections are very complex and are affected by various factors in addition to those described above. Accordingly, U.S. Holders of our ordinary shares and rights should consult their own tax advisors concerning the application of the PFIC rules to our ordinary shares and rights under their particular circumstances.

88

Non-U.S. Holders

Dividends (including constructive dividends) paid or deemed paid to a Non-U.S. Holder in respect to its ordinary shares generally will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax, unless the dividends are effectively connected with the Non-U.S. Holder’s conduct of a trade or business within the United States (and, if required by an applicable income tax treaty, are attributable to a permanent establishment or fixed base that such holder maintains in the United States).

In addition, a Non-U.S. Holder generally will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax on any gain attributable to a sale or other disposition of our ordinary shares or rights unless such gain is effectively connected with its conduct of a trade or business in the United States (and, if required by an applicable income tax treaty, is attributable to a permanent establishment or fixed base that such holder maintains in the United States) or the Non-U.S. Holder is an individual who is present in the United States for 183 days or more in the taxable year of sale or other disposition and certain other conditions are met (in which case, such gain from United States sources generally is subject to tax at a 30% rate or a lower applicable tax treaty rate).

Dividends and gains that are effectively connected with the Non-U.S. Holder’s conduct of a trade or business in the United States (and, if required by an applicable income tax treaty, are attributable to a permanent establishment or fixed base in the United States) generally will be subject to U.S. federal income tax (but not the Medicare contribution tax) at the same regular U.S. federal income tax rates applicable to a comparable U.S. Holder and, in the case of a Non-U.S. Holder that is a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes, may also be subject to an additional branch profits tax at a 30% rate or a lower applicable tax treaty rate.

Backup Withholding and Information Reporting

In general, information reporting for U.S. federal income tax purposes should apply to distributions made on our ordinary shares within the United States to a U.S. Holder, subject to certain exceptions, and to the proceeds from sales and other dispositions of our ordinary shares or rights by a U.S. Holder to or through a U.S. office of a broker. Payments made (and sales and other dispositions effected at an office) outside the United States will be subject to information reporting in limited circumstances.

In addition, backup withholding of U.S. federal income tax, currently at a rate of 28%, generally will apply to dividends paid on our ordinary shares to a U.S. Holder and the proceeds from sales and other dispositions of shares or rights by a U.S. Holder, in each case who:

         fails to provide an accurate taxpayer identification number;

         is notified by the IRS that backup withholding is required; or

         fails to comply with applicable certification requirements.

A Non-U.S. Holder generally will eliminate the requirement for information reporting and backup withholding by providing certification of its foreign status, under penalties of perjury, on a duly executed applicable IRS Form W-8 or by otherwise establishing an exemption.

We will withhold all taxes required to be withheld by law from any amounts otherwise payable to any holder of our ordinary shares or securities, including tax withholding required by the backup withholding rules. Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Rather, the amount of any backup withholding will be allowed as a credit against a U.S. Holder’s or a Non-U.S. Holder’s U.S. federal income tax liability and may entitle such holder to a refund, provided that the requisite information is timely furnished to the IRS. Holders are urged to consult their own tax advisors regarding the application of backup withholding and the availability of and procedure for obtaining an exemption from backup withholding in their particular circumstances.

A 30% withholding tax will be imposed on payments to certain foreign entities on dividends on and the gross proceeds of dispositions of U.S. equity interests, unless various U.S. information reporting and due diligence requirements (generally relating to ownership by U.S. persons of interests in or accounts with those entities) have been satisfied. Non-U.S. Holders should consult their tax advisors regarding the possible implications of this legislation on their investment in the units.

A U.S. holder is required to file with such U.S. holder’s income tax return new Form 8938 to report the ownership of shares or securities issued by a foreign corporation exceeding certain threshold amounts.

89

UND ERWRITING

We intend to offer our securities described in this prospectus through the underwriter named below. We have entered into an underwriting agreement with the underwriter. Subject to the terms and conditions of the underwriting agreement, underwriter has agreed to purchase from us the number of units listed in the following table:

Underwriter

 

Number of Units

Cantor Fitzgerald & Co.

 

4,000,000

A copy of the underwriting agreement has been filed as an exhibit to the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part.

The underwriting agreement provides that the underwriter must purchase all of the units if it purchases any of them. However, the underwriter is not required to take or pay for the units covered by the over-allotment option described below.

In addition, our units are offered subject to a number of other conditions, including:

         receipt and acceptance of the units by the underwriter; and

         the underwriter’s right to reject orders in whole or in part.

In connection with this offering, the underwriter or securities dealers may distribute prospectuses electronically.

Subject to the conditions described above, upon the execution of the underwriting agreement, the underwriter will be obligated to purchase the units at the prices and upon the terms stated therein, and, as a result, will thereafter bear any risk associated with changing the offering price to the public or other selling terms.

Introductions of Investors

We have agreed to introduce the underwriter in this offering to lead investors that are interested in purchasing at least $20,000,000 of the units being offered hereby. The lead investors will be required to waive their right to receive $0.40 per share purchased by them in this offering in the event they seek to convert such shares into cash held in the trust account described below in connection with an initial business combination or upon our liquidation if we are unable to consummate an initial business combination within the required time period so that public investors will receive at least $10.40 per share purchased by them in this offering upon conversion or liquidation. To ensure this waiver is effective until consummation of our initial business combination or our earlier liquidation, the lead investors will be restricted from transferring any of the shares included in the $20,000,000 of units to be purchased by them in this offering until such time unless the transferee agrees to such waiver (and any other conditions then applicable to such shares). We anticipate that our officers and directors will approach high-net worth and accredited individuals and entities that they have a prior business relationship with to satisfy this requirement. An investor will be deemed to be introduced by us to the underwriter if such investor is referred by us to the underwriter, has not previously invested in any similarly structured blank check companies through the underwriter and is listed in a schedule to the underwriting agreement. The underwriting agreement will contain a list of such investors at the time of its execution so it is clear which investors will be considered introduced by us. However, our failure to introduce such investors will not provide a base to relieve the underwriter from its obligation under the underwriting agreement. The underwriter’s obligation to purchase the units under the underwriting agreement is not contingent upon the $10,000,000 of units offered being purchased by investors introduced by us.

To the extent that such individuals or entities have an interest in investing in our securities, we will introduce them to the underwriter so that they can confirm they have not previously invested in any similarly structured blank check companies through the underwriter. If lead investors introduced by us do not purchase the full $20,000,000 of units, the underwriter will sell the remaining amount to investors pursuant to the terms of this prospectus and will not purchase such units for its own account. We will be required to pay the underwriter additional underwriting commissions of $0.15 per unit, or up to an aggregate of $300,000 (0.75% of the $40 million offering amount, which does not include any over-allotment), for each unit less than 2,000,000 that are not purchased by investors we introduce to the underwriter in this offering. These extra commissions will be paid for by the purchase of up to 110,000 commission units that we may sell in such case and which have been registered on the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part.

Over-allotment Option

We have granted the underwriter an option to buy up to 600,000 additional units at the offering price, less underwriting discounts and commissions. The underwriter may exercise this option solely for the purpose of

90

covering over-allotments, if any, made in connection with this offering. The underwriter has 45 days from the date of this prospectus to exercise this option.

Commissions and Discounts

Units sold by the underwriter to the public will initially be offered at the offering price set forth on the cover of this prospectus. Any units sold by the underwriter to securities dealers may be sold at a discount of up to $__ per unit from the public offering price. Any of these securities dealers may resell any units purchased from the underwriter to other brokers or dealers at a discount of up to $__ per unit from the public offering price. If all of the units are not sold at the initial public offering price, the underwriter may change the offering price and the other selling terms. Upon execution of the underwriting agreement, the underwriter will be obligated to purchase the units at the prices and upon the terms stated therein, and, as a result, will thereafter bear any risk associated with changing the offering price to the public or other selling terms. No offer or invitation to subscribe for units may be made to the public in the Cayman Islands.

The following table shows the per unit and total underwriting discounts and commissions we will pay to the underwriter assuming both no exercise and full exercise of the underwriter’s over-allotment option to purchase up to an additional 600,000 units.

 

 

Per Unit

 

Without
Over-allotment

 

With
Over-allotment

Public offering price

 

$

10.00

 

$

40,000,000

 

$

46,000,000

Discount (1)(2)(3)

 

$

0.525

 

$

2,100,000

 

$

2,370,000

 

 

 

($0.45 on overallotment units) 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Proceeds before expenses (1)(4)

 

$

9.475

 

$

37,900,000

 

$

43,630,000

 

 

 

($9.60 on overallotment units) 

 

 

 

 

 

 

____________

(1)       Per unit (i) underwriting discount and commissions, and (ii) Proceeds, before expenses, to us, in each case represents an average value as further described in footnotes (2) and (3).

(2)       Includes additional underwriting commissions of $0.15 per unit, or an aggregate of $300,000 (0.75% of the $40 million offering amount, which does not include any over-allotment), on up to 2,000,000 units which may be paid to Cantor Fitzgerald & Co. if we do not introduce any investors to the underwriter that purchase units in this offering. To the extent we do introduce investors to Cantor Fitzgerald & Co. that purchase units being offered hereby, the underwriting commission paid to the underwriter will be reduced in the amount of $0.15 per unit purchased by such investor we introduce to Cantor Fitzgerald & Co. up to the full $300,000 fee if at least $20,000,000 is invested by investors introduced by us.

(3)       Includes $0.15 per unit, or $600,000 (or approximately $870,000 if the underwriter’s over-allotment option is exercised in full), payable to Cantor Fitzgerald & Co. for a deferred underwriting fee to be placed in the trust account described below. These funds will be released to Cantor Fitzgerald & Co. only on completion of our initial business combination, as described in this prospectus.

(4)       The offering expenses are estimated at $500,000.

No discounts or commissions will be paid on the sale of the private units.

Listing of our Securities

There is presently no public market for our units, ordinary shares, or rights. We have applied to have the units, and the ordinary shares and rights once they begin separate trading, listed on Nasdaq under the symbols “ECACU”, “ECAC” and “ECACR”, respectively. Although, after giving effect to this offering, we meet on a pro forma basis the minimum initial listing standards of Nasdaq, which generally only requires that we meet certain requirements relating to shareholders’ equity, market capitalization, aggregate market value of publicly held shares and distribution requirements, we cannot assure you that our securities will continue to be listed on Nasdaq as we might not meet certain continued listing standards.

Pricing of Securities

We have been advised by the underwriter that it proposes to offer the units to the public at the offering price set forth on the cover page of this prospectus. They may allow some dealers concessions not in excess of $__ per unit and the dealers may reallow a concession not in excess of $__ per unit to other dealers.

91

Prior to this offering there has been no public market for any of our securities. The public offering price of the units and the terms of the rights were negotiated between us and the underwriter. Factors considered in determining the prices and terms of the units, including the ordinary shares and rights underlying the units, include:

         the history and prospects of companies whose principal business is the acquisition of other companies;

         prior offerings of those companies;

         our prospects for acquiring an operating business at attractive values;

         our capital structure;

         the per share amount of net proceeds being placed into the trust account;

         an assessment of our management and their experience in identifying operating companies;

         general conditions of the securities markets at the time of the offering; and

         other factors as were deemed relevant.

However, although these factors were considered, the determination of our offering price is more arbitrary than the pricing of securities for an operating company in a particular industry since the underwriter is unable to compare our financial results and prospects with those of public companies operating in the same industry.

Regulatory Restrictions on Purchase of Securities

Rules of the SEC may limit the ability of the underwriter to bid for or purchase our units before the distribution of the units is completed. However, the underwriter may engage in the following activities in accordance with the rules:

         Stabilizing Transactions.  The underwriter may make bids or purchases for the purpose of preventing or retarding a decline in the price of our units, as long as stabilizing bids do not exceed the offering price of $10.00 and the underwriter complies with all other applicable rules.

         Over-Allotments and Syndicate Coverage Transactions.  The underwriter may create a short position in our units by selling more of our units than are set forth on the cover page of this prospectus up to the amount of the over-allotment option. This is known as a covered short position. The underwriter may also create a short position in our units by selling more of our units than are set forth on the cover page of this prospectus and the units allowed by the over-allotment option. This is known as a naked short position. If the underwriter creates a short position during the offering, the underwriter may engage in syndicate covering transactions by purchasing our units in the open market. The underwriter may also elect to reduce any short position by exercising all or part of the over-allotment option. Determining what method to use in reducing the short position depends on how the units trade in the aftermarket following the offering. If the unit price drops following the offering, the short position is usually covered with shares purchased by the underwriter in the aftermarket. However, the underwriter may cover a short position by exercising the over-allotment option even if the unit price drops following the offering. If the unit price rises after the offering, then the over-allotment option is used to cover the short position. If the short position is more than the over-allotment option, the naked short must be covered by purchases in the aftermarket, which could be at prices above the offering price.

         Penalty Bids.  The underwriter may reclaim a selling concession from a syndicate member when the units originally sold by the syndicate member are purchased in a stabilizing or syndicate covering transaction to cover syndicate short positions.

Stabilization and syndicate covering transactions may cause the price of our securities to be higher than they would be in the absence of these transactions. The imposition of a penalty bid might also have an effect on the prices of our securities if it discourages resales of our securities.

Neither we nor the underwriter make any representation or prediction as to the effect that the transactions described above may have on the price of our securities. These transactions may occur on Nasdaq, in the over-the-counter market or on any trading market. If any of these transactions are commenced, they may be discontinued without notice at any time.

92

Purchase Options

We have agreed to sell to Cantor Fitzgerald & Co. (and/or its designees), for $100, an option to purchase up to a total of 300,000 units exercisable at $10.00 per unit (or an aggregate exercise price of $3,000,000) commencing on the later of the consummation of a business combination and one year from the date of this prospectus. Since the option is not exercisable until at the earliest the consummation of a business combination, and the rights will result in the offering of ordinary shares upon consummation of a business combination, the option will effectively represent the right to purchase 330,000 ordinary shares (which includes the 30,000 ordinary shares issuable for the rights included in the units) for $3,000,000. The purchase option may be exercised for cash or on a cashless basis, at the holder’s option, and expires five years from the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part. The option and the 300,000 units, as well as the 330,000 ordinary shares that may be issued upon exercise of the option, have been deemed compensation by FINRA and are therefore subject to a 180-day lock-up pursuant to Rule 5110(g)(1) of FINRA’s NASD Conduct Rules, which means that, other than certain limited exceptions, the option may not be sold in this offering, or sold, transferred, assigned, pledged, or hypothecated, or be the subject of any hedging, short sale, derivative, put or call transactions, that would result in the effective economic disposition of the option by any person for a period of 180 days immediately following the date of effectiveness or commencement of sales of this offering. The option grants to holders demand and “piggy back” rights for periods of five and seven years, respectively, from the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part with respect to the registration under the Securities Act of the securities directly and indirectly issuable upon exercise of the option. We will bear all fees and expenses attendant to registering the securities, other than underwriting commissions which will be paid for by the holders themselves. The exercise price and number of units issuable upon exercise of the option may be adjusted in certain circumstances including in the event of a stock dividend, or our recapitalization, reorganization, merger or consolidation. However, the option will not be adjusted for issuances of common stock at a price below its exercise price.

Other Terms

We have agreed to reimburse the underwriter for certain out-of-pocket actual expenses related to the offering, including legal fees incurred to clear the offering with FINRA (up to $15,000), background searches of our officers and directors (up to $36,000) and certain other expenses incurred by the underwriter in connection with this offering (up to $20,000), including roadshow expenses and the preparation of bound volumes and Lucite cube mementos. Pursuant to an engagement letter we entered into with the underwriter, we are obligated to reimburse reasonable expenses and costs up to $75,000, incurred to the underwriter in order to enforce our obligation under the engagement letter upon a final judgement in favor of the underwriter.

Except as set forth above, we are not under any contractual obligation to engage the underwriter to provide any services for us after this offering, and have no present intent to do so. However, the underwriter may, among other things, introduce us to potential target businesses or assist us in raising additional capital, as needs may arise in the future. If the underwriter provides services to us after this offering, we may pay the underwriter fair and reasonable fees that would be determined at that time in an arm’s length negotiation; provided that no agreement will be entered into with the underwriter and no fees for such services will be paid to the underwriter prior to the date which is 90 days after the date of this prospectus, unless FINRA determines that such payment would not be deemed underwriter’s compensation in connection with this offering.

Indemnification

We have agreed to indemnify the underwriter against some liabilities, including civil liabilities under the Securities Act, or to contribute to payments the underwriter may be required to make in this respect.

Notices to Chinese Investors

This prospectus has not been and will not be circulated or distributed in the PRC, and the securities offered herein may not be offered or sold, and will not be offered or sold to any person for re-offering or resale, directly or indirectly, to any resident of the PRC except pursuant to applicable laws and regulations of the PRC.

Notice to Cayman Islands Investors

No offer or invitation to subscribe for shares may be made to the public in the Cayman Islands.

93

LEGAL MATTERS

Graubard Miller, New York, New York, is acting as counsel in connection with the registration of our securities under the Securities Act and will pass on the validity of the rights offered in the prospectus. Legal matters as to Cayman Islands’ law, as well as the validity of the issuance of the shares offered in this prospectus, will be passed upon for us by Maples and Calder, Cayman Islands. Loeb & Loeb LLP, New York, New York, is acting as counsel for the underwriter in this offering.

EXPERTS

The financial statements of E-compass Acquisition Corp. as of December 31, 2014, and for the period from September 23, 2014 through December 31, 2014, have been included herein in reliance upon the report of UHY, LLP, independent registered public accounting firm, appearing elsewhere herein, and upon the authority of UHY, LLP as experts in accounting and auditing.

WHERE YOU CAN FIND ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-1, which includes exhibits, schedules and amendments, under the Securities Act, with respect to this offering of our securities. Although this prospectus, which forms a part of the registration statement, contains all material information included in the registration statement, parts of the registration statement have been omitted as permitted by rules and regulations of the SEC. We refer you to the registration statement and its exhibits for further information about us, our securities and this offering. The registration statement and its exhibits, as well as our other reports filed with the SEC, can be inspected and copied at the SEC’s public reference room at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549. The public may obtain information about the operation of the public reference room by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. In addition, the SEC maintains a web site at http://www.sec.gov which contains the Form S-1 and other reports, proxy and information statements and information regarding issuers that file electronically with the SEC.

94

E-c ompass A cquisition C orp .

IND EX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

 

Page

Unaudited Interim Condensed Financial Statements for the Three Months Ended
March 31, 2015

 

 

Condensed Balance Sheets

 

F-2

Condensed Statement of Operations

 

F-3

Condensed Statement of Changes in Shareholders’ Equity

 

F-4

Condensed Statement of Cash Flows

 

F-5

Notes To Financial Statements

 

F-6

 

 

 

Audited Financial Statements

 

 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

 

F-13

Balance Sheet

 

F-14

Statement of Operations

 

F-15

Statement of Changes in Shareholders’ Equity

 

F-16

Statement of Cash Flows

 

F-17

Notes to Financial Statements

 

F-18

F-1

E-Compass Acquisition Corp.

Condensed Balance Sheets

 

 

March 31,
2015

 

December 31
2014

 

 

(Unaudited)

 

 

ASSETS

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current Assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash

 

$

10,441

 

 

$

39,573

 

Deferred offering costs

 

 

128,560

 

 

 

108,560

 

Total Assets

 

$

139,001

 

 

$

148,133

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current Liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Note payable to shareholder

 

$

115,000

 

 

$

115,000

 

Deferred offering costs payable

 

 

4,009

 

 

 

13,009

 

Total liabilities

 

 

119,009

 

 

 

128,009

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commitments and Contingencies

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Shareholders’ Equity

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Preferred shares, $.0001 par value, authorized 1,000,000 shares; none issued

 

 

 

 

 

 

Ordinary shares, $.0001 par value, authorized 100,000,000 shares, 1,150,000 shares issued and outstanding

 

 

115

 

 

 

115

 

Additional paid-in capital

 

 

24,885

 

 

 

24,885

 

Accumulated deficit

 

 

(5,008

)

 

 

(4,876

)

Total Shareholders’ Equity

 

 

19,992

 

 

 

20,124

 

Total Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity

 

$

139,001

 

 

$

148,133

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

F-2

E-Compass Acquisition Corp.

Condensed Statement of Operations
(Unaudited)

 

 

For the Three Months Ended
March 31, 2015

General and admistrative expenses

 

$

132

 

Net loss

 

$

(132

)

 

 

 

 

 

Basic and diluted weighted average shares outstanding

 

 

1,000,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic and diluted net loss per share

 

$

(0.00

)

T h e a c c o m p a n y i n g n o t e s a re a n i n t eg r a l p a r t o f t h e s e f i n a n c i a l s t a t e m e n t s .

F-3

E-Compass Acquisition Corp.

Condensed Statement of Changes in Shareholders’ Equity
(Unaudited)

 

 

Ordinary Shares

 

Additional Paid-in

 

Accumulated

 

Total Shareholders’

 

 

Shares

 

Amount

 

Capital

 

Deficit

 

Equity

Balances as of December 31, 2014

 

1,150,000

 

$

115

 

$

24,885

 

$

(4,876

)

 

$

20,124

 

Net loss

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(132

)

 

 

(132

)

Balances as of March 31, 2015

 

1,150,000

 

$

115

 

$

24,885

 

$

(5,008

)

 

$

19,992

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

F-4

E-Compass Acquisition Corp.

Condensed Statement of Cash Flows
(Unaudited)

 

 

For the Three Months Ended March 31, 2015

Cash flow from operating activities

 

 

 

 

Net loss

 

$

(132

)

Net cash used in operating activities

 

 

(132

)

 

 

 

 

 

Cash flow from financing activities

 

 

 

 

Payment of deferred offering costs

 

 

(29,000

)

Net cash used in financing activities

 

 

(29,000

)

 

 

 

 

 

Net decrease in cash

 

 

(29,132

)

Cash at beginning of period

 

 

39,573

 

Cash at end of period

 

$

10,441

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

F-5

E-Compass Acquisition Corp.
Notes To Financial Statements
(Unaudited)

Note 1 — Organization and Plan of Business Operations

Organization and General

E-Compass Acquisition Corp. (the “Company”) was incorporated in Cayman Islands on September 23, 2014 as a blank check company whose objective is to enter into a merger, share exchange, asset acquisition, share purchase, recapitalization, reorganization or other similar business combination with one or more businesses or entities (a “Business Combination”).

At March 31, 2015, the Company had not yet commenced any operations. All activity through March 31, 2015 relates to the Company’s formation and the proposed public offering described below. The Company has selected December 31 as its fiscal year end.

The Company’s ability to commence operations is contingent upon obtaining adequate financial resources through a proposed public offering of up to 4,000,000 units (or 4,600,000 units if the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised in full) (“Units”) which is discussed in Note 3 (“Proposed Public Offering”). The Company has agreed to introduce the underwriter in the Proposed Public Offering to investors, who are referred as the “lead investors” that are interested in purchasing at least $20,000,000 of the units being offered. The lead investors will be required to waive their right to receive $0.40 per share purchased by them in the Proposed Public Offering in the event they seek to convert such shares into cash held in the trust account described below in connection with an initial Business Combination or upon liquidation if the Company is unable to consummate an initial Business Combination within the required time period so that Public Shareholders will receive at least $10.40 per share purchased by them in the Proposed Public Offering upon conversion or liquidation. An affiliate of the Company’s Chairman and Chief Executive Officer has also committed to purchase from the Company an aggregate of 310,000 units (“Private Units”) at $10.00 per unit (for a total purchase price of $3,100,000).These Private Units will be purchased in a private placement (“Private Placement”) that will occur simultaneously with the consummation of the Proposed Public Offering. All of the proceeds the Company receives from this purchase will be placed in the trust account described below. The Company’s management has broad discretion with respect to the specific application of the net proceeds of the Proposed Public Offering and the Private Placement, although substantially all of the net proceeds are intended to be applied generally toward consummating a Business Combination. The Company intends to apply to have its securities listed on the Nasdaq Capital Market (“NASDAQ”). Pursuant to the NASDAQ listing rules, the Company’s initial Business Combination must be with a target business or businesses whose collective fair market value is at least equal to 80% of the balance in the trust account at the time of the execution of a definitive agreement for such Business Combination, although this may entail simultaneous acquisitions of several target businesses. There is no assurance that the Company will be able to effectuate a Business Combination successfully.

Trust Account

Upon the closing of the Proposed Public Offering, management has agreed that $40,800,000,or $46,800,000 if the over-allotment option is exercised in full, of net proceeds of this Proposed Public Offering and the sale of the Private Units will be held in a United States-based trust account (“Trust Account”) and invested in United States government treasury bills, bonds or notes, having a maturity of 180 days or less or in money market funds meeting certain conditions under Rule 2a-7 promulgated under the Investment Company Act until the earlier of (i) the consummation of the Company’s initial Business Combination and (ii) the Company’s failure to consummate a Business Combination within 18 months from the date of the Proposed Public Offering. Placing funds in the Trust Account may not protect those funds from third party claims against the Company. Although the Company will seek to have all vendors, service providers, prospective target businesses or other entities it engages, execute agreements with the Company waiving any claim of any kind in or to any monies held in the Trust Account, there is no guarantee that such persons will execute such agreements. The remaining net proceeds (not held in the Trust Account) may be used to pay for business, legal and accounting due diligence on prospective acquisitions and continuing general and administrative expenses. Additionally, the interest earned on the Trust Account balance may be released to the Company to fund working capital requirements as well as to pay the Company’s tax obligations.

F-6

E-Compass Acquisition Corp.
Notes To Financial Statements
(Unaudited)

Note 1 — Organization and Plan of Business Operations (cont.)

Business Combination

The Company’s efforts to identify a prospective target business will not be limited to a particular industry or geographic location although the Company initially intends to focus on target businesses in the People’s Republic of China that operate in the e-commerce and consumer retail industry. Furthermore, there is no assurance that the Company will be able to successfully effect an initial Business Combination.

The Company, after signing a definitive agreement for an initial Business Combination, is required to provide shareholders (“Public Shareholders”) who acquired ordinary shares (“Public Shares”) in the Proposed Public Offering with the opportunity to convert their Public Shares for a pro rata share of the Trust Account. The Company will only consummate such Business Combination if it has at least $5,000,001 of net tangible assets upon close of such Business Combination. However, the Company has agreed to cause at least $10,000,000 of the Units being offered to be purchased by investors who will agree to hold their Public Shares through the consummation of an initial Business Combination, vote in favor of such proposed initial Business Combination and not seek conversion in connection therewith. As a result, the Company expects to meet the $5,000,001 net tangible asset requirement in order to complete an initial Business Combination. The holders of the 1,150,000 ordinary shares purchased prior to the Company’s Proposed Public Offering (“Initial Shareholders”) will vote any shares they then hold in favor of any proposed initial Business Combination and will waive any conversion rights with respect to these shares and the shares underlying the Private Units pursuant to letter agreements to be executed prior to the Proposed Public Offering.

In connection with any proposed Business Combination, the Company will seek shareholder approval of an initial Business Combination at a meeting called for such purpose at which shareholders may seek to convert their shares, regardless of whether they vote for or against the proposed Business Combination. Any Public Shareholder voting either for or against such proposed Business Combination will be entitled to demand that his Public Shares be converted into a full pro rata portion of the amount then in the Trust Account (initially approximately $10.40 per share), including any pro rata interest earned on the funds held in the Trust Account and not previously released to the Company or necessary to pay its taxes. Rights sold as part of the Units (“Rights”) will not be entitled to vote on the Proposed Business Combination and will have no conversion or liquidation rights.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Company to be in effect upon consummation of the Proposed Public Offering will provide that a Public Shareholder, together with any affiliate or other person with whom such Public Shareholder is acting in concert or as a “group” (within the meaning of Section 13 of the Securities Act of 1934, as amended), will be restricted from seeking conversion rights with respect to an aggregate of more than 20% of the ordinary shares sold in the Proposed Public Offering (but only with respect to the amount over 20% of the ordinary shares sold in the Proposed Public Offering). A “group” will be deemed to exist if Public Shareholders (i) file a Schedule 13D or 13G indicated the presence of a group or (i i) ackn owledge to the Company that they are acting, or intend to act, as a group.

Pursuant to the Company’s Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation to be in effect upon consummation of the Proposed Public Offering, if the Company is unable to complete its initial Business Combination within 18 months from the date of the Proposed Public Offering, the Company will (i) cease all operations except for the purpose of winding up, (ii) as promptly as reasonably possible but not more than ten business days thereafter, redeem 100% of the outstanding Public Shares and (iii) as promptly as reasonably possible following such redemption, subject to the approval of the remaining holders of ordinary shares and the Company’s board of directors, dissolve and liquidate. If the Company is unable to consummate an initial Business Combination and is forced to redeem 100% of the outstanding Public Shares for a pro rata portion of the funds held in the Trust Account, each holder will receive a full pro rata portion of the amount then in the Trust Account, plus any pro rata interest earned on the funds held in the Trust Account and not previously released to the Company or necessary to pay any of its taxes. Holders of Rights will receive no proceeds in connection with the liquidation with respect to such rights. The Initial Shareholder and the holders of Private Units will not participate in any redemption distribution with respect to their initial shares and Private Units, including the ordinary shares included in the Private Units.

F-7

E-Compass Acquisition Corp.
Notes To Financial Statements
(Unaudited)

Note 1 — Organization and Plan of Business Operations (cont.)

Liquidation

If the Company is unable to conclude its initial Business Combination and expends all of the net proceeds of the Proposed Public Offering not deposited in the Trust Account, without taking into account any interest earned on the Trust Account, the Company expects that the initial per-share redemption price for ordinary shares will be $10.40 or $10.00, as applicable. The proceeds deposited in the Trust Account could, however, become subject to claims of the Company’s creditors that are in preference to the claims of the Company’s shareholders. In addition, if the Company is forced to file a bankruptcy case or an involuntary bankruptcy case is filed against it that is not dismissed, the proceeds held in the Trust Account could be subject to applicable bankruptcy law, and may be included in its bankruptcy estate and subject to the claims of third parties with priority over the claims of the Company’s common shareholders. Therefore, the actual per-share redemption price may be reduced.

The Company will pay the costs of any subsequent liquidation from the remaining assets outside of the Trust Account. If such funds are insufficient, Richard Xu and Chen Liu have agreed to pay the funds necessary to complete such liquidation (currently anticipated not to exceed $15,000) and have agreed not to seek repayment of such expenses.

Emerging Growth Company

Further, Section 102(b)(1) of the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012 (the “JOBS Act”) permits emerging growth companies to delay complying with new or revised financial accounting standards that do not yet apply to private companies (that is, those that have not had a Securities Act registration statement declared effective or do not have a class of securities registered under the Exchange Act). The JOBS Act provides that a company can elect to opt out of the extended transition period and comply with the requirements that apply to non-emerging growth companies but any such an election to opt out is irrevocable. The Company has elected not to opt out of such extended transition period which means that when a standard is issued or revised and it has different application dates for public or private companies, the Company, as an emerging growth company, can adopt the new or revised standard at the time private companies adopt the new or revised standard. This may make comparison of the Company’s financial statements with another public company which is neither an emerging growth company nor an emerging growth company which has opted out of using the extended transition period difficult or impossible because of the potential differences in accounting standards used.

Note 2 — Significant Accounting Policies

Basis of Presentation

The financial statements as of March 31, 2015 and for the three months period ended March 31, 2015 are unaudited. The accompanying unaudited interim financial statements of the Company are presented in U.S. dollars in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“US GAAP”) and pursuant to the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”). In the opinion of management, all adjustments (consisting of normal recurring adjustments) have been made that are necessary to present fairly the financial position, and the results of its operations and its cash flows. Operating results as presented are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected for a full year.

Development Stage Company

The Company complies with the reporting requirements of FASB ASC Topic 915, “Development Stage Entities” and early adopted Accounting Standards Update 2014-10 (“ASU 2014-10”). At March 31, 2015, the Company has not commenced any operations nor generated revenue to date. All activity through March 31, 2015 relates to the Company’s formation and the Proposed Public Offering. Following such offering, the Company will not generate operating revenues until after completion of a Business Combination, at earliest. The Company will generate non-operating income in the form of interest income on the designated Trust Account after the Proposed Public Offering.

F-8

E-Compass Acquisition Corp.
Notes To Financial Statements
(Unaudited)

Note 2 — Significant Accounting Policies (cont.)

Concentration of Credit Risk

Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to concentrations of credit risk consist of cash accounts in a financial institution, which at times, may exceed the U.S. Federal depository insurance coverage of $250,000. The Company has not experienced losses on these accounts and management believes the Company is not exposed to significant risks on such accounts.

Offering Costs

The Company complies with the requirements of the ASC 340-10-S99-1 and SEC Staff Accounting Bulletin (“SAB”) Topic 5A — “Expenses of Offering”. Offering costs consist principally of professional and registration fees incurred through the balance sheet date that are related to the Public Offering and that were recorded deferred offering costs on the balance sheet and will be charged to stockholders’ equity upon the completion of the Public Offering.

Income Taxes

The Company accounts for income taxes under ASC 740 Income Taxes (“ASC 740”). ASC 740 requires the recognition of deferred tax assets and liabilities for both the expected impact of differences between the financial statement and tax basis of assets and liabilities and for the expected future tax benefit to be derived from tax loss and tax credit carry forwards. ASC 740 additionally requires a valuation allowance to be established when it is more likely than not that all or a portion of deferred tax assets will not be realized.

ASC 740 also clarifies the accounting for uncertainty in income taxes recognized in an enterprise’s financial statements and prescribes a recognition threshold and measurement process for financial statement recognition and measurement of a tax position taken or expected to be taken in a tax return. For those benefits to be recognized, a tax position must be more-likely-than-not to be sustained upon examination by taxing authorities. ASC 740 also provides guidance on derecognition, classification, interest and penalties, accounting in interim period, disclosure and transition. The Company has identified Cayman Islands as its only “major” tax jurisdiction, as defined. Based on the Company’s evaluation, it has been concluded that there are no significant uncertain tax positions requiring recognition in the Company’s financial statements. Since the Company was incorporated on September 23, 2014, the evaluation was performed for upcoming 2014 tax year which will be the only period subject to examination. The Company believes that its income tax positions and deductions would be sustained on audit and does not anticipate any adjustments that would result in a material changes to its financial position. The Company’s policy for recording interest and penalties associated with audits is to record such items as a component of income tax expense.

Loss Per Common Share

Basic loss per common share is computed by dividing net loss by the weighted-average number of ordinary shares outstanding during the period, excluding ordinary shares subject to compulsory repurchase by the Company. Diluted loss per common share is computed by dividing net loss by the weighted average number of ordinary shares outstanding, plus to the extent dilutive, the incremental number of ordinary shares to settle rights and other ordinary share equivalents (currently none outstanding), as calculated using the treasury stock method. Since there are no ordinary share equivalents outstanding and also because of the Company’s loss position, diluted loss per ordinary share is the same as basic loss per ordinary share for the period.

Use of Estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with US GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

F-9

E-Compass Acquisition Corp.
Notes To Financial Statements
(Unaudited)

Note 2 — Significant Accounting Policies (cont.)

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

Management does not believe that any recently issued, but not yet effective accounting pronouncements, if adopted, would have a material effect on the accompanying financial statements.

Subsequent Events

In accordance with ASC 855, the Company evaluated subsequent events through the date these financial statements were issued. With the exception of the matter discussed in Note 5, there were no material subsequent events that required recognition or additional disclosure in these financial statements.

Note 3 — Proposed Public Offering

The Proposed Public Offering calls for the Company to offer for public sale up to 4,000,000 Units at a proposed offering price of $10.00 per Unit. In addition, the Company has granted Cantor Fitzgerald & Co., the representative of the underwriters, a 45-day option to purchase up to 600,000 units solely to cover over-allotments, if any. Each Unit consists of one ordinary share and one Right. Each Right will entitle the holder to receive one-tenth (1/10) of an ordinary share on the consummation of an initial Business Combination. If the Company is unable to consummate a Business Combination, the Company will redeem 100% of the Public Shares issued in the Proposed Public Offering using the funds in the Trust Account as described in Note 1. There are no contractual penalties for failure to deliver securities to the holders of the Rights upon consummation of the Company’s initial Business Combination. Additionally, in no event will the Company be required to net cash settle the Rights. In such events, the Rights will expire and will be worthless.

As discussed in Note 1, 3,000,000 ordinary shares contain a redemption feature which allows for the redemption of such shares under the Company’s liquidation or shareholder approval provisions. In accordance with ASC 480, redemption provision not solely within the control of the Company requires the security to be classified outside of permanent equity. Ordinary liquidation events, which involve the redemption and liquidation of all of the entity’s equity instruments, are excluded from the provisions of ASC 480. Although the Company does not specify a maximum redemption threshold, the Company has determined not to consummate any business combination and redeem its public shares if net tangible assets are less than $5,000,001.

Since the Company is not required to net cash settle the Rights and the Rights are exercisable upon the consummation of an initial Business Combination, the Management determined that the Rights will be classified within shareholders’ equity as “Additional paid-in capital” upon their issuance in accordance with ASC 815-40. The proceeds from the sale will be allocated to Public Shares and Rights based on the relative fair value of the securities in accordance with ASC 470-20-30. The value of the Public Shares and Rights will be based on the closing price paid by investors.

Note 4 — Deferred Offering Costs

Deferred offering costs consist principally of legal and accounting costs incurred through the balance sheet date that are directly related to the Proposed Public Offering and that will be charged to shareholder’s equity upon the receipt of the capital raised. Should the Proposed Public Offering prove to be unsuccessful, these deferred offering costs, as well as additional costs to be incurred will be charged to operations.

Note 5 — Related Party Transactions

Note Payable to Initial Shareholder

The Company issued a $115,000 principal amount unsecured promissory note to Lodestar Investment Holdings I LLC, an affiliate of the Initial Shareholder, on October 31, 2014. Capitalized as part of the promissory note was $40,000 advances made prior to the execution of the promissory note. In April 2015, Lodestar Investment

F-10

E-Compass Acquisition Corp.
Notes To Financial Statements
(Unaudited)

Note 5 — Related Party Transactions (cont.)

Holdings I LLC loaned the Company an additional $50,000. The notes are non-interest bearing and payable on the earlier of (i) October 31, 2015, (ii) the consummation of the Proposed Public Offering or (iii) the date on w hich the Comp any determines not to proceed with the Proposed Public Offering. Due to the short-term nature of the note, t he fair value of the note approximates the carrying amount.

Private Placement

Lodestar Investment Holdings I LLC has committed to purchase 310,000 Private Units at $10.00 per unit (for an aggregate purchase price of $3,100,000) from the Company. It has also agreed that if investors introduced by the Company to the underwriter do not purchase at least $20,000,000 of the units being offered hereby, it will purchase from us at a price of $10.00 per unit the number of Private Units (“Commission Units”) (up to an aggregate of 110,000 Commission Units) that will equal the increased commissions the Company will pay the underwriter, as described in Note 6 and to cover the additional $0.40 that public investors may receive upon conversion or liquidation to total $10.40 per share). These purchases will take place simultaneously with the consummation of the Proposed Public Offering.

All of the proceeds received from the sale of the Private Units will be placed in the Trust Account except that the proceeds from the sale of the Commission Units will be paid to the underwriters at the closing of the Proposed Public Offering. The Private Units and Commission Units will be identical to the Units being offered in the Proposed Public Offering, except that the holders have agreed (i) to vote the ordinary shares included therein in favor of any proposed Business Combination, (ii) not to propose, or vote in favor of, an amendment to the Company’s amended and restated certificate of incorporation with respect to pre-Business Combination activities prior to the consummation of such a Business Combination unless the Company offers dissenting holders the right to get their pro rata portion of the Trust Account, (iii) not to convert any ordinary shares included therein into the right to receive cash for the Trust Account in connection with a shareholder vote to approve the proposed initial Business Combination and (iv) that the ordinary shares included therein shall not participate in any liquidating distribution upon winding up if a Business Combination is not consummated. Additionally, the holder has agreed not to transfer, assign or sell any of the Private Units, Commission Units or underlying securities (except to certain permitted transferees) until the completion of the initial Business Combination.

Expense Advance Agreement

All expenses incurred by the Company prior to an initial Business Combination may be paid only from the net proceeds of the Public Offering and related private placements not held in the Trust Account.

Thus, in order to meet the Company’s working capital needs following the consummation of the Proposed Public Offering if the funds not held in the Trust Account and interest earned on the funds held in the Trust Account available to the Company are insufficient, the Company’s officers, directors or Initial Shareholders or their respective affiliates may, but are not obligated to, loan the Company funds, from time to time or at any time, in whatever amount they deem reasonable in their sole discretion. Each loan would be evidenced by a promissory note. Up to $500,000 of the notes may, at the lender’s discretion, be converted upon consummation of an initial Business Combination into additional private units at a price of $10.00 per unit (“Working Capital Units”). The Company’s directors have approved the issuance of the Working Capital Units upon conversion of such notes, to the extent the holder wishes to so convert them at the time of the consummation of an initial Business Combination. If the Company does not complete an initial Business Combination, the loans will only be repaid with funds not held in the Trust Account, to the extent available.

Note 6 — Commitments

Underwriter Fees

The Company will pay the underwriter in the Proposed Public Offering an underwriting discount of 3% of the gross proceeds of the Proposed Public Offering. Such underwriting discount will be accounted for as offering costs and will be charged to stockholders’ equity upon the completion of the Public Offering In addition, the underwriter will be entitled to a deferred fee of one and a half percent (1.5%) of the Proposed Public Offering (or 4.5% of the proceeds

F-11

E-Compass Acquisition Corp.
Notes To Financial Statements
(Unaudited)

Note 6 — Commitments (cont.)

from the units sold in the over-allotment option), payable in cash upon the closing of a Business Combination. Such deferred fee will not be payable if the Company does not complete an initial Business Combination.

In the event that investors introduced by the Company to the underwriter do not purchase at least $20,000,000 of the Units being offered in the Proposed Public Offering, there will be an additional underwriting commission paid to the underwriter in the amount of $0.15 per unit (1.5%) on the amount below $20,000,000 invested by investors introduced by the Company, which will not affect the amount in the Trust Account due to the obligation of the affiliate of the Company’s President to purchase the Commission Units to pay for this commission (See Note 5).

The Company will issue an underwriter unit purchase option for $100 to Cantor & Fitzgerald & Co. to purchase 300,000 units at an exercise price of $10.00 per unit (the “Underwriter Unit Purchase Options”). This option may be exercised commencing on the later of the consummation of a Business Combination or the one year anniversary of the Effective Date and expiring five years from the Effective Date.

Registration Rights

The Initial Shareholders and the holder of the Private Units and Commission Units (or underlying ordinary shares) will be entitled to registration rights with respect to the initial shares and the Private Units (or underlying ordinary shares) pursuant to an agreement to be signed prior to or on the effective date of the Proposed Public Offering. The holders of the majority of the initial shares are entitled to demand that the Company register these shares at any time commencing three months prior to the first anniversary of the consummation of a Business Combination. The holders of the Private Units and Commission Units (or underlying ordinary shares) are entitled to demand that the Company register these securities at any time after the Company consummates a Business Combination. In addition, the holders have certain “piggy-back” registration rights on registration statements filed after the Company’s consummation of a Business Combination.

Note 7 — Shareholder Equity

Preferred Shares

The Company is authorized to issue 1,000,000 preferred shares with a par value of $0.0001 per share with such designation, rights and preferences as may be determined from time to time by the Company’s board of directors. As of March 31, 2015, there are no preferred shares issued or outstanding.

Ordinary Shares

The Company is authorized to issue 100,000,000 ordinary shares with a par value of $0.0001 per share. In connection with the organization of the Company, a total of 1,150,000 of the Company’s ordinary shares were sold to the Initial Shareholders at a price of approximately $0.02 per share for an aggregate of $25,000.

As of March 31, 2015, 1,150,000 ordinary shares were issued and outstanding, of which 150,000 shares are subject to compulsory repurchase by the Company for an aggregate purchase price of $0.01 to the extent that the underwriters’ over-allotment option is not exercised in full so that the Company’s Initial Shareholders will own 20% of the issued and outstanding ordinary shares after the Proposed Public Offering, excluding ordinary shares included in the Private Units. All of these shares will be placed into an escrow account on the Effective Date. Subject to certain limited exceptions, these shares will not be released from escrow until with respect to 50% of the shares, the earlier of one year after the date of the consummation of an initial Business Combination and the date on which the closing price of the ordinary shares exceeds $13.00 per share for any 20 trading days within a 30-trading day period following the consummation of an initial Business Combination and, with respect to the remaining 50% of the shares, one year after the date of the consummation of an initial Business Combination, or earlier if, subsequent to the Company’s initial Business Combination, the Company consummates a subsequent liquidation, merger, share exchange or other similar transaction which results in all of the Company’s shareholders having the right to exchange their ordinary shares for cash, securities or other property.

F-12

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Board of Directors and Shareholders
E-compass Acquisition Corp.

We have audited the accompanying balance sheet of E-compass Acquisition Corp. (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2014, and the related statements of operations, changes in shareholders’ equity, and cash flows for period from September 23, 2014 to December 31, 2014. The Company’s management is responsible for these financial statements. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audit.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. The Companyis not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. Our audit included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of E-compass Acquisition Corp. as of December 31, 2014, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for period from September 23, 2014 to December 31, 2014 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

The accompanying financial statements have been prepared assuming the Company will continue as a going concern. As discussed in Note 1 to the financial statements, the Company has no revenue, its business plan is dependent on the completion of a financing transaction and the Company’s cash and working capital as of December 31, 2014 are not sufficient to complete its planned activities for the upcoming year. These conditions raise substantial doubt about the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern. Management’s plans regarding these matters are also described in Notes 1 and 3. The financial statements do not include any adjustments that might result from the outcome of this uncertainty.

/s/ UHY LLP

May 11, 2015 except for Note 1, Note 3 and Note 5, as to which the date is July 24, 2015
New York, New York

F-13

E-Compass Acquisition Corp.

Balance Sheet
As of December 31, 2014

ASSETS

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current Assets

 

 

 

 

Cash

 

$

39,573

 

Deferred offering costs

 

 

108,560

 

Total Assets

 

$

148,133

 

 

 

 

 

 

LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current Liabilities

 

 

 

 

Note payable to shareholder

 

$

115,000

 

Deferred offering costs payable

 

 

13,009

 

Total liabilities

 

 

128,009

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commitments and Contingencies

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Shareholders’ Equity

 

 

 

 

Preferred shares, $.0001 par value, authorized 1,000,000 shares; none issued

 

 

 

Ordinary shares, $.0001 par value, authorized 100,000,000 shares, 1,150,000 shares issued and outstanding

 

 

115

 

Additional paid-in capital

 

 

24,885

 

Accumulated deficit

 

 

(4,876

)

Total Shareholders’ Equity

 

 

20,124

 

Total Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity

 

$

148,133

 

T h e a c c o m p a n y i n g n o t e s a re a n i n t eg r a l p a r t o f t h e s e f i n a n c i a l s t a t e m e n t s .

F-14

E-Compass Acquisition Corp.

Statement of Operations
For the period from September 23, 2014 to December 31, 2014

Formation, general and admistrative expenses

 

$

4,876

 

Net loss

 

$

(4,876

)

 

 

 

 

 

Basic and diluted weighted average shares outstanding

 

 

610,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic and diluted net loss per share

 

$

(0.01

)

T h e a c c o m p a n y i n g n o t e s a re a n i n t eg r a l p a r t o f t h e s e f i n a n c i a l s t a t e m e n t s .

F-15

E-Compass Acquisition Corp.

Statement of Changes in Shareholders’ Equity
For the period from September 23, 2014 to December 31, 2014

 

 

Ordinary Shares

 

Additional
Paid-in

 

Accumulated

 

Total
Shareholders’

 

 

Shares

 

Amount

 

Capital

 

Deficit

 

Equity

Ordinary shares issued to shareholders on October 31, 2014

 

1,150,000

 

$

115

 

$

24,885

 

$

 

 

$

25,000

 

Net loss

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(4,876

)

 

 

(4,876

)

Balances as of December 31, 2014

 

1,150,000

 

$

115

 

$

24,885

 

$

(4,876

)

 

$

20,124

 

T h e a c c o m p a n y i n g n o t e s a re a n i n t eg r a l p a r t o f t h e s e f i n a n c i a l s t a t e m e n t s .

F-16

E-Compass Acquisition Corp.

Statement of Cash Flows
For the period from September 23, 2014 to December 31, 2014

Cash flow from operating activities

 

 

 

 

Net loss

 

$

(4,876

)

Net cash used in operating activities

 

 

(4,876

)

 

 

 

 

 

Cash flow from financing activities

 

 

 

 

Proceeds from shareholder - note payable

 

 

115,000

 

Proceeds from sale of ordinary shares to founding shareholder

 

 

25,000

 

Payment of deferred offering costs

 

 

(95,551

)

Net cash provided by financing activities

 

 

44,449

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net increase in cash

 

 

39,573

 

Cash at beginning of period

 

 

 

Cash at end of period

 

$

39,573

 

T h e a c c o m p a n y i n g n o t e s a re a n i n t eg r a l p a r t o f t h e s e f i n a n c i a l s t a t e m e n t s .

F-17

E-Compass Acquisition Corp.
Notes To Financial Statements
For the period from September 23, 2014 to December 31, 2014

Note 1 — Organization and Plan of Business Operations

Organization and General

E-Compass Acquisition Corp. (the “Company”) was incorporated in Cayman Islands on September 23, 2014 as a blank check company whose objective is to enter into a merger, share exchange, asset acquisition, share purchase, recapitalization, reorganization or other similar business combination with one or more businesses or entities (a “Business Combination”).

At December 31, 2014, the Company had not yet commenced any operations. All activity through December 31, 2014 relates to the Company’s formation and the proposed public offering described below. The Company has selected December 31 as its fiscal year end.

The Company’s ability to commence operations is contingent upon obtaining adequate financial resources through a proposed public offering of up to 4,000,000 units (or 4,600,000 units if the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised in full) (“Units”) which is discussed in Note 3 (“Proposed Public Offering”). The Company has agreed to introduce the underwriter in the Proposed Public Offering to investors, who are referred as the “lead investors” that are interested in purchasing at least $20,000,000 of the units being offered. The lead investors will be required to waive their right to receive $0.40 per share purchased by them in the Proposed Public Offering in the event they seek to convert such shares into cash held in the trust account described below in connection with an initial Business Combination or upon liquidation if the Company is unable to consummate an initial Business Combination within the required time period so that Public Shareholders will receive at least $10.40 per share purchased by them in the Proposed Public Offering upon conversion or liquidation. An affiliate of the Company’s Executive Chairman and Chief Executive Officer has also committed to purchase from the Company an aggregate of 310,000 units (“Private Units”) at $10.00 per unit (for a total purchase price of $3,100,000).These Private Units will be purchased in a private placement (“Private Placement”) that will occur simultaneously with the consummation of the Proposed Public Offering. All of the proceeds the Company receives from this purchase will be placed in the trust account described below. The Company’s management has broad discretion with respect to the specific application of the net proceeds of the Proposed Public Offering and the Private Placement, although substantially all of the net proceeds are intended to be applied generally toward consummating a Business Combination. The Company intends to apply to have its securities listed on the Nasdaq Capital Market (“NASDAQ”). Pursuant to the NASDAQ listing rules, the Company’s initial Business Combination must be with a target business or businesses whose collective fair market value is at least equal to 80% of the balance in the trust account at the time of the execution of a definitive agreement for such Business Combination, although this may entail simultaneous acquisitions of several target businesses. There is no assurance that the Company will be able to effectuate a Business Combination successfully.

Trust Account

Upon the closing of the Proposed Public Offering, management has agreed that $40,800,000,or $46,800,000 if the over-allotment option is exercised in full, of net proceeds of this Proposed Public Offering and the sale of the Private Units will be held in a United States-based trust account (“Trust Account”) and invested in United States government treasury bills, bonds or notes, having a maturity of 180 days or less or in money market funds meeting certain conditions under Rule 2a-7 promulgated under the Investment Company Act until the earlier of (i) the consummation of the Company’s initial Business Combination and (ii) the Company’s failure to consummate a Business Combination within 18 months from the date of the Proposed Public Offering. Placing funds in the Trust Account may not protect those funds from third party claims against the Company. Although the Company will seek to have all vendors, service providers, prospective target businesses or other entities it engages, execute agreements with the Company waiving any claim of any kind in or to any monies held in the Trust Account, there is no guarantee that such persons will execute such agreements. The remaining net proceeds (not held in the Trust Account) may be used to pay for business, legal and accounting due diligence on prospective acquisitions and continuing general and administrative expenses. Additionally, the interest earned on the Trust Account balance may be released to the Company to fund working capital requirements as well as to pay the Company’s tax obligations.

F-18

E-Compass Acquisition Corp.
Notes To Financial Statements
For the period from September 23, 2014 to December 31, 2014

Note 1 — Organization and Plan of Business Operations (cont.)

Business Combination

The Company’s efforts to identify a prospective target business will not be limited to a particular industry or geographic location although the Company initially intends to focus on target businesses in the People’s Republic of China that operate in the e-commerce and consumer retail industry. Furthermore, there is no assurance that the Company will be able to successfully effect an initial Business Combination.

The Company, after signing a definitive agreement for an initial Business Combination, is required to provide shareholders (“Public Shareholders”) who acquired ordinary shares (“Public Shares”) in the Proposed Public Offering with the opportunity to convert their Public Shares for a pro rata share of the Trust Account. The Company will only consummate such Business Combination if it has at least $5,000,001 of net tangible assets upon close of such Business Combination. However, the Company has agreed to cause at least $10,000,000 of the Units being offered to be purchased by investors who will agree to hold their Public Shares through the consummation of an initial Business Combination, vote in favor of such proposed initial Business Combination and not seek conversion in connection therewith. As a result, the Company expects to meet the $5,000,001 net tangible asset requirement in order to complete an initial Business Combination. The holders of the 1,150,000 ordinary shares purchased prior to the Company’s Proposed Public Offering (“Initial Shareholders”) will vote any shares they then hold in favor of any proposed initial Business Combination and will waive any conversion rights with respect to these shares and the shares underlying the Private Units pursuant to letter agreements to be executed prior to the Proposed Public Offering.

In connection with any proposed Business Combination, the Company will seek shareholder approval of an initial Business Combination at a meeting called for such purpose at which shareholders may seek to convert their shares, regardless of whether they vote for or against the proposed Business Combination. Any Public Shareholder voting either for or against such proposed Business Combination will be entitled to demand that his Public Shares be converted into a full pro rata portion of the amount then in the Trust Account (initially approximately $10.40 per share), including any pro rata interest earned on the funds held in the Trust Account and not previously released to the Company or necessary to pay its taxes. Rights sold as part of the Units (“Rights”) will not be entitled to vote on the Proposed Business Combination and will have no conversion or liquidation rights.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Company to be in effect upon consummation of the Proposed Public Offering will provide that a Public Shareholder, together with any affiliate or other person with whom such Public Shareholder is acting in concert or as a “group” (within the meaning of Section 13 of the Securities Act of 1934, as amended), will be restricted from seeking conversion rights with respect to an aggregate of more than 20% of the ordinary shares sold in the Proposed Public Offering (but only with respect to the amount over 20% of the ordinary shares sold in the Proposed Public Offering). A “group” will be deemed to exist if Public Shareholders (i) file a Schedule 13D or 13G indicated the presence of a group or (ii) acknowledge to the Company that they are acting, or intend to act, as a group.

Pursuant to the Company’s Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation to be in effect upon consummation of the Proposed Public Offering, if the Company is unable to complete its initial Business Combination within 18 months from the date of the Proposed Public Offering, the Company will (i) cease all operations except for the purpose of winding up, (ii) as promptly as reasonably possible but not more than ten business days thereafter, redeem 100% of the outstanding Public Shares and (iii) as promptly as reasonably possible following such redemption, subject to the approval of the remaining holders of ordinary shares and the Company’s board of directors, dissolve and liquidate. If the Company is unable to consummate an initial Business Combination and is forced to redeem 100% of the outstanding Public Shares for a pro rata portion of the funds held in the Trust Account, each holder will receive a full pro rata portion of the amount then in the Trust Account, plus any pro rata interest earned on the funds held in the Trust Account and not previously released to the Company or necessary to pay any of its taxes. Holders of Rights will receive no proceeds in connection with the liquidation with respect to such rights. The Initial Shareholder and the holders of Private Units will not participate in any redemption distribution with respect to their initial shares and Private Units, including the ordinary shares included in the Private Units.

F-19

E-Compass Acquisition Corp.
Notes To Financial Statements
For the period from September 23, 2014 to December 31, 2014

Note 1 — Organization and Plan of Business Operations (cont.)

Liquidation

If the Company is unable to conclude its initial Business Combination and expends all of the net proceeds of the Proposed Public Offering not deposited in the Trust Account, without taking into account any interest earned on the Trust Account, the Company expects that the initial per-share redemption price for ordinary shares will be $10.40 or $10.00 as applicable. The proceeds deposited in the Trust Account could, however, become subject to claims of the Company’s creditors that are in preference to the claims of the Company’s shareholders. In addition, if the Company is forced to file a bankruptcy case or an involuntary bankruptcy case is filed against it that is not dismissed, the proceeds held in the Trust Account could be subject to applicable bankruptcy law, and may be included in its bankruptcy estate and subject to the claims of third parties with priority over the claims of the Company’s common shareholders. Therefore, the actual per-share redemption price may be reduced.

The Company will pay the costs of any subsequent liquidation from the remaining assets outside of the Trust Account. If such funds are insufficient, Richard Xu and Chen Liu have agreed to pay the funds necessary to complete such liquidation (currently anticipated not to exceed $15,000) and have agreed not to seek repayment of such expenses.

Emerging Growth Company

Further, Section 102(b)(1) of the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012 (the “JOBS Act”) permits emerging growth companies to delay complying with new or revised financial accounting standards that do not yet apply to private companies (that is, those that have not had a Securities Act registration statement declared effective or do not have a class of securities registered under the Exchange Act). The JOBS Act provides that a company can elect to opt out of the extended transition period and comply with the requirements that apply to non-emerging growth companies but any such election to opt out is irrevocable. The Company has elected not to opt out of such extended transition period which means that when a standard is issued or revised and it has different application dates for public or private companies, the Company, as an emerging growth company, can adopt the new or revised standard at the time private companies adopt the new or revised standard. This may make comparison of the Company’s financial statements with another public company which is neither an emerging growth company nor an emerging growth company which has opted out of using the extended transition period difficult or impossible because of the potential differences in accounting standards used.

Note 2 — Significant Accounting Policies

Basis of Presentation

The accompanying financial statements of the Company are presented in U.S. dollars in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“US GAAP”) and pursuant to the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”). In the opinion of management, all adjustments (consisting of normal recurring adjustments) have been made that are necessary to present fairly the financial position, and the results of its operations and its cash flows. Operating results as presented are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected for a full year.

Development Stage Company

The Company complies with the reporting requirements of FASB ASC Topic 915, “Development Stage Entities” and early adopted Accounting Standards Update 2014-10 (“ASU 2014-10”). At December 31, 2014, the Company has not commenced any operations nor generated revenue to date. All activity through December 31, 2014 relates to the Company’s formation and the Proposed Public Offering. Following such offering, the Company will not generate operating revenues until after completion of a Business Combination, at the earliest. The Company will generate non-operating income in the form of interest income on the designated Trust Account after the Proposed Public Offering.

Concentration of Credit Risk

Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to concentrations of credit risk consist of cash accounts in a financial institution, which at times, may exceed the U.S. Federal depository insurance coverage

F-20

E-Compass Acquisition Corp.
Notes To Financial Statements
For the period from September 23, 2014 to December 31, 2014

Note 2 — Significant Accounting Policies (cont.)

of $250,000. The Company has not experienced losses on these accounts and management believes the Company is not exposed to significant risks on such accounts.

Offering Costs

The Company complies with the requirements of the ASC 340-10-S99-1 and SEC Staff Accounting Bulletin (“SAB”) Topic 5A—“Expenses of Offering”. Offering costs consist principally of professional and registration fees incurred through the balance sheet date that are related to the Public Offering and that were recorded deferred offering costs on the balance sheet and will becharged to stockholders’ equity upon the completion of the Public Offering.

Income Taxes

The Company accounts for income taxes under ASC 740 Income Taxes (“ASC 740”). ASC 740 requires the recognition of deferred tax assets and liabilities for both the expected impact of differences between the financial statement and tax basis of assets and liabilities and for the expected future tax benefit to be derived from tax loss and tax credit carry forwards. ASC 740 additionally requires a valuation allowance to be established when it is more likely than not that all or a portion of deferred tax assets will not be realized.

ASC 740 also clarifies the accounting for uncertainty in income taxes recognized in an enterprise’s financial statements and prescribes a recognition threshold and measurement process for financial statement recognition and measurement of a tax position taken or expected to be taken in a tax return. For those benefits to be recognized, a tax position must be more-likely-than-not to be sustained upon examination by taxing authorities. ASC 740 also provides guidance on derecognition, classification, interest and penalties, accounting in interim period, disclosure and transition. The Company has identified Cayman Islands as its only “major” tax jurisdiction, as defined. Based on the Company’s evaluation, it has been concluded that there are no significant uncertain tax positions requiring recognition in the Company’s financial statements. Since the Company was incorporated on September 23, 2014, the evaluation was performed for upcoming 2014 tax year which will be the only period subject to examination. The Company believes that its income tax positions and deductions would be sustained on audit and does not anticipate any adjustments that would result in a material changes to its financial position. The Company’s policy for recording interest and penalties associated with audits is to record such items as a component of income tax expense.

Loss Per Common Share

Basic loss per common share is computed by dividing net loss by the weighted-average number of ordinary shares outstanding during the period, excluding ordinary shares subject to compulsory repurchase by the Company. Diluted loss per common share is computed by dividing net loss by the weighted average number of ordinary shares outstanding, plus to the extent dilutive, the incremental number of ordinary shares to settle rights and other ordinary share equivalents (currently none outstanding), as calculated using the treasury stock method. Since there are no ordinary share equivalents outstanding and also because of the Company’s loss position, diluted loss per ordinary share is the same as basic loss per ordinary share for the period.

Use of Estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with US GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

In June 2014, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update 2014-10 (“ASU 2014-10”), Development Stage Entities (Topic 915): Elimination of Certain Financial Reporting Requirements. ASU 2014-10 eliminatesthe distinction of a development stage entity and certain related disclosure requirements, including the elimination of inception-to-date information on the statements of operations, cash flows and shareholders’ equity. The amendments in ASU 2014-10 will be effective prospectively for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2014, and

F-21

E-Compass Acquisition Corp.
Notes To Financial Statements
For the period from September 23, 2014 to December 31, 2014

Note 2 — Significant Accounting Policies (cont.)

interim periods within those annual periods, however early adoption is permitted. The Company adopted this ASU as of September 23, 2014 and the impacts of this adoption are reflected in this report.

In August 2014, the FASB issued a new standard, Accounting Standards Update No. 2014-15, Disclosure of Uncertainties about an Entity’s Ability to continue as a Going Concern. This new standard will explicitly require management to assess an entity’s ability to continue as a going concern and to provide footnote disclosures in certain cases. Currently there is no guidance in GAAP about management’s responsibility to evaluate whether there is substantial doubt about an entity’s ability to continue as a going concern. The new standard applies to all entities and provides an explicit requirement that management assesses and discloses going concern uncertainties. Previous guidance in auditing standards required auditors to evaluate going concern. The new standard will be effective for all entities in the first annual period ending after December 15, 2016. Earlier application is permitted. Management does not believe that any recently issued, but not effective, accounting standards, if currently adopted, would have a material effect on the Company’s financial statements.

Subsequent Events

In accordance with ASC 855, the Company evaluated subsequent events through May 11, 2015, the date these financial statements were issued. With the exception of the matter discussed in Note 5, there were no material subsequent events that required recognition or additional disclosure in these financial statements.

Note 3 — Proposed Public Offering

The Proposed Public Offering calls for the Company to offer for public sale up to 4,000,000 Units at a proposed offering price of $10.00 per Unit. In addition, the Company has granted Cantor Fitzgerald & Co., the representative of the underwriters, a 45-day option to purchase up to 600,000 units solely to cover over-allotments, if any. Each Unit consists of one ordinary share and one Right. Each Right will entitle the holder to receive one-tenth (1/10) of an ordinary share on the consummation of an initial Business Combination. If the Company is unable to consummate a Business Combination, the Company will redeem 100% of the Public Shares issued in the Proposed Public Offering using the funds in the Trust Account as described in Note 1. There are no contractual penalties for failure to deliver securities to the holders of the Rights upon consummation of the Company’s initial Business Combination. Additionally, in no event will the Company be required to net cash settle the Rights. In such events, the Rights will expire and will be worthless.

As discussed in Note 1, 3,000,000 ordinary shares contain a redemption feature which allows for the redemption of such shares under the Company’s liquidation or shareholder approval provisions. In accordance with ASC 480, redemption provision not solely within the control of the Company requires the security to be classified outside of permanent equity. Ordinary liquidation events, which involve the redemption and liquidation of all of the entity’s equity instruments, are excluded from the provisions of ASC 480. Although the Company does not specify a maximum redemption threshold, the Company has determined not to consummate any business combination and redeem its public shares if net tangible assets are less than $5,000,001.

Since the Company is not required to net cash settle the Rights and the Rights are exercisable upon the consummation of an initial Business Combination, the Management determined that the Rights will be classified within shareholders’ equity as “Additional paid-in capital” upon their issuance in accordance with ASC 815-40. The proceeds from the sale will be allocated to Public Shares and Rights based on the relative fair value of the securities in accordance with ASC 470-20-30. The value of the Public Shares and Rights will be based on the closing price paid by investors.

Note 4 — Deferred Offering Costs

Deferred offering costs consist principally of legal and accounting costs incurred through the balance sheet date that are directly related to the Proposed Public Offering and that will be charged to shareholder’s equity upon the receipt of the capital raised. Should the Proposed Public Offering prove to be unsuccessful, these deferred offering costs, as well as additional costs to be incurred will be charged to operations.

F-22

E-Compass Acquisition Corp.
Notes To Financial Statements
For the period from September 23, 2014 to December 31, 2014

Note 5 — Related Party Transactions

Note Payable to Initial Shareholder

The Company issued a $115,000 principal amount unsecured promissory note to Lodestar Investment Holdings I LLC, an affiliate of the Initial Shareholder, on October 31, 2014. Capitalized as part of the promissory note was $40,000 advances made prior to the execution of the promissory note. In April 2015, Lodestar Investment Holdings I LLC loaned the Company an additional $50,000. The notes are non-interest bearing and payable on the earlier of (i) October 31, 2015, (ii) the consummation of the Proposed Public Offering or (iii) the date on which the Company determines not to proceed with the Proposed Public Offering. Due to the short-term nature of the notes, the fair value of the notes approximates the carrying amount.

Private Placement

An affiliate of the Company’s Executive Chairman and Chief Executive Officer has committed to purchase 310,000 Private Units at $10.00 per unit (for an aggregate purchase price of $3,100,000) from the Company. This affiliate has also agreed that if investors introduced by the Company to the underwriter do not purchase at least $20,000,000 of the units being offered hereby, it will purchase from us at a price of $10.00 per unit the number of Private Units (“Commission Units”) (up to an aggregate of 110,000 Commission Units) that will equal the increased commissions the Company will pay the underwriter, as described in Note 6 and to cover the additional $0.40 that public investors may receive upon conversion or liquidation to total $10.40 per share). These purchases will take place simultaneously with the consummation of the Proposed Public Offering. All of the proceeds received from the sale of the Private Units will be placed in the Trust Account except that the proceeds from the sale of the Commission Units will be paid to the underwriters at the closing of the Proposed Public Offering. The Private Units and Commission Units will be identical to the Units being offered in the Proposed Public Offering, except that the holders have agreed (i) to vote the ordinary shares included therein in favor of any proposed Business Combination, (ii) not to propose, or vote in favor of, an amendment to the Company’s amended and restated certificate of incorporation with respect to pre-Business Combination activities prior to the consummation of such a Business Combination unless the Company offers dissenting holders the right to get their pro rata portion of the Trust Account, (iii) not to convert any ordinary shares included therein into the right to receive cash for the Trust Account in connection with a shareholder vote to approve the proposed initial Business Combination and (iv) that the ordinary shares included therein shall not participate in any liquidating distribution upon winding up if a Business Combination is not consummated. Additionally, the holders have agreed not to transfer, assign or sell any of the Private Units, Commission Units or underlying securities (except to certain permitted transferees) until the completion of the initial Business Combination.

Expense Advance Agreement

All expenses incurred by the Company prior to an initial Business Combination may be paid only from the net proceeds of the Public Offering and related private placements not held in the Trust Account.

Thus, in order to meet the Company’s working capital needs following the consummation of the Proposed Public Offering if the funds not held in the Trust Account and interest earned on the funds held in the Trust Account available to the Company are insufficient, the Company’s officers, directors or Initial Shareholders or their respective affiliates may, but are not obligated to, loan the Company funds, from time to time or at any time, in whatever amount they deem reasonable in their sole discretion. Each loan would be evidenced by a promissory note. Up to $500,000 of the notes may, at the lender’s discretion, be converted upon consummation of an initial Business Combination into additional private units at a price of $10.00 per unit (“Working Capital Units”). The Company’s directors have approved the issuance of the ordinary shares upon conversion of such notes, to the extent the holder wishes to so convert them at the time of the consummation of an initial Business Combination. If the Company does not complete an initial Business Combination, the loans will only be repaid with funds not held in the Trust Account, to the extent available.

Note 6 — Commitments

Underwriter Fees

The Company will pay the underwriters in the Proposed Public Offering an underwriting discount of 3% of the gross proceeds of the Proposed Public Offering. Such underwriting discount will be accounted for as offering costs and will be charged to stockholders’ equity upon the completion of the Public Offering In addition, the underwriters will

F-23

E-Compass Acquisition Corp.
Notes To Financial Statements
For the period from September 23, 2014 to December 31, 2014

Note 6 — Commitments (cont.)

be entitled to a deferred fee of one and a half percent (1.5%) of the Proposed Public Offering (or 4.5% of the proceeds from the units sold in the over-allotment option), payable in cash upon the closing of a Business Combination. Such deferred fee will not be payable if the Company does not complete an initial Business Combination.

In the event that investors introduced by the Company to the underwriters do not purchase at least $20,000,000 of the Units being offered in the Proposed Public Offering, there will be an additional underwriting commission paid to the underwriters in the amount of $0.15 per unit (1.5%) on the amount below $20,000,000 invested by investors introduced by the Company, which will not affect the amount in the Trust Account due to the obligation of the affiliate of the Company’s Executive Chairman and Chief Executive Officer to purchase the Commission Units to pay for this commission (See Note 5).

The Company will issue an underwriter unit purchase option for $100 to Cantor & Fitzgerald & Co. to purchase 300,000 units at an exercise price of $10.00 per unit (the “Underwriter Unit Purchase Options”). This option may be exercised commencing on the later of the consummation of a Business Combination or the one year anniversary of the Effective Date and expiring five years from the Effective Date.

Registration Rights

The Initial Shareholders and the holder of the Private Units and Commission Units (or underlying ordinary shares) will be entitled to registration rights with respect to the initial shares and the Private Units (or underlying ordinary shares) pursuant to an agreement to be signed prior to or on the effective date of the Proposed Public Offering. The holders of the majority of the initial shares are entitled to demand that the Company register these shares at any time commencing three months prior to the first anniversary of the consummation of a Business Combination. The holders of the Private Units and Commission Units (or underlying ordinary shares) are entitled to demand that the Company register these securities at any time after the Company consummates a Business Combination. In addition, the holders have certain “piggy-back” registration rights on registration statements filed after the Company’s consummation of a Business Combination.

Note 7 — Shareholder Equity

Preferred Shares

The Company is authorized to issue 1,000,000 preferred shares with a par value of $0.0001 per share with such designation, rights and preferences as may be determined from time to time by the Company’s board of directors. As of December 31, 2014, there are no preferred shares issued or outstanding.

Ordinary Shares

The Company is authorized to issue 100,000,000 ordinary shares with a par value of $0.0001 per share. In connection with the organization of the Company, a total of 1,150,000 of the Company’s ordinary shares were sold to the Initial Shareholders at a price of approximately $0.02 per share for an aggregate of $25,000.

As of December 31, 2014, 1,150,000 ordinary shares were issued and outstanding, of which 150,000 shares are subject to compulsory repurchase by the Company for an aggregate purchase price of $0.01 to the extent that the underwriters’ over-allotment option is not exercised in full so that the Company’s Initial Shareholders will own 20% of the issued and outstanding ordinary shares after the Proposed Public Offering, excluding ordinary shares included in the Private Units. All of these shares will be placed into an escrow account on the Effective Date. Subject to certain limited exceptions, these shares will not be released from escrow until with respect to 50% of the shares, the earlier of one year after the date of the consummation of an initial Business Combination and the date on which the closing price of the ordinary shares exceeds $13.00 per share for any 20 trading days within a 30-trading day period following the consummation of an initial Business Combination and, with respect to the remaining 50% of the shares, one year after the date of the consummation of an initial Business Combination, or earlier if, subsequent to the Company’s initial Business Combination, the Company consummates a subsequent liquidation, merger, share exchange or other similar transaction which results in all of the Company’s shareholders having the right to exchange their ordinary shares for cash, securities or other property.

F-24

Until             , 2015 all dealers that effect transactions in these securities, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to the dealers’ obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as underwriters and with respect to their unsold allotments or subscriptions

No dealer, salesperson or any other person is authorized to give any information or make any representations in connection with this offering other than those contained in this prospectus and, if given or made, the information or representations must not be relied upon as having been authorized by us. This prospectus does not constitute an offer to sell or a solicitation of an offer to buy any security other than the securities offered by this prospectus, or an offer to sell or a solicitation of an offer to buy any securities by anyone in any jurisdiction in which the offer or solicitation is not authorized or is unlawful.

$41,100,000

E-compass Acquisition Corp.

4,000,000 Units
110,000 Commission Units

______________________

PROSPECTUS

______________________

Cantor Fitzgerald & Co.

_____________, 2015

 

PART II

INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

Item 13. Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution.

The estimated expenses payable by us in connection with the offering described in this registration statement (other than the underwriting discount and commissions) will be as follows:

Initial Trustees’ fee

 

$

1,000

(1)

SEC Registration Fee

 

 

6,000

 

FINRA filing fee

 

 

7,400

 

Accounting fees and expenses

 

 

40,000

 

Nasdaq listing fees

 

 

50,000

 

Printing and engraving expenses

 

 

45,000

 

Directors & Officers liability insurance premiums

 

 

75,000

(2)

Legal fees and expenses

 

 

275,000

 

Miscellaneous

 

 

75,600

(3)

Total

 

$

575,000

 

____________

(1)       In addition to the initial acceptance fee that is charged by Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company, as trustee, the registrant will be required to pay to Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company $16,100 for acting as trustee, as transfer agent of the registrant’s ordinary shares, as right agent for the registrant’s rights and as escrow agent.

(2)       This amount represents the approximate amount of director and officer liability insurance premiums the registrant anticipates paying following the consummation of its initial public offering and until it consummates a business combination.

(3)       This amount represents additional expenses that may be incurred by the Company in connection with the offering over and above those specifically listed above, including distribution and mailing costs.

Item 14. Indemnification of Directors and Officers.

Cayman Islands law does not limit the extent to which a company’s memorandum and articles of association may provide for indemnification of officers and directors, except to the extent any such provision may be held by the Islands courts to be contrary to public policy, such as to provide indemnification against willful default, willful neglect, civil fraud or the consequences of committing a crime. Our memorandum and articles of association will provide for indemnification of our officers and directors to the maximum extent permitted by law, including for any liability incurred in their capacities as such, except through their own actual fraud, willful default or willful neglect.

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers or persons controlling us pursuant to the foregoing provisions, we have been informed that in the opinion of the SEC such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is theretofore unenforceable.

Item 15. Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities.

(a)       During the past three years, we sold the following ordinary shares without registration under the Securities Act:

In October 2014, the Company issued an aggregate of 1,150,000 ordinary shares to the Company’s initial shareholders for an aggregate purchase price of $25,000, or approximately $0.02 per share, in connection with our organization pursuant to the exemption from registration contained in Section 4(2) of the Securities Act.

In addition, an affiliate of the Company’s Executive Chairman and Chief Executive Officer has committed to purchase an aggregate of 310,000 private units from the Company on a private placement basis simultaneously with the consummation of this offering. These issuances will be made pursuant to the exemption from registration contained in Section 4(2) of the Securities Act.

No underwriting discounts or commissions were paid with respect to such sales.

II-1

Item 16. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules.

(a) The following exhibits are filed as part of this Registration Statement:

Exhibit
No.

 

Description

1.1

 

Form of Underwriting Agreement.

3.1

 

Amended and Restated Memorandum and Articles of Association.

4.1

 

Specimen Unit Certificate.

4.2

 

Specimen Ordinary Share Certificate.

4.3

 

Specimen Right Certificate.

4.4

 

Form of Rights Agreement between Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company and the Registrant.

4.5

 

Form of Unit Purchase Option.

5.1

 

Opinion of Maples and Calder.

5.2

 

Opinion of Graubard Miller.

10.1

 

Form of Letter Agreement among the Registrant, Cantor Fitzgerald & Co. and the Company’s officers, directors and shareholders.

10.2

 

Form of Investment Management Trust Agreement between Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company and the Registrant.

10.3

 

Form of Escrow Agreement between the Registrant, Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company and the Initial Shareholders.

10.4

 

Promissory Note issued to Lodestar Investment Holdings I LLC as of October 31, 2014.**

10.5

 

Form of Registration Rights Agreement among the Registrant and the Initial Shareholders.

10.6

 

Form of Subscription Agreement among the Registrant, Graubard Miller and Lodestar Investment Holdings I LLC.

10.7

 

Promissory Note issued to Lodestar Investment Holdings I LLC as of April 30, 2015.**

14

 

Form of Code of Ethics.

23.1

 

Consent of UHY, LLP.

23.2

 

Consent of Maples and Calder (included in Exhibit 5.1).

23.3

 

Consent of Graubard Miller (included in Exhibit 5.2).

24

 

Power of Attorney (included on signature page of this Registration Statement).

99.1

 

Form of Audit Committee Charter.

99.2

 

Form of Nominating Committee Charter.

99.3

 

Form of Compensation Committee Charter.

99.4

 

Form of letter agreement for non-tendering investors.

99.5

 

Form of letter agreement for lead investors.

____________

**        Previously filed.

Item 17. Undertakings.

(a)  The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes:

(1)  To file, during any period in which offers or sales are being made, a post-effective amendment to this registration statement:

i.  To include any prospectus required by Section 10(a)(3) of the Securities Act of 1933;

ii.  To reflect in the prospectus any facts or events arising after the effective date of the registration statement (or the most recent post-effective amendment thereof) which, individually or in the aggregate, represent a fundamental change in the information set forth in the registration statement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any increase or decrease in volume of securities offered (if the total dollar value of securities offered would not exceed that which was registered) and any deviation from the low or high end of the estimated maximum offering range may be reflected in the form of prospectus filed with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b) if, in the aggregate, the changes in volume and price represent no more than 20 percent change in the maximum aggregate offering price set forth in the “Calculation of Registration Fee” table in the effective registration statement;

II-2

iii.  To include any material information with respect to the plan of distribution not previously disclosed in the registration statement or any material change to such information in the registration statement.

(2)  That, for the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each such post-effective amendment shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

(3)  To remove from registration by means of a post-effective amendment any of the securities being registered which remain unsold at the termination of the offering.

(4)  That for the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933 in a primary offering of securities of the undersigned registrant pursuant to this registration statement, regardless of the underwriting method used to sell the securities to the purchaser, if the securities are offered or sold to such purchaser by means of any of the following communications, the undersigned registrant will be a seller to the purchaser and will be considered to offer or sell such securities to such purchaser:

(i)       Any preliminary prospectus or prospectus of the undersigned registrant relating to the offering required to be filed pursuant to Rule 424;

(ii)      Any free writing prospectus relating to the offering prepared by or on behalf of the undersigned registrant or used or referred to by the undersigned registrant;

(iii)     The portion of any other free writing prospectus relating to the offering containing material information about the undersigned registrant or its securities provided by or on behalf of the undersigned registrant; and

(iv)    Any other communication that is an offer in the offering made by the undersigned registrant to the purchaser.

(b)  The undersigned hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriter at the closing specified in the underwriting agreements, certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriter to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

(c)  Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933 may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

(d)  The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes that:

(1)  For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.

(2)  For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

II-3

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Beijing, People’s Republic of China, on the 24 th day of July 2015.

 

 

E-COMPASS ACQUISITION CORP.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

/s/ Richard Xu

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

Richard Xu

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

Chief Executive Officer

POWER OF ATTORNEY

KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints each of Richard Xu and Amy He his true and lawful attorney-in-fact, with full power of substitution and resubstitution for him and in his name, place and stead, in any and all capacities to sign any and all amendments including post-effective amendments to this registration statement, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorney-in-fact or his substitute, each acting alone, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue thereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this Registration Statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

Name

 

Position

 

Date

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Richard Xu

 

Executive Chairman of the Board and Chief

 

July 24, 2015

Richard Xu

 

Executive Officer (Principal executive officer)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Peiling He

 

Chief Financial Officer

 

July 24, 2015

Peiling He

 

(Principal financial and accounting officer)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Chen Liu

 

President and Director

 

July 24, 2015

Chen Liu

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Nicholas Clements

 

Non-Executive Vice Chairman of the Board

 

July 24, 2015

Nicholas Clements

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Aimin Song

 

Director

 

July 24, 2015

Aimin Song

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Xinli Li

 

Director

 

July 24, 2015

Xinli Li

 

 

 

 

II-4

Exhibit 1.1

  

UNDERWRITING AGREEMENT

 

between

 

E-compass Acquisition Corp.

 

and

 

CANTOR FITZGERALD & CO.

 

 

 

Dated: _______________, 2015

 

 
 

 

E-compass Acquisition Corp.

 

UNDERWRITING AGREEMENT

 

New York, New York

__________, 2015

 

Cantor Fitzgerald & Co.

499 Park Avenue

New York, New York 10022

 

Re: Public Offering of Securities

 

Ladies and Gentlemen:

 

The undersigned, E-compass Acquisition Corp., a Cayman Islands exempted company (the “ Company ”), hereby confirms its agreement (this “ Agreement ”) with Cantor Fitzgerald & Co. (“ Cantor Fitzgerald ” or the “ Underwriter ”) as follows:

 

1.            Purchase and Sale of Securities .

 

1.1           Firm Securities.

 

1.1.1            Purchase of Firm Units .  On the basis of the representations and warranties contained herein, but subject to the terms and conditions herein set forth, the Company agrees to issue and sell to the Underwriter, and the Underwriter agrees to purchase from the Company, an aggregate of 4,000,000 units (“ Firm Units ”) of the Company, at a purchase price (net of discounts and commissions and the Deferred Underwriting Commission described in Section 1.3 below) of $9.55 per Firm Unit; provided , however , that in the event that fewer than 2,000,000 Firm Units are purchased from the Underwriter by persons who were introduced to the Underwriter by the Company (as evidenced by the signature of an authorized person of both the Underwriter and the Company on  Exhibit C  hereto, which may be amended from time to time by signature of an authorized person of the Underwriter and the Company) (the “ Introduced Parties ”), the Underwriter shall be entitled to receive an additional amount equal to (i) (a) 2,000,000 minus (b) the number of Firm Units purchased by Introduced Parties, multiplied by (ii) $0.15 (the “ Additional Amount ”).  The Firm Units are to be offered initially to the public (“ Offering ”) at the offering price of $10.00 per Firm Unit.  Each Firm Unit consists of one ordinary share, $0.0001 par value, of the Company (“ Ordinary Shares ”), and one right to receive one-tenth (1/10) of an Ordinary Share (the   Rights ”).  The Ordinary Shares and the Rights included in the Firm Units will trade separately on the tenth (10th) Business Day (as defined below) following the earlier of (i) the date the Over-allotment Option expires, (ii) the date the Over-allotment Option is exercised in full, and (iii) the date that the Underwriter advises the Company of its decision not to exercise all or any remaining portion of the Over-allotment Option and to allow separate trading.  Notwithstanding the immediately preceding sentence, in no event will the Ordinary Shares and the Rights included in the Firm Units trade separately until the Business Day after (i) the Company has filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the  “Commission ”) a Current Report on Form 8-K that includes an audited balance sheet reflecting the Company’s receipt of the proceeds of the Offering, the Unit Private Placement (as defined in Section 1.5) and the Registered Unit Sale (as defined in Section 1.5) and updated financial information with respect to any proceeds the Company receives from the exercise of the Over-allotment Option if such option is exercised prior to the filing of the Form 8-K, and (ii) the Company has filed with the Commission a Current Report on Form 8-K and issued a press release announcing when such separate trading will begin.  Each Right entitles its holder to receive one-tenth (1/10) of an Ordinary Share upon consummation by the Company of a merger, capital stock exchange, asset acquisition, stock purchase, reorganization or similar business combination involving the Company and one or more businesses or entities, or entering into contractual arrangements that give the Company control over such a business or entity (the “ Business Combination ”).

  

 

 

1.1.2            Payment and Delivery .  Delivery and payment for the Firm Units shall be made at 10:00 a.m., New York City time, on the third (3rd) Business Day (as defined below) following the commencement of trading of the Units, or at such earlier time as shall be agreed upon by the Underwriter and the Company, at the offices of Loeb & Loeb LLP (“ Loeb ”) or at such other place as shall be agreed upon by the Underwriter and the Company.  The hour and date of delivery and payment for the Firm Units is called the   Closing Date .” Payment for the Firm Units shall be made on the Closing Date at the Underwriter’s election by wire transfer in Federal (same day) funds, payable as follows: $37,700,000 of the proceeds received by the Company for the Firm Units, less any Additional Amount, shall be deposited in the trust account established by the Company for the benefit of the Public Shareholders (as defined below), as described in the Registration Statement (as defined in Section 2.1.1 hereof) (“ Trust Account ”) pursuant to the terms of an Investment Management Trust Agreement (the   Trust Agreement ”) between the Company and Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company (“ CST ”).  The Underwriter shall place an aggregate of $600,000 ($0.15 per Firm Unit), payable to Cantor Fitzgerald as Deferred Underwriting Commission, in accordance with Section 1.3 hereof, in the Trust Account.  The remaining proceeds (less commissions and actual expense payments or other fees payable pursuant to this Agreement), if any, shall be paid (subject to Section 3.13 hereof) to the order of the Company upon delivery to the Underwriter of certificates (in form and substance satisfactory to the Underwriter) representing the Firm Units (or through the facilities of the Depository Trust Company (“ DTC ”)) for the account of the Underwriter.  The Firm Units shall be registered in such name or names and in such authorized denominations as the Underwriter may request in writing at least two (2) full Business Days prior to the Closing Date.  The Company will permit the Underwriter to examine and package the Firm Units for delivery, at least one (1) full Business Day prior to the Closing Date.  The Company shall not be obligated to sell or deliver any of the Firm Units except upon tender of payment by the Underwriter for all the Firm Units. As used herein, the term   Public Shareholders ” means the holders of the Ordinary Shares sold as part of the Units in the Offering or acquired in the aftermarket, including any Company shareholder prior to the Offering to the extent they acquire such Ordinary Shares in the aftermarket (and solely with respect to such Ordinary Shares).   Business Day   shall mean any day other than a Saturday, a Sunday or a legal holiday or a day on which banking institutions or trust companies are authorized or obligated by law to close in New York City.

 

2
 

 

1.2           Over-Allotment Option.

 

1.2.1            Option Units .  The Underwriter is hereby granted an option (the   Over-allotment Option ”) to purchase up to an additional 600,000 units (the   Option Units ”), the net proceeds of which will be deposited in the Trust Account, for the purposes of covering any over-allotments in connection with the distribution and sale of the Firm Units.  Such Option Units shall be identical in all respects to the Firm Units.  The Firm Units, the Option Units and the Underwriter’s Units (as defined in Section 1.4) are hereinafter collectively referred to as the   Units ,” and the Units, the Ordinary Shares and the Rights included in the Units and the Ordinary Shares issuable upon conversion of the Rights (the “ Right Shares ”) are hereinafter referred to collectively as the   Public Securities .”  No Option Units shall be sold or delivered unless the Firm Units previously have been, or simultaneously are, sold and delivered.  The right to purchase the Option Units, or any portion thereof, may be exercised from time to time and to the extent not previously exercised may be surrendered and terminated at any time upon notice by the Underwriter to the Company. The purchase price to be paid for each Option Unit will be the same price per Firm Unit set forth in Section 1.1.1 hereof.

 

1.2.2            Exercise of Option .  The Over-allotment Option granted pursuant to Section 1.2.1 hereof may be exercised by the Underwriter as to all (at any time) or any part (from time to time) of the Option Units within 45 days after the effective date (“ Effective Date ”) of the Registration Statement.  The Underwriter will not be under any obligation to purchase any Option Units prior to the exercise of the Over-allotment Option.  The Over-allotment Option granted hereby may be exercised by the giving of oral notice to the Company by the Underwriter, which must be confirmed in writing by overnight mail or facsimile or other electronic transmission setting forth the number of Option Units to be purchased and the date and time for delivery of and payment for the Option Units (the   Option Closing Date ”), which will not be later than five (5) full Business Days after the date of the notice or such other time and in such other manner as shall be agreed upon by the Company and the Underwriter, at the offices of Loeb or at such other place (including remotely by facsimile or other electronic transmission) as shall be agreed upon by the Company and the Underwriter. If such delivery and payment for the Option Units does not occur on the Closing Date, the Option Closing Date will be as set forth in the notice.  Upon exercise of the Over-allotment Option, the Company will become obligated to convey to the Underwriter, and, subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, the Underwriter will become obligated to purchase, the number of Option Units specified in such notice.

 

1.2.3            Payment and Delivery .  Payment for the Option Units shall be made on the Option Closing Date by wire transfer in Federal (same day) funds, payable as follows: $9.55 per Option Unit shall be deposited in the Trust Account pursuant to the Trust Agreement upon delivery to the Underwriter of certificates (in form and substance satisfactory to the Underwriter) representing the Option Units (or through the facilities of DTC) for the account of the Underwriter.  The Underwriter shall also place an aggregate of $0.45 per Option Unit (up to $270,000), payable to Cantor Fitzgerald, as Deferred Underwriting Commission, in accordance with Section 1.3 hereof, in the Trust Account.  The certificates representing the Option Units to be delivered will be in such denominations and registered in such names as the Underwriter requests in writing not less than two full Business Days prior to the Closing Date or the Option Closing Date, as the case may be, and will be made available to the Underwriter for inspection, checking and packaging at the aforesaid office of the Company’s transfer agent or correspondent not less than one full Business Day prior to such Closing Date.  The Company shall not be obligated to sell or deliver the Option Units except upon tender of payment by the Underwriter for applicable Option Units.

 

3
 

 

1.3            Deferred Underwriting Commission .  The Underwriter agrees that 1.5% of the gross proceeds from the sale of the Firm Units ($600,000) and 4.5% of the gross proceeds from the sale of the Option Units (up to $270,000) (the   Deferred Underwriting Commission ”) will be deposited in and held in the Trust Account and shall be payable directly from the Trust Account, without accrued interest, to Cantor Fitzgerald for its own account upon consummation of the Company’s initial Business Combination.  In the event that the Company is unable to consummate a Business Combination and CST, as the trustee of the Trust Account (in this context, the   Trustee ”), commences liquidation of the Trust Account as provided in the Trust Agreement, the Underwriter agrees that: (i) the Underwriter shall forfeit any rights or claims to the Deferred Underwriting Commission; and (ii) the Deferred Underwriting Commission, together with all other amounts on deposit in the Trust Account, shall be distributed on a pro-rata basis among the Public Shareholders.

 

1.4            Underwriter’s Purchase Option .

 

1.4.1            Purchase Option . As additional consideration, the Company hereby agrees to issue and sell to the Underwriter (and/or their designees) on the Effective Date an option (“ Underwriter’s Purchase Option ”) for the purchase of an aggregate of 300,000 Units (the “ Underwriter’s Units ”) for an aggregate purchase price of $100. The Underwriter’s Purchase Option shall be exercisable, in whole or in part, commencing the later of (i) the closing of the Business Combination, or (ii) one year from the Effective Date, and expiring on the earlier of five years from the Effective Date and the day immediately prior to the day on which the Company and all of its successors have been dissolved, for cash or on a cashless basis, at an initial exercise price per Underwriter’s Unit of $10.00. The Underwriter’s Purchase Option, the Underwriter’s Units, the Ordinary Shares and the Rights included in the Underwriter’s Units and the Ordinary Shares issuable upon conversion of the Rights are hereinafter referred to collectively as the “ Underwriter’s Securities .” The Underwriter understands and agrees that there are significant restrictions against transferring the Underwriter’s Purchase Option during the first six (6) months after the Effective Date, as set forth in the Underwriter’s Purchase Option.

 

1.4.2            Delivery and Payment . Delivery and payment for the Underwriter’s Purchase Option shall be made on the Closing Date. The Company shall deliver to the Underwriter and their designees upon payment therefor, certificates for the Underwriter’s Purchase Option in the name or names and in such authorized denominations as the Underwriter may request.

 

4
 

 

1.5           Issuances to Insiders.

 

1.5.1           The Company issued to certain of the members of the Company’s management team or their affiliates (the   Insider Shareholders ”), for an aggregate consideration of $25,000, 1,150,000 Ordinary Shares (the   Insider Shares ”) (up to 150,000 of which are subject to forfeiture to the extent the Over-allotment Option is not exercised in full) in a private placement (the   Insider Private Placement ”) exempt from registration under Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the   Act ”).  No underwriting discounts, commissions or placement fees have been or will be payable in connection with the Insider Private Placement.  Other than in a Permitted Transfer (as defined in Section 2.21.3 hereof), none of the Insider Shares may be sold, assigned or transferred by the Insider Shareholders until: (i) with respect to 50% of the Insider Shares, the earlier of one year after the date of the consummation of the Business Combination and the date on which the closing price of the Company’s Ordinary Shares equals or exceeds $13.00 per share (as adjusted for share splits, share dividends, reorganizations and recapitalizations) for any 20 trading days within any 30-trading day period commencing after the Business Combination; and (ii) with respect to the remaining 50% of the Insider Shares, one year after the date of the consummation of the Business Combination; or earlier, in either case, if, subsequent to the Business Combination, the Company consummates a liquidation, merger, share exchange or other similar transaction which results in all of the Company’s shareholders having the right to exchange their shares for cash, securities or other property.  The Insider Shareholders shall have no right to any liquidation distributions with respect to any portion of the Insider Shares in the event the Company fails to consummate a Business Combination.  The Insider Shareholders shall not have redemption rights with respect to the Insider Shares.

 

1.5.2           Simultaneously with the Closing Date, the Insider Shareholders will purchase from the Company pursuant to the Subscription Agreement (as defined in Section 2.21.2 hereof), 310,000 units that are identical to the Firm Units (the   Placement Units ”), at a purchase price of $10.00 per Placement Unit in a private placement intended to be exempt from registration under the Act pursuant to Section 4(a)(2) of the Act.  The private placement of the Placement Units is referred to herein as the “ Unit Private Placement .” The Rights included in the Placement Units are referred to herein as the “ Placement Rights. ” The Placement Units, the Ordinary Shares and Placement Rights included in the Placement Units, and the Ordinary Shares issuable upon exercise of the Placement Rights, are hereinafter referred to collectively as the “ Placement Securities. ”  No underwriting discounts, commissions or placement fees have been or will be payable in connection with the Placement Units sold in the Unit Private Placement.  None of the Placement Securities may be sold, assigned or transferred by the Insider Shareholders (except to certain permitted transferees as set forth in the Subscription Agreement) until after consummation of a Business Combination. 

 

1.5.3           Simultaneously with the Closing Date, the Insider Shareholders will purchase from the Company pursuant to the Subscription Agreement a number of units equal to (i) the Additional Amount plus the Shortfall (as defined below), divided by (ii) $10.00, which Units will be identical to the Firm Units (the   Registered Units ”), at a purchase price of $10.00 per Registered Unit pursuant to the Registration Statement .   The term “Shortfall” means an amount equal to (i) (a) 2,000,000 minus (b) the number of Firm Units purchased by Introduced Parties, multiplied by (ii) $0.40. The sale of the Registered Units is referred to herein as the “ Registered Unit Sale .” The Rights included in the Registration Units are referred to herein as the “ Registered Rights. ” The Registered Units, the Ordinary Shares and Registered Rights included in the Registered Units, and the Ordinary Shares issuable upon exercise of the Registered Rights, are hereinafter referred to collectively as the “ Registered Securities. ”  No underwriting discounts, commissions or placement fees have been or will be payable in connection with the Registered Units sold in the Registered Unit Sale.  None of the Registered Securities may be sold, assigned or transferred by the Insider Shareholders (except to certain permitted transferees as set forth in the Subscription Agreement) until after consummation of a Business Combination. The Public Securities, Underwriter’s Securities, the Placement Securities, the Registered Securities and the Insider Shares are hereinafter referred to collectively as the “ Securities. ”  

 

5
 

 

1.5.4           The proceeds from the sale of the Placement Units and the Registered Units shall be deposited into the Trust Account. The Insider Shareholders shall have no right to any distribution upon the liquidation of the Trust Account or the liquidation of the Company with respect to any portion of the Ordinary Shares or the Rights included the Placement Units and the Registered Units in the event the Company fails to consummate a Business Combination. 

 

1.6           Working Capital; Interest on Trust.

 

1.6.1            Working Capital .  Upon consummation of the Offering, initially $600,000 of the Offering proceeds will be released to the Company and held outside of the Trust Account to fund the working capital requirements of the Company.

 

1.6.2            Interest Income .  Prior to the Company’s consummation of a Business Combination or the Company’s liquidation, all interest earned on the Trust Account (after payment of, or reservation for, taxes owed on such interest income) may be released to the Company, from time to time, to fund its working capital and general corporate requirements, as more fully described in the Prospectus.

 

2.            Representations and Warranties of the Company .  The Company represents and warrants to the Underwriter as follows:

 

2.1           Filing of Registration Statement.

 

2.1.1            Pursuant to the Act .  The Company has filed with the Commission a registration statement and an amendment or amendments thereto, on Form S-1 (File No. 333-204054), including any related preliminary prospectus (“ Preliminary Prospectus ”), including any prospectus that is included in the Registration Statement immediately prior to the effectiveness of the Registration Statement), for the registration of the Units under the Act, which registration statement and amendment or amendments have been prepared by the Company in conformity with the requirements of the Act, and the rules and regulations (the   Regulations ”) of the Commission under the Act.  The conditions for use of Form S-1 to register the Offering under the Act, as set forth in the General Instructions to such Form, have been satisfied. Except as the context may otherwise require, such registration statement, as amended, on file with the Commission at the time the registration statement becomes effective (including the prospectus, financial statements, schedules, exhibits and all other documents filed as a part thereof or incorporated therein and all information deemed to be a part thereof as of such time pursuant to Rule 430A of the Regulations), is hereinafter called the   Registration Statement ,” and the form of the final prospectus dated the Effective Date included in the Registration Statement (or, if applicable, the form of final prospectus containing information permitted to be omitted at the time of effectiveness by Rule 430A of the Regulations, filed by the Company with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424 of the Regulations), is hereinafter called the   Prospectus .”  For purposes of this Agreement,   Time of Sale ,” as used in the Act, means 5:00 p.m. New York City time, on the date of this Agreement.  Prior to the Time of Sale, the Company prepared a Preliminary Prospectus, which was included in the Registration Statement filed on [__________], 2015, for distribution by the Underwriter (such Preliminary Prospectus used most recently prior to the Time of Sale, the   Sale Preliminary Prospectus ”).  If the Company has filed, or is required pursuant to the terms hereof to file, a Registration Statement pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Act registering additional securities of any type or an amendment to a Registration Statement (a   Rule 462(b) Registration Statement ”), then, unless otherwise specified, any reference herein to the term   Registration Statement ” shall be deemed to include such Rule 462(b) Registration Statement.  Other than a Rule 462(b) Registration Statement, which, if filed, becomes effective upon filing, no other document with respect to the Registration Statement has heretofore been filed with the Commission.  All of the Public Securities have been registered for public sale under the Act pursuant to the Registration Statement or, if any Rule 462(b) Registration Statement is filed, will be duly registered for public sale under the Act with the filing of such Rule 462(b) Registration Statement.  The Registration Statement has been declared effective by the Commission on the date hereof.  If, subsequent to the date of this Agreement, the Company or the Underwriter has determined that at the Time of Sale, the Sale Preliminary Prospectus includes an untrue statement of a material fact or omitted a statement of material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading and the Company and the Underwriter have agreed to provide an opportunity to purchasers of the Units to terminate their old purchase contracts and enter into new purchase contracts, then the Sale Preliminary Prospectus will be deemed to include any additional information available to purchasers at the time of entry into the first such new purchase contract.

  

6
 

 

2.1.2            Pursuant to the Exchange Act .  The Company has filed with the Commission a Form 8-A (File Number 001-__________) providing for the registration under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the   Exchange Act ”), of the Units, the Ordinary Shares and the Rights.  The registration of the Units, Ordinary Shares and Rights under the Exchange Act has been declared effective by the Commission on the date hereof and the Units, the Ordinary Shares and the Rights have been registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Exchange Act.

 

2.1.3            No Stop Orders, Etc .  Neither the Commission nor, to the Company’s knowledge, after reasonable inquiry, any federal, state or other regulatory authority has issued any order or threatened to issue any order preventing or suspending the use of the Registration Statement, any Preliminary Prospectus, the Sale Preliminary Prospectus or Prospectus or any part thereof, or has instituted or, to the Company’s knowledge, threatened to institute any proceedings with respect to such an order.

 

2.2           Disclosures in Registration Statement.

 

2.2.1            10b-5 Representation .  At the time of effectiveness of the Registration Statement (or at the time of any post-effective amendment to the Registration Statement) and at all times subsequent thereto up to the Closing Date and the Option Closing Date, if any, the Registration Statement, the Sale Preliminary Prospectus and the Prospectus do and will contain all material statements that are required to be stated therein in accordance with the Act and the Regulations, and did or will, in all material respects, conform to the requirements of the Act and the Regulations.  The Registration Statement, as of the effective date, did not, and the amendments and supplements thereto, as of their respective dates, will not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact required to be stated therein, or necessary to make the statements therein, not misleading. The Prospectus, as of its date and the Closing Date or the Option Closing Date, as the case may be, did not, and the amendments and supplements thereto, as of their respective dates, will not, include any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading. The Sale Preliminary Prospectus, as of the Time of Sale (or such subsequent Time of Sale pursuant to Section 2.1.1), did not include any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading.  When any Preliminary Prospectus or the Sale Preliminary Prospectus was first filed with the Commission (whether filed as part of the Registration Statement for the registration of the Public Securities or any amendment thereto or pursuant to Rule 424(a) of the Regulations) and when any amendment thereof or supplement thereto was first filed with the Commission, such Preliminary Prospectus or the Sale Preliminary Prospectus and any amendments thereof and supplements thereto complied or will have been corrected in the Sale Preliminary Prospectus and the Prospectus to comply in all material respects with the applicable provisions of the Act and the Regulations and did not and will not contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading.  The representation and warranty made in this Section 2.2.1 does not apply to statements made or statements omitted in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company with respect to the Underwriter by the Underwriter expressly for use in the Registration Statement, the Sale Preliminary Prospectus or the Prospectus or any amendment thereof or supplement thereto.  The parties acknowledge and agree that such information provided by or on behalf of the Underwriter consists solely of the names of the Underwriter, the information with respect to dealers’ concessions and reallowances contained in the section entitled “Underwriting – Pricing of Securities,” and the identity of counsel to the Underwriter contained in the section entitled “Legal Matters” (such information, collectively, the “ Underwriter’s Information ”).

 

7
 

 

2.2.2            Disclosure of Agreements .  The agreements and documents described in the Registration Statement, the Sale Preliminary Prospectus and the Prospectus conform to the descriptions thereof contained therein and there are no agreements or other documents required to be described in the Registration Statement, the Sale Preliminary Prospectus or the Prospectus or to be filed with the Commission as exhibits to the Registration Statement, that have not been so described or filed.  Each agreement or other instrument (however characterized or described) to which the Company is a party or by which its property or business is or may be bound or affected and (i) that is referred to in the Registration Statement, Sale Preliminary Prospectus or the Prospectus, or (ii) that is material to the Company’s business, has been duly authorized and validly executed by the Company, is in full force and effect and is enforceable against the Company and, to the Company’s knowledge, after reasonable inquiry, the other parties thereto, in accordance with its terms, except (x) as such enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally, (y) as enforceability of any indemnification or contribution provision may be limited under the foreign, federal and state securities laws, and (z) that the remedy of specific performance and injunctive and other forms of equitable relief may be subject to the equitable defenses and to the discretion of the court before which any proceeding therefor may be brought.  None of such agreements or instruments has been assigned by the Company, and neither the Company nor, to the Company’s knowledge, after reasonable inquiry, any other party is in breach or default thereunder and, to the Company’s knowledge, after reasonable inquiry, no event has occurred that, with the lapse of time or the giving of notice, or both, would constitute a breach or default thereunder.  To the Company’s knowledge, after reasonable inquiry, the performance by the Company of the material provisions of such agreements or instruments will not result in a violation of any existing applicable law, rule, regulation, judgment, order or decree of any governmental agency or court, domestic or foreign, having jurisdiction over the Company or any of its assets or businesses, including, without limitation, those relating to environmental laws and regulations. 

 

2.2.3            Prior Securities Transactions .  No securities of the Company have been sold by the Company or by or on behalf of, or for the benefit of, any person or persons controlling, controlled by, or under common control with the Company since the date of the Company’s formation, except as disclosed in the Registration Statement.

 

2.2.4            Regulations .  The disclosures in the Registration Statement and the Sale Preliminary Prospectus and Prospectus concerning the effects of federal, foreign, state and local regulation on the Company’s business as currently contemplated are correct in all material respects and do not omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances in which they were made, not misleading.

 

2.3           Changes After Dates in Registration Statement .

 

2.3.1            No Material Adverse Change .  Since the respective dates as of which information is given in the Registration Statement, the Sale Preliminary Prospectus and the Prospectus, except as otherwise specifically stated therein, (i) there has been no material adverse change in the condition, financial or otherwise, or business prospects of the Company, (ii) there have been no material transactions entered into by the Company, other than as contemplated pursuant to this Agreement, (iii) no member of the Company’s management has resigned from any position with the Company and (iv) no event or occurrence has taken place which materially impairs, or would likely materially impair, with the passage of time, the ability of the members of the Board of Directors or management to act in their capacities with the Company as described in the Registration Statement, the Sale Preliminary Prospectus and the Prospectus.

 

8
 

 

2.3.2            Recent Securities Transactions .  Subsequent to the respective dates as of which information is given in the Registration Statement, the Sale Preliminary Prospectus and the Prospectus, and except as may otherwise be indicated or contemplated herein or therein, the Company has not (i) issued any securities or incurred any liability or obligation, direct or contingent, for borrowed money; or (ii) declared or paid any dividend or made any other distribution on or in respect to its equity securities.

 

2.4            Independent Accountants .  To the Company’s knowledge, after reasonable inquiry, UHY LLP (“ UHY ”), whose report is filed with the Commission as part of the Registration Statement, the Sale Preliminary Prospectus and the Prospectus and included in the Registration Statement, the Sale Preliminary Prospectus and the Prospectus, are independent registered public accountants as required by the Act and the Regulations. To the Company’s knowledge, after reasonable inquiry, UHY is currently registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board.  UHY has not, during the periods covered by the financial statements included in the Registration Statement, the Sale Preliminary Prospectus and the Prospectus, provided to the Company any non-audit services, as such term is used in Section 10A(g) of the Exchange Act.

 

2.5            Financial Statements; Statistical Data .

 

2.5.1            Financial Statements .  The financial statements, including the notes thereto and supporting schedules (if any) included in the Registration Statement, the Sale Preliminary Prospectus and the Prospectus fairly present the financial position, the results of operations and the cash flows of the Company at the dates and for the periods to which they apply; such financial statements have been prepared in conformity with United States generally accepted accounting principles (“ GAAP ”), consistently applied throughout the periods involved; and the supporting schedules included in the Registration Statement, the Sale Preliminary Prospectus and the Prospectus present fairly the information required to be stated therein in conformity with the Regulations.  No other financial statements or supporting schedules are required to be included or incorporated by reference in the Registration Statement, the Sale Preliminary Prospectus or the Prospectus.  The Registration Statement, the Sale Preliminary Prospectus and the Prospectus disclose all material off-balance sheet transactions, arrangements, obligations (including contingent obligations), and other relationships of the Company with unconsolidated entities or other persons that may have a material current or future effect on the Company’s financial condition, changes in financial condition, results of operations, liquidity, capital expenditures, capital resources, or significant components of revenues or expenses.  There are no pro forma or as adjusted financial statements that are required to be included in the Registration Statement, the Sale Preliminary Prospectus and the Prospectus in accordance with Regulation S-X or Form 10 that have not been included as required.

 

9
 

 

2.5.2            Statistical Data . The statistical, industry-related and market-related data included in the Registration Statement, the Sale Preliminary Prospectus and/or the Prospectus are based on or derived from sources that the Company reasonably and in good faith believes are reliable and accurate, and such data materially agree with the sources from which they are derived.

 

2.6            Authorized Capital; Options .  The Company had at the date or dates indicated in each of the Registration Statement, the Sale Preliminary Prospectus and the Prospectus, as the case may be, duly authorized, issued and outstanding capitalization as set forth in the Registration Statement, the Sale Preliminary Prospectus, and the Prospectus.  Based on the assumptions stated in the Registration Statement, the Sale Preliminary Prospectus, and the Prospectus, the Company will have on the Closing Date the adjusted share capitalization set forth therein.  Except as set forth in, or contemplated by the Registration Statement, the Sale Preliminary Prospectus and the Prospectus, on the Effective Date and on the Closing Date, there will be no options, warrants, or other rights to purchase or otherwise acquire any authorized but unissued Ordinary Shares or any security convertible into the Ordinary Shares, or any contracts or commitments to issue or sell the Ordinary Shares or any such options, warrants, rights or convertible securities.

 

2.7            Valid Issuance of Securities .

 

2.7.1            Outstanding Securities .  All issued and outstanding securities of the Company issued prior to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement have been duly authorized and validly issued and are fully paid and non-assessable; the holders thereof have no rights of rescission with respect thereto, and are not subject to personal liability by reason of being such holders; and none of such securities was issued in violation of the preemptive rights of any holders of any security of the Company or similar contractual rights granted by the Company.  The authorized and outstanding Ordinary Shares conform in all material respects to all statements relating thereto contained in the Registration Statement, the Sale Preliminary Prospectus and the Prospectus.  All offers and sales and any transfers of the outstanding securities of the Company were at all relevant times either registered under the Act and the applicable foreign securities laws, state securities or Blue Sky laws or, based in part on the representations and warranties of the purchasers of such securities, exempt from such registration requirements.

 

2.7.2            Securities Sold Pursuant to this Agreement .  The Securities have been duly authorized and reserved for issuance and when issued and paid for in accordance with this Agreement, and with respect to the Ordinary Shares when such shares have been registered in the Company's register of members, will be validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable; the holders thereof are not and will not be subject to personal liability by reason of being such holders; the Securities are not and will not be subject to the preemptive rights of any holders of any security of the Company or similar contractual rights granted by the Company; and all corporate action required to be taken for the authorization, issuance and sale of the Securities has been duly and validly taken.  The form of certificates for the Securities conform to the corporate law of the jurisdiction of the Company’s incorporation. The Securities conform in all material respects to the descriptions thereof contained in the Registration Statement, the Sale Preliminary Prospectus and the Prospectus, as the case may be.  When paid for and issued, the Rights the will constitute valid and binding obligations of the Company to issue the number and type of securities of the Company called for thereby in accordance with the terms thereof and such Rights are enforceable against the Company in accordance with their respective terms, except: (i) as such enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally; (ii) as enforceability of any indemnification or contribution provision may be limited under foreign, federal and state securities laws; and (iii) that the remedy of specific performance and injunctive and other forms of equitable relief may be subject to the equitable defenses and to the discretion of the court before which any proceeding therefor may be brought.  The Ordinary Shares issuable upon conversion of the Rights have been reserved for issuance upon the exercise of such securities and upon payment of the consideration therefor, and when issued in accordance with the terms thereof such Ordinary Shares, and registered in the register of members of the Company, will be duly and validly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable, and the holders thereof are not and will not be subject to personal liability by reason of being such holders.

 

10
 

 

2.7.3            Placement Units . The Placement Units constitute valid and binding obligations of the Company to issue the number and type of securities of the Company called for thereby in accordance with the terms thereof, and such Placement Units are enforceable against the Company in accordance with their respective terms, except: (i) as such enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally; (ii) as enforceability of any indemnification or contribution provision may be limited under federal and state securities laws; and (iii) that the remedy of specific performance and injunctive and other forms of equitable relief may be subject to the equitable defenses and to the discretion of the court before which any proceeding therefor may be brought.  The Ordinary Shares and Rights underlying the Placement Units, and the Ordinary Shares issuable upon conversion of the Rights underlying the Private Units have been reserved for issuance and, when issued in accordance with the terms of the Placement Units and the Placement Rights, will be duly and validly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable, and the holders thereof are not and will not be subject to personal liability by reason of being such holders.

 

2.7.4            Registered Units . The Registered Units constitute valid and binding obligations of the Company to issue the number and type of securities of the Company called for thereby in accordance with the terms thereof, and such Registered Units are enforceable against the Company in accordance with their respective terms, except: (i) as such enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally; (ii) as enforceability of any indemnification or contribution provision may be limited under federal and state securities laws; and (iii) that the remedy of specific performance and injunctive and other forms of equitable relief may be subject to the equitable defenses and to the discretion of the court before which any proceeding therefor may be brought.  The Ordinary Shares and Registered Rights underlying the Registered Units, and the Ordinary Shares issuable upon conversion of the Registered Rights underlying the Registered Units have been reserved for issuance and, when issued in accordance with the terms of the Registered Units and the Registered Rights, will be duly and validly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable, and the holders thereof are not and will not be subject to personal liability by reason of being such holders.

 

2.7.5          Over-allotment Option and the Underwriter’s Purchase Option . The Over-allotment Option and the Underwriter’s Purchase Option will constitute valid and binding obligations of the Company to issue the number and type of securities of the Company called for thereby in accordance with the terms thereof and such Over-allotment Option and the Underwriter’s Purchase Option are enforceable against the Company in accordance with their respective terms, except: (i) as such enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally; (ii) as enforceability of any indemnification or contribution provision may be limited under foreign, federal and state securities laws; and (iii) that the remedy of specific performance and injunctive and other forms of equitable relief may be subject to the equitable defenses and to the discretion of the court before which any proceeding therefor may be brought.  The Ordinary Shares issuable upon conversion of the Over-allotment Option and the Underwriter’s Purchase Option have been reserved for issuance upon the exercise of such securities and upon payment of the consideration therefor, and when issued in accordance with the terms thereof such Ordinary Shares, and registered in the register of members of the Company, will be duly and validly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable, and the holders thereof are not and will not be subject to personal liability by reason of being such holders. 

 

11
 

 

2.7.6            No Integration . Neither the Company nor any of its affiliates has, prior to the date hereof, made any offer or sale of any securities which are required to be or may be   “integrated” pursuant to the Act or the Regulations with the offer and sale of the Public Securities and Registered Securities pursuant to the Registration Statement.

 

2.8            Registration Rights of Third Parties .  Except as set forth in the Registration Statement, the Sale Preliminary Prospectus and the Prospectus, no holders of any securities of the Company or any rights exercisable for or convertible or exchangeable into securities of the Company have the right to require the Company to register any such securities of the Company under the Act or to include any such securities in a registration statement to be filed by the Company.

 

2.9            Validity and Binding Effect of Agreements .  This Agreement, the Rights Agreement, the Trust Agreement, the Escrow Agreement (as defined in Section 2.21.3), the Registration Rights Agreement (as defined in Section 2.22.5) and the Subscription Agreement have been duly and validly authorized by the Company and, when executed and delivered, will constitute the valid and binding agreements of the Company, enforceable against the Company in accordance with their respective terms, except: (i) as such enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally, (ii) as enforceability of any indemnification or contribution provision may be limited under the foreign, federal and state securities laws, and (iii) that the remedy of specific performance and injunctive and other forms of equitable relief may be subject to the equitable defenses and to the discretion of the court before which any proceeding therefor may be brought.

 

2.10          No Conflicts, Etc .  The execution, delivery, and performance by the Company of this Agreement, the Rights Agreement, the Escrow Agreement, the Trust Agreement, the Registration Rights Agreement, the Underwriter’s Purchase Option, and the Subscription Agreement, the consummation by the Company of the transactions herein and therein contemplated and the compliance by the Company with the terms hereof and thereof do not and will not, with or without the giving of notice or the lapse of time or both: (i) result in a breach or violation of, or conflict with any of the terms and provisions of, or constitute a default under, or result in the creation, modification, termination or imposition of any lien, charge or encumbrance upon any property or assets of the Company pursuant to the terms of any agreement, obligation, condition, covenant or instrument to which the Company is a party or bound or to which its property is subject except pursuant to the Trust Agreement (ii) result in any violation of the provisions of the Amended and Restated Memorandum and Articles of Association, as amended, of the Company; or (iii) violate any existing applicable statute, law, rule, regulation, judgment, order or decree of any governmental agency or court, domestic or foreign, having jurisdiction over the Company or any of its properties, business or assets constituted as of the date hereof.

 

2.11          No Defaults; Violations .  No default or violation exists in the due performance and observance of any term, covenant or condition of any license, contract, indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, note, loan or credit agreement, or any other agreement or instrument evidencing an obligation for borrowed money, or any other agreement or instrument to which the Company is a party or by which the Company may be bound or to which any of the properties or assets of the Company is subject.  The Company is not in violation of any term or provision of its Amended and Restated Memorandum and Articles of Association, as amended, or in violation of any franchise, license, permit, applicable law, rule, regulation, judgment or decree of any governmental agency or court, domestic or foreign, having jurisdiction over the Company or any of its properties or businesses.

 

12
 

 

2.12          Corporate Power; Licenses; Consents .

 

2.12.1            Conduct of Business .  The Company has all requisite corporate power and authority, and has all necessary authorizations, approvals, orders, licenses, certificates and permits of and from all governmental regulatory officials and bodies that it needs as of the date hereof to conduct its business purpose as described in the Registration Statement, the Sale Preliminary Prospectus and the Prospectus.  The disclosures in the Registration Statement, the Sale Preliminary Prospectus and the Prospectus concerning the effects of foreign, federal, state and local regulation on this Offering and the Company’s business purpose as currently contemplated are correct in all material respects and do not omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary in order to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading.  Since its formation, the Company has conducted no business and has incurred no liabilities other than in connection with and in furtherance of this Offering. No governmental approvals are currently required in the Cayman Islands in order for the Company to pay dividends, interest attributable to shareholders’ equity or other distributions declared by the Company to the holders of the Securities, and, under current laws and regulations, any amounts payable with respect to the Securities (i) upon liquidation of the Company or upon redemption thereof and (ii) in the form of dividends or interest attributable to shareholders’ equity declared and payable on the Securities shall be paid by the Company in U.S. dollars and may be freely transferred out of the Cayman Islands; no such payments made to holders thereof or therein who are non-residents of the Cayman Islands are subject to income, withholding or other taxes under laws and regulations of the Cayman Islands or any political subdivision or taxing authority thereof or therein, and such payments will otherwise be free and clear of any other tax, duty, withholding or deduction in the Cayman Islands or any political subdivision or taxing authority thereof or therein and without the necessity of obtaining any governmental authorization in the Cayman Islands or any political subdivision or taxing authority thereof or therein.

 

2.12.2            Transactions Contemplated Herein .  The Company has all requisite corporate power and authority to enter into this Agreement and to carry out the provisions and conditions hereof, and all consents, authorizations, approvals and orders required in connection therewith have been obtained.  No consent, authorization or order of, and no filing with, any court, government agency or other body, foreign or domestic, is required for the valid issuance, sale and delivery, of the Securities and the consummation of the transactions and agreements contemplated by this Agreement, the Rights, the Escrow Agreement, the Trust Agreement, the Registration Rights Agreement , the Underwriter’s Purchase Option, and the Subscription Agreement and as contemplated by the Registration Statement, the Sale Preliminary Prospectus and the Prospectus, except with respect to applicable foreign, federal and state securities laws and the rules and regulations promulgated by the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (“ FINRA ”).

 

13
 

 

2.12.3            Jurisdiction and Designation . The Company has the power to submit, and pursuant to Section 9.7 of this Agreement has, to the extent permitted by law, legally, validly, effectively and irrevocably submitted, to the jurisdiction of any New York State or United States Federal court sitting in The City of New York, Borough of Manhattan, has validly and irrevocably waived any objection to the laying of venue of any suit, action or proceeding brought in such court, and has the power to designate, appoint and empower, and pursuant to Section 9.7 of this Agreement has legally, validly and effectively designated, appointed and empowered an agent for service of process in any suit or proceeding based on or arising under this Agreement in any New York State or United States Federal court sitting in The City of New York. To the Company’s knowledge, except as disclosed under the caption “Certain Differences in Corporate Law-Enforcement of civil liabilities” in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus, any final judgment for a liquidated sum of money rendered by any U.S. federal or New York state court located in the State of New York having jurisdiction under its own laws in respect of any suit, action or proceeding against the Company based upon this Agreement would be recognized and enforced against the Company by the courts of the Cayman Islands, without reconsideration or reexamination of the merits of the underlying dispute, by an action commenced on the foreign judgment debt in the courts of the Cayman Islands, provided that such judgment (i) cannot be impeached on the ground of fraud, (ii) is not of a kind the enforcement of which is contrary to natural justice or the public policy of the Cayman Islands, and (iii) is not in respect of penalties, taxes, fines or similar fiscal or revenue obligations of the Company. To the Company’s knowledge, the choice of laws of the State of New York as the governing law of this Agreement is a valid choice of law under the laws of the Cayman Islands and the courts of the Cayman Islands will observe and give effect to such choice of law.

 

2.13          D&O Questionnaires .  To the Company’s knowledge, after reasonable inquiry, all information contained in the questionnaires (“ Questionnaires ”) completed by each of the Company’s shareholders, officers, directors and the Insider Shareholders (collectively, “ Insiders ”) and provided to the Underwriter and the biographies of the Insiders (to the extent a biography is included) contained in the Registration Statement, Sale Preliminary Prospectus and the Prospectus are true and correct and the Company has not become aware of any information which would cause the information disclosed in the Questionnaires completed by each Insider to become inaccurate, incorrect or incomplete.

 

2.14          Litigation; Governmental Proceedings .  There is no action, suit, proceeding, inquiry, arbitration, investigation, litigation or governmental proceeding pending, or to the Company’s knowledge, after reasonable inquiry, threatened against or involving the Company or any Insider or any shareholder or member of an Insider that has not been disclosed or that is required to be disclosed in the Registration Statement, the Sale Preliminary Prospectus, the Prospectus or the Questionnaires.

 

2.15          Good Standing .  The Company has been duly organized and is validly existing as a company and is in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction of incorporation. The Company is duly qualified to do business and is in good standing as a foreign corporation in each jurisdiction in which its ownership or lease of property or the conduct of business requires such qualification, except where the failure to qualify would not have a material adverse effect on the assets, business or operations of the Company (a   Material Adverse Effect ”).

 

14
 

 

2.16          No Contemplation of a Business Combination .  Prior to the date hereof, no Company Affiliate (as defined in Section 2.17.3) has, and as of the Closing, the Company and such Company Affiliates will not have: (a) had any specific Business Combination under consideration or contemplation; (b) directly or indirectly, contacted any potential operating assets, business or businesses that the Company may seek to consummate a Business Combination with (each, a “ Target Business ”) or any owner, officer, director, manager, agent or representative thereof or had any substantive discussions, formal or otherwise, with respect to effecting any potential Business Combination with the Company or taken any measure, directly or indirectly to locate a Target Business; or (c) engaged or retained any agent or other representative to identify or locate any Target Business for the Company.

 

2.17          Transactions Affecting Disclosure to FINRA .

 

2.17.1            Finder’s Fees .  There are no claims, payments, arrangements, agreements or understandings relating to the payment of a finder’s, consulting or origination fee by the Company or any Insider with respect to the sale of the Securities hereunder or any other arrangements, agreements or understandings of the Company or to the Company’s knowledge, after reasonable inquiry, any Insider, that may affect the Underwriter’s compensation, as determined by FINRA.

 

2.17.2            Payments Within Twelve Months .  The Company has not made any direct or indirect payments (in cash, securities or otherwise) to: (i) any person, as a finder’s fee, consulting fee or otherwise, in consideration of such person raising capital for the Company or introducing to the Company persons who raised or provided capital to the Company; (ii) any FINRA member; or (iii) any person or entity that has any direct or indirect affiliation or association with any FINRA member, within the twelve months prior to the Effective Date, other than the prior payments to the Underwriter in connection with the Offering.

 

2.17.3            FINRA Affiliation .  No officer or director or any beneficial owner (including the Insiders) of any class of the Company’s unregistered securities (whether debt or equity, registered or unregistered, regardless of the time acquired or the source from which derived) has any direct or indirect affiliation or association with any FINRA member (as determined in accordance with the rules and regulations of FINRA).  The Company will advise the Underwriter and Loeb if it learns that any officer, director or owner of at least 5% of the Company’s outstanding Ordinary Shares (or securities convertible into Ordinary Shares) (any such individual or entity, a   Company Affiliate ”) is or becomes an affiliate or associated person of a FINRA member participating in the Offering.

 

2.17.4           No Company Affiliate is an owner of stock or other securities of any member of FINRA (other than securities purchased on the open market).

 

2.17.5           No Company Affiliate has made a subordinated loan to any member of FINRA.

 

15
 

 

2.17.6           No proceeds from the sale of the Public Securities (excluding underwriting compensation), the Placement Units or the Registered Units, will be paid to any FINRA member, or any persons associated or affiliated with a member of FINRA, except as specifically authorized herein.

 

2.17.7           The Company has not issued any warrants or other securities, or granted any options, directly or indirectly to anyone who is a potential underwriter in the Offering or a related person (as defined by FINRA rules) of such an underwriter within the 180-day period prior to the initial filing date of the Registration Statement.

 

2.17.8           No person to whom securities of the Company have been privately issued within the 180-day period prior to the initial filing date of the Registration Statement has any relationship or affiliation or association with any member of FINRA.

 

2.17.9           To the Company’s knowledge, after reasonable inquiry, no FINRA member intending to participate in the Offering has a conflict of interest with the Company.  For this purpose, a   conflict of interest ” exists when a member of FINRA and/or its associated persons, parent or affiliates in the aggregate beneficially own 10% or more of the Company’s outstanding subordinated debt or common equity, or 10% or more of the Company’s preferred equity.     Members participating in the Offering ” include managing agents, syndicate group members and all dealers which are members of FINRA.

 

2.17.10         Except with respect to the Underwriter in connection with the Offering, the Company has not entered into any agreement or arrangement (including, without limitation, any consulting agreement or any other type of agreement) during the 180-day period prior to the initial filing date of the Registration Statement, which arrangement or agreement provides for the receipt of any item of value and/or the transfer or issuance of any warrants, options, or other securities from the Company to a FINRA member, any person associated with a member (as defined by FINRA rules), any potential underwriters in the Offering and/or any related persons.

 

2.18          Taxes .

 

2.18.1           There are no transfer taxes or other similar fees or charges under Cayman Islands law, U.S. federal law or the laws of any U.S. state or any political subdivision of the foregoing, required to be paid in connection with the execution and delivery of this Agreement or the issuance or sale by the Company of the Public Securities.

 

2.18.2           The Company has filed all non-U.S., U.S. federal, state and local tax returns required to be filed with taxing authorities prior to the date hereof in a timely manner or has duly obtained extensions of time for the filing thereof.  The Company has paid all taxes shown as due on such returns that were filed and has paid all taxes imposed on it and any other assessment, fine or penalty levied against it, to the extent that any of the foregoing is due and payable.  The Company has made appropriate provisions in the applicable financial statements referred to in Section 2.5.1 above in respect of all federal, state, local and foreign income and franchise taxes for all current or prior periods as to which the tax liability of the Company has not been finally determined.

 

16
 

 

2.18.3           Except for any income or franchise taxes imposed on the Underwriter by the Cayman Islands or the United States or any political subdivision or taxing authority thereof or therein as a result of any present or former connection between the Underwriter and the jurisdiction imposing such tax, no value added tax will have to be charged by the Company and no stamp or other issuance or transfer taxes or duties and no capital gains, income, withholding or other taxes are payable by or on behalf of the Underwriter to the Cayman Islands or the United States or any political subdivision or taxing authority thereof or therein, in connection with (i) the issuance and authentication of the Public Securities; (ii) the sale of the Public Securities to the Underwriter in the manner contemplated herein; or (iii) the resale and delivery of such Public Securities by the Underwriter in the manner contemplated in the Sale Preliminary Prospectus and the Prospectus. Assuming the Company satisfies the “start-up exception” (as described in the Registration Statement) to the “passive foreign investment company” (“PFIC”) provisions of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and subject to the discussion of PFICs and other federal income tax issues set forth in the Registration Statement under the heading “Taxation — United States Federal Income Taxation”, the Company will not be a PFIC for federal income tax purposes for its initial taxable year ending December 31, 2015.

 

2.19          Foreign Corrupt Practices Act; Anti-Money Laundering; Patriot Act

 

2.19.1            Foreign Corrupt Practices Act .  Neither the Company nor to the Company’s knowledge, after reasonable inquiry, any of the Insiders or any other person acting on behalf of the Company has, directly or indirectly, given or agreed to give any money, gift or similar benefit (other than legal price concessions to customers in the ordinary course of business) to any customer, supplier, employee or agent of a customer or supplier, or official or employee of any governmental agency or instrumentality of any government (domestic or foreign) or any political party or candidate for office (domestic or foreign) or other person who was, is, or may be in a position to help or hinder the business of the Company (or assist it in connection with any actual or proposed transaction) that (i) might subject the Company to any damage or penalty in any civil, criminal or governmental litigation or proceeding, (ii) if not given in the past, might have had a Material Adverse Effect, or (iii) if not continued in the future, might adversely affect the assets, business or operations of the Company.  The Company has taken reasonable steps to ensure that its accounting controls and procedures are sufficient to cause the Company to comply in all material respects with the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, as amended.

 

2.19.2            Currency and Foreign Transactions Reporting Act .  The operations of the Company are and have been conducted at all times in compliance with applicable financial recordkeeping and reporting requirements of the Currency and Foreign Transaction Reporting Act of 1970, as amended, including the Money Laundering Control Act of 1986, as amended, the rules and regulations thereunder and any related or similar money laundering statutes, rules, regulations or guidelines, issued, administered or enforced by any Federal governmental agency (collectively, the “ Money Laundering Laws ”) and no action, suit or proceeding by or before any court or governmental agency, authority or body or any arbitrator involving the Company with respect to the Money Laundering Laws is pending or, to the Company’s knowledge, after reasonable inquiry, threatened.

 

17
 

 

2.19.3            OFAC . None of the Company, any of its Subsidiaries or, to the knowledge of the Company, any director, officer, agent, employee, affiliate or other person acting on behalf of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is currently subject to any U.S. sanctions administered by the Office of Foreign Assets Control of the U.S. Department of the Treasury (“OFAC”); and the Company will not directly or indirectly use the proceeds of the sale of the Securities, or lend, contribute or otherwise make available such proceeds to any of its Subsidiaries, joint venture partners or other person, for the purpose of financing the activities of any person currently subject to any U.S. sanctions administered by OFAC.

 

2.19.4            Patriot Act .  Neither the Company nor to the Company’s knowledge, after reasonable inquiry, any Company Affiliate has violated: (i) the Bank Secrecy Act of 1970, as amended, or (ii) the Uniting and Strengthening of America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism (USA PATRIOT ACT) Act of 2001, and/or the rules and regulations promulgated under any such law, or any successor law.

 

2.20          Officers’ Certificate .  Any certificate signed by any duly authorized officer or officers of the Company in connection with the Offering and delivered to the Underwriter or to Loeb shall be deemed a representation and warranty by the Company to the Underwriter as to the matters covered thereby.

 

2.21          Agreements With Insiders .

 

2.21.1            Insider Letters .  The Company has caused to be duly executed legally binding and enforceable agreements (except (i) as such enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally, (ii) as enforceability of any indemnification, contribution or noncompete provision may be limited under foreign, federal and state securities laws, and (iii) that the remedy of specific performance and injunctive and other forms of equitable relief may be subject to the equitable defenses and to the discretion of the court before which any proceeding therefor may be brought), a form of which is annexed as an exhibit to the Registration Statement (the “ Insider Letter ”), pursuant to which each of the Insiders of the Company agree to certain matters.  The Insider Letters shall not be amended, modified or otherwise changed without the prior written consent of the Underwriter, which consent will not be unreasonably withheld.

 

2.21.2            Subscription Agreement .  An affiliate of Richard Xu, the Company’s Chief Executive Officer, has executed and delivered a subscription agreement, the form of which is annexed as an exhibit to the Registration Statement (the   Subscription Agreement ”), pursuant to which such affiliate will, among other things, on the Closing Date, purchase and deliver the purchase price for the Placement Units purchased in the Unit Private Placement and the Registered Units purchased pursuant to the Registration Statement.  Pursuant to the Subscription Agreement, (i) the affiliate has waived any and all rights and claims they may have to any proceeds, and any interest thereon, held in the Trust Account in respect of the Placement Securities and the Registered Securities, and (ii) the proceeds from the sale of the Placement Units and Registered Units will be deposited by the Company in the Trust Account in accordance with the terms of the Trust Agreement on the Closing Date.

 

18
 

 

2.21.3            Escrow Agreement .  The Company has caused the Insider Shareholders to enter into an Escrow Agreement (the “ Escrow Agreement ”) pursuant to which the Insider Shares may not be released from escrow until (i) with respect to 50% of the Insider Shares, the earlier of one year after the date of the consummation of the Business Combination and the date on which the closing price of the Company’s Ordinary Shares equals or exceeds $13.00 per share (as adjusted for share splits, share dividends, reorganizations and recapitalizations) for any 20 trading days within any 30-trading day period commencing after the Business Combination; and (ii) with respect to the remaining 50% of the Insider Shares, one year after the date of the consummation of the Business Combination; or earlier, in either case, if, subsequent to the Business Combination, the Company consummates a liquidation, merger, share exchange or other similar transaction which results in all of the Company’s shareholders having the right to exchange their shares for cash, securities or other property (the “ Escrow Period ”).  During the Escrow Period, the Insider Shareholders shall be prohibited from selling or otherwise transferring such Insider Shares, except the Insider Shareholders shall retain the right to vote such Insider Shares and that the Insider Shareholders shall be permitted to make Permitted Transfers. As used herein, “ Permitted Transfers ” refer to (a) transfers (i) if the Initial Shareholder is an entity, as a distribution to partners, members or stockholders of the Initial Shareholder upon the liquidation and dissolution of the Initial Shareholder, (ii) by bona fide gift to a member of the Initial Shareholder’s immediate family or to a trust, the beneficiary of which is the Initial Shareholder or a member of the Initial Shareholder’s immediate family for estate planning purposes, (iii) by virtue of the laws of descent and distribution upon death of the Initial Shareholder, (iv) pursuant to a qualified domestic relations order, (v) by certain pledges to secure obligations incurred in connection with purchases of the Company’s securities, (vi) by private sales at prices no greater than the price at which the Escrow Shares were originally purchased, or (vii) to the Company for cancellation in accordance with the terms of the Escrow Agreement or in connection with the consummation of a Business Combination, in each case, except for clause (vii), on the condition that such transfers may be implemented only upon the respective transferee’s written agreement to be bound by the terms and conditions of this Agreement and of the Insider Letter signed by the Initial Shareholder transferring the Escrow Shares.

 

19
 

 

2.21.4            No Fiduciary Relationship in Pricing .  The Company acknowledges and agrees that (i) the purchase and sale of the Units pursuant to this Agreement is an arm’s-length commercial transaction pursuant to a contractual relationship between the Company and the Underwriter, (ii) in connection therewith and with the process leading to such transaction, each Underwriter is acting solely as a principal and not the agent or fiduciary of the Company, (iii) the Underwriter has not assumed an advisory or fiduciary responsibility in favor of the Company with respect to the offering contemplated hereby or the process leading thereto (irrespective of whether the Underwriter has advised or is currently advising the Company on other matters) or any other obligation to the Company except the obligations expressly set forth in this Agreement, (iv) in no event do the parties intend that the Underwriter act or be responsible as a fiduciary to the Company, its management, shareholders, creditors or any other person in connection with any activity that the Underwriter may undertake or have undertaken in furtherance of this offering of the Company’s securities, either before or after the date hereof and (v) the Company has consulted its own legal and financial advisors to the extent it deemed appropriate.  The Underwriter hereby expressly disclaims any fiduciary or similar obligations to the Company, either in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or any matters leading up to such transactions, and the Company hereby confirms its understanding and agreement to that effect.  The Company agrees that it will not claim that the Underwriter has rendered advisory services of any nature or respect, or owes a fiduciary or similar duty to the Company, in connection with such transaction or the process leading thereto.  The Company and the Underwriter agree that they are each responsible for making their own independent judgment with respect to any such transactions, and that any opinions or views expressed by the Underwriter to the Company regarding such transactions, including but not limited to any opinions or views with respect to the price or market for the Company’s securities, do not constitute advice or recommendations to the Company.  The Company hereby waives and releases, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any claims that the Company may have against the Underwriter with respect to any breach or alleged breach of any fiduciary or similar duty to the Company in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or any matters leading up to such transactions.

 

20
 

 

2.21.5            Registration Rights Agreement . The Company and the Insider Shareholders have entered into a Registration Rights Agreement (“ Registration Rights Agreement ”) substantially in the form annexed as an exhibit to the Registration Statement, whereby such parties will be entitled to certain registration rights with respect to the securities they hold or may hold, as set forth in such Registration Rights Agreement and described more fully in the Registration Statement, the Sale Preliminary Prospectus and the Prospectus.

 

2.22          Investment Management Trust Agreement .  The Company has entered into the Trust Agreement with respect to certain proceeds of the Offering, the Unit Private Placement and the Registered Unit Sale substantially in the form annexed as an exhibit to the Registration Statement.

 

2.23          Rights Agreement .  The Company has entered into a rights agreement with respect to the Rights underlying the Units, the Placement Units and the Registered Units with CST substantially in the form filed as an exhibit to the Registration Statement (“ Rights Agreement ”).

 

2.24          No Existing Non-Competition Agreements .  No Insider is subject to any non-competition agreement or non-solicitation agreement with any employer or prior employer which could materially affect his ability to be an employee, officer and/or director of the Company, except as disclosed in the Registration Statement.  No officer or director of the Company is subject to any non-competition agreement or non-solicitation agreement with any employer or prior employer that could materially affect each respective director’s or officer’s ability to be and act in the capacity of a director or officer of the Company, except as disclosed in the Registration Statement.

 

2.25          Investments .  No more than 45% of the   “value”   (as defined in Section 2(a)(41) of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (“ Investment Company Act ”)) of the Company’s total assets consist of, and no more than 45% of the Company’s net income after taxes is derived from, securities other than “Government Securities” (as defined in Section 2(a)(16) of the Investment Company Act) or money market funds meeting the conditions of Rule 2a-7 of the Investment Company Act.

 

21
 

 

2.26          Investment Company Act .  The Company is not required, and upon the issuance and sale of the Securities as herein contemplated and the application of the net proceeds therefrom as described in the Sale Preliminary Prospectus and Prospectus will not be required, to register as an “investment company” under the Investment Company Act.

 

2.27          Subsidiaries .  The Company does not own an interest in any corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, trust or other business entity.

 

2.28          Related Party Transactions .  No relationship, direct or indirect, exists between or among any of the Company or any Company Affiliate, on the one hand, and any director, officer, shareholder, customer or supplier of the Company or any Company Affiliate, on the other hand, which is required by the Act, the Exchange Act or the Regulations to be described in the Registration Statement, the Sale Preliminary Prospectus and the Prospectus which is not so described as required.  There are no outstanding loans, advances (except normal advances for business expenses in the ordinary course of business) or guarantees of indebtedness by the Company to or for the benefit of any of the officers or directors of the Company or any of their respective family members, except as disclosed in the Registration Statement, the Sale Preliminary Prospectus and Prospectus.  The Company has not extended or maintained credit, arranged for the extension of credit, or renewed an extension of credit, in the form of a personal loan to or for any director or officer of the Company.

 

2.29          No Influence .  The Company has not offered, or caused the Underwriter to offer, the Firm Units to any person or entity with the intention of unlawfully influencing: (a) a customer or supplier of the Company or any affiliate of the Company to alter the customer’s or supplier’s level or type of business with the Company or such affiliate or (b) a journalist or publication to write or publish favorable information about the Company or any such affiliate.

 

2.30          Sarbanes-Oxley .  The Company is, or on the Closing Date will be, in material compliance with the provisions of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder and related or similar rules or regulations promulgated by any governmental or self-regulatory entity or agency, that are applicable to it as of the date hereof.

 

2.31          Distribution of Offering Material by the Company . The Company has not distributed and will not distribute, prior to the later of the Closing Date and the completion of the Underwriter’s distribution of the Units, any offering material in connection with the offering and sale of the Units other than the Sale Preliminary Prospectus and the Prospectus, in each case as supplemented and amended.

 

2.32          NASDAQ . The Public Securities have been authorized for listing, subject to official notice of issuance and evidence of satisfactory distribution, on the NASDAQ Capital Market, and the Company knows of no reason or set of facts that is likely to adversely affect such authorization.

 

22
 

 

2.33          Board of Directors . As of the Effective Date, the Board of Directors of the Company will be comprised of the persons set forth under the heading of the Sale Preliminary Prospectus and the Prospectus captioned “Management.” As of the Effective Date, the qualifications of the persons serving as board members and the overall composition of the board will comply with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and the rules promulgated thereunder and the rules of the NASDAQ Capital Market that are, in each case, applicable to the Company. As of the Effective Date, the Company will have an Audit Committee that satisfies the applicable requirements under the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and the rules promulgated thereunder and the rules of the NASDAQ Capital Market.

 

2.34          Emerging Growth Company .  From its formation through the date hereof, the Company has been and is an “emerging growth company,” as defined in Section 2(a) of the Act (an “ Emerging Growth Company ”).

 

2.35         Introduced Party Restrictions . Each Introduced Party has entered into a letter agreement pursuant to which such investor has agreed to receive only $10.00 per Ordinary Share (as opposed to the $10.40 per Ordinary Share the other holders of publicly traded Ordinary Shares would receive) pursuant to any election to redeem in connection with a Business Combination or if the Company is unable to consummate a Business Combination within the time period required by its Amended and Restated Memorandum and Articles of Association and is forced to liquidate.

 

3.             Covenants of the Company .  The Company covenants and agrees as follows:

 

3.1            Amendments to Registration Statement .  The Company will deliver to the Underwriter, prior to filing, any amendment or supplement to the Registration Statement, any Preliminary Prospectus or the Prospectus proposed to be filed after the Effective Date and the Company shall not file any such amendment or supplement to which the Underwriter shall reasonably object in writing.

 

3.2           Federal Securities Laws.

 

3.2.1            Compliance .  During the time when a Prospectus is required to be delivered under the Act, the Company will use its best efforts to comply with all requirements imposed upon it by the Act, the Regulations and the Exchange Act and by the regulations under the Exchange Act, as from time to time in force, so far as necessary to permit the continuance of sales of or dealings in the Securities in accordance with the provisions hereof and the Sale Preliminary Prospectus and the Prospectus.  If at any time when a Prospectus relating to the Securities is required to be delivered under the Act, any event shall have occurred as a result of which, in the opinion of counsel for the Company or counsel for the Underwriter, the Prospectus, as then amended or supplemented, includes an untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading, or if it is necessary at any time to amend or supplement the Prospectus to comply with the Act, the Company will notify the Underwriter promptly and prepare and file with the Commission, subject to Section 3.1 hereof, an appropriate amendment or supplement in accordance with Section 10 of the Act.

 

23
 

 

3.2.2            Filing of Final Prospectus .  The Company will file the Prospectus (in form and substance satisfactory to the Underwriter) with the Commission pursuant to the requirements of Rule 424 of the Regulations.

 

3.2.3            Exchange Act Registration .  The Company will use its best efforts to maintain the registration of the Public Securities under the provisions of the Exchange Act (except in connection with a going-private transaction) for a period of five years from the Effective Date, or until the Company is required to be liquidated or is acquired, if earlier, or, in the case of the Rights, until the consummation of a Business Combination.  The Company will not deregister the Public Securities under the Exchange Act without the prior written consent of the Underwriter.

 

3.2.4            Exchange Act Filings .  From the Effective Date until the earlier of the Company’s initial Business Combination, or its liquidation and dissolution, the Company shall timely file with the Commission via the Electronic Data Gathering, Analysis and Retrieval System (“ EDGAR ”) such statements and reports as are required to be filed by a company registered under Section 12(b) of the Exchange Act.

 

3.2.5            Sarbanes-Oxley Compliance .  As soon as it is legally required to do so, the Company shall take all actions necessary to obtain and thereafter maintain material compliance with each applicable provision of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder and related or similar rules and regulations promulgated by any other governmental or self-regulatory entity or agency with jurisdiction over the Company.

 

3.3            Free-Writing Prospectus and Testing-the-Waters .  The Company represents and agrees that it has not made and will not make any offer relating to the Public Securities that would constitute an issuer free writing prospectus, as defined in Rule 433 under the Act, or that would otherwise constitute a “free writing prospectus” as defined in Rule 405, without the prior consent of the Underwriter.   The Company (a) has not engaged in any Testing-the-Waters Communication and (b) has not authorized anyone to engage in Testing-the-Waters Communications. “ Testing-the-Waters Communication ” means any oral or written communication with potential investors undertaken in reliance on Section 5(d) of the Act. “ Written Testing-the-Waters Communications ” means any Testing-the-Waters Communication that is a written communication within the meaning of Rule 405 under the Securities Act.

 

3.4            Delivery to Underwriter of Prospectuses .  The Company will deliver to the Underwriter, without charge and from time to time during the period when the Prospectus is required to be delivered under the Act or the Exchange Act, such number of  copies of each Preliminary Prospectus and the Prospectus as the Underwriter may reasonably request and, as soon as the Registration Statement or any amendment or supplement thereto becomes effective, deliver to the Underwriter, upon its request, two manually executed Registration Statements, including exhibits, and all post-effective amendments thereto and copies of all exhibits filed therewith or incorporated therein by reference and all manually executed consents of certified experts.

 

24
 

 

3.5            Effectiveness and Events Requiring Notice to the Underwriter .  The Company will use its best efforts to cause the Registration Statement to remain effective and will notify the Underwriter immediately and confirm the notice in writing: (i) of the effectiveness of the Registration Statement and any amendment thereto; (ii) of the issuance by the Commission of any stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement or any post-effective amendment thereto or preventing or suspending the use of any Preliminary Prospectus or the Prospectus or of the initiation, or the threatening, of any proceeding for that purpose; (iii) of the issuance by any foreign or state securities commission of any proceedings for the suspension of the qualification of the Public Securities for offering or sale in any jurisdiction or of the initiation, or the threatening, of any proceeding for that purpose; (iv) of the mailing and delivery to the Commission for filing of any amendment or supplement to the Registration Statement or Prospectus; (v) of the receipt of any comments or request for any additional information from the Commission; and (vi) of the happening of any event during the period described in Section 3.5 hereof that, in the reasonable judgment of the Company, makes any statement of a material fact made in the Registration Statement or the Prospectus untrue or that requires the making of any changes in the Registration Statement or the Prospectus in order to make the statements therein, and in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading.  If the Commission or any foreign or state securities commission shall enter a stop order or suspend such qualification at any time, the Company will make every reasonable effort to obtain promptly the lifting of such order.

 

3.6            Affiliated Transactions .

 

3.6.1            Business Combinations .  The Company will not consummate a Business Combination with any entity that is affiliated with any Insider unless the Company obtains an opinion from an independent investment banking firm or another independent entity reasonably acceptable to the Underwriter that the Business Combination is fair to the Company’s shareholders from a financial perspective.  No Insider or any affiliate of an Insider shall receive any fees of any type (other than reimbursement of ordinary and customary expenses incurred on behalf of the Company) in connection with any Business Combination.

 

3.6.2            Compensation to Insiders .  Except as disclosed in the Prospectus, the Company shall not pay any of the Insiders or any of their affiliates any fees or compensation from the Company, for services rendered to the Company prior to, or in connection with, the consummation of a Business Combination; provided that the Insiders shall be entitled to reimbursement from the Company for their reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with seeking and consummating a Business Combination.

 

3.7            Financial Public Relations Firm .  Promptly after the execution of a definitive agreement for a Business Combination, the Company shall retain a financial public relations firm reasonably acceptable to the Underwriter for a term to be agreed on by the Company and the Underwriter.

 

25
 

 

3.8            Reports to the Underwriter .

 

3.8.1            Periodic Reports, Etc .  For a period of five years from the Effective Date or until such earlier time upon which the Company is required to be liquidated, the Company will furnish to the Underwriter and its counsel copies of such financial statements and other periodic and special reports as the Company from time to time furnishes generally to holders of any class of its securities, and promptly furnish to the Underwriter (i) a copy of each periodic report the Company shall be required to file with the Commission, (ii) a copy of every press release and every news item and article with respect to the Company or its affairs that was released by the Company, (iii) a copy of each current Report on Form 8-K or Schedules 13D, 13G, 14D-1 or 13E-4 received or prepared by the Company, (iv) two (2) copies of each registration statement filed by the Company with the Commission under the Act, and (v) such additional documents and information with respect to the Company and the affairs of any future subsidiaries of the Company as the Underwriter may from time to time reasonably request; provided the Underwriter shall sign, if requested by the Company, a Regulation FD compliant confidentiality agreement which is reasonably acceptable to the Underwriter and its counsel in connection with the Underwriter’s receipt of such information.  Documents filed with the Commission pursuant to its EDGAR system shall be deemed to have been delivered to the Underwriter pursuant to this Section.

 

3.9            Filings with the Commission on Domestic Forms . After the Effective Date and until the consummation of a Business Combination, the Company shall file all required periodic and current reports with the Commission as a domestic filer, using the forms that are required to be used by domestic issuers.

 

3.10          Payment of Expenses .  The Company hereby agrees to pay on each of the Closing Date and the Option Closing Date, if any, to the extent not paid at Closing Date, all Company expenses incidental to the performance of the obligations of the Company under this Agreement, including but not limited to (i) the Company’s legal and accounting fees and disbursements, (ii) the preparation, printing, filing, mailing and delivery (including the payment of postage with respect to such mailing) of the Registration Statement, the Preliminary Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus, including any pre or post effective amendments or supplements thereto, and the printing and mailing of this Agreement and related documents, including the cost of all copies thereof and any amendments thereof or supplements thereto supplied to the Underwriter in quantities as may be required by the Underwriter, (iii) fees incurred in connection with conducting background checks of the Company’s management team, up to $6,000 per person, (iv) the preparation, printing, engraving, issuance and delivery of the Units, the Ordinary Shares and the Rights included in the Units, and the Underwriter’s Purchase Option, including any transfer or other taxes payable thereon, (v) filing fees incurred in registering the Offering with FINRA, including the reasonable fees of counsel to the Underwriter not to exceed $15,000, (vi) fees, costs and expenses incurred in listing the Securities on the NASDAQ Capital Market or such other stock exchanges as the Company and the Underwriter together determine, (vii) all fees and disbursements of the transfer and warrant agent, (viii) all of the Company’s expenses associated with “due diligence” and “road show” meetings arranged by the Underwriter and any presentations made available by way of a road show, including, without limitation, trips for the Company’s management to meet with prospective investors, all travel, food and lodging expenses associated with such trips incurred by the Company or such management; (ix) and certain other costs incurred by the Underwriter in connection with the Offering in the aggregate not to exceed $20,000, including but not limited to, the expenses incurred by the Underwriter in connection with “road show” meetings or any presentations made available by way of a road show and the preparation, binding and delivery of bound transaction “bibles,” in quantities and form and style reasonably satisfactory to the Underwriter and Lucite cube mementos in such quantities as the Underwriter may reasonably request; (x) all other costs and expenses customarily borne by an issuer incident to the performance of its obligations hereunder which are not otherwise specifically provided for in this Section 3.10.  In the event that this Agreement shall not be carried out for any reason whatsoever, within the time specified herein or any extensions thereof pursuant to the terms herein, the provisions of Section 8.3 hereof shall apply.

 

26
 

 

3.11          Application of Net Proceeds .  The Company will apply the net proceeds from the Offering, Unit Private Placement and Registered Unit Sale received by it in a manner consistent with the application described under the caption “Use of Proceeds” in the Prospectus.

 

3.12          Delivery of Earnings Statements to Security Holders .  The Company will make generally available to its security holders as soon as practicable, but not later than the first day of the fifteenth full calendar month following the Effective Date, an earnings statement (which need not be certified by independent public or independent certified public accountants unless required by the Act or the Regulations, but which shall satisfy the provisions of Rule 158(a) under Section 11(a) of the Act) covering a period of at least twelve consecutive months beginning after the Effective Date.

 

3.13          Notice to FINRA .

 

3.13.1            Notice to FINRA . For a period of 90 days after the date of the Prospectus, in the event any person or entity (regardless of any FINRA affiliation or association) is engaged, in writing, to assist the Company in its search for a Target Business (as defined below) or to provide any other services in connection therewith, the Company will provide the following to FINRA and the Underwriter prior to the consummation of the Business Combination: (i) complete details of all services and copies of agreements governing such services; and (ii) justification as to why the person or entity providing the merger and acquisition services should not be considered an “underwriter and related person” with respect to the Offering, as such term is defined in Rule 5110 of the FINRA Manual. The Company also agrees that, if required by law, proper disclosure of such arrangement or potential arrangement will be made in the tender offer documents or proxy statement which the Company will file with the Commission in connection with the Business Combination.

 

3.13.2            FINRA .  The Company shall advise the Underwriter (who shall make an appropriate filing with FINRA) if it is aware that any 5% or greater shareholder of the Company becomes an affiliate or associated person of a FINRA member participating in the distribution of the Public Securities.

 

27
 

 

3.13.3            Broker/Dealer .  In the event the Company intends to register as a broker/dealer, merge with or acquire a registered broker/dealer, or otherwise become a member of FINRA, it shall promptly notify FINRA.

 

3.14          Stabilization .  Neither the Company, nor, to its knowledge, after reasonable inquiry, any of its employees, directors or shareholders (without the consent of the Underwriter) has taken or will take, directly or indirectly, any action designed to or that has constituted or that might reasonably be expected to cause or result in, under the Exchange Act, or otherwise, stabilization or manipulation of the price of any security of the Company to facilitate the sale or resale of the Units.

 

3.15          Existing Lock-Up Agreement . The Company will enforce all existing agreements between the Company and any of its security holders that prohibit the sale, transfer, assignment, pledge or hypothecation of any of the Securities in connection with the Offering. In addition, the Company will direct the Transfer Agent to place stop transfer restrictions upon any such Securities of the Company that are bound by such existing “lock-up” agreements for the duration of the periods contemplated in such agreements.

 

3.16          Payment of Deferred Underwriting Commission on Business Combination . Upon the consummation of a Business Combination, the Company agrees that it will cause the Trustee to pay the Deferred Underwriting Commission directly from the Trust Account to the Underwriter, in accordance with Section 1.3.

 

3.17          Internal Controls .  The Company will maintain a system of internal accounting controls sufficient to provide reasonable assurances that: (i) transactions are executed in accordance with management’s general or specific authorization, (ii) transactions are recorded as necessary in order to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with GAAP and to maintain accountability for assets, (iii) access to assets is permitted only in accordance with management’s general or specific authorization, and (iv) the recorded accountability for assets is compared with existing assets at reasonable intervals and appropriate action is taken with respect to any differences.

 

3.18          Accountants .  Until the earlier of five years from the Effective Date or until such earlier time upon which the Company is required to be liquidated, the Company shall retain UHY or another independent registered public accounting firm reasonably acceptable to the Underwriter.

 

3.19          Form 8-K .  The Company shall, on or prior to the date hereof, retain its independent registered public accounting firm to audit the financial statements of the Company as of the Closing Date (“ Audited Financial Statements ”) reflecting the receipt by the Company of the proceeds of the Offering, the Unit Private Placement and the Registered Unit Sale.  Within four business days after the Closing Date, the Company shall file a Current Report on Form 8-K with the Commission, which Report shall contain the Company’s Audited Financial Statements.  Promptly after the Option Closing Date, if the Over-allotment Option is exercised after the Closing Date, the Company shall file with the Commission a Current Report on Form 8-K or an amendment to the Form 8-K to provide updated financial information to reflect the exercise of such option.

 

28
 

 

3.20          Corporate Proceedings .  All corporate proceedings and other legal matters necessary to carry out the provisions of this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby shall have been done to the reasonable satisfaction to Loeb.

 

3.21          Investment Company .  The Company shall cause the proceeds of the Offering to be held in the Trust Account to be invested only in U.S. government treasury bills with a maturity of 180 days or less or in money market funds meeting certain conditions under Rule 2a-7 promulgated under the Investment Company Act as set forth in the Trust Agreement and disclosed in the Prospectus.  The Company will otherwise conduct its business in a manner so that it will not become subject to the Investment Company Act.  Furthermore, once the Company consummates a Business Combination, it shall be engaged in a business other than that of investing, reinvesting, owning, holding or trading securities.

 

3.22          Amendments to Amended and Restated Memorandum and Articles of Association .

 

3.22.1           The Company covenants and agrees, that prior to its initial Business Combination it will not seek to amend or modify its Amended and Restated Memorandum and Articles of Association, as amended, including, but not limited to Article 48 of its Amended and Restated Memorandum and Articles of Association, except as set forth in the Amended and Restated Memorandum and Articles of Association.

 

3.22.2           The Company acknowledges that the purchasers of the Public Securities in the Offering shall be deemed to be third party beneficiaries of this Agreement and specifically this Section 3.22.

 

3.23          Press Releases .  The Company agrees that it will not issue press releases or engage in any other publicity, without the Underwriter’s prior written consent (not to be unreasonably withheld), for a period of twenty-five (25) days after the Closing Date.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, in no event shall the Company be prohibited from issuing any press releases or engaging in any other publicity required by law.

 

3.24          Insurance .  The Company will maintain directors’ and officers’ insurance (including insurance covering the Company, its directors and officers for liabilities or losses arising in connection with this Offering, including, without limitation, liabilities or losses arising under the Act, the Exchange Act, the Regulations and any applicable foreign securities laws).

 

29
 

 

3.25          Electronic Prospectus .  The Company shall cause to be prepared and delivered to the Underwriter, at the Company’s expense, promptly, but in no event later than two (2) Business Days from the effective date of this Agreement, an Electronic Prospectus to be used by the Underwriter in connection with the Offering.  As used herein, the term   Electronic Prospectus ” means a form of prospectus, and any amendment or supplement thereto, that meets each of the following conditions: (i) it shall be encoded in an electronic format, satisfactory to the Underwriter, that may be transmitted electronically by the Underwriter to offerees and purchasers of the Units for at least the period during which a prospectus relating to the Units is required to be delivered under the Act; (ii) it shall disclose the same information as the paper prospectus and prospectus filed pursuant to EDGAR, except to the extent that graphic and image material cannot be disseminated electronically, in which case such graphic and image material shall be replaced in the electronic prospectus with a fair and accurate narrative description or tabular representation of such material, as appropriate; and (iii) it shall be in or convertible into a paper format or an electronic format, satisfactory to the Underwriter, that will allow recipients thereof to store and have continuously ready access to the prospectus at any future time, without charge to such recipients (other than any fee charged for subscription to the Internet as a whole and for on-line time).

  

3.26          Unit Private Placement Registered Unit Sale Proceeds .  On or prior to the Effective Date, the Company shall have deposited the proceeds from the Unit Private Placement and the maximum amount of proceeds pursuant to the Registered Unit Sale in the Trust Account or to a separate escrow account maintained by Graubard Miller, counsel to the Company, who will transfer the applicable amount to the Trust Account on the Closing Date and shall provide the Underwriter with evidence of the same.  The Unit Private Placement and the Registered Unit Sale shall be consummated on the Closing Date.

 

3.27          Future Financings .  The Company agrees that neither it, nor any successor or subsidiary of the Company, will consummate any public or private equity or debt financing prior to the consummation of a Business Combination, unless all investors in such financing expressly waive, in writing, any rights in or claims against the Trust Account.

 

3.28          Amendments to Agreements . The Company shall not amend, modify or otherwise change the Rights Agreement, Escrow Agreement, Trust Agreement, Registration Rights Agreement, Subscription Agreement or any Insider Letter without the prior written consent of the Underwriter, which consent will not be unreasonably withheld.

 

3.29          NASDAQ . Until the consummation of a Business Combination, the Company will use its best efforts to maintain the listing of the Public Securities on the NASDAQ Capital Market or a national securities exchange acceptable to the Underwriter.

 

3.30          Reservation of Shares .  The Company will reserve and keep available that maximum number of its authorized but unissued securities which are issuable upon exercise of the Rights, the Placement Rights, the Registered Rights and the Underwriter’s Purchase Option outstanding from time to time.

 

30
 

 

4.             Conditions of Underwriter’s Obligations .  The obligations of the Underwriter to purchase and pay for the Units, as provided herein, shall be subject to the continuing accuracy of the representations and warranties of the Company as of the date hereof and as of each of the Closing Date and the Option Closing Date, if any, to the accuracy of the statements of officers of the Company made pursuant to the provisions hereof and to the performance by the Company of its obligations hereunder and to the following conditions:

 

4.1            Regulatory Matters .

 

4.1.1            Effectiveness of Registration Statement .  The Registration Statement shall have become effective not later than 4:00 p.m., New York time, on the date of this Agreement or such later date and time as shall be consented to in writing by the Underwriter, and, at each of the Closing Date and the Option Closing Date, no stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement shall have been issued and no proceedings for the purpose shall have been instituted or shall be pending or contemplated by the Commission and any request on the part of the Commission for additional information shall have been complied with to the reasonable satisfaction of Loeb.

 

4.1.2            FINRA Clearance .  By the Effective Date, the Underwriter shall have received clearance from FINRA as to the amount of compensation allowable or payable to the Underwriter as described in the Registration Statement.

 

4.1.3            No Blue Sky Stop Orders .  No order suspending the sale of the Units in any jurisdiction designated by the Underwriter pursuant to Section 3.4 hereof shall have been issued on either of the Closing Date or the Option Closing Date, and no proceedings for that purpose shall have been instituted or, to the Company’s knowledge, shall be contemplated.

 

4.1.4            No Commission Stop Order .  At the Closing Date, the Commission has not issued any order or threatened to issue any order preventing or suspending the use of any Preliminary Prospectus, the Prospectus or any part thereof, and has not instituted or, to the Company’s knowledge, after reasonable inquiry, threatened to institute any proceedings with respect to such an order.

 

4.1.5            NASDAQ . The Securities shall have been approved for listing on the NASDAQ Capital Market, subject to official notice of issuance and evidence of satisfactory distribution, satisfactory evidence of which shall have been provided to the Underwriter.

 

4.2            Company Counsel Matters .

 

4.2.1            Closing Date and Option Closing Date Opinions of Counsel .  On the Closing Date and the Option Closing Date, if any, the Underwriter shall have received the favorable opinion and negative assurance statement of each of Maples and Calder and Graubard Miller, dated the Closing Date or the Option Closing Date, as the case may be, addressed to the Underwriter and in form and substance satisfactory to the Underwriter and Loeb.

 

4.2.2            Reliance .  In rendering such opinion, such counsel may rely as to matters of fact, to the extent they deem proper, on certificates or other written statements of officers of the Company and officers of departments of various jurisdictions having custody of documents respecting the corporate existence or good standing of the Company, provided that copies of any such statements or certificates shall be delivered to the Underwriter’s counsel if requested.  The opinions of counsel for the Company shall include a statement to the effect that it may be relied upon by counsel for the Underwriter in its opinion delivered to the Underwriter.

 

31
 

 

4.3            Comfort Letter .  At the time this Agreement is executed, and at each of the Closing Date and the Option Closing Date, if any, the Underwriter shall have received a letter, addressed to the Underwriter and in form and substance satisfactory in all respects (including the non-material nature of the changes or decreases, if any, referred to in clause (iii) below) to the Underwriter and to Loeb from UHY dated, respectively, as of the date of this Agreement and as of the Closing Date and the Option Closing Date, if any:

 

(i)               Confirming that they are independent accountants with respect to the Company within the meaning of the Act and the applicable Regulations and that they have not, during the periods covered by the financial statements included in the Registration Statement, Preliminary Prospectus, Sale Preliminary Prospectus and the Prospectus, provided to the Company any non-audit services, as such term is used in Section 10A(g) of the Exchange Act;

 

(ii)              Stating that in their opinion the financial statements of the Company included in the Registration Statement, the Sale Preliminary Prospectus and the Prospectus comply as to form in all material respects with the applicable accounting requirements of the Act and the published Regulations thereunder;

 

(iii)             Stating that, on the basis of their review, which included a reading of the latest available unaudited interim financial statements of the Company (with an indication of the date of the latest available unaudited interim financial statements), a reading of the latest available minutes of the shareholders and Board of Directors and the various committees of the Board of Directors, consultations with officers and other employees of the Company responsible for financial and accounting matters and other specified procedures and inquiries, nothing has come to their attention that would lead them to believe that (a) the unaudited financial statements of the Company included in the Registration Statement, the Sale Preliminary Prospectus and the Prospectus do not comply as to form in all material respects with the applicable accounting requirements of the Act and the Regulations or are not fairly presented in conformity with GAAP applied on a basis substantially consistent with that of the audited financial statements of the Company included in the Registration Statement, the Sale Preliminary Prospectus and the Prospectus, or (b) at a date not later than five days prior to the Effective Date, Closing Date or Option Closing Date, as the case may be, there was any change in the share capital or long-term debt of the Company, or any decrease in the shareholders’ equity of the Company as compared with amounts shown in the November 3, 2014 balance sheet included in the Registration Statement, the Sale Preliminary Prospectus and the Prospectus, other than as set forth in or contemplated by the Registration Statement, the Sale Preliminary Prospectus and the Prospectus or, if there was any decrease, setting forth the amount of such decrease, and (c) during the period from November 3, 2014 to a specified date not later than five days prior to the Effective Date, Closing Date or Option Closing Date, as the case may be, there was any decrease in revenues, net earnings or net earnings per Ordinary Share, in each case as compared with the corresponding period in the preceding year and as compared with the corresponding period in the preceding quarter, other than as set forth in or contemplated by the Registration Statement the Sale Preliminary Prospectus and the Prospectus, or, if there was any such decrease, setting forth the amount of such decrease;

 

32
 

 

(iv)            Setting forth, at a date not later than five days prior to the Effective Date, the amount of liabilities of the Company (including a break-down of commercial papers and notes payable to banks);

 

(v)             Stating that they have compared specific dollar amounts, numbers of shares, percentages of revenues and earnings, statements and other financial information pertaining to the Company set forth in the Registration Statement, the Sale Preliminary Prospectus and the Prospectus in each case to the extent that such amounts, numbers, percentages, statements and information may be derived from the general accounting records, including work sheets, of the Company and excluding any questions requiring an interpretation by legal counsel, with the results obtained from the application of specified readings, inquiries and other appropriate procedures (which procedures do not constitute an examination in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards) set forth in the letter and found them to be in agreement; and

 

(vi)            Stating that they have not, since the Company’s incorporation, brought to the attention of the Company’s management any reportable condition related to internal structure, design or operation as defined in the Statement on Auditing Standards No. 60 “Communication of Internal Control Structure Related Matters Noted in an Audit,” in the Company’s internal controls.

 

4.4            Officers’ Certificates .

 

4.4.1            Officers’ Certificate .  At each of the Closing Date and the Option Closing Date, if any, the Underwriter shall have received a certificate of the Company signed by the Chairman of the Board or the Chief Executive Officer and the Secretary or Assistant Secretary of the Company (in their capacities as such), dated the Closing Date or the Option Closing Date, as the case may be, respectively, to the effect that the Company has performed all covenants and complied with all conditions required by this Agreement to be performed or complied with by the Company prior to and as of the Closing Date, or the Option Closing Date, as the case may be, and that the conditions set forth in Section 4.4 hereof have been satisfied as of such date and that, as of Closing Date and the Option Closing Date, as the case may be, the representations and warranties of the Company set forth in Section 2 hereof are true and correct.  In addition, the Underwriter will have received such other and further certificates of officers of the Company (in their capacities as such) as the Underwriter may reasonably request.

 

4.4.2            Secretary’s Certificate .  At each of the Closing Date and the Option Closing Date, if any, the Underwriter shall have received a certificate of the Company signed by the Secretary or Assistant Secretary of the Company, dated the Closing Date or the Option Date, as the case may be, respectively, certifying (i) that the Amended and Restated Memorandum and Articles of Association, as amended, of the Company are true and complete, have not been modified and are in full force and effect, (ii) that the resolutions of the Company’s Board of Directors relating to the public offering contemplated by this Agreement are in full force and effect and have not been modified, (iii) as to the accuracy and completeness of all correspondence between the Company or its counsel and the Commission, and (iv) as to the incumbency of the officers of the Company.  The documents referred to in such certificate shall be attached to such certificate.

 

33
 

 

4.5            No Material Changes .  Prior to and on each of the Closing Date and the Option Closing Date, if any, (i) there shall have been no material adverse change or development involving a prospective material adverse change in the condition or prospects or the business activities, financial or otherwise, of the Company from the latest dates as of which such condition is set forth in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus, (ii) no action suit or proceeding, at law or in equity, shall have been pending or threatened against the Company or any Insider before or by any court or federal, foreign or state commission, board or other administrative agency wherein an unfavorable decision, ruling or finding may materially adversely affect the business, operations, or financial condition or income of the Company, except as set forth in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus, (iii) no stop order shall have been issued under the Act and no proceedings therefor shall have been initiated or, to the Company’s knowledge, after reasonable inquiry, threatened by the Commission, and (iv) the Registration Statement, the Sale Preliminary Prospectus and the Prospectus and any amendments or supplements thereto shall contain all material statements which are required to be stated therein in accordance with the Act and the Regulations and shall conform in all material respects to the requirements of the Act and the Regulations, and neither the Registration Statement, the Sale Preliminary Prospectus nor the Prospectus nor any amendment or supplement thereto shall contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading.

 

4.6            Delivery of Agreements . On the Effective Date, the Company shall have delivered to the Underwriter executed copies of the Trust Agreement, the Rights Agreement, the Subscription Agreements, the Registration Rights Agreements, the Escrow Agreement, and the Underwriter’s Purchase Option and all of the Insider Letters.

 

4.7            Insider Sales . On the Closing Date, the Insider Private Placement, the Unit Private Placement and the Registered Unit Sale shall have been completed in accordance with Sections 1.5 and 3.26 of this Agreement.

 

34
 

 

5.            Indemnification .

 

5.1            Indemnification of the Underwriter .

 

5.1.1            General .  Subject to the conditions set forth below, the Company agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Underwriter and its affiliates, and each dealer selected by the Underwriter that participates in the offer and sale of the Securities (each a   Selected Dealer ”) and each of their respective directors, officers, agents, partners, members and employees and each person, if any, who controls within the meaning of Section 15 of the Act or Section 20(a) of the Exchange Act (“ Controlling Person ”) the Underwriter, against any and all loss, liability, claim, damage and expense whatsoever as incurred to which they or any of them may become subject under the Act, the Exchange Act or any other statute or at common law or otherwise or under the laws of foreign countries, arising out of or based upon any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in (i) the Registration Statement, any Preliminary Prospectus including the Sale Preliminary Prospectus or the Prospectus (as from time to time each may be amended and supplemented, including, but not limited to any information deemed to be a part thereof pursuant to Rule 430A, Rule 430B or Rule 430C); (ii) any materials or information provided to investors by, or with the approval of, the Company in connection with the marketing of the offering of the Securities, including any   road show ” or investor presentations made to investors by the Company (whether in person or electronically); (iii) any application or other document or written communication (in this Section 5, collectively called   application ”) executed by the Company or based upon written information furnished by the Company in any jurisdiction in order to qualify the Public Securities under the securities laws thereof or filed with the Commission, any foreign or state securities commission or agency, the NYSE, the NYSE MKT, the NASDAQ Global Select Market, the NASDAQ Global Market, the NASDAQ Capital Market or the OTCBB or (iv) any post-effective amendments to the Registration Statement or Prospectus or new Registration Statement or Prospectus filed by the Company with the Commission, any state securities commission or agency, OTCBB or any securities exchange, or the omission or alleged omission from the Registration Statement, any Preliminary Prospectus including the Sale Preliminary Prospectus or the Prospectus or subsequent filing by the Company under clause (iv) of a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading, and to reimburse each Underwriter, each Selected Dealer and each of their respective directors, officers, agents, partners, members and employees and each Controlling Person, if any, for any and all expenses (including the fees and disbursements of counsel chosen by the Underwriter) as such expenses are incurred by the Underwriter, such Selected Dealer or each of their respective directors, officers, agents, partners, members and employees or such Controlling Person in connection with investigating, defending, settling, compromising or paying any such loss, claim, damage, liability, expense or action, whether or not any such person is a party to any such claim or action and including any and all legal and other expenses incurred in giving testimony or furnishing documents in response to a subpoena or otherwise; provided , however , that the foregoing indemnity agreement shall not apply to any loss, claim, damage, liability or expenses to the extent, but only to the extent, arising out of or based upon (x) any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission made in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company with respect to the Underwriter by or on behalf of the Underwriter expressly for use in the Registration Statement, any Preliminary Prospectus including the Sale Preliminary Prospectus or the Prospectus, or any amendment or supplement thereof, or in any application, as the case may be, in the jurisdictions listed in the section entitled “Notices to Non-U.S. Investors” in the Registration Statement, any Preliminary Prospectus including the Sale Preliminary Prospectus or the Prospectus, or any amendment or supplement thereof, as the case may be; (y) the use of the Sale Preliminary Prospectus or Prospectus in violation of any stop order or other notice received by the Underwriter indicating the then current Prospectus is not to be used in connection with the sale of any Securities or (z) the Underwriter otherwise failing in its prospectus delivery obligations.  The Company agrees promptly to notify the Underwriter of the commencement of any litigation or proceedings against the Company or any of its officers, directors or Controlling Persons in connection with the issue and sale of the Securities or in connection with the Registration Statement, the Sale Preliminary Prospectus or the Prospectus.  The indemnity agreement set forth in this Section 5.1 shall be in addition to any liabilities that the Company may otherwise have.

 

35
 

 

5.2            Indemnification of the Company .  The Underwriter agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Company, its directors, officers who signed the Registration Statement and each Controlling Person of the Company, if any, against any and all loss, liability, claim, damage and expense described in the foregoing indemnity from the Company to the Underwriter, as incurred, but only with respect to untrue statements or omissions, or alleged untrue statements or omissions made in the Registration Statement, any Preliminary Prospectus including the Sale Preliminary Prospectus, the Prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto or in any application, in reliance upon, and in strict conformity with, written information furnished to the Company with respect to the Underwriter by or on behalf of the Underwriter expressly for use in the Registration Statement, any Preliminary Prospectus including the Sale Preliminary Prospectus, the Prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto, or in any such application, and to reimburse the Company or any such director, officer or Controlling Person, if any, for any and all expenses as such expenses are reasonably incurred, in connection with investigating, defending, settling, compromising or paying any such loss, claim, damage, liability, expense or action; provided , however , that the obligation of each Underwriter to indemnify the Company (including any director, officer or Controlling Person thereof), shall be limited to the amount of commissions actually received by the Underwriter pursuant to this Agreement in connection with the Securities underwritten by it.  The Company hereby acknowledges that the only information that the Underwriter has furnished to the Company expressly for use in the Registration Statement, the Preliminary Prospectus including the Sale Preliminary Prospectus, the Prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto or in any application, shall consist solely of the Underwriter’s Information.  The indemnity agreement set forth in this Section 5.2 shall be in addition to any liabilities that the Underwriter may otherwise have.

 

5.3            Notifications and Other Indemnification Procedures .  Promptly after receipt by an indemnified party under this Section 5 of notice of the commencement of any action, such indemnified party will, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made against an indemnifying party under this Section 5, notify the indemnifying party in writing of the commencement thereof, but the failure to so notify the indemnifying party (i) will not relieve it from liability under paragraph 5.1 or 5.2 above unless and to the extent it did not otherwise learn of such action and such failure results in the forfeiture by the indemnifying party of substantial rights and defenses and (ii) will not, in any event, relieve the indemnifying party from any obligations to any indemnified party other than the indemnification obligation provided in paragraph 5.1 or 5.2 above. In case any such action is brought against any indemnified party and such indemnified party seeks or intends to seek indemnity from an indemnifying party, the indemnifying party will be entitled to participate in, and, to the extent that it shall elect, jointly with all other indemnifying parties similarly notified, by written notice delivered to the indemnified party promptly after receiving the aforesaid notice from such indemnified party, to assume the defense thereof with counsel satisfactory to such indemnified party; provided , however , (a) if the defendants in any such action include both the indemnified party and the indemnifying party and the indemnified party shall have reasonably concluded that a conflict may arise between the positions of the indemnifying party and the indemnified party in conducting the defense of any such action or that there may be legal defenses available to it and/or other indemnified parties that are different from or additional to those available to the indemnifying party, or (b) the indemnifying party agrees to such separate representation, then, in each case, the indemnified party or parties shall have the right to select separate counsel to assume such legal defenses and to otherwise participate in the defense of such action on behalf of such indemnified party or parties. Upon receipt of notice from the indemnifying party to such indemnified party of such indemnifying party’s election so to assume the defense of such action and approval by the indemnified party of counsel, the indemnifying party will not be liable to such indemnified party under this Section 5 for any legal expenses subsequently incurred by such indemnified party in connection with the defense thereof unless (i) the indemnified party shall have employed separate counsel in accordance with the provision to the preceding sentence reasonably approved by the indemnifying party (or by the Underwriter in the case of Section 5.2), representing the indemnified parties who are parties to such action or (ii) the indemnifying party shall not have employed counsel satisfactory to the indemnified party to represent the indemnified party within a reasonable time after notice of commencement of the action, in each of which cases the fees and expenses of counsel (plus local counsel) shall be at the expense of the indemnifying party.

 

36
 

 

5.4            Settlements .  The indemnifying party under this Section 5 shall not be liable for any settlement of any proceeding effected without its written consent, which shall not be withheld, delayed or conditioned unreasonably, but if settled with such consent or if there is a final judgment for the plaintiff, the indemnifying party agrees to indemnify the indemnified party against any loss, claim, damage, liability or expense by reason of such settlement or judgment. Notwithstanding the foregoing sentence, if at any time an indemnified party shall have requested an indemnifying party to reimburse the indemnified party for fees and expenses of counsel as contemplated by Section 5.3 hereof, the indemnifying party agrees that it shall be liable for any settlement of any proceeding effected without its written consent if (i) such settlement is entered into more than 30 days after receipt by such indemnifying party of the aforesaid request and (ii) such indemnifying party shall not have reimbursed the indemnified party in accordance with such request prior to the date of such settlement. No indemnifying party shall, without the prior written consent of the indemnified party, effect any settlement, compromise or consent to the entry of judgment in any pending or threatened action, suit or proceeding in respect of which any indemnified party is or could have been a party and indemnity was or could have been sought hereunder by such indemnified party, unless such settlement, compromise or consent (x) includes an unconditional release of such indemnified party from all liability on claims that are the subject matter of such action, suit or proceeding and (y) does not include a statement as to or an admission of fault, culpability or a failure to act, by or on behalf of any indemnified party.

 

37
 

 

5.5            Contribution .

 

5.5.1            Contribution Rights .  In order to provide for just and equitable contribution under the Act in any case in which (i) any person entitled to indemnification under this Section 5 makes claim for indemnification pursuant hereto but it is judicially determined (by the entry of a final judgment or decree by a court of competent jurisdiction and the expiration of time to appeal or the denial of the last right of appeal) that such indemnification may not be enforced in such case notwithstanding the fact that this Section 5 provides for indemnification in such case, or (ii) contribution under the Act, the Exchange Act or otherwise may be required on the part of any such person in circumstances for which indemnification is provided under this Section 5, then, and in each such case, the Underwriter shall contribute to the aggregate losses, liabilities, claims, damages and expenses of the nature contemplated by said indemnity agreement incurred by the Company and the Underwriter, as incurred, in such proportion as is represented by the percentage of the underwriting discount appearing on the cover page of the Prospectus as compared to the offering price per Unit and the Company shall be responsible for the balance; provided , that , no person guilty of a fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Act) with respect to any action or claim shall be entitled to contribution from any person who was not guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation with respect to such action or claim.  If the allocation provided by the immediately preceding sentence is unavailable for any reason, the Company and the Underwriter shall contribute in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative fault of the Company and the Underwriter in connection with the actions or omissions which resulted in such loss, claim, damage, liability or action, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations.  The relative fault of the Company and the Underwriter shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the omission or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to information furnished by the Company or the Underwriter and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission.  Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 5.5.1, the Underwriter shall not be required to contribute any amount in excess of the amount of the underwriting commissions actually received by the Underwriter pursuant to this Agreement in connection with the Securities underwritten by it and distributed to the public.  For purposes of this Section, each director, officer, agent, partner, member and employee of the Underwriter or the Company, as applicable, and each person, if any, who controls an Underwriter or the Company, as applicable, within the meaning of Section 15 of the Act, shall have the same rights to contribution as the Underwriter or the Company, as applicable.

 

5.5.2            Contribution Procedure .  Within fifteen days after receipt by any party to this Agreement (or its representative) of notice of the commencement of any action, suit or proceeding, such party will, if a claim for contribution in respect thereof is to be made against another party (“ Contributing Party ”), notify the Contributing Party of the commencement thereof, but the omission to so notify the Contributing Party will not relieve it from any liability which it may have to any other party other than for contribution hereunder.  In case any such action, suit or proceeding is brought against any party, and such party notifies a Contributing Party or its representative of the commencement thereof within the aforesaid fifteen days, the Contributing Party will be entitled to participate therein with the notifying party and any other Contributing Party similarly notified.  Any such Contributing Party shall not be liable to any party seeking contribution on account of any settlement of any claim, action or proceeding effected by such party seeking contribution on account of any settlement of any claim, action or proceeding effected by such party seeking contribution without the written consent of such Contributing Party.  The contribution provisions contained in this Section are intended to supersede, to the extent permitted by law, any right to contribution under the Act, the Exchange Act or otherwise available.  The Underwriter’s obligations to contribute pursuant to this Section 5.5 are several and not joint.

 

38
 

 

6.            Additional Covenants .

 

6.1            Additional Shares or Options .  The Company hereby agrees that until the consummation of a Business Combination, it shall not issue any Ordinary Shares or any options or other securities convertible into Ordinary Shares, or any shares of preferred shares or other securities of the Company which participate in any manner in the Trust Account or which vote as a class with the Ordinary Shares on a Business Combination.

 

6.2            Trust Account Waiver Acknowledgments .  The Company hereby agrees that it will use its reasonable best efforts prior to commencing its due diligence investigation of any prospective Target Business or prior to obtaining the services of any vendor to have such Target Business or vendor acknowledge in writing whether through a letter of intent, memorandum of understanding or other similar document (and subsequently acknowledges the same in any definitive document replacing any of the foregoing), that (a) it has read the Prospectus and understands that the Company has established the Trust Account, initially in an amount of $40,800,000 (without giving effect to any exercise of the Over-allotment Option) for the benefit of the Public Shareholders and that, except for a portion of the interest earned on the amounts held in the Trust Account, the Company may disburse monies from the Trust Account only (i) to the Public Shareholders in the event they elect to redeem their IPO Shares (as defined below) in connection with the consummation of a Business Combination, (ii) to the Public Shareholders if the Company fails to consummate a Business Combination within 18 months from the Closing Date, or (iii) to the Company after or concurrently with the consummation of a Business Combination and (b) for and in consideration of the Company (i) agreeing to evaluate such Target Business for purposes of consummating a Business Combination with it or (ii) agreeing to engage the services of the vendor, as the case may be, such Target Business or vendor agrees that it does not have any right, title, interest or claim of any kind in or to any monies in the Trust Account (“ Claim ”) and waives any Claim it may have in the future as a result of, or arising out of, any negotiations, contracts or agreements with the Company and will not seek recourse against the Trust Account for any reason whatsoever.  The foregoing letters shall substantially be in the form attached hereto as Exhibits A and B respectively.  The Company may forego obtaining such waivers only if the Company shall have received the approval of its Chief Executive Officer and the approving vote or written consent of at least a majority of its Board of Directors.  The term   IPO Shares   means the Ordinary Shares contained in the Public Securities.

 

6.3            Insider Letters .  The Company shall not take any action or omit to take any action that would cause a breach of any of the Insider Letters and will not allow any amendments to, or waivers of, such Insider Letters without the prior written consent of the Underwriter, which consent will not be unreasonably withheld.

 

6.4            . Amended and Restated Memorandum and Articles of Association .  The Company shall not take any action or omit to take any action that would cause the Company to be in breach or violation of its Amended and Restated Memorandum and Articles of Association, as amended.

 

39
 

 

6.5            Intentionally Omitted .  

 

6.6            Rule 419 .  The Company agrees that it will use its best efforts to prevent the Company from becoming subject to Rule 419 under the Act prior to the consummation of any Business Combination, including but not limited to using its best efforts to prevent any of the Company’s outstanding securities from being deemed to be a   “penny stock” as defined in Rule 3a-51-1 under the Exchange Act during such period.

 

6.7            Tender Offer Documents, Proxy Materials and Other Information .  The Company shall provide to the Underwriter or its counsel (if so instructed by the Underwriter) with 10 copies of all tender offer documents or proxy information and all related material filed with the commission in connection with a Business Combination concurrently with such filing with the commission. Documents filed with the Commission pursuant to its EDGAR system shall be deemed to have been provided to the Underwriter pursuant to this Section.  In addition, the Company shall furnish any other state in which its initial public offering was registered, such information as may be requested by such state.

 

6.8            Emerging Growth Company .  The Company shall promptly notify the Underwriter if the Company ceases to be an Emerging Growth Company at any time prior to the later of (a) completion of the distribution of the Securities within the meaning of the Act and (b) completion of the 180-day restricted period referred to in Section 1.5 hereof.

 

6.9            Target Net Assets . The Company agrees that the Target Business that it acquires must have a fair market value equal to at least 80% of the balance in the Trust Account at the time of signing the definitive agreement for the Business Combination with such Target Business. The fair market value of such business must be determined by the Board of Directors of the Company based upon standards generally accepted by the financial community, such as actual and potential sales, earnings, cash flow and book value. If the Board of Directors of the Company is not able to independently determine that the Target Business meets such fair market value requirement, the Company will obtain an opinion from an unaffiliated, independent investment banking firm reasonably acceptable to the Underwriter with respect to the satisfaction of such criteria. The Company is not required to obtain an opinion from an investment banking firm as to the fair market value if the Company’s Board of Directors independently determines that the Target Business does have sufficient fair market value, provided that the Target Business is not affiliated with an Insider. The purchase price of the Target Business may be funded through any mix of cash, stock or debt financing.

 

40
 

 

7.            Representations and Agreements to Survive Delivery .  Except as the context otherwise requires, all representations, warranties and agreements contained in this Agreement shall be deemed to be representations, warranties and agreements as of the Closing Date or the Option Closing Date, if any, and such representations, warranties and agreements of the Underwriter and the Company, including the indemnity agreements contained in Section 5 hereof, shall remain operative and in full force and effect regardless of any investigation made by or on behalf of the Underwriter, the Company or any Controlling Person, and shall survive termination of this Agreement or the issuance and delivery of the Public Securities to the Underwriter until the earlier of the expiration of any applicable statute of limitations and the seventh (7th) anniversary of the later of the Closing Date or the Option Closing Date, if any, at which time the representations, warranties and agreements shall terminate and be of no further force and effect.

 

8.            Effective Date of This Agreement and Termination Thereof .

 

8.1            Effective Date .  This Agreement shall become effective on the Effective Date at the time the Registration Statement is declared effective by the Commission.

 

8.2            Termination .  The Underwriter shall have the right to terminate this Agreement at any time prior to the Closing Date, (i) if any domestic or international event or act or occurrence has materially disrupted, or in the Underwriter’s opinion will in the immediate future materially disrupt, general securities markets in the United States; or (ii) if trading on the NYSE, the NYSE MKT, the NASDAQ Global Select Market, the NASDAQ Global Market, or the NASDAQ Capital Market or quoted on the OTCBB shall have been suspended, or minimum or maximum prices for trading shall have been fixed, or maximum ranges for prices for securities shall have been fixed, or maximum ranges for prices for securities shall have been required by FINRA or by order of the Commission or any other government authority having jurisdiction, or (iii) if the United States shall have become involved in a new war or an increase in existing major hostilities, or (iv) if a banking moratorium has been declared by a New York State or Federal authority, or (v) if a moratorium on foreign exchange trading has been declared which materially adversely impacts the United States securities market, or (vi) if the Company shall have sustained a material loss by fire,  flood, accident, hurricane, earthquake, theft, sabotage or other calamity or malicious act which, whether or not such loss shall have been insured, will, in the Underwriter’s  sole opinion, make it inadvisable to proceed with the delivery of the Units, or (vii) if the Company is in material breach of any of its representations, warranties or covenants hereunder, or (viii) if the Underwriter shall have become aware after the date hereof of such a material adverse change in the conditions of the Company, or such adverse material change in general market conditions, including without limitation as a result of terrorist activities after the date hereof, as in the Underwriter’s sole judgment would make it impracticable to proceed with the offering, sale and/or delivery of the Units or to enforce contracts made by the Underwriter for the sale of the Public Securities.

 

8.3            Expenses .  In the event that this Agreement shall not be carried out for any reason whatsoever, within the time specified herein or any extensions thereof pursuant to the terms herein, the Company shall (i) reimburse the Underwriter for the full amount of its actual accountable out of pocket expenses incurred to such date (which shall include, but shall not be limited to, all reasonable fees and disbursements of the Underwriter’s counsel, mailing, printing and reproduction expense and any expenses incurred by the Underwriter in conducting its due diligence), less amounts previously paid pursuant to Section 3.10, (ii) reimburse the Underwriter for the full amount of background checks of the Company’s officers and directors (not to exceed $6,000 per person), travel, lodging and road show expenses actually incurred to such date, less the amounts previously paid to the Underwriter as an advance and in reimbursement for such expenses, and (iii) reimburse the Underwriter for any costs and expenses up to $75,000 incurred in connection with enforcing any provisions of this Agreement upon a final judgment in favor of the Underwriter by a court of competent jurisdiction (not subject to further appeal or not appealed by the Company).

 

41
 

 

8.4            Indemnification .  Notwithstanding any contrary provision contained in this Agreement, any election hereunder or any termination of this Agreement, and whether or not this Agreement is otherwise carried out, the provisions of Section 5 shall not be in any way affected by such election or termination or failure to carry out the terms of this Agreement or any part hereof.

 

9.             Miscellaneous .

 

9.1            Notices .  All communications hereunder, except as herein otherwise specifically provided, shall be in writing and shall be mailed, delivered by hand or reputable overnight courier or delivered by facsimile transmission (with printed confirmation of receipt) and confirmed and shall be deemed given when so mailed, delivered or faxed or if mailed, two days after such mailing.

 

If to the Underwriter:

 

Cantor Fitzgerald & Co.

499 Park Avenue

New York, New York 10022

Attn: General Counsel

Facsimile: (212) 829-4708

 

Copy (which copy shall not constitute notice) to:

 

Cantor Fitzgerald & Co.

499 Park Avenue

New York, New York 10022

Attn: Investment Banking Department

Facsimile: (212) 829-4708

 

Loeb & Loeb LLP

345 Park Avenue

New York, NY 10154

Attn: Mitchell S. Nussbaum, Esq.

Facsimile: (212) 504-3013

 

42
 

  

If to the Company:

 

E-compass Acquisition Corp.

6F/Tower, 2 West Prosper Centre

No.5, Guanghua Road

Chaoyang District

Beijing, 100020, P.R. China

Attn: Chief Executive Officer

Facsimile:

 

or

 

Graubard Miller

The Chrysler Building

405 Lexington Avenue

New York, New York 10174

Attn:

Facsimile:

 

9.2            Headings .  The headings contained herein are for the sole purpose of convenience of reference, and shall not in any way limit or affect the meaning or interpretation of any of the terms or provisions of this Agreement.

 

9.3            Amendment .  This Agreement may only be amended by a written instrument executed by each of the parties hereto.

 

9.4            Entire Agreement .  This Agreement (together with the other agreements and documents being delivered pursuant to or in connection with this Agreement) constitute the entire agreement of the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and thereof, and supersede all prior agreements and understandings of the parties, oral and written, with respect to the subject matter hereof.

 

9.5            Binding Effect .  This Agreement shall inure solely to the benefit of and shall be binding upon the Underwriter, the Company and the Controlling Persons, directors, agents, partners, members, employees and and officers referred to in Section 5 hereof, and their respective legal representatives, successors and assigns, and no other person shall have or be construed to have any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under or in respect of or by virtue of this Agreement or any provisions herein contained.  The term “successors and assigns” shall not include a purchaser, in its capacity as such, of securities from the Underwriter.  The Company acknowledges and agrees that: (i) the sale and issuance of the securities pursuant to this Agreement is an arm’s-length commercial transaction between the Company and the Underwriter; (ii) in connection therewith and with the process leading to the Offering, the Underwriter is acting solely as a principal and not the agent or fiduciary of the Company; (iii) the Underwriter has not assumed a fiduciary responsibility in favor of the Company with respect to the Offering or the process leading thereto, including any negotiation related to the pricing of the securities; and (iv) the Company has consulted its own legal advisors to the extent it has deemed appropriate in connection with this Agreement and the Offering.

 

43
 

 

9.6            Waiver of Immunity . To the extent that the Company may be entitled in any jurisdiction in which judicial proceedings may at any time be commenced hereunder, to claim for itself or its revenues or assets any immunity, including sovereign immunity, from suit, jurisdiction, attachment in aid of execution of a judgment or prior to a judgment, execution of a judgment or any other legal process with respect to its obligations hereunder and to the extent that in any such jurisdiction there may be attributed to the Company such an immunity (whether or not claimed), the Company hereby irrevocably agrees not to claim and irrevocably waives such immunity to the maximum extent permitted by law.

 

9.7            Submission to Jurisdiction . The Company irrevocably submits to the nonexclusive jurisdiction of any New York State or United States Federal court sitting in The City of New York, Borough of Manhattan, over any suit, action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement, the Registration Statement, the Sale Preliminary Prospectus and the Prospectus or the offering of the Securities. The Company irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any objection that they may now or hereafter have to the laying of venue of any such suit, action or proceeding brought in such a court and any claim that any such suit, action or proceeding brought in such a court has been brought in an inconvenient forum. In connection with this Agreement, the Company has irrevocably appointed Richard Xu, its Executive Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, as its authorized agent in the Borough of Manhattan in The City of New York upon which process may be served in any such suit or proceeding, and the Company agrees that service of process upon such agent, and written notice of said service to the Company by the person serving the same to [__________________], shall be deemed in every respect effective service of process upon the Company in any such suit or proceeding. The Company further agrees to take any and all action as may be necessary to maintain such designation and appointment of such agent in full force and effect for a period of seven years from the date of this Agreement. Such mailing shall be deemed personal service and shall be legal and binding upon the Company in any action, proceeding or claim.  The Company waives, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any other requirements of or objections to personal jurisdiction with respect thereto. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any action based on this Agreement may be instituted by the Underwriter in any competent court.

 

9.8            Governing Law .  This Agreement shall be governed by and construed and enforced in accordance with the laws of the State of New York, without giving effect to conflicts of law principles that would result in the application of the substantive laws of another jurisdiction.

 

9.9            Execution in Counterparts .  This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, and by the different parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original, but all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same agreement, and shall become effective when one or more counterparts has been signed by each of the parties hereto and delivered to each of the other parties hereto.  Delivery of a signed counterpart of this Agreement by facsimile or email/pdf transmission shall constitute valid and sufficient delivery thereof.

 

9.10          Waiver .  The failure of any of the parties hereto to at any time enforce any of the provisions of this Agreement shall not be deemed or construed to be a waiver of any such provision, nor to in any way affect the validity of this Agreement or any provision hereof or the right of any of the parties hereto to thereafter enforce each and every provision of this Agreement.  No waiver of any breach, non-compliance or non-fulfillment of any of the provisions of this Agreement shall be effective unless set forth in a written instrument executed by the party or parties against whom or which enforcement of such waiver is sought; and no waiver of any such breach, non-compliance or non-fulfillment shall be construed or deemed to be a waiver of any other or subsequent breach, non-compliance or non-fulfillment.

 

[Remainder of page intentionally left blank]

 

44
 

 

If the foregoing correctly sets forth the understanding between the Underwriter and the Company, please so indicate in the space provided below for that purpose, whereupon this letter shall constitute a binding agreement between us.

 

 

Very truly yours,

 

 

E-COMPASS ACQUISITION CORP.

 

  By:  
    Name:
    Title:

 

Accepted on the date first above written.

 

CANTOR FITZGERALD & CO.

 

 
By:    
Name:    
Title:    

 

[ Signature page to Underwriting Agreement ]

 

45
 

 

EXHIBIT A

 

FORM OF TARGET BUSINESS LETTER

 

E-COMPASS ACQUISITION CORP.

 

Gentlemen:

 

Reference is made to the Final Prospectus of E-compass Acquisition Corp. (the   Company ”), dated ________________, 2015 (the   Prospectus ”).  Capitalized terms used and not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings assigned to them in Prospectus.

 

We have read the Prospectus and understand that the Company has established the Trust Account, initially in an amount of at least $40,800,000 for the benefit of the Public Shareholders and the Underwriter of the Company’s initial public offering (the   Underwriter ”) and that, except for a portion of the interest earned on the amounts held in the Trust Account, the Company may disburse monies from the Trust Account only: (i) to the Public Shareholders in the event they elect to redeem their public shares in connection with the consummation of a Business Combination, (ii) to the Public Shareholders if the Company fails to consummate a Business Combination within 18 months from the closing date of the Company’s initial public offering, or (iii) to the Company after or concurrently with the consummation of a Business Combination.

 

For and in consideration of the Company agreeing to evaluate the undersigned for purposes of consummating a Business Combination with it, the undersigned hereby agrees that it does not have any right, title, interest or claim of any kind in or to any monies in the Trust Account (each, a   Claim ”) and hereby waives any Claim it may have in the future as a result of, or arising out of, any negotiations, contracts or agreements with the Company and will not seek recourse against the Trust Account for any reason whatsoever.

 

___________________________________

Print Name of Target Business

 

___________________________________

Authorized Signature of Target Business

 

 
 

 

EXHIBIT B

 

FORM OF VENDOR LETTER

 

E-COMPASS ACQUISITION CORP.

 

Gentlemen:

 

Reference is made to the Final Prospectus of E-compass Acquisition Corp. (the   Company ”), dated ________________, 2015 (the   Prospectus ”).  Capitalized terms used and not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings assigned to them in Prospectus.

 

We have read the Prospectus and understand that the Company has established the Trust Account, initially in an amount of at least $40,800,000 for the benefit of the Public Shareholders and the Underwriter of the Company’s initial public offering (the   Underwriter ”) and that, except for a portion of the interest earned on the amounts held in the Trust Account, the Company may disburse monies from the Trust Account only: (i) to the Public Shareholders in the event they elect to redeem their public shares in connection with the consummation of a Business Combination, (ii) to the Public Shareholders if the Company fails to consummate a Business Combination within 18 months from the closing date of the Company’s initial public offering, or (iii) to the Company after or concurrently with the consummation of a Business Combination.

 

For and in consideration of the Company agreeing to engage the services of the undersigned, the undersigned hereby agrees that it does not have any right, title, interest or claim of any kind in or to any monies in the Trust Account (each, a “ Claim ”) and hereby waives any Claim it may have in the future as a result of, or arising out of, any services provided to the Company and will not seek recourse against the Trust Account for any reason whatsoever.

 

_______________________________

Print Name of Vendor

 

_______________________________

Authorized Signature of Vendor

 

 
 

  

EXHIBIT C

 

INTRODUCED PARTIES

 

 

49

 

Exhibit 3.1

 

THE COMPANIES LAW (2013 Revision)

OF THE CAYMAN ISLANDS

COMPANY LIMITED BY SHARES

 

 

 

AMENDED AND RESTATED MEMORANDUM AND ARTICLES OF ASSOCIATION

 

 

OF

 

 

 

 

E-COMPASS ACQUISITION CORP.

(AS ADOPTED BY SPECIAL RESOLUTION PASSED ON [    ])

 

 
 

 

THE COMPANIES LAW (2013 Revision)

OF THE CAYMAN ISLANDS

COMPANY LIMITED BY SHARES

 

 

AMENDED AND RESTATED MEMORANDUM OF ASSOCIATION

OF

E-COMPASS ACQUISITION CORP.

(AS ADOPTED BY SPECIAL RESOLUTION PASSED ON [   ])

 

1 The name of the Company is E-Compass Acquisition Corp.

 

2 The Registered Office of the Company shall be at the offices of Maples Corporate Services Limited, PO Box 309, Ugland House, Grand Cayman, KY1-1104, Cayman Islands, or at such other place within the Cayman Islands as the Directors may decide.

 

3 The objects for which the Company is established are unrestricted and the Company shall have full power and authority to carry out any object not prohibited by the laws of the Cayman Islands.

 

4 The liability of each Member is limited to the amount unpaid on such Member's shares.

 

5 The share capital of the Company is US$10,100 divided into 100,000,000 ordinary shares of a par value of US$0.0001 each and 1,000,000 preferred shares of a par value of US$0.0001 each.

 

6 The Company has power to register by way of continuation as a body corporate limited by shares under the laws of any jurisdiction outside the Cayman Islands and to be deregistered in the Cayman Islands.

 

7 Capitalised terms that are not defined in this Memorandum of Association bear the respective meanings given to them in the Articles of Association of the Company.

 

 
 

 

THE COMPANIES LAW (2013 Revision)

OF THE CAYMAN ISLANDS

COMPANY LIMITED BY SHARES

 

 

AMENDED AND RESTATED ARTICLES OF ASSOCIATION

OF

E-COMPASS ACQUISITION CORP.

(AS ADOPTED BY SPECIAL RESOLUTION PASSED ON [   ])

 

1 Interpretation

 

1.1 In the Articles Table A in the First Schedule to the Statute does not apply and, unless there is something in the subject or context inconsistent therewith:

 

  " Articles " means these articles of association of the Company.
     
  " Audit Committee " means the audit committee of the Company formed pursuant to Article 41.2 hereof, or any successor audit committee
     
  " Auditor " means the person for the time being performing the duties of auditor of the Company (if any).
     
  " Business Combination " has the meaning given to it in Article 48.1.
     
  " business day " means any day other than a Saturday, a Sunday or a legal holiday or a day on which banking institutions or trust companies are authorised or obligated by law to close in New York City.
     
  " clearing house " a clearing house recognised by the laws of the jurisdiction in which the Shares (or depositary receipts therefor) are listed or quoted on a stock exchange or interdealer quotation system in such jurisdiction.
     
  " Company " means the above named company.
     
  " Designated Stock Exchange " means the Over-the-Counter Bulletin Board or any national securities exchange including the National Market System or the Capital Market of the Nasdaq Stock Market, Inc., the NYSE MKT LLC or the New York Stock Exchange.

 

2
 

 

  " Directors " means the directors for the time being of the Company.
     
  " Dividend " means any dividend (whether interim or final) resolved to be paid on Shares pursuant to the Articles.  
     
  " Electronic Record " has the same meaning as in the Electronic Transactions Law.
     
  " Electronic Transactions Law " means the Electronic Transactions Law (2003 Revision) of the Cayman Islands.
     
  " Founders " means all Members immediately prior to the consummation of the IPO.
     
  " IPO " means the Company's initial public offering of securities.
     
  " IPO Repurchase " has the meaning given to it in Article 48.3
     
  "Lead Investor" means an investor introduced by the Company to the Underwriter that has agreed to receive $0.40 per share less for its Repurchase Price than other investors in the IPO.
     
  " Member " has the same meaning as in the Statute.
     
  " Memorandum " means the memorandum of association of the Company.
     
  " Ordinary Resolution " means a resolution passed by a simple majority of the Members as, being entitled to do so, vote in person or, where proxies are allowed, by proxy at a general meeting, and includes a unanimous written resolution. In computing the majority when a poll is demanded regard shall be had to the number of votes to which each Member is entitled by the Articles.
     
  " Over-allotment Option " means the option of the Underwriter to purchase up to an additional 600,000 units (as defined at Article 3.3) at a price equal to $10.00 per unit, less underwriting discounts and commissions.
     
  " Repurchase Price " has the meaning given to it in Article 48.3.
     
  " Register of Members " means the register of Members maintained in accordance with the Statute and includes (except where otherwise stated) any branch or duplicate register of Members.
     
  " Registered Office " means the registered office for the time being of the Company.
     
  " Seal " means the common seal of the Company and includes every duplicate seal.

 

3
 

 

  " SEC " means the United States Securities and Exchange Commission.
     
  " Share " means a share in the Company and includes a fraction of a share in the Company.
     
  " Special Resolution " has the same meaning as in the Statute, and includes a unanimous written resolution.
     
  " Statute " means the Companies Law (2013 Revision) of the Cayman Islands.
     
  " Subscriber " means the subscriber to the Memorandum.
     
  " Treasury Share " means a Share held in the name of the Company as a treasury share in accordance with the Statute.
     
  " Trust Fund " has the meaning given to it in Article 48.1.
     
  " Underwriter " means Cantor Fitzgerald & Co. and any successor underwriter.
     
1.2 In the Articles:

 

(a) words importing the singular number include the plural number and vice versa;

 

(b) words importing the masculine gender include the feminine gender;

 

(c) words importing persons include corporations as well as any other legal or natural person;

 

(d) "written" and "in writing" include all modes of representing or reproducing words in visible form, including in the form of an Electronic Record;

 

(e) "shall" shall be construed as imperative and "may" shall be construed as permissive;

 

(f) references to provisions of any law or regulation shall be construed as references to those provisions as amended, modified, re-enacted or replaced;

 

(g) any phrase introduced by the terms "including", "include", "in particular" or any similar expression shall be construed as illustrative and shall not limit the sense of the words preceding those terms;

 

(h) the term "and/or" is used herein to mean both "and" as well as "or." The use of "and/or" in certain contexts in no respects qualifies or modifies the use of the terms "and" or "or" in others. The term "or" shall not be interpreted to be exclusive and the term "and" shall not be interpreted to require the conjunctive (in each case, unless the context otherwise requires);

 

4
 

 

(i) headings are inserted for reference only and shall be ignored in construing the Articles;

 

(j) any requirements as to delivery under the Articles include delivery in the form of an Electronic Record;

 

(k) any requirements as to execution or signature under the Articles including the execution of the Articles themselves can be satisfied in the form of an electronic signature as defined in the Electronic Transactions Law;

 

(l) sections 8 and 19(3) of the Electronic Transactions Law shall not apply;

 

(m) the term "clear days" in relation to the period of a notice means that period excluding the day when the notice is received or deemed to be received and the day for which it is given or on which it is to take effect; and

 

(n) the term "holder" in relation to a Share means a person whose name is entered in the Register of Members as the holder of such Share.

 

2 Commencement of Business

 

2.1 The business of the Company may be commenced as soon after incorporation of the Company as the Directors shall see fit.

 

2.2 The Directors may pay, out of the capital or any other monies of the Company, all expenses incurred in or about the formation and establishment of the Company, including the expenses of registration.

 

3 Issue of Shares

 

3.1 Subject to the provisions, if any, in the Memorandum (and to any direction that may be given by the Company in general meeting) and, where applicable, the rules of the Designated Stock Exchange and/or any competent regulatory authority, and without prejudice to any rights attached to any existing Shares, the Directors may allot, issue, grant options over or otherwise dispose of Shares (including fractions of a Share) with or without preferred, deferred or other rights or restrictions, whether in regard to Dividend or other distribution, voting, return of capital or otherwise and to such persons, at such times and on such other terms as they think proper, and may also (subject to the Statute and the Articles) vary such rights.

 

3.2 The Company may issue rights, options, warrants or convertible securities or securities of similar nature conferring the right upon the holders thereof to subscribe for, purchase or receive any class of Shares or other securities in the Company on such terms as the Directors may from time to time determine.

 

5
 

 

3.3 The Company may issue units of securities in the Company, which may be comprised of Shares, rights, options, warrants or convertible securities or securities of similar nature conferring the right upon the holders thereof to subscribe for, purchase or receive any class of Shares or other securities in the Company, upon such terms as the Directors may from time to time determine. The securities comprising any such units which are issued pursuant to the IPO can only be traded separately from one another ten business days following the earlier to occur of the expiration of the Underwriter’s Over-allotment Option, its exercise in full or the announcement by the Underwriter of its intention not to exercise all or any remaining portion of the Over-allotment Option. Prior to such date, the units can be traded, but the securities comprising such units cannot be traded separately from one another.

 

3.4 The Company shall not issue Shares to bearer.

 

4 Register of Members

 

4.1 The Company shall maintain or cause to be maintained the Register of Members in accordance with the Statute.

 

4.2 The Directors may determine that the Company shall maintain one or more branch registers of Members in accordance with the Statute. The Directors may also determine which register of Members shall constitute the principal register and which shall constitute the branch register or registers, and to vary such determination from time to time.

 

5 Fixing Record Date

 

5.1 The Directors must fix in advance a date as the record date for any such determination of Members entitled to notice of, or to vote at any meeting of the Members or any adjournment thereof, or for the purpose of determining the Members entitled to receive payment of any Dividend or other distribution, or in order to make a determination of Members for any other purpose.

 

5.2 If no record date is fixed for the determination of Members entitled to notice of, or to vote at, a meeting of Members or Members entitled to receive payment of a Dividend or other distribution, the date on which notice of the meeting is sent or the date on which the resolution of the Directors resolving to pay such Dividend or other distribution is passed, as the case may be, shall be the record date for such determination of Members. When a determination of Members entitled to vote at any meeting of Members has been made as provided in this Article, such determination shall apply to any adjournment thereof.

 

6 Certificates for Shares

 

6.1 Share certificates representing Shares, if any, shall be in such form as the Directors may determine. Share certificates shall be signed by one or more Directors or other person authorised by the Directors. The Directors may authorise certificates to be issued with the authorised signature(s) affixed by mechanical process. All certificates for Shares shall be consecutively numbered or otherwise identified and shall specify the Shares to which they relate. All certificates surrendered to the Company for transfer shall be cancelled and subject to the Articles and no new certificate shall be issued until the former certificate representing a like number of relevant Shares shall have been surrendered and cancelled.

 

6
 

 

6.2 The Company shall not be bound to issue more than one certificate for Shares held jointly by more than one person and delivery of a certificate to one joint holder shall be a sufficient delivery to all of them.

 

6.3 If a share certificate is defaced, worn out, lost or destroyed, it may be renewed on such terms (if any) as to evidence and indemnity and on the payment of such expenses reasonably incurred by the Company in investigating evidence, as the Directors may prescribe, and (in the case of defacement or wearing out) upon delivery of the old certificate.

 

6.4 Every share certificate sent in accordance with the Articles will be sent at the risk of the Member or other person entitled to the certificate. The Company will not be responsible for any share certificate lost or delayed in the course of delivery.

 

6.5 Share certificates shall be issued within the relevant time limit as prescribed by the Statute, if applicable, or as the Designated Stock Exchange may from time to time determine, whichever is shorter, after the allotment or, except in the case of a Share transfer which the Company is for the time being entitled to refuse to register and does not register, after lodgement of a Share transfer with the Company.

 

7 Transfer of Shares

 

7.1 Subject to the terms of these Articles, any Member may transfer all or any of his Shares by an instrument of transfer provided that such transfer complies with applicable rules of the SEC and federal securities laws of the United States. If the Shares in question were issued in conjunction with rights, options or warrants issued pursuant to Article 3 on terms that one cannot be transferred without the other, the Directors shall refuse to register the transfer of any such Share without evidence satisfactory to them of the like transfer of such option or warrant.

 

7.2 The instrument of transfer of any Share shall be in writing in the usual or common form or in a form prescribed by the Designated Stock Exchange or in any other form approved by the Directors and shall be executed by or on behalf of the transferor (and if the Directors so require, signed by or on behalf of the transferee) and may be under hand or, if the transferor or transferee is a clearing house or its nominee(s), by hand or by machine imprinted signature or by such other manner of execution as the Directors may approve from time to time. The transferor shall be deemed to remain the holder of a Share until the name of the transferee is entered in the Register of Members.

 

7
 

 

8 Redemption, Repurchase and Surrender of Shares

 

8.1 Subject to the provisions of the Statute, and, where applicable, the rules of the Designated Stock Exchange and/or any competent regulatory authority, the Company may issue Shares that are to be redeemed or are liable to be redeemed at the option of the Member or the Company. The redemption of such Shares, except Shares in the IPO, shall be effected in such manner and upon such other terms as the Company may, by Special Resolution, determine before the issue of the Shares. With respect to repurchasing shares of the Company:

 

(a) members who hold Shares issued in the IPO are entitled to request repurchase of such Shares in the circumstances described in Article 48.3; and

 

(b) shares held by the Founders shall be compulsorily repurchased on a pro rata basis to the extent that the Over-allotment Option is not exercised in full so that the Founders will own 20% of the Company's issued and outstanding Shares after the IPO (exclusive of any securities purchased in a private placement simultaneously with the IPO); and

 

(c) shares issued in the IPO shall be repurchased by way of tender offer in the circumstances set out in Article 48.2(b).

 

8.2 Subject to the provisions of the Statute, and, where applicable, the rules of the Designated Stock Exchange and/or any competent regulatory authority, the Company may purchase its own Shares (including any redeemable Shares) in such manner and on such other terms as the Directors may agree with the relevant Member. For the avoidance of doubt, repurchases of Shares in the circumstances described at Articles 8.1(a), 8.1(b) and 8.1(c) above shall not require further approval of the Members.

 

8.3 The Company may make a payment in respect of the redemption or purchase of its own Shares in any manner permitted by the Statute, including out of capital.

 

8.4 The Directors may accept the surrender for no consideration of any fully paid Share.

 

9 Treasury Shares

 

9.1 The Directors may, prior to the purchase, redemption or surrender of any Share, determine that such Share shall be held as a Treasury Share.

 

9.2 The Directors may determine to cancel a Treasury Share or transfer a Treasury Share on such terms as they think proper (including, without limitation, for nil consideration).

 

10 Variation of Rights of Shares

 

10.1 If at any time the share capital of the Company is divided into different classes of Shares, all or any of the rights attached to any class (unless otherwise provided by the terms of issue of the Shares of that class) may, whether or not the Company is being wound up, be varied without the consent of the holders of the issued Shares of that class where such variation is considered by the Directors not to have a material adverse effect upon such rights; otherwise, any such variation shall be made only with the consent in writing of the holders of not less than two thirds of the issued Shares of that class, or with the sanction of a resolution passed by a majority of not less than two thirds of the votes cast at a separate meeting of the holders of the Shares of that class. For the avoidance of doubt, the Directors reserve the right, notwithstanding that any such variation may not have a material adverse effect, to obtain consent from the holders of Shares of the relevant class. To any such meeting all the provisions of the Articles relating to general meetings shall apply mutatis mutandis , except that the necessary quorum shall be one person holding or representing by proxy at least one third of the issued Shares of the class and that any holder of Shares of the class present in person or by proxy may demand a poll.

 

8
 

 

10.2 For the purposes of a separate class meeting, the Directors may treat two or more or all the classes of Shares as forming one class of Shares if the Directors consider that such class of Shares would be affected in the same way by the proposals under consideration, but in any other case shall treat them as separate classes of Shares.

 

10.3 The rights conferred upon the holders of the Shares of any class issued with preferred or other rights shall not, unless otherwise expressly provided by the terms of issue of the Shares of that class, be deemed to be varied by the creation or issue of further Shares ranking pari passu therewith.

 

11 Commission on Sale of Shares

 

The Company may, in so far as the Statute permits, pay a commission to any person in consideration of his subscribing or agreeing to subscribe (whether absolutely or conditionally) or procuring or agreeing to procure subscriptions (whether absolutely or conditionally) for any Shares. Such commissions may be satisfied by the payment of cash and/or the issue of fully or partly paid-up Shares. The Company may also on any issue of Shares pay such brokerage as may be lawful.

 

12 Non Recognition of Trusts

 

The Company shall not be bound by or compelled to recognise in any way (even when notified) any equitable, contingent, future or partial interest in any Share, or (except only as is otherwise provided by the Articles or the Statute) any other rights in respect of any Share other than an absolute right to the entirety thereof in the holder.

 

13 Lien on Shares

 

13.1 The Company shall have a first and paramount lien on all Shares (whether fully paid-up or not) registered in the name of a Member (whether solely or jointly with others) for all debts, liabilities or engagements to or with the Company (whether presently payable or not) by such Member or his estate, either alone or jointly with any other person, whether a Member or not, but the Directors may at any time declare any Share to be wholly or in part exempt from the provisions of this Article. The registration of a transfer of any such Share shall operate as a waiver of the Company's lien thereon. The Company's lien on a Share shall also extend to any amount payable in respect of that Share.

 

13.2 The Company may sell, in such manner as the Directors think fit, any Shares on which the Company has a lien, if a sum in respect of which the lien exists is presently payable, and is not paid within fourteen clear days after notice has been received or deemed to have been received by the holder of the Shares, or to the person entitled to it in consequence of the death or bankruptcy of the holder, demanding payment and stating that if the notice is not complied with the Shares may be sold.

 

9
 

 

13.3 To give effect to any such sale the Directors may authorise any person to execute an instrument of transfer of the Shares sold to, or in accordance with the directions of, the purchaser. The purchaser or his nominee shall be registered as the holder of the Shares comprised in any such transfer, and he shall not be bound to see to the application of the purchase money, nor shall his title to the Shares be affected by any irregularity or invalidity in the sale or the exercise of the Company's power of sale under the Articles.

 

13.4 The net proceeds of such sale after payment of costs, shall be applied in payment of such part of the amount in respect of which the lien exists as is presently payable and any balance shall (subject to a like lien for sums not presently payable as existed upon the Shares before the sale) be paid to the person entitled to the Shares at the date of the sale.

 

14 Call on Shares

 

14.1 Subject to the terms of the allotment and issue of any Shares, the Directors may make calls upon the Members in respect of any monies unpaid on their Shares (whether in respect of par value or premium), and each such Member shall (subject to receiving at least fourteen clear days' notice specifying the time or times of payment) pay to the Company at the time or times so specified the amount called on the Shares. A call may be revoked or postponed, in whole or in part, as the Directors may determine. A call may be required to be paid by instalments. A person upon whom a call is made shall remain liable for calls made upon him notwithstanding the subsequent transfer of the Shares in respect of which the call was made.

 

14.2 A call shall be deemed to have been made at the time when the resolution of the Directors authorising such call was passed.

 

14.3 The joint holders of a Share shall be jointly and severally liable to pay all calls in respect thereof.

 

14.4 If a call remains unpaid after it has become due and payable, the person from whom it is due shall pay interest on the amount unpaid from the day it became due and payable until it is paid at such rate as the Directors may determine (and in addition all expenses that have been incurred by the Company by reason of such non-payment), but the Directors may waive payment of the interest or expenses wholly or in part.

 

14.5 An amount payable in respect of a Share on issue or allotment or at any fixed date, whether on account of the par value of the Share or premium or otherwise, shall be deemed to be a call and if it is not paid all the provisions of the Articles shall apply as if that amount had become due and payable by virtue of a call.

 

14.6 The Directors may issue Shares with different terms as to the amount and times of payment of calls, or the interest to be paid.

 

10
 

 

14.7 The Directors may, if they think fit, receive an amount from any Member willing to advance all or any part of the monies uncalled and unpaid upon any Shares held by him, and may (until the amount would otherwise become payable) pay interest at such rate as may be agreed upon between the Directors and the Member paying such amount in advance.

 

14.8 No such amount paid in advance of calls shall entitle the Member paying such amount to any portion of a Dividend or other distribution payable in respect of any period prior to the date upon which such amount would, but for such payment, become payable.

 

15 Forfeiture of Shares

 

15.1 If a call or instalment of a call remains unpaid after it has become due and payable the Directors may give to the person from whom it is due not less than fourteen clear days' notice requiring payment of the amount unpaid together with any interest which may have accrued and any expenses incurred by the Company by reason of such non-payment. The notice shall specify where payment is to be made and shall state that if the notice is not complied with the Shares in respect of which the call was made will be liable to be forfeited.

 

15.2 If the notice is not complied with, any Share in respect of which it was given may, before the payment required by the notice has been made, be forfeited by a resolution of the Directors. Such forfeiture shall include all Dividends, other distributions or other monies payable in respect of the forfeited Share and not paid before the forfeiture.

 

15.3 A forfeited Share may be sold, re-allotted or otherwise disposed of on such terms and in such manner as the Directors think fit and at any time before a sale, re-allotment or disposition the forfeiture may be cancelled on such terms as the Directors think fit. Where for the purposes of its disposal a forfeited Share is to be transferred to any person the Directors may authorise some person to execute an instrument of transfer of the Share in favour of that person.

 

15.4 A person any of whose Shares have been forfeited shall cease to be a Member in respect of them and shall surrender to the Company for cancellation the certificate for the Shares forfeited and shall remain liable to pay to the Company all monies which at the date of forfeiture were payable by him to the Company in respect of those Shares together with interest at such rate as the Directors may determine, but his liability shall cease if and when the Company shall have received payment in full of all monies due and payable by him in respect of those Shares.

 

15.5 A certificate in writing under the hand of one Director or officer of the Company that a Share has been forfeited on a specified date shall be conclusive evidence of the facts stated in it as against all persons claiming to be entitled to the Share. The certificate shall (subject to the execution of an instrument of transfer) constitute a good title to the Share and the person to whom the Share is sold or otherwise disposed of shall not be bound to see to the application of the purchase money, if any, nor shall his title to the Share be affected by any irregularity or invalidity in the proceedings in reference to the forfeiture, sale or disposal of the Share.

 

15.6 The provisions of the Articles as to forfeiture shall apply in the case of non payment of any sum which, by the terms of issue of a Share, becomes payable at a fixed time, whether on account of the par value of the Share or by way of premium as if it had been payable by virtue of a call duly made and notified.

 

11
 

 

16 Transmission of Shares

 

16.1 If a Member dies the survivor or survivors (where he was a joint holder) or his legal personal representatives (where he was a sole holder), shall be the only persons recognised by the Company as having any title to his Shares. The estate of a deceased Member is not thereby released from any liability in respect of any Share, for which he was a joint or sole holder.

 

16.2 Any person becoming entitled to a Share in consequence of the death or bankruptcy or liquidation or dissolution of a Member (or in any other way than by transfer) may, upon such evidence being produced as may be required by the Directors, elect, by a notice in writing sent by him to the Company, either to become the holder of such Share or to have some person nominated by him registered as the holder of such Share. If he elects to have another person registered as the holder of such Share he shall sign an instrument of transfer of that Share to that person. The Directors shall, in either case, have the same right to decline or suspend registration as they would have had in the case of a transfer of the Share by the relevant Member before his death or bankruptcy or liquidation or dissolution, as the case may be.

 

16.3 A person becoming entitled to a Share by reason of the death or bankruptcy or liquidation or dissolution of a Member (or in any other case than by transfer) shall be entitled to the same Dividends, other distributions and other advantages to which he would be entitled if he were the holder of such Share. However, he shall not, before becoming a Member in respect of a Share, be entitled in respect of it to exercise any right conferred by membership in relation to general meetings of the Company and the Directors may at any time give notice requiring any such person to elect either to be registered himself or to have some person nominated by him be registered as the holder of the Share (but the Directors shall, in either case, have the same right to decline or suspend registration as they would have had in the case of a transfer of the Share by the relevant Member before his death or bankruptcy or liquidation or dissolution or any other case than by transfer, as the case may be). If the notice is not complied with within ninety days of being received or deemed to be received (as determined pursuant to the Articles) the Directors may thereafter withhold payment of all Dividends, other distributions, bonuses or other monies payable in respect of the Share until the requirements of the notice have been complied with.

 

17 Amendments of Memorandum and Articles of Association and Alteration of Capital

 

17.1 The Company may by Ordinary Resolution:

 

(a) increase its share capital by such sum as the Ordinary Resolution shall prescribe and with such rights, priorities and privileges annexed thereto, as the Company in general meeting may determine;

 

(b) consolidate and divide all or any of its share capital into Shares of larger amount than its existing Shares;

 

12
 

 

(c) convert all or any of its paid-up Shares into stock, and reconvert that stock into paid-up Shares of any denomination;

 

(d) by subdivision of its existing Shares or any of them divide the whole or any part of its share capital into Shares of smaller amount than is fixed by the Memorandum or into Shares without par value; and

 

(e) cancel any Shares that at the date of the passing of the Ordinary Resolution have not been taken or agreed to be taken by any person and diminish the amount of its share capital by the amount of the Shares so cancelled.

 

17.2 All new Shares created in accordance with the provisions of the preceding Article shall be subject to the same provisions of the Articles with reference to the payment of calls, liens, transfer, transmission, forfeiture and otherwise as the Shares in the original share capital.

 

17.3 Subject to the provisions of the Statute and the provisions of the Articles as regards the matters to be dealt with by Ordinary Resolution, the Company may by Special Resolution:

 

(a) change its name;

 

(b) alter or add to the Articles;

 

(c) alter or add to the Memorandum with respect to any objects, powers or other matters specified therein; and

 

(d) reduce its share capital or any capital redemption reserve fund.

 

18 Offices and Places of Business

 

Subject to the provisions of the Statute, the Company may by resolution of the Directors change the location of its Registered Office. The Company may, in addition to its Registered Office, maintain such other offices or places of business as the Directors determine.

 

19 General Meetings

 

19.1 All general meetings other than annual general meetings shall be called extraordinary general meetings.

 

19.2 The Company may, but shall not (unless required by the Statute) be obliged to, in each year hold a general meeting as its annual general meeting, and shall specify the meeting as such in the notices calling it. Any annual general meeting shall be held at such time and place as the Directors shall appoint and if no other time and place is prescribed by them, it shall be held at the Registered Office on the second Wednesday in December of each year at ten o'clock in the morning. At these meetings the report of the Directors (if any) shall be presented.

 

13
 

 

19.3 The Directors may call general meetings, and they shall on a Members' requisition forthwith proceed to convene an extraordinary general meeting of the Company.

 

19.4 A Members' requisition is a requisition of Members holding at the date of deposit of the requisition not less than ten per cent. in par value of the issued Shares which as at that date carry the right to vote at general meetings of the Company.

 

19.5 The Members' requisition must state the objects of the meeting and must be signed by the requisitionists and deposited at the Registered Office, and may consist of several documents in like form each signed by one or more requisitionists.

 

19.6 If there are no Directors as at the date of the deposit of the Members' requisition or if the Directors do not within twenty-one days from the date of the deposit of the Members' requisition duly proceed to convene a general meeting to be held within a further twenty-one days, the requisitionists, or any of them representing more than one-half of the total voting rights of all of the requisitionists, may themselves convene a general meeting, but any meeting so convened shall be held no later than the day which falls three months after the expiration of the said twenty-one day period.

 

19.7 A general meeting convened as aforesaid by requisitionists shall be convened in the same manner as nearly as possible as that in which general meetings are to be convened by Directors.

 

20 Notice of General Meetings

 

20.1 At least ten days' notice but no more than 60 days’ notice shall be given of any general meeting. Every notice shall specify the place, the day and the hour of the meeting and the general nature of the business to be conducted at the general meeting and shall be given in the manner hereinafter mentioned or in such other manner if any as may be prescribed by the Company, provided that a general meeting of the Company shall, whether or not the notice specified in this Article has been given and whether or not the provisions of the Articles regarding general meetings have been complied with, be deemed to have been duly convened if it is so agreed:

 

(a) in the case of an annual general meeting, by all of the Members entitled to attend and vote thereat; and

 

(b) in the case of an extraordinary general meeting, by a majority in number of the Members having a right to attend and vote at the meeting, together holding not less than ninety five per cent. in par value of the Shares giving that right.

 

20.2 The accidental omission to give notice of a general meeting to, or the non receipt of notice of a general meeting by, any person entitled to receive such notice shall not invalidate the proceedings of that general meeting.

 

14
 

 

21 Proceedings at General Meetings

 

21.1 No business shall be transacted at any general meeting unless a quorum is present. The holders of one-third of the Shares being individuals present in person or by proxy or if a corporation or other non-natural person by its duly authorised representative or proxy shall be a quorum.

 

21.2 A person may participate at a general meeting by conference telephone or other communications equipment by means of which all the persons participating in the meeting can communicate with each other. Participation by a person in a general meeting in this manner is treated as presence in person at that meeting.

 

21.3 A resolution (including a Special Resolution) in writing (in one or more counterparts) signed by or on behalf of all of the Members for the time being entitled to receive notice of and to attend and vote at general meetings (or, being corporations or other non-natural persons, signed by their duly authorised representatives) shall be as valid and effective as if the resolution had been passed at a general meeting of the Company duly convened and held.

 

21.4 If a quorum is not present within half an hour from the time appointed for the meeting to commence or if during such a meeting a quorum ceases to be present, the meeting, if convened upon a Members' requisition, shall be dissolved and in any other case it shall stand adjourned to the same day in the next week at the same time and/or place or to such other day, time and/or place as the Directors may determine, and if at the adjourned meeting a quorum is not present within half an hour from the time appointed for the meeting to commence, the Members present shall be a quorum.

 

21.5 The Directors may, at any time prior to the time appointed for the meeting to commence, appoint any person to act as chairman of a general meeting of the Company or, if the Directors do not make any such appointment, the chairman, if any, of the board of Directors shall preside as chairman at such general meeting. If there is no such chairman, or if he shall not be present within fifteen minutes after the time appointed for the meeting to commence, or is unwilling to act, the Directors present shall elect one of their number to be chairman of the meeting.

 

21.6 If no Director is willing to act as chairman or if no Director is present within fifteen minutes after the time appointed for the meeting to commence, the Members present shall choose one of their number to be chairman of the meeting.

 

21.7 The chairman may, with the consent of a meeting at which a quorum is present (and shall if so directed by the meeting) adjourn the meeting from time to time and from place to place, but no business shall be transacted at any adjourned meeting other than the business left unfinished at the meeting from which the adjournment took place.

 

21.8 When a general meeting is adjourned for thirty days or more, notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given as in the case of an original meeting. Otherwise it shall not be necessary to give any such notice of an adjourned meeting.

 

21.9 A resolution put to the vote of the meeting shall be decided on a poll.

 

15
 

 

21.10 A poll shall be taken as the chairman directs, and the result of the poll shall be deemed to be the resolution of the general meeting at which the poll was demanded.

 

21.11 A poll demanded on the election of a chairman or on a question of adjournment shall be taken forthwith. A poll demanded on any other question shall be taken at such date, time and place as the chairman of the general meeting directs, and any business other than that upon which a poll has been demanded or is contingent thereon may proceed pending the taking of the poll.

 

21.12 In the case of an equality of votes the chairman shall be entitled to a second or casting vote.

 

22 Votes of Members

 

22.1 Subject to any rights or restrictions attached to any Shares, every Member present in any such manner shall have one vote for every Share of which he is the holder.

 

22.2 In the case of joint holders the vote of the senior holder who tenders a vote, whether in person or by proxy (or, in the case of a corporation or other non-natural person, by its duly authorised representative or proxy), shall be accepted to the exclusion of the votes of the other joint holders, and seniority shall be determined by the order in which the names of the holders stand in the Register of Members.

 

22.3 A Member of unsound mind, or in respect of whom an order has been made by any court, having jurisdiction in lunacy, may vote by his committee, receiver, curator bonis, or other person on such Member's behalf appointed by that court, and any such committee, receiver, curator bonis or other person may vote by proxy.

 

22.4 No person shall be entitled to vote at any general meeting unless he is registered as a Member on the record date for such meeting nor unless all calls or other monies then payable by him in respect of Shares have been paid.

 

22.5 No objection shall be raised as to the qualification of any voter except at the general meeting or adjourned general meeting at which the vote objected to is given or tendered and every vote not disallowed at the meeting shall be valid. Any objection made in due time in accordance with this Article shall be referred to the chairman whose decision shall be final and conclusive.

 

22.6 Votes may be cast either personally or by proxy (or in the case of a corporation or other non-natural person by its duly authorised representative or proxy). A Member may appoint more than one proxy or the same proxy under one or more instruments to attend and vote at a meeting. Where a Member appoints more than one proxy the instrument of proxy shall specify the number of Shares in respect of which each proxy is entitled to exercise the related votes.

 

22.7 A Member holding more than one Share need not cast the votes in respect of his Shares in the same way on any resolution and therefore may vote a Share or some or all such Shares either for or against a resolution and/or abstain from voting a Share or some or all of the Shares and, subject to the terms of the instrument appointing him, a proxy appointed under one or more instruments may vote a Share or some or all of the Shares in respect of which he is appointed either for or against a resolution and/or abstain from voting a Share or some or all of the Shares in respect of which he is appointed.

 

16
 

 

23 Proxies

 

23.1 The instrument appointing a proxy shall be in writing and shall be executed under the hand of the appointor or of his attorney duly authorised in writing, or, if the appointor is a corporation or other non natural person, under the hand of its duly authorised representative. A proxy need not be a Member.

 

23.2 The Directors may, in the notice convening any meeting or adjourned meeting, or in an instrument of proxy sent out by the Company, specify the manner by which the instrument appointing a proxy shall be deposited and the place and the time (being not later than the time appointed for the commencement of the meeting or adjourned meeting to which the proxy relates) at which the instrument appointing a proxy shall be deposited. In the absence of any such direction from the Directors in the notice convening any meeting or adjourned meeting or in an instrument of proxy sent out by the Company, the instrument appointing a proxy shall be deposited physically at the Registered Office not less than 48 hours before the time appointed for the meeting or adjourned meeting to commence at which the person named in the instrument proposes to vote.

 

The chairman may in any event at his discretion declare that an instrument of proxy shall be deemed to have been duly deposited. An instrument of proxy that is not deposited in the manner permitted, or which has not been declared to have been duly deposited by the chairman, shall be invalid.

 

23.3 The instrument appointing a proxy may be in any usual or common form (or such other form as the Directors may approve) and may be expressed to be for a particular meeting or any adjournment thereof or generally until revoked. An instrument appointing a proxy shall be deemed to include the power to demand or join or concur in demanding a poll.

 

23.4 Votes given in accordance with the terms of an instrument of proxy shall be valid notwithstanding the previous death or insanity of the principal or revocation of the proxy or of the authority under which the proxy was executed, or the transfer of the Share in respect of which the proxy is given unless notice in writing of such death, insanity, revocation or transfer was received by the Company at the Registered Office before the commencement of the general meeting, or adjourned meeting at which it is sought to use the proxy.

 

24 Corporate Members

 

24.1 Any corporation or other non-natural person which is a Member may in accordance with its constitutional documents, or in the absence of such provision by resolution of its directors or other governing body, authorise such person as it thinks fit to act as its representative at any meeting of the Company or of any class of Members, and the person so authorised shall be entitled to exercise the same powers on behalf of the corporation which he represents as the corporation could exercise if it were an individual Member.

 

17
 

 

24.2 If a clearing house (or its nominee(s)), being a corporation, is a Member, it may authorise such persons as it sees fit to act as its representative at any meeting of the Company or at any meeting of any class of Members provided that the authorisation shall specify the number and class of Shares in respect of which each such representative is so authorised. Each person so authorised under the provisions of this Article shall be deemed to have been duly authorised without further evidence of the facts and be entitled to exercise the same rights and powers on behalf of the clearing house (or its nominee(s)) as if such person was the registered holder of such Shares held by the clearing house (or its nominee(s)).

 

25 Shares that May Not be Voted

 

Shares in the Company that are beneficially owned by the Company shall not be voted, directly or indirectly, at any meeting and shall not be counted in determining the total number of outstanding Shares at any given time.

 

26 Directors

 

There shall be a board of Directors consisting of not less than one person provided however that the Company may by Ordinary Resolution increase or reduce the limits in the number of Directors. The first Directors of the Company shall be determined in writing by, or appointed by a resolution of, the Subscriber.

 

27 Powers of Directors

 

27.1 Subject to the provisions of the Statute, the Memorandum and the Articles and to any directions given by Special Resolution, the business of the Company shall be managed by the Directors who may exercise all the powers of the Company. No alteration of the Memorandum or Articles and no such direction shall invalidate any prior act of the Directors which would have been valid if that alteration had not been made or that direction had not been given. A duly convened meeting of Directors at which a quorum is present may exercise all powers exercisable by the Directors.

 

27.2 All cheques, promissory notes, drafts, bills of exchange and other negotiable or transferable instruments and all receipts for monies paid to the Company shall be signed, drawn, accepted, endorsed or otherwise executed as the case may be in such manner as the Directors shall determine by resolution.

 

27.3 The Directors on behalf of the Company may pay a gratuity or pension or allowance on retirement to any Director who has held any other salaried office or place of profit with the Company or to his widow or dependants and may make contributions to any fund and pay premiums for the purchase or provision of any such gratuity, pension or allowance.

 

27.4 The Directors may exercise all the powers of the Company to borrow money and to mortgage or charge its undertaking, property and assets (present and future) and uncalled capital or any part thereof and to issue debentures, debenture stock, mortgages, bonds and other such securities whether outright or as security for any debt, liability or obligation of the Company or of any third party.

 

18
 

 

28 Appointment and Removal of Directors

 

28.1 The Company may by Ordinary Resolution appoint any person to be a Director or may by Ordinary Resolution remove any Director.

 

28.2 The Directors may appoint any person to be a Director, either to fill a vacancy or as an additional Director provided that the appointment does not cause the number of Directors to exceed any number fixed by or in accordance with the Articles as the maximum number of Directors.

 

29 Vacation of Office of Director

 

The office of a Director shall be vacated if:

 

(a) the Director gives notice in writing to the Company that he resigns the office of Director; or

 

(b) the Director absents himself (for the avoidance of doubt, without being represented by proxy) from three consecutive meetings of the board of Directors without special leave of absence from the Directors, and the Directors pass a resolution that he has by reason of such absence vacated office; or

 

(c) the Director dies, becomes bankrupt or makes any arrangement or composition with his creditors generally; or

 

(d) the Director is found to be or becomes of unsound mind; or

 

(e) all of the other Directors (being not less than two in number) determine that he should be removed as a Director, either by a resolution passed by all of the other Directors at a meeting of the Directors duly convened and held in accordance with the Articles or by a resolution in writing signed by all of the other Directors.

 

30 Proceedings of Directors

 

30.1 The quorum for the transaction of the business of the Directors shall be a majority of the number of Directors fixed by or pursuant to the Articles, and shall be one if there is only one Director.

 

30.2 Subject to the provisions of the Articles, the Directors may regulate their proceedings as they think fit. Questions arising at any meeting shall be decided by a majority of votes. In the case of an equality of votes, the chairman shall have a second or casting vote.

 

30.3 A person may participate in a meeting of the Directors or committee of Directors by conference telephone or other communications equipment by means of which all the persons participating in the meeting can communicate with each other at the same time. Participation by a person in a meeting in this manner is treated as presence in person at that meeting. Unless otherwise determined by the Directors the meeting shall be deemed to be held at the place where the chairman is located at the start of the meeting.

 

19
 

 

30.4 A resolution in writing (in one or more counterparts) signed by all the Directors or all the members of a committee of the Directors or, in the case of a resolution in writing relating to the removal of any Director or the vacation of office by any Director, all of the Directors other than the Director who is the subject of such resolution shall be as valid and effectual as if it had been passed at a meeting of the Directors, or committee of Directors as the case may be, duly convened and held.

 

30.5 A Director may, or other officer of the Company on the direction of a Director shall, call a meeting of the Directors by at least two days' notice in writing to every Director which notice shall set forth the general nature of the business to be considered unless notice is waived by all the Directors either at, before or after the meeting is held. To any such notice of a meeting of the Directors all the provisions of the Articles relating to the giving of notices by the Company to the Members shall apply mutatis mutandis.

 

30.6 The continuing Directors (or a sole continuing Director, as the case may be) may act notwithstanding any vacancy in their body, but if and so long as their number is reduced below the number fixed by or pursuant to the Articles as the necessary quorum of Directors the continuing Directors or Director may act for the purpose of increasing the number of Directors to be equal to such fixed number, or of summoning a general meeting of the Company, but for no other purpose.

 

30.7 The Directors may elect a chairman of their board and determine the period for which he is to hold office; but if no such chairman is elected, or if at any meeting the chairman is not present within five minutes after the time appointed for the meeting to commence, the Directors present may choose one of their number to be chairman of the meeting.

 

30.8 All acts done by any meeting of the Directors or of a committee of the Directors shall, notwithstanding that it is afterwards discovered that there was some defect in the appointment of any Director, and/or that they or any of them were disqualified, and/or had vacated their office and/or were not entitled to vote, be as valid as if every such person had been duly appointed and/or not disqualified to be a Director and/or had not vacated their office and/or had been entitled to vote, as the case may be.

 

30.9 A Director may be represented at any meetings of the board of Directors by a proxy appointed in writing by him. The proxy shall count towards the quorum and the vote of the proxy shall for all purposes be deemed to be that of the appointing Director.

 

31 Presumption of Assent

 

A Director who is present at a meeting of the board of Directors at which action on any Company matter is taken shall be presumed to have assented to the action taken unless his dissent shall be entered in the minutes of the meeting or unless he shall file his written dissent from such action with the person acting as the chairman or secretary of the meeting before the adjournment thereof or shall forward such dissent by registered post to such person immediately after the adjournment of the meeting. Such right to dissent shall not apply to a Director who voted in favour of such action.

 

20
 

 

32 Directors' Interests

 

32.1 A Director may hold any other office or place of profit under the Company (other than the office of Auditor) in conjunction with his office of Director for such period and on such terms as to remuneration and otherwise as the Directors may determine.

 

32.2 A Director may act by himself or by, through or on behalf of his firm in a professional capacity for the Company and he or his firm shall be entitled to remuneration for professional services as if he were not a Director.

 

32.3 A Director may be or become a director or other officer of or otherwise interested in any company promoted by the Company or in which the Company may be interested as a shareholder, a contracting party or otherwise, and no such Director shall be accountable to the Company for any remuneration or other benefits received by him as a director or officer of, or from his interest in, such other company.

 

32.4 No person shall be disqualified from the office of Director or prevented by such office from contracting with the Company, either as vendor, purchaser or otherwise, nor shall any such contract or any contract or transaction entered into by or on behalf of the Company in which any Director shall be in any way interested be or be liable to be avoided, nor shall any Director so contracting or being so interested be liable to account to the Company for any profit realised by or arising in connection with any such contract or transaction by reason of such Director or alternate Director holding office or of the fiduciary relationship thereby established. A Director shall be at liberty to vote in respect of any contract or transaction in which he is interested provided that the nature of the interest of any Director in any such contract or transaction shall be disclosed by him at or prior to its consideration and any vote thereon.

 

32.5 A general notice that a Director is a shareholder, director, officer or employee of any specified firm or company and is to be regarded as interested in any transaction with such firm or company shall be sufficient disclosure for the purposes of voting on a resolution in respect of a contract or transaction in which he has an interest, and after such general notice it shall not be necessary to give special notice relating to any particular transaction.

 

33 Minutes

 

The Directors shall cause minutes to be made in books kept for the purpose of all appointments of officers made by the Directors, all proceedings at meetings of the Company or the holders of any class of Shares and of the Directors, and of committees of the Directors, including the names of the Directors present at each meeting.

 

34 Delegation of Directors' Powers

 

34.1 The Directors may delegate any of their powers, authorities and discretions, including the power to sub-delegate, to any committee consisting of one or more Directors. Any such delegation may be made subject to any conditions the Directors may impose and either collaterally with or to the exclusion of their own powers and any such delegation may be revoked or altered by the Directors. Subject to any such conditions, the proceedings of a committee of Directors shall be governed by the Articles regulating the proceedings of Directors, so far as they are capable of applying.

 

21
 

 

34.2 The Directors may by power of attorney or otherwise appoint any company, firm, person or body of persons, whether nominated directly or indirectly by the Directors, to be the attorney or authorised signatory of the Company for such purpose and with such powers, authorities and discretions (not exceeding those vested in or exercisable by the Directors under the Articles) and for such period and subject to such conditions as they may think fit, and any such powers of attorney or other appointment may contain such provisions for the protection and convenience of persons dealing with any such attorneys or authorised signatories as the Directors may think fit and may also authorise any such attorney or authorised signatory to delegate all or any of the powers, authorities and discretions vested in him.

 

34.3 The Directors may appoint such officers of the Company (including, for the avoidance of doubt and without limitation, any secretary) as they consider necessary on such terms, at such remuneration and to perform such duties, and subject to such provisions as to disqualification and removal as the Directors may think fit. Unless otherwise specified in the terms of his appointment an officer of the Company may be removed by resolution of the Directors or Members. An officer of the Company may vacate his office at any time if he gives notice in writing to the Company that he resigns his office.

 

35 No Minimum Shareholding

 

The Company in general meeting may fix a minimum shareholding required to be held by a Director, but unless and until such a shareholding qualification is fixed a Director is not required to hold Shares.

 

36 Remuneration of Directors

 

36.1 The remuneration to be paid to the Directors, if any, shall be such remuneration as the Directors shall determine, provided that no remuneration shall be paid to any Director prior to the consummation of a Business Combination. The Directors shall also, whether prior to or after the consummation of a Business Combination, be entitled to be paid all travelling, hotel and other expenses properly incurred by them in connection with their attendance at meetings of Directors or committees of Directors, or general meetings of the Company, or separate meetings of the holders of any class of Shares or debentures of the Company, or otherwise in connection with the business of the Company or the discharge of their duties as a Director, or to receive a fixed allowance in respect thereof as may be determined by the Directors, or a combination partly of one such method and partly the other.

 

36.2 The Directors may by resolution approve additional remuneration to any Director for any services which in the opinion of the Directors go beyond his ordinary routine work as a Director. Any fees paid to a Director who is also counsel, attorney or solicitor to the Company, or otherwise serves it in a professional capacity shall be in addition to his remuneration as a Director.

 

22
 

 

37 Seal

 

37.1 The Company may, if the Directors so determine, have a Seal. The Seal shall only be used by the authority of the Directors or of a committee of the Directors authorised by the Directors. Every instrument to which the Seal has been affixed shall be signed by at least one person who shall be either a Director or some officer of the Company or other person appointed by the Directors for the purpose.

 

37.2 The Company may have for use in any place or places outside the Cayman Islands a duplicate Seal or Seals each of which shall be a facsimile of the common Seal of the Company and, if the Directors so determine, with the addition on its face of the name of every place where it is to be used.

 

37.3 A Director or officer, representative or attorney of the Company may without further authority of the Directors affix the Seal over his signature alone to any document of the Company required to be authenticated by him under seal or to be filed with the Registrar of Companies in the Cayman Islands or elsewhere wheresoever.

 

38 Dividends, Distributions and Reserve

 

38.1 Subject to the Statute and this Article and except as otherwise provided by the rights attached to any Shares, the Directors may resolve to pay Dividends and other distributions on Shares in issue and authorise payment of the Dividends or other distributions out of the funds of the Company lawfully available therefor. A Dividend shall be deemed to be an interim Dividend unless the terms of the resolution pursuant to which the Directors resolve to pay such Dividend specifically state that such Dividend shall be a final Dividend. No Dividend or other distribution shall be paid except out of the realised or unrealised profits of the Company, out of the share premium account or as otherwise permitted by law.

 

38.2 Except as otherwise provided by the rights attached to any Shares, all Dividends and other distributions shall be paid according to the par value of the Shares that a Member holds. If any Share is issued on terms providing that it shall rank for Dividend as from a particular date, that Share shall rank for Dividend accordingly.

 

38.3 The Directors may deduct from any Dividend or other distribution payable to any Member all sums of money (if any) then payable by him to the Company on account of calls or otherwise.

 

38.4 The Directors may resolve that any Dividend or other distribution be paid wholly or partly by the distribution of specific assets and in particular (but without limitation) by the distribution of shares, debentures, or securities of any other company or in any one or more of such ways and where any difficulty arises in regard to such distribution, the Directors may settle the same as they think expedient and in particular may issue fractional Shares and may fix the value for distribution of such specific assets or any part thereof and may determine that cash payments shall be made to any Members upon the basis of the value so fixed in order to adjust the rights of all Members and may vest any such specific assets in trustees in such manner as may seem expedient to the Directors.

 

23
 

 

38.5 Except as otherwise provided by the rights attached to any Shares, Dividends and other distributions may be paid in any currency. The Directors may determine the basis of conversion for any currency conversions that may be required and how any costs involved are to be met.

 

38.6 The Directors may, before resolving to pay any Dividend or other distribution, set aside such sums as they think proper as a reserve or reserves which shall, at the discretion of the Directors, be applicable for any purpose of the Company and pending such application may, at the discretion of the Directors, be employed in the business of the Company.

 

38.7 Any Dividend, other distribution, interest or other monies payable in cash in respect of Shares may be paid by wire transfer to the holder or by cheque or warrant sent through the post directed to the registered address of the holder or, in the case of joint holders, to the registered address of the holder who is first named on the Register of Members or to such person and to such address as such holder or joint holders may in writing direct. Every such cheque or warrant shall be made payable to the order of the person to whom it is sent. Any one of two or more joint holders may give effectual receipts for any Dividends, other distributions, bonuses, or other monies payable in respect of the Share held by them as joint holders.

 

38.8 No Dividend or other distribution shall bear interest against the Company.

 

38.9 Any Dividend or other distribution which cannot be paid to a Member and/or which remains unclaimed after six months from the date on which such Dividend or other distribution becomes payable may, in the discretion of the Directors, be paid into a separate account in the Company's name, provided that the Company shall not be constituted as a trustee in respect of that account and the Dividend or other distribution shall remain as a debt due to the Member. Any Dividend or other distribution which remains unclaimed after a period of six years from the date on which such Dividend or other distribution becomes payable shall be forfeited and shall revert to the Company.

 

39 Capitalisation

 

The Directors may at any time capitalise any sum standing to the credit of any of the Company's reserve accounts or funds (including the share premium account and capital redemption reserve fund) or any sum standing to the credit of the profit and loss account or otherwise available for distribution; appropriate such sum to Members in the proportions in which such sum would have been divisible amongst such Members had the same been a distribution of profits by way of Dividend or other distribution; and apply such sum on their behalf in paying up in full unissued Shares for allotment and distribution credited as fully paid-up to and amongst them in the proportion aforesaid. In such event the Directors shall do all acts and things required to give effect to such capitalisation, with full power given to the Directors to make such provisions as they think fit in the case of Shares becoming distributable in fractions (including provisions whereby the benefit of fractional entitlements accrue to the Company rather than to the Members concerned). The Directors may authorise any person to enter on behalf of all of the Members interested into an agreement with the Company providing for such capitalisation and matters incidental or relating thereto and any agreement made under such authority shall be effective and binding on all such Members and the Company.

 

24
 

 

40 Books of Account

 

40.1 The Directors shall cause proper books of account (including, where applicable, material underlying documentation including contracts and invoices) to be kept with respect to all sums of money received and expended by the Company and the matters in respect of which the receipt or expenditure takes place, all sales and purchases of goods by the Company and the assets and liabilities of the Company. Such books of account must be retained for a minimum period of five years from the date on which they are prepared. Proper books shall not be deemed to be kept if there are not kept such books of account as are necessary to give a true and fair view of the state of the Company's affairs and to explain its transactions.

 

40.2 The Directors shall determine whether and to what extent and at what times and places and under what conditions or regulations the accounts and books of the Company or any of them shall be open to the inspection of Members not being Directors and no Member (not being a Director) shall have any right of inspecting any account or book or document of the Company except as conferred by Statute or authorised by the Directors or by the Company in general meeting.

 

40.3 The Directors may cause to be prepared and to be laid before the Company in general meeting profit and loss accounts, balance sheets, group accounts (if any) and such other reports and accounts as may be required by law.

 

41 Audit

 

41.1 The Directors may appoint an Auditor of the Company who shall hold office on such terms as the Directors determine.

 

41.2 Without prejudice to the freedom of the Directors to establish any other committee, if the Shares (or depositary receipts therefor) are listed or quoted on the Designated Stock Exchange, and if required by the Designated Stock Exchange, the Directors shall establish and maintain an Audit Committee as a committee of the board of Directors and shall adopt a formal written Audit Committee charter and review and assess the adequacy of the formal written charter on an annual basis. The composition and responsibilities of the Audit Committee shall comply with the rules and regulations of the SEC and the Designated Stock Exchange. The Audit Committee shall meet at least once every financial quarter, or more frequently as circumstances dictate.

 

41.3 If the Shares (or depositary receipts therefor) are listed or quoted on the Designated Stock Exchange, the Company shall conduct an appropriate review of all related party transactions on an ongoing basis and shall utilise the Audit Committee for the review and approval of potential conflicts of interest.

 

41.4 The remuneration of the Auditor shall be fixed by the Board or the Audit Committee (if one exists).

 

41.5 If the office of Auditor becomes vacant by resignation or death of the Auditor, or by his becoming incapable of acting by reason of illness or other disability at a time when his services are required, the Directors shall fill the vacancy and determine the remuneration of such Auditor.

 

25
 

 

41.6 Every Auditor of the Company shall have a right of access at all times to the books and accounts and vouchers of the Company and shall be entitled to require from the Directors and officers of the Company such information and explanation as may be necessary for the performance of the duties of the Auditor.

 

41.7 Auditors shall, if so required by the Directors, make a report on the accounts of the Company during their tenure of office at the next annual general meeting following their appointment in the case of a company which is registered with the Registrar of Companies as an ordinary company, and at the next extraordinary general meeting following their appointment in the case of a company which is registered with the Registrar of Companies as an exempted company, and at any other time during their term of office, upon request of the Directors or any general meeting of the Members.

 

42 Notices

 

42.1 Notices shall be in writing and may be given by the Company to any Member either personally or by sending it by courier, post, cable, telex, fax or e-mail to him or to his address as shown in the Register of Members (or where the notice is given by e-mail by sending it to the e-mail address provided by such Member). Notice may also be served in accordance with the requirements of the Designated Stock Exchange.

 

42.2 Where a notice is sent by courier, service of the notice shall be deemed to be effected by delivery of the notice to a courier company, and shall be deemed to have been received on the third day (not including Saturdays or Sundays or public holidays) following the day on which the notice was delivered to the courier. Where a notice is sent by post, service of the notice shall be deemed to be effected by properly addressing, pre paying and posting a letter containing the notice, and shall be deemed to have been received on the fifth day (not including Saturdays or Sundays or public holidays in the Cayman Islands) following the day on which the notice was posted. Where a notice is sent by cable, telex or fax, service of the notice shall be deemed to be effected by properly addressing and sending such notice and shall be deemed to have been received on the same day that it was transmitted. Where a notice is given by e-mail service shall be deemed to be effected by transmitting the e-mail to the e-mail address provided by the intended recipient and shall be deemed to have been received on the same day that it was sent, and it shall not be necessary for the receipt of the e-mail to be acknowledged by the recipient.

 

42.3 A notice may be given by the Company to the person or persons which the Company has been advised are entitled to a Share or Shares in consequence of the death or bankruptcy of a Member in the same manner as other notices which are required to be given under the Articles and shall be addressed to them by name, or by the title of representatives of the deceased, or trustee of the bankrupt, or by any like description at the address supplied for that purpose by the persons claiming to be so entitled, or at the option of the Company by giving the notice in any manner in which the same might have been given if the death or bankruptcy had not occurred.

 

42.4 Notice of every general meeting shall be given in any manner authorised by the Articles to every holder of Shares carrying an entitlement to receive such notice on the record date for such meeting except that in the case of joint holders the notice shall be sufficient if given to the joint holder first named in the Register of Members and every person upon whom the ownership of a Share devolves by reason of his being a legal personal representative or a trustee in bankruptcy of a Member where the Member but for his death or bankruptcy would be entitled to receive notice of the meeting, and no other person shall be entitled to receive notices of general meetings.

 

26
 

 

43 Winding Up

 

43.1 If the Company shall be wound up the liquidator shall apply the assets of the Company in satisfaction of creditors' claims in such manner and order as such liquidator thinks fit. Subject to the rights attaching to any Shares, in a winding up:

 

(a) if the assets available for distribution amongst the Members shall be insufficient to repay the whole of the Company's issued share capital, such assets shall be distributed so that, as nearly as may be, the losses shall be borne by the Members in proportion to the par value of the Shares held by them; or

 

(b) if the assets available for distribution amongst the Members shall be more than sufficient to repay the whole of the Company's issued share capital at the commencement of the winding up, the surplus shall be distributed amongst the Members in proportion to the par value of the Shares held by them at the commencement of the winding up subject to a deduction from those Shares in respect of which there are monies due, of all monies payable to the Company for unpaid calls or otherwise.

 

43.2 If the Company shall be wound up the liquidator may, subject to the rights attaching to any Shares and with the sanction of a Special Resolution of the Company and any other sanction required by the Statute, divide amongst the Members in kind the whole or any part of the assets of the Company (whether such assets shall consist of property of the same kind or not) and may for that purpose value any assets and determine how the division shall be carried out as between the Members or different classes of Members. The liquidator may, with the like sanction, vest the whole or any part of such assets in trustees upon such trusts for the benefit of the Members as the liquidator, with the like sanction, shall think fit, but so that no Member shall be compelled to accept any asset upon which there is a liability.

 

44 Indemnity and Insurance

 

44.1 Every Director and officer of the Company (which for the avoidance of doubt, shall not include auditors of the Company), together with every former Director and former officer of the Company (each an " Indemnified Person ") shall be indemnified out of the assets of the Company against any liability, action, proceeding, claim, demand, costs, damages or expenses, including legal expenses, whatsoever which they or any of them may incur as a result of any act or failure to act in carrying out their functions other than such liability (if any) that they may incur by reason of their own actual fraud or wilful default. No Indemnified Person shall be liable to the Company for any loss or damage incurred by the Company as a result (whether direct or indirect) of the carrying out of their functions unless that liability arises through the actual fraud or wilful default of such Indemnified Person. No person shall be found to have committed actual fraud or wilful default under this Article unless or until a court of competent jurisdiction shall have made a finding to that effect.

 

27
 

 

44.2 The Company shall advance to each Indemnified Person reasonable attorneys' fees and other costs and expenses incurred in connection with the defence of any action, suit, proceeding or investigation involving such Indemnified Person for which indemnity will or could be sought. In connection with any advance of any expenses hereunder, the Indemnified Person shall execute an undertaking to repay the advanced amount to the Company if it shall be determined by final judgment or other final adjudication that such Indemnified Person was not entitled to indemnification pursuant to this Article. If it shall be determined by a final judgment or other final adjudication that such Indemnified Person was not entitled to indemnification with respect to such judgment, costs or expenses, then such party shall not be indemnified with respect to such judgment, costs or expenses and any advancement shall be returned to the Company (without interest) by the Indemnified Person.

 

44.3 The Directors, on behalf of the Company, may purchase and maintain insurance for the benefit of any Director or other officer of the Company against any liability which, by virtue of any rule of law, would otherwise attach to such person in respect of any negligence, default, breach of duty or breach of trust of which such person may be guilty in relation to the Company.

 

45 Financial Year

 

Unless the Directors otherwise prescribe, the financial year of the Company shall end on 31st December in each year and, following the year of incorporation, shall begin on 1st January in each year.

 

46 Transfer by Way of Continuation

 

If the Company is exempted as defined in the Statute, it shall, subject to the provisions of the Statute and with the approval of a Special Resolution, have the power to register by way of continuation as a body corporate under the laws of any jurisdiction outside the Cayman Islands and to be deregistered in the Cayman Islands.

 

47 Mergers and Consolidations

 

The Company shall, with the approval of a Special Resolution, have the power to merge or consolidate with one or more constituent companies (as defined in the Statute), upon such terms as the Directors may determine.

 

48 Business Combination

 

48.1 Notwithstanding any other provision of these Articles, this Article 48 shall apply during the period commencing upon the adoption of these Articles and terminating upon the first to occur of the consummation of any Business Combination and the distribution of the Trust Fund (as defined below) pursuant to Article 48.4. A “ Business Combination ” shall mean a merger, share exchange, asset acquisition, share purchase, recapitalisation, reorganisation or similar business combination, with one or more businesses or entities (the “ target business ”).

 

28
 

 

In the event of a conflict between this Article 48 and any other Articles, the provisions of this Article 48 shall prevail, and this Article 48.1 may not be amended prior to the consummation of a Business Combination. “ Trust Fund ” shall mean the trust account established by the Company upon the consummation of its IPO and into which a certain amount of the net proceeds of the IPO, together with the proceeds of the private placement to one of the Founders simultaneously with the closing date of the IPO, will be deposited.

 

Prior to the consummation of any Business Combination, the Company shall submit such Business Combination to its Members for approval and provide holders of Shares issued in the IPO the repurchase rights set forth in Article 48.3 below.

 

At a meeting called for the purposes of approving a Business Combination pursuant to this Article, in the event that a majority of the Shares voted are voted for the approval of the Business Combination, the Company shall be authorised to consummate the Business Combination, provided that the Company shall not consummate any Business Combination unless the Company has net tangible assets of at least US$5,000,001 upon such consummation.

 

48.2 Any Member holding Shares issued to persons who are not a Founder, officer or Director may, contemporaneously with the vote on a Business Combination, elect to have their Shares issued in the IPO repurchased for cash (the “ IPO Repurchase ”), provided that no such Member acting together with any affiliate of his or any other person with whom he is acting in concert or as a partnership, syndicate, or other group for the purposes of acquiring, holding, or disposing of Shares may exercise this redemption right with respect to more than 20 per cent. of the Shares issued in the IPO. If so demanded, the Company shall pay any such redeeming Member, regardless of whether he is voting for or against such proposed Business Combination, a per Share repurchase price equal to their pro rata share of the Trust Fund (such repurchase price being referred to herein as the “ Repurchase Price ”); provided, however, that Lead Investors shall only be paid $10.00 per share for such repurchase.

 

The Repurchase Price shall be paid promptly following the consummation of the relevant Business Combination. If the proposed Business Combination is not approved or completed for any reason then such repurchases shall be cancelled and share certificates returned to the relevant Members as appropriate.

 

48.3 In the event that the Company does not consummate a Business Combination by eighteen months after the closing of the IPO:

 

(a) the Company shall, subject to applicable laws, distribute the proceeds of the Trust Fund (calculated as of the date that is two days prior to the proposed distribution date) to Members holding Shares issued in the IPO on a pro rata basis provided that Lead Investors shall only be paid $10.00 per share for such distribution (subject to any funds set aside for claims of creditors); and

 

29
 

 

(b) thereafter the Company's sole business purpose shall be to dissolve (an " Automatic Dissolution Event ") and the Company shall be dissolved and liquidated accordingly.  Only the holders of the IPO Shares shall be entitled to receive liquidating distributions, and the Company shall pay no liquidating distributions with respect to any other outstanding securities of the Company.

 

48.4 A holder of Shares issued in the IPO shall be entitled to receive distributions from the Trust Fund only in the event of an IPO Repurchase or a distribution of the Trust Fund pursuant to Article 48.4. In no other circumstance shall a holder of Shares issued in the IPO have any right or interest of any kind in the Trust Fund.

 

48.5 After the issue of Shares in the IPO, and prior to the consummation of a Business Combination, the Directors shall not issue additional Shares that participate in any manner in the Trust Fund or that vote as a class with Shares issued in the IPO on any Business Combination.

 

48.6 The uninterested independent directors shall approve any transaction or transactions between the Company and any of the following parties:

 

(a) any shareholder owning an interest in the voting power of the Company that gives such shareholder a significant influence over the Company; and

 

(b) any Director or executive officer of the Company and any affiliate or relative of such Director or executive officer.

 

48.7 Any payment made to members of the Audit Committee (if one exists) shall require the review and approval of the Directors, with any Director interested in such payment abstaining from such review and approval.

 

48.8 A Director may vote in respect of any Business Combination in which such Director has a conflict of interest with respect to the evaluation of such Business Combination. Such Director must disclose such interest or conflict to the other Directors and abstain from voting in connection with the Business Combination.

 

30
 

 

48.9 The Directors shall be divided into three classes: Class A, Class B and Class C. The number of Directors in each class shall be as nearly equal as possible. Upon the adoption of these Articles, the existing Directors shall by resolution classify themselves as Class A, Class B or Class C Directors. The Class A Directors shall stand elected for a term expiring at the Company’s first annual general meeting, the Class B Directors shall stand elected for a term expiring at the Company’s second annual general meeting and the Class C Directors shall stand elected for a term expiring at the Company’s third annual general meeting. Commencing at the Company's first annual general meeting, and at each annual general meeting thereafter, Directors elected to succeed those Directors whose terms expire shall be elected for a term of office to expire at the third succeeding annual general meeting after their election. Except as the Statute or other applicable law may otherwise require, in the interim between annual general meetings or extraordinary general meetings called for the election of Directors and/or the removal of one or more Directors and the filling of any vacancy in that connection, additional Directors and any vacancies in the board of Directors, including unfilled vacancies resulting from the removal of Directors for cause, may be filled by the vote of a majority of the remaining Directors then in office, although less than a quorum (as defined in these Articles), or by the sole remaining Director. All Directors shall hold office until the expiration of their respective terms of office and until their successors shall have been elected and qualified. A Director elected to fill a vacancy resulting from the death, resignation or removal of a Director shall serve for the remainder of the full term of the Director whose death, resignation or removal shall have created such vacancy and until his successor shall have been elected and qualified.

 

48.10 The Audit Committee shall monitor compliance with the terms of the IPO and, if any non-compliance is identified, the Audit Committee shall be charged with the responsibility to take all action necessary to rectify such non-compliance or otherwise cause compliance with the terms of the IPO.

 

 

31

 

 

Exhibit 4.1

 

NUMBER

U-__________

 

  UNITS             
         
SEE REVERSE FOR
CERTAIN DEFINITIONS
  E-COMPASS ACQUISITION CORP.  

 

CUSIP            

 

UNITS CONSISTING OF ONE ORDINARY SHARE AND

ONE RIGHT TO RECEIVE ONE-TENTH OF ONE ORDINARY SHARE

 

THIS CERTIFIES THAT ___________________________________________________________________

 

is the owner of _____________________________________________________________________________ Units.

 

Each Unit (“Unit”) consists of one (1) ordinary share, par value $.0001 per share, of E-compass Acquisition Corp., a Cayman Islands exempted company (the “Company”), and one (1) right (“Right”) to receive one-tenth of one ordinary share upon the Company’s completion of an initial business combination as defined in and within the time period as required by its Memorandum and Articles of Association, as the same may be amended from time to time. (a “Business Combination”). The ordinary shares and Right(s) comprising the Unit(s) represented by this certificate are not transferable separately until ten business days following the earlier to occur of: (a) the expiration of the underwriters’ overallotment option, (b) its exercise in full or (c) the announcement by the underwriters of their intention not to exercise all or any remaining portion of the over-allotment option, except that in no event will the ordinary shares and Rights be separately tradeable until the Company files a Current Report on Form 8-K which includes an audited balance sheet reflecting the receipt by the Company of the gross proceeds of the initial public offering including the proceeds received by the Company from the exercise of the over-allotment option, if the over-allotment option is exercised on the date thereof, and (ii) the Company issues a press release and files a Current Report on Form 8-K announcing when such separate trading shall begin. The terms of the Rights are governed by a Rights Agreement, dated as of _______, 2015, between the Company and Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company, as Rights Agent, and are subject to the terms and provisions contained therein, all of which terms and provisions the holder of this certificate consents to by acceptance hereof. Copies of the Rights Agreement are on file at the office of the Right Agent at 17 Battery Place, New York, New York 10004, and are available to any Right holder on written request and without cost.

 

This certificate is not valid unless countersigned by the Transfer Agent and Registrar of the Company.

 

Witness the facsimile seal of the Company and the facsimile signatures of its duly authorized officers.

 

This Unit Certificate shall be governed and construed in accordance with the internal laws of the State of New York, without regard to conflicts of laws principles thereof.

 

By      
  Chairman Secretary

 

 
 

 

E-compass Acquisition Corp.

 

The Company will furnish without charge to each shareholder who so requests, a statement of the powers, designations, preferences and relative, participating, optional or other special rights of each class of shares or series thereof of the Company and the qualifications, limitations, or restrictions of such preferences and/or rights.

 

The following abbreviations, when used in the inscription on the face of this certificate, shall be construed as though they were written out in full according to applicable laws or regulations:

 

  TEN COM – as tenants in common       UNIF GIFT MIN ACT - _______ Custodian ________
  TEN ENT – as tenants by the entireties                                                    (Cust)                         (Minor)
  JT TEN – as joint tenants with right of survivorship
and not as tenants in common
                             under Uniform Gifts to Minors
                             Act _______________
                                                    (State)

 

Additional Abbreviations may also be used though not in the above list.

 

For value received, ___________________________ hereby sell, assign and transfer unto 

 

PLEASE INSERT SOCIAL SECURITY OR OTHER IDENTIFYING NUMBER OF ASSIGNEE  
   

 

 

 

 

 

 

(PLEASE PRINT OR TYPEWRITE NAME AND ADDRESS, INCLUDING ZIP CODE, OF ASSIGNEE)

 

 

 

 

 

 

Units represented by the within Certificate, and do hereby irrevocably constitute and appoint

 

 

Attorney to transfer the said Units on the books of the within named Company will full power of substitution in the premises.

 

Dated _______________

 

     
  Notice: The signature to this assignment must correspond with the name as written upon the face of the certificate in every particular, without alteration or enlargement or any change whatever.

 

Signature(s) Guaranteed:

 

   

THE SIGNATURE(S) SHOULD BE GUARANTEED BY AN ELIGIBLE GUARANTOR INSTITUTION

(BANKS, STOCKBROKERS, SAVINGS AND LOAN ASSOCIATIONS AND CREDIT UNIONS WITH MEMBERSHIP IN AN APPROVED SIGNATURE GUARANTEE MEDALLION PROGRAM,

PURSUANT TO S.E.C. RULE 17Ad-15).

 

 

The holder of this certificate shall be entitled to receive funds from the trust fund only in the event of the Company’s liquidation upon failure to consummate a business combination or if the holder seeks to convert his respective ordinary shares underlying the unit upon consummation of such business combination. In no other circumstances shall the holder have any right or interest of any kind in or to the trust fund.

 

 

 

 

Exhibit 4.2

 

                 NUMBER

 

________ C

 

  SHARES

 

E-COMPASS ACQUISITION CORP.

 

INCORPORATED UNDER THE LAWS OF THE CAYMAN ISLANDS

 

ORDINARY SHARES

 

SEE REVERSE FOR
CERTAIN DEFINITIONS

 

  This Certifies that CUSIP                                             

 

is the owner of

 

FULLY PAID AND NON-ASSESSABLE ORDINARY SHARES OF THE PAR VALUE OF $.0001 EACH OF

 

E-COMPASS ACQUISITION CORP.

 

transferable on the books of the Company in person or by duly authorized attorney upon surrender of this certificate properly endorsed.

The Company will be forced to liquidate if it is unable to complete an initial business combination as defined in and within the time period as required by its Memorandum and Articles of Association, as the same may be amended from time to time.
This certificate is not valid unless countersigned by the Transfer Agent and registered by the Registrar.
Witness the facsimile seal of the Company and the facsimile signatures of its duly authorized officers.

 

Dated:

 

     
CHAIRMAN SECRETARY

 

 
 

 

The following abbreviations, when used in the inscription on the face of this certificate, shall be construed as though they were written out in full according to applicable laws or regulations:

 

  TEN COM – as tenants in common       UNIF GIFT MIN ACT - _______ Custodian __________
  TEN ENT – as tenants by the entireties                                                  (Cust)                        (Minor)
  JT TEN – as joint tenants with right of survivorship
and not as tenants in common
                             under Uniform Gifts to Minors
                             Act _______________
                                                    (State)

 

Additional Abbreviations may also be used though not in the above list.

 

E-compass Acquisition Corp.

 

The Company will furnish without charge to each shareholder who so requests the powers, designations, preferences and relative, participating, optional or other special rights of each class of shares or series thereof of the Company and the qualifications, limitations, or restrictions of such preferences and/or rights. This certificate and the shares represented thereby are issued and shall be held subject to all the provisions of the Amended and Restated Memorandum and Articles of Association and all amendments thereto and resolutions of the Board of Directors providing for the issue of Preferred Shares (copies of which may be obtained from the secretary of the Company), to all of which the holder of this certificate by acceptance hereof assents.

 

For value received, ___________________________ hereby sell, assign and transfer unto

 

PLEASE INSERT SOCIAL SECURITY OR OTHER
IDENTIFYING NUMBER OF ASSIGNEE
 
   

 

 

 

 

 

 

(PLEASE PRINT OR TYPEWRITE NAME AND ADDRESS, INCLUDING ZIP CODE, OF ASSIGNEE)

 

 

 

 

 

 

shares of the capital stock represented by the within Certificate, and do hereby irrevocably constitute and appoint

 

 

Attorney to transfer the said stock on the books of the within named Company will full power of substitution in the premises.

 

Dated _______________

 

     
  Notice: The signature to this assignment must correspond with the name as written upon the face of the certificate in every particular, without alteration or enlargement or any change whatever.

 

Signature(s) Guaranteed:

 

   

THE SIGNATURE(S) SHOULD BE GUARANTEED BY AN ELIGIBLE GUARANTOR INSTITUTION

(BANKS, STOCKBROKERS, SAVINGS AND LOAN ASSOCIATIONS AND CREDIT UNIONS WITH MEMBERSHIP IN AN APPROVED SIGNATURE GUARANTEE MEDALLION PROGRAM,

PURSUANT TO S.E.C. RULE 17Ad-15).

 

 

The holder of this certificate shall be entitled to receive funds from the trust account only in the event of the Company’s liquidation upon failure to consummate a business combination within the required time period set forth in the Company’s Amended and Restated Memorandum and Articles of Association as the same may be amended from time to time, or if the holder seeks to convert his shares upon consummation of A business combination or in connection with certain amendments to the Company’s Amended and Restated Memorandum and Articles of Association. In no other circumstances shall the holder have any right or interest of any kind in or to the trust account.

 

 

 

 

Exhibit 4.3

 

                 NUMBER

 

________ R

 

  RIGHTS

 

E-COMPASS ACQUISITION CORP.

 

INCORPORATED UNDER THE LAWS OF THE CAYMAN ISLANDS

 

RIGHT

 

SEE REVERSE FOR
CERTAIN DEFINITIONS

 

CUSIP                                                   

 

THIS CERTIFIES THAT, for value received

 

is the registered holder of a right or rights (the “Right”) to automatically receive one-tenth of one ordinary share, par value $.0001 per share, of E-compass Acquisition Corp. (the “Company”) for each Right evidenced by this Right Certificate on the Company’s completion of an initial business combination (as defined in the prospectus relating to the Company’s initial public offering (“Prospectus”)) upon surrender of this Right Certificate pursuant to the Rights Agreement between the Company and Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company. In no event will the Company be required to net cash settle any Right.

 

Upon liquidation of the Company in the event an initial business combination is not consummated during the required period as identified in the Company’s Amended and Restated Memorandum and Articles of Association, the Right(s) shall expire and be worthless. The holder of a Right shall have no right or interest of any kind in the Company’s trust account (as defined in the Prospectus).

 

Upon due presentment for registration of transfer of the Right Certificate at the office or agency of Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company, the Right Agent, a new Right Certificate or Right Certificates of like tenor and evidencing in the aggregate a like number of Rights shall be issued to the transferee in exchange for this Right Certificate, without charge except for any applicable tax or other governmental charge.

 

The Company and the Right Agent may deem and treat the registered holder as the absolute owner of this Right Certificate (notwithstanding any notation of ownership or other writing hereon made by anyone), for the purpose of any conversion hereof, of any distribution to the registered holder, and for all other purposes, and neither the Company nor the Right Agent shall be affected by any notice to the contrary.

 

Holders of Rights are not entitled to any of the rights of a shareholder of the Company.

 

Dated:

 

     
CHAIRMAN SECRETARY

 

 
 

 

The following abbreviations, when used in the inscription on the face of this certificate, shall be construed as though they were written out in full according to applicable laws or regulations:

 

  TEN COM – as tenants in common       UNIF GIFT MIN ACT - _______ Custodian __________
  TEN ENT – as tenants by the entireties                                                  (Cust)                        (Minor)
  JT TEN – as joint tenants with right of survivorship
and not as tenants in common
                             under Uniform Gifts to Minors
                             Act _______________
                                                    (State)

 

Additional Abbreviations may also be used though not in the above list.

 

E-compass Acquisition Corp.

 

The Company will furnish without charge to each shareholder who so requests the powers, designations, preferences and relative, participating, optional or other special rights of each class of stock or series thereof of the Company and the qualifications, limitations, or restrictions of such preferences and/or rights. This certificate and the rights represented thereby are issued and shall be held subject to all the provisions of the Rights Agreement, and all amendments thereto, to all of which the holder of this certificate by acceptance hereof assents.

 

For value received, ___________________________ hereby sell, assign and transfer unto

 

PLEASE INSERT SOCIAL SECURITY OR OTHER
IDENTIFYING NUMBER OF ASSIGNEE
 
   

 

 

 

 

 

 

(PLEASE PRINT OR TYPEWRITE NAME AND ADDRESS, INCLUDING ZIP CODE, OF ASSIGNEE)

 

 

 

 

 

 

Rights represented by the within Certificate, and do hereby irrevocably constitute and appoint

 

 

Attorney to transfer the said Rights on the books of the within named Company will full power of substitution in the premises.

 

Dated _______________

 

     
  Notice: The signature to this assignment must correspond with the name as written upon the face of the certificate in every particular, without alteration or enlargement or any change whatever.

 

Signature(s) Guaranteed:

 

   

THE SIGNATURE(S) SHOULD BE GUARANTEED BY AN ELIGIBLE GUARANTOR INSTITUTION

(BANKS, STOCKBROKERS, SAVINGS AND LOAN ASSOCIATIONS AND CREDIT UNIONS WITH MEMBERSHIP IN AN APPROVED SIGNATURE GUARANTEE MEDALLION PROGRAM,

PURSUANT TO S.E.C. RULE 17Ad-15).

 

 

The holder of this certificate shall have no right or interest of any kind in or to the funds held in the Company’s trust fund (as defined in the Prospectus).

 

 

 

 

Exhibit 4.4

 

RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 

Agreement made as of [ l ], 2015 between E-compass Acquisition Corp., a Cayman Islands exempted company, with offices at 6F/Tower, 2 West Proper Centre, No.5, Guanghua Road, Chaoyang District, Beijing, 100020, P.R. China (“Company”), and Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company, a New York corporation, with offices at 17 Battery Place, New York, New York 10004 (“Right Agent”).

 

WHEREAS, the Company is engaged in a public offering (“Public Offering”) and has filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) a Registration Statement on Form S-1, No. 333-204054 (“Registration Statement”), for the registration, under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (“Act”) of its units, each unit (“Unit”) comprised of one ordinary share of the Company, par value $.0001 per share (“Ordinary Share”), and one right to receive one-tenth of one Ordinary Share upon the happening of the triggering event described herein and, in connection therewith, will issue and deliver up to 4,600,000 rights (“Public Rights”) to the investors in the Public Offering; and

 

WHEREAS, the Company has received binding commitments from an affiliate the ("Affiliate") of Richard Xu, the Company’s Executive Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, to purchase in a private placement (“Private Offering”) up to an aggregate of 310,000 Units, and in connection therewith, will issue and deliver up to an aggregate of 310,000 rights (“Private Rights”) upon consummation of such Private Offering; and

 

WHEREAS, the Company has received binding commitments from the Affiliate to purchase from the Company at a price of $10.00 per unit an additional number of Units upon the happening of certain events as described in the Registration Statement, and in connection therewith, will issue and deliver additional rights (“Commission Rights” and together with the Public Rights and Private Rights, the “Rights”);

 

WHEREAS, the Company desires the Right Agent to act on behalf of the Company, and the Right Agent is willing to so act, in connection with the issuance, registration, transfer and exchange of the Rights; and

 

1
 

 

WHEREAS, the Company desires to provide for the form and provisions of the Rights, the terms upon which they shall be issued, and the respective rights, limitation of rights, and immunities of the Company, the Right Agent, and the holders of the Rights; and

 

WHEREAS, all acts and things have been done and performed which are necessary to make the Rights, when executed on behalf of the Company and countersigned by or on behalf of the Right Agent, as provided herein, the valid, binding and legal obligations of the Company, and to authorize the execution and delivery of this Agreement.

  

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual agreements herein contained, the parties hereto agree as follows:

 

1.            Appointment of Right Agent . The Company hereby appoints the Right Agent to act as agent for the Company for the Rights, and the Right Agent hereby accepts such appointment and agrees to perform the same in accordance with the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement.

 

2.            Rights .

 

2.1.              Form of Right . Each Right shall be issued in registered form only, shall be in substantially the form of Exhibit A hereto, the provisions of which are incorporated herein and shall be signed by, or bear the facsimile signature of, the Chairman of the Board, President or Chief Executive Officer and Treasurer, Secretary or Assistant Secretary of the Company and shall bear a facsimile of the Company’s seal. In the event the person whose facsimile signature has been placed upon any Right shall have ceased to serve in the capacity in which such person signed the Right before such Right is issued, it may be issued with the same effect as if he or she had not ceased to be such at the date of issuance.

 

2.2.              Effect of Countersignature . Unless and until countersigned by the Right Agent pursuant to this Agreement, a Right shall be invalid and of no effect and may not be exchanged for Ordinary Shares.

 

2
 

 

2.3.            Registration .

 

2.3.1.              Right Register . The Right Agent shall maintain books (“Right Register”) for the registration of original issuance and the registration of transfer of the Rights. Upon the initial issuance of the Rights, the Right Agent shall issue and register the Rights in the names of the respective holders thereof in such denominations and otherwise in accordance with instructions delivered to the Right Agent by the Company.

 

2.3.2.              Registered Holder . Prior to due presentment for registration of transfer of any Right, the Company and the Right Agent may deem and treat the person in whose name such Right shall be registered upon the Right Register (“registered holder”) as the absolute owner of such Right and of each Right represented thereby (notwithstanding any notation of ownership or other writing on the Right Certificate made by anyone other than the Company or the Right Agent), for the purpose of the exchange thereof, and for all other purposes, and neither the Company nor the Right Agent shall be affected by any notice to the contrary.

 

2.4.            Detachability of Rights . The securities comprising the Units, including the Rights, will not be separately transferable until ten business days following the earlier to occur of: (i) the expiration of the underwriters’ overallotment option, (ii) its exercise in full or (iii) the announcement by the underwriters of their intention not to exercise all or any remaining portion of the over-allotment option, except that in no event will the securities comprising the Units be separately tradeable until the Company files a Current Report on Form 8-K which includes an audited balance sheet reflecting the receipt by the Company of the gross proceeds of the Public Offering including the proceeds received by the Company from the exercise of the over-allotment option, if the over-allotment option is exercised on the date thereof, and (ii) the Company issues a press release and files a Current Report on Form 8-K announcing when such separate trading shall begin.

 

3.            Terms and Exchange of Rights

 

3.1.            Rights . Each Right shall entitle the holder thereof to receive one-tenth of one Ordinary Share upon the happening of an Exchange Event (described below). No additional consideration shall be paid by a holder of Rights in order to receive his, her or its Ordinary Shares upon an Exchange Event as the purchase price for such Ordinary Shares has been included in the purchase price for the Units. In no event will the Company be required to net cash settle the Rights. Each holder of a Right will be required to affirmatively convert his, her or its Rights in order to receive the 1/10 of a share underlying each right (without paying any additional consideration) upon consummation of the Exchange Event. Each holder of a Right will be required to indicate his, her or its election to convert the Rights into the underlying shares as well as to return the original certificates evidencing the Rights to the Company.

 

3
 

 

3.2.            Exchange Event . An Exchange Event shall occur upon the Company’s consummation of an initial Business Combination (as defined in the Company’s Amended and Restated Memorandum and Articles of Association).

 

3.3.            Exchange of Rights .

 

3.3.1.              Issuance of Certificates . As soon as practicable upon the occurrence of an Exchange Event, the Company shall direct holders of the Rights to return their Rights certificates to the Right Agent. Upon receipt of a valid Rights certificate, the Company shall issue to the registered holder of such Right(s) a certificate or certificates for the full number of Ordinary Shares to which he, she or it is entitled, registered in such name or names as may be directed by him, her or it. Notwithstanding the foregoing, or any provision contained in this Rights Agreement to the contrary, in no event will the Company be required to net cash settle the Rights. The Company shall not issue fractional shares upon exchange of Rights. At the time of an Exchange Event, the Company will instruct the Right Agent to round down to the nearest whole Ordinary Share.

 

3.3.2.              Valid Issuance . All Ordinary shares issued upon an Exchange Event in conformity with this Agreement, and registered on the Company’s register of members, shall be validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable.

 

3.3.3.              Date of Issuance . Each person in whose name any such certificate for Ordinary Shares is issued shall for all purposes be deemed to have become the holder of record of such shares on the date that he is registered on the Company’s register of members.

 

4
 

 

3.3.4              Company Not Surviving Following Exchange Event . Upon an Exchange Event in which the Company does not continue as the publicly held reporting entity, the definitive agreement with the target business for a Business Combination will provide for the holders of Rights to receive the same per share consideration the holders of the Ordinary Shares will receive in such transaction, for the number of shares such holder is entitled to pursuant to Section 3.1 above.

 

3.5            Duration of Rights . If an Exchange Event does not occur within 18 months from the closing of the Public Offering, the Rights shall expire and shall be worthless.

 

4.            Transfer and Exchange of Rights .

 

4.1.              Registration of Transfer . The Right Agent shall register the transfer, from time to time, of any outstanding Right upon the Right Register, upon surrender of such Right for transfer, properly endorsed with signatures properly guaranteed and accompanied by appropriate instructions for transfer. Upon any such transfer, a new Right certificate representing an equal aggregate number of Rights shall be issued and the old Right certificate shall be cancelled by the Right Agent. The Right certificate(s) so cancelled shall be delivered by the Right Agent to the Company from time to time upon request.

 

4.2.              Procedure for Surrender of Rights . Rights may be surrendered to the Right Agent, together with a written request for exchange or transfer, and thereupon the Right Agent shall issue in exchange therefor one or more new Right certificate(s) as requested by the registered holder of the Rights so surrendered, representing an equal aggregate number of Rights; provided, however, that in the event that a Right surrendered for transfer bears a restrictive legend, the Right Agent shall not cancel such Right certificate and issue new Right certificate(s) in exchange therefor until the Right Agent has received an opinion of counsel for the Company stating that such transfer may be made and indicating whether the new Right certificate(s) must also bear a restrictive legend.

 

5
 

 

4.3.              Fractional Rights . The Right Agent shall not be required to effect any registration of transfer or exchange which will result in the issuance of a Right certificate for a fraction of a Right.

 

4.4.              Service Charges . No service charge shall be made for any exchange or registration of transfer of Rights.

 

4.5.              Adjustments to Conversion Ratios . The number of Ordinary Shares that the holders of Rights are entitled to receive as a result of the occurrence of an Exchange Event shall be equitably adjusted to reflect appropriately the effect of any share split, reverse share split, share dividend, reorganization, recapitalization, reclassification, combination, exchange of shares or other like change with respect to the Ordinary Shares occurring on or after the date hereof and prior to the Exchange Event.

 

4.6              Right Execution and Countersignature . The Right Agent is hereby authorized to countersign and to deliver, in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, the Rights required to be issued pursuant to the provisions of this Section 4, and the Company, whenever required by the Right Agent, will supply the Right Agent with Rights duly executed on behalf of the Company for such purpose.

 

5.            Other Provisions Relating to Rights of Holders of Rights .

 

5.1.              No Rights as Shareholder . Until exchange of a Right for Ordinary Shares as provided for herein, a Right does not entitle the registered holder thereof to any of the rights of a shareholder of the Company, including, without limitation, the right to receive dividends, or other distributions, exercise any preemptive rights to vote or to consent or to receive notice as shareholders in respect of the meetings of shareholders or the election of directors of the Company or any other matter.

 

5.2.              Lost, Stolen, Mutilated, or Destroyed Right Certificate(s). If any Right certificate(s) is lost, stolen, mutilated, or destroyed, the Company and the Right Agent may on such terms as to indemnity or otherwise as they may in their discretion impose (which shall, in the case of a mutilated Right certificate, include the surrender thereof), issue a new Right certificate of like denomination, tenor, and date as the Right certificate so lost, stolen, mutilated, or destroyed. Any such new Right certificate shall constitute a substitute contractual obligation of the Company, whether or not the allegedly lost, stolen, mutilated, or destroyed Right certificate shall be at any time enforceable by anyone.

 

6
 

 

5.3.            Reservation of Ordinary Shares . The Company shall at all times reserve and keep available a number of its authorized but unissued Ordinary Shares that will be sufficient to permit the exchange of all outstanding Rights issued pursuant to this Agreement.

 

6.            Concerning the Right Agent and Other Matters .

 

6.1.            Payment of Taxes . The Company will from time to time promptly pay all taxes and charges that may be imposed upon the Company or the Right Agent in respect of the issuance or delivery of Ordinary Shares upon the exchange of Rights, but the Company shall not be obligated to pay any transfer taxes in respect of the Rights or such shares.

 

6.2.            Resignation, Consolidation, or Merger of Right Agent .

 

6.2.1.              Appointment of Successor Right Agent . The Right Agent, or any successor to it hereafter appointed, may resign its duties and be discharged from all further duties and liabilities hereunder after giving sixty (60) days’ notice in writing to the Company. If the office of the Right Agent becomes vacant by resignation or incapacity to act or otherwise, the Company shall appoint in writing a successor Right Agent in place of the Right Agent. If the Company shall fail to make such appointment within a period of 30 days after it has been notified in writing of such resignation or incapacity by the Right Agent or by the holder of the Right (who shall, with such notice, submit his, her or its Right for inspection by the Company), then the holder of any Right may apply to the Supreme Court of the State of New York for the County of New York for the appointment of a successor Right Agent at the Company’s cost. Any successor Right Agent, whether appointed by the Company or by such court, shall be a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of New York, in good standing and having its principal office in the Borough of Manhattan, City and State of New York, and authorized under such laws to exercise corporate trust powers and subject to supervision or examination by federal or state authority. After appointment, any successor Right Agent shall be vested with all the authority, powers, rights, immunities, duties, and obligations of its predecessor Right Agent with like effect as if originally named as Right Agent hereunder, without any further act or deed; but if for any reason it becomes necessary or appropriate, the predecessor Right Agent shall execute and deliver, at the expense of the Company, an instrument transferring to such successor Right Agent all the authority, powers, and rights of such predecessor Right Agent hereunder; and upon request of any successor Right Agent the Company shall make, execute, acknowledge, and deliver any and all instruments in writing for more fully and effectually vesting in and confirming to such successor Right Agent all such authority, powers, rights, immunities, duties, and obligations.

 

7
 

 

6.2.2.              Notice of Successor Right Agent . In the event a successor Right Agent shall be appointed, the Company shall give notice thereof to the predecessor Right Agent and the transfer agent for the Ordinary Shares not later than the effective date of any such appointment.

 

6.2.3.              Merger or Consolidation of Right Agent . Any corporation into which the Right Agent may be merged or with which it may be consolidated or any corporation resulting from any merger or consolidation to which the Right Agent shall be a party shall be the successor Right Agent under this Agreement without any further act.

 

6.3.            Fees and Expenses of Right Agent .

 

6.3.1.              Remuneration . The Company agrees to pay the Right Agent reasonable remuneration for its services as such Right Agent hereunder and will reimburse the Right Agent upon demand for all expenditures that the Right Agent may reasonably incur in the execution of its duties hereunder.

 

6.3.2.              Further Assurances . The Company agrees to perform, execute, acknowledge, and deliver or cause to be performed, executed, acknowledged, and delivered all such further and other acts, instruments, and assurances as may reasonably be required by the Right Agent for the carrying out or performing of the provisions of this Agreement.

 

6.4.            Liability of Right Agent .

 

6.4.1.              Reliance on Company Statement . Whenever in the performance of its duties under this Right Agreement, the Right Agent shall deem it necessary or desirable that any fact or matter be proved or established by the Company prior to taking or suffering any action hereunder, such fact or matter (unless other evidence in respect thereof be herein specifically prescribed) may be deemed to be conclusively proved and established by a statement signed by the President, Chief Executive Officer or Chief Financial Officer and delivered to the Right Agent. The Right Agent may rely upon such statement for any action taken or suffered in good faith by it pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement.

 

8
 

 

6.4.2.              Indemnity . The Right Agent shall be liable hereunder only for its own gross negligence, willful misconduct or bad faith. The Company agrees to indemnify the Right Agent and save it harmless against any and all liabilities, including judgments, costs and reasonable counsel fees, for anything done or omitted by the Right Agent in the execution of this Agreement except as a result of the Right Agent’s gross negligence, willful misconduct, or bad faith.

 

6.4.3.              Exclusions . The Right Agent shall have no responsibility with respect to the validity of this Agreement or with respect to the validity or execution of any Right (except its countersignature thereof); nor shall it be responsible for any breach by the Company of any covenant or condition contained in this Agreement or in any Right; nor shall it by any act hereunder be deemed to make any representation or warranty as to the authorization or reservation of any Ordinary Shares to be issued pursuant to this Agreement or any Right or as to whether any Ordinary Shares will when issued be valid and fully paid and nonassessable.

 

6.5.            Acceptance of Agency . The Right Agent hereby accepts the agency established by this Agreement and agrees to perform the same upon the terms and conditions herein set forth.

 

6.6            Waiver . The Right Agent hereby waives any right of set-off or any other right, title, interest or claim of any kind (“Claim”) in, or to any distribution of, the Trust Account (as defined in that certain Investment Management Trust Agreement, dated as of the date hereof, by and between the Company and the Right Agent as trustee thereunder) and hereby agrees not to seek recourse, reimbursement, payment or satisfaction for any Claim against the Trust Account for any reason whatsoever.

 

9
 

 

7.            Miscellaneous Provisions .

 

7.1.              Successors . All the covenants and provisions of this Agreement by or for the benefit of the Company or the Right Agent shall bind and inure to the benefit of their respective successors and assigns.

 

7.2.              Notices . Any notice, statement or demand authorized by this Right Agreement to be given or made by the Right Agent or by the holder of any Right to or on the Company shall be sufficiently given when so delivered if by hand or overnight delivery or if sent by certified mail or private courier service within five days after deposit of such notice, postage prepaid, addressed (until another address is filed in writing by the Company with the Right Agent), as follows:

 

E-compass Acquisition Corp. 

6F/Tower, 2 West Prosper Centre 

No.5, Guanghua Road 

Chaoyang District 

Beijing, 100020, P.R. China 

Attn: Chairman and Chief Executive Officer

 

Any notice, statement or demand authorized by this Agreement to be given or made by the holder of any Right or by the Company to or on the Right Agent shall be sufficiently given when so delivered if by hand or overnight delivery or if sent by certified mail or private courier service within five days after deposit of such notice, postage prepaid, addressed (until another address is filed in writing by the Right Agent with the Company), as follows:

 

Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company 

17 Battery Place 

New York, New York 10004 

Attn: Robert E. McMonagle

 

10
 

 

with a copy (which shall not constitute notice) in each case to:

 

Graubard Miller 

The Chrysler Building 

405 Lexington Avenue 

New York, New York 10174 

Attn: David Alan Miller, Esq.

 

and

 

Loeb & Loeb LLP 

345 Park Avenue 

New York, New York 10154 

Attn: Mitchell S. Nussbaum, Esq.

 

and

 

Cantor Fitzgerald & Co. 

499 Park Avenue 

New York, New York 10022 

Attn: General Counsel and Investment Banking Department 

Facsimile: (212) 829-4708

 

7.3.              Applicable Law . The validity, interpretation, and performance of this Agreement and of the Rights shall be governed in all respects by the laws of the State of New York, without giving effect to conflicts of law principles that would result in the application of the substantive laws of another jurisdiction. The Company hereby agrees that any action, proceeding or claim against it arising out of or relating in any way to this Agreement shall be brought and enforced in the courts of the State of New York or the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York, and irrevocably submits to such jurisdiction, which jurisdiction shall be exclusive. The Company hereby waives any objection to such exclusive jurisdiction and that such courts represent an inconvenience forum. Any such process or summons to be served upon the Company may be served by transmitting a copy thereof by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, addressed to it at the address set forth in Section 9.2 hereof. Such mailing shall be deemed personal service and shall be legal and binding upon the Company in any action, proceeding or claim.

 

7.4.              Persons Having Rights under this Agreement . Nothing in this Agreement expressed and nothing that may be implied from any of the provisions hereof is intended, or shall be construed, to confer upon, or give to, any person or corporation other than the parties hereto and the registered holders of the Rights and, for the purposes of Sections 3, 7.4 and 7.8 hereof, Cantor Fitzgerald, any right, remedy, or claim under or by reason of this Right Agreement or of any covenant, condition, stipulation, promise, or agreement hereof. Cantor Fitzgerald shall be deemed to be a third-party beneficiary of this Agreement with respect to Sections 3, 7.4 and 7.8 hereof. All covenants, conditions, stipulations, promises, and agreements contained in this Right Agreement shall be for the sole and exclusive benefit of the parties hereto (and Cantor Fitzgerald with respect to the Sections 3, 7.4 and 7.8 hereof) and their successors and assigns and of the registered holders of the Rights.

 

11
 

 

7.5.              Examination of the Right Agreement . A copy of this Agreement shall be available at all reasonable times at the office of the Right Agent in the Borough of Manhattan, City and State of New York, for inspection by the registered holder of any Right. The Right Agent may require any such holder to submit his, her or its Right for inspection by it.

 

7.6.              Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in any number of original or facsimile counterparts and each of such counterparts shall for all purposes be deemed to be an original, and all such counterparts shall together constitute but one and the same instrument.

 

7.7.              Effect of Headings . The Section headings herein are for convenience only and are not part of this Right Agreement and shall not affect the interpretation thereof.

 

7.8              Amendments . This Agreement may be amended by the parties hereto without the consent of any registered holder for the purpose of curing any ambiguity, or of curing, correcting or supplementing any defective provision contained herein or adding or changing any other provisions with respect to matters or questions arising under this Agreement as the parties may deem necessary or desirable and that the parties deem shall not adversely affect the interest of the registered holders. All other modifications or amendments shall require the written consent or vote of the registered holders of a majority of the then outstanding Rights. The provisions of this Section 7.8 may not be modified, amended or deleted without the prior written consent of Cantor Fitzgerald.

 

7.9              Severability . This Right Agreement shall be deemed severable, and the invalidity or unenforceability of any term or provision hereof shall not affect the validity or enforceability of this Right Agreement or of any other term or provision hereof. Furthermore, in lieu of any such invalid or unenforceable term or provision, the parties hereto intend that there shall be added as a part of this Right Agreement a provision as similar in terms to such invalid or unenforceable provision as may be possible and be valid and enforceable.

 

[Signature Page Follows]

 

12
 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Agreement has been duly executed by the parties hereto as of the day and year first above written.

 

  E-COMPASS ACQUISITION CORP.
     
  By:  
    Name:  Richard Xu
    Title:    Chief Executive Officer
     
  CONTINENTAL STOCK TRANSFER & TRUST COMPANY
     
  By:  
    Name:
    Title:

 

 

13

 

Exhibit 4.5

 

THE REGISTERED HOLDER OF THIS PURCHASE OPTION BY ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF AGREES THAT IT WILL NOT SELL, TRANSFER OR ASSIGN THIS PURCHASE OPTION EXCEPT AS HEREIN PROVIDED AND THE REGISTERED HOLDER OF THIS PURCHASE OPTION AGREES THAT IT WILL NOT SELL, TRANSFER, ASSIGN, PLEDGE OR HYPOTHECATE THIS PURCHASE OPTION OR CAUSE IT TO BE THE SUBJECT OF ANY HEDGING, SHORT SALE, DERIVATIVE, PUT, OR CALL TRANSACTION THAT WOULD RESULT IN THE EFFECTIVE ECONOMIC DISPOSITION OF THE PURCHASE OPTION BY ANY PERSON FOR A PERIOD OF ONE HUNDRED EIGHTY DAYS FOLLOWING THE EFFECTIVE DATE (AS DEFINED HEREIN) TO ANYONE OTHER THAN TO (I) CANTOR FITZGERALD & CO. 1 (“ CANTOR ”) OR AN UNDERWRITER OR SELECTED DEALER PARTICIPATING IN THE OFFERING OR (II) AN OFFICER OR PARTNER OF CANTOR OR OF ANY SUCH UNDERWRITER OR SELECTED DEALER AND IN ACCORDANCE WITH FINRA RULE 5110(G)(2).

 

THIS PURCHASE OPTION IS NOT EXERCISABLE PRIOR TO THE LATER OF THE CONSUMMATION BY E-COMPASS ACQUISITION CORP. (“ COMPANY ”) OF A MERGER, CAPITAL SHARE EXCHANGE, ASSET ACQUISITION, PLAN OF ARRANGEMENT, RECAPITALIZATION, REORGANIZATION OR OTHER SIMILAR BUSINESS COMBINATION (“ BUSINESS COMBINATION ”) (AS DESCRIBED MORE FULLY IN THE COMPANY’S REGISTRATION STATEMENT (AS DEFINED HEREIN)) AND [__], 2016. VOID AFTER 5:00 P.M. NEW YORK CITY LOCAL TIME, ON THE EXPIRATION DATE (AS DEFINED HEREIN).

 

UNIT PURCHASE OPTION

 

FOR THE PURCHASE OF

 

_______ UNITS

 

OF

 

e-COMPASS acquisition corp.

 

1.           Purchase Option .

 

THIS CERTIFIES THAT, in consideration of $100 duly paid by or on behalf of ________ (the “ Holder ”), as registered owner of this purchase option (this “ Purchase Option ”), to E-compass Acquisition Corp., the Holder is entitled, at any time or from time to time upon the later of the consummation of a Business Combination or [__], 2016 (the “ Commencement Date ”), and at or before 5:00 p.m., New York City local time, on the five year anniversary of the effective date (the “ Effective Date ”) of the Company’s registration statement (the “ Registration Statement ”) pursuant to which Units (as defined herein) are offered for sale to the public (the “ Offering ”), but not thereafter (the “ Expiration Date ”), to subscribe for, purchase and receive, in whole or in part, up to _______ (______) units (the “ Units ”) of the Company, each Unit consisting of one ordinary share of the Company, par value $0.0001 per share (the “ Ordinary Shares ”) and one right to receive one-tenth (1/10) of an Ordinary Share (the “ Rights ”). Each Right is the same as the rights included in the Units being registered for sale to the public by way of the Registration Statement (the “ Public Rights ”). If the Expiration Date is a day on which banking institutions are authorized by law to close, then this Purchase Option may be exercised on the next succeeding day which is not such a day in accordance with the terms herein. During the period beginning on the date hereof and ending on the Expiration Date, the Company agrees not to take any action that would terminate or otherwise modify this Purchase Option. This Purchase Option is initially exercisable at $10.00 per Unit; provided, however, that upon the occurrence of any of the events specified in Section 6 hereof, the rights granted by this Purchase Option, including the exercise price per Unit and the number of Units (and Ordinary Shares and Rights) to be received upon such exercise, shall be adjusted as therein specified. The term “ Exercise Price ” shall mean the initial exercise price for the Units or the adjusted exercise price for the Units, depending on the context.

 

 

1 [Confirm the exact entity to receive the option prior to closing.]

 

 
 

 

2.           Exercise .

 

2.1           Exercise Form . In order to exercise this Purchase Option, the exercise form attached hereto must be duly executed, completed and delivered to the Company, together with this Purchase Option and payment of the Exercise Price for the Units being purchased payable in cash or by certified check or official bank check. Upon conversion of a Unit into its constituent parts, any Rights issuable pursuant to such Unit shall be deemed to have been converted into Ordinary Shares, and such underlying Ordinary Shares shall be issued in lieu of any Rights. If the subscription rights represented hereby shall not be exercised in full at or before 5:00 p.m., New York City local time, on the Expiration Date, this Purchase Option, or the portion thereof which has not been exercised prior to such date, as applicable, shall become and be void without further force or effect, and all rights represented hereby shall cease and expire.

 

2.2           Legend . Each certificate for the securities purchased under this Purchase Option shall bear a legend as follows unless such securities have been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Act ”):

 

“The securities represented by this certificate have not been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Act”) or applicable state law. The securities may not be offered for sale, sold or otherwise transferred except pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Act, or pursuant to an exemption from registration under the Act and applicable state law.”

 

2.3           Cashless Exercise .

 

2.3.1           Determination of Amount . In lieu of the payment of the Exercise Price multiplied by the number of Units for which this Purchase Option is exercisable, and in lieu of being entitled to receive Ordinary Shares and Rights, in the manner required by Section 2.1, the Holder shall have the right (but not the obligation) to convert any exercisable but unexercised portion of this Purchase Option into Units (“ Cashless Exercise Right ”) as follows: upon exercise of the Cashless Exercise Right, the Company shall deliver to the Holder (without payment by the Holder of any of the Exercise Price in cash) that number of Units (or that number of Ordinary Shares and Rights comprising that number of Units) equal to the quotient obtained by dividing (x) the Value (as defined below) of the portion of this Purchase Option being converted by (y) the Current Market Value (as defined below). As used herein, the “ Value ” of the portion of this Purchase Option being converted shall equal the remainder derived from subtracting (a) (i) the Exercise Price multiplied by (ii) the number of Units underlying the portion of this Purchase Option being converted from (b) the Current Market Value of a Unit multiplied by the number of Units underlying the portion of this Purchase Option being converted. As used herein, the term “ Current Market Value ” of a Unit at any date means the product of (i) the Current Market Price (as defined below) of the Ordinary Shares multiplied by (ii) the number of Ordinary Shares underlying one Unit, which shall include the Ordinary Shares issuable upon conversion of the Right included in such Unit. As used herein, the term “ Current Market Price ” means (i) if the Ordinary Shares are listed on a national securities exchange or quoted on the OTC Bulletin Board (or successor exchange), the average reported closing price of the Ordinary Shares in the principal trading market for the Ordinary Share as reported by the applicable exchange, Nasdaq or FINRA, as the case may be, for the five trading days ending three trading days preceding the date in question; (ii) if the Ordinary Shares are not listed on a national securities exchange or quoted on the OTC Bulletin Board (or successor exchange), but are traded in the residual over-the-counter market, the average reported last sale price for the Ordinary Share for the five trading days ending three trading days preceding the date in question for which such quotations are reported by the OTC Markets Group Inc. or similar publisher of such quotations; and (iii) if the fair market value of the Ordinary Shares cannot be determined pursuant to clause (i) or (ii) above, such price as shall be mutually agreed by the Company and the Holder.

 

2
 

 

2.3.2           Mechanics of Cashless Exercise . The Cashless Exercise Right may be exercised by the Holder on any business day on or after the Commencement Date and not later than the Expiration Date by delivering this Purchase Option with the duly executed exercise form attached hereto, with the cashless exercise section completed, to the Company, exercising the Cashless Exercise Right and specifying the total number of Units the Holder will purchase pursuant to such Cashless Exercise Right.

 

2.4           No Obligation to Net Cash Settle . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Purchase Option, in no event will the Company be required to net cash settle the exercise of this Purchase Option or the conversion of the Rights included in the Units underlying this Purchase Option. The Holder will not be entitled to exercise this Purchase Option or convert the Rights included in the Units underlying such Purchase Option unless it exercises such Purchase Option pursuant to the Cashless Exercise Right, a registration statement of the Company is then currently effective, or an exemption from the registration requirements of the Act is available at such time and, if the Holder is not able to exercise this Purchase Option or convert the Rights included in the Units underlying this Purchase Option, this Purchase Option and/or the Rights included in the Units underlying this Purchase Option, as applicable, will expire worthless.

 

3.           Transfer , Assignment, Pledge, Hypothecation, Hedging, Short Sale, Derivative, Put and Call.

 

3.1           General Restrictions . The Holder, by its acceptance hereof, agrees that it will not sell, transfer, assign, pledge or hypothecate this Purchase Option (or the Units, Ordinary Shares and Rights underlying this Purchase Option), or cause the Purchase Option (or the Units, Ordinary Shares and Rights underlying this Purchase Option) to be the subject of any hedging, short sale, derivative, put, or call transaction that would result in the effective economic disposition of the Purchase Option by any person, for a period of 180 days (pursuant to Rule 5110(g)(1) of the Conduct Rules of FINRA) following the Effective Date to anyone other than (i) Cantor or an underwriter or selected dealer in connection with the Offering, or (ii) an officer or partner of Cantor or of any such underwriter or selected dealer. Upon the expiration of such 180 day period, transfers to others may be made subject to compliance with or exemptions from applicable securities laws. In order to make any permitted assignment, the Holder must deliver to the Company the assignment form attached hereto duly executed and completed, together with this Purchase Option and shall pay all transfer taxes, if any, payable in connection therewith. The Company shall within five (5) business days thereafter transfer this Purchase Option on the books and records of the Company and shall execute and deliver a new purchase option or purchase options of like tenor to the appropriate assignee(s) expressly evidencing the right to purchase the aggregate number of Units purchasable hereunder or such portion of such number as shall be contemplated by any such assignment.

 

3
 

 

3.2           Restrictions Imposed by the Act . The securities evidenced by this Purchase Option shall not be transferred unless and until (i) the Company has received the opinion of counsel for the Holder that the securities may be transferred pursuant to an exemption from registration under the Act and applicable state securities laws, the availability of which is established to the reasonable satisfaction of the Company (the Company hereby agreeing that the opinion of Loeb & Loeb LLP shall be deemed satisfactory evidence of the availability of an exemption), or (ii) a registration statement or a post-effective amendment to the Registration Statement relating to such securities has been filed by the Company and declared effective by the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “ Commission ”) and compliance with applicable state securities law has been established to the reasonable satisfaction of the Company.

 

4.           New Purchase Option to be Issued .

 

4.1           Partial Exercise or Transfer . Subject to the restrictions in Section 3 hereof, this Purchase Option may be exercised or assigned in whole or in part. In the event of the exercise or assignment hereof in part only, upon surrender of this Purchase Option to the Company for cancellation, together with the duly executed exercise or assignment form and funds sufficient to pay any Exercise Price (except to the extent that the Holder elects to exercise this Purchase Option by means of a cashless exercise as provided in Section 2.3 above) and/or transfer tax, the Company shall cause to be delivered to the Holder or the assignee(s), as applicable, without charge a new purchase option of like tenor to this Purchase Option in the name of the Holder or such assignee(s), as applicable, evidencing the right of the Holder or such assignee(s), as applicable, to purchase the number of Units purchasable hereunder as to which this Purchase Option has not been exercised or has been assigned, as applicable.

 

4.2           Lost Certificate . Upon receipt by the Company of evidence reasonably satisfactory to it of the loss, theft, destruction or mutilation of this Purchase Option and of reasonably satisfactory indemnification or the posting of a bond, the Company shall execute and deliver a new purchase option of like tenor and date. Any such new purchase option executed and delivered as a result of such loss, theft, mutilation or destruction shall constitute a substitute contractual obligation on the part of the Company.

 

4
 

 

5.           Registration Rights .

 

5.1           Demand Registration .

 

5.1.1           Grant of Right . The Company, upon written demand (“ Initial Demand Notice ”) of the Holder or, if the Holder has transferred, sold or assigned any portion of this Purchase Option, holders of at least 51% of the Units underlying this Purchase Option and/or the underlying securities of such Units (“ Majority Holders ”), agrees to use its best efforts to register (the “ Demand Registration ”) under the Act on one (1) occasion all or any portion of the securities underlying this Purchase Option, including the Units, Ordinary Shares, the Rights and the Ordinary Shares issuable upon conversion of the Rights, and any securities issued or issuable in lieu of the foregoing (collectively, the “ Registrable Securities ”) as requested by the Majority Holders in the Initial Demand Notice. On such occasion, the Company will use its best efforts to file a registration statement or a post-effective amendment to the Registration Statement covering the Registrable Securities within sixty (60) days after receipt of the Initial Demand Notice and use its best efforts to have such registration statement or post-effective amendment declared effective as soon as possible thereafter. The Demand Registration may be made by the Majority Holders at any time during the five (5) year period beginning on the Effective Date. The Initial Demand Notice shall specify the number of shares of Registrable Securities proposed to be sold and the intended method(s) of distribution thereof. To the extent the Holder has assigned, transferred or sold any portion of this Purchase Option, the Company will notify all other holders of the Registrable Securities of the demand within ten (10) days from the date of the receipt of any such Initial Demand Notice. Each holder of Registrable Securities who wishes to include all or a portion of such holder’s Registrable Securities in the Demand Registration (each such holder of Registrable Securities in such registration, a “ Demanding Holder ”) shall so notify the Company within fifteen (15) days after the receipt by the holder of the notice from the Company. Upon any such request, the Demanding Holders shall be entitled to have their Registrable Securities included in the Demand Registration, subject to Section 5.1.4. The Company shall not be obligated to effect more than one (1) Demand Registration under this Section 5.1 in respect of all Registrable Securities.

 

5.1.2           Effective Registration . A registration will not count as a Demand Registration until the registration statement filed with the Commission with respect to such Demand Registration has been declared effective and the Company has complied with all of its obligations under this Agreement with respect thereto.

 

5.1.3           Underwritten Offering . If the Majority Holders so elect and such holders so advise the Company as part of the Initial Demand Notice, the offering of such Registrable Securities pursuant to such Demand Registration shall be in the form of an underwritten offering. In such event, the right of any holder to include its Registrable Securities in such registration shall be conditioned upon such holder’s participation in such underwriting and the inclusion of such holder’s Registrable Securities in the underwriting to the extent provided herein. All Demanding Holders proposing to distribute their securities through such underwriting shall enter into an underwriting agreement in customary form with the underwriter or underwriters selected for such underwriting by the Majority Holders.

 

5
 

 

5.1.4           Reduction of Offering . If the managing underwriter or underwriters for a Demand Registration that is to be an underwritten offering advises the Company and the Demanding Holders in writing that the dollar amount or number of shares of Registrable Securities which the Demanding Holders desire to sell, taken together with all other Ordinary Shares or other securities which the Company desires to sell and the Ordinary Shares, if any, as to which registration has been requested pursuant to written contractual piggy-back registration rights held by other shareholders of the Company who desire to sell, exceeds the maximum dollar amount or maximum number of shares that can be sold in such offering without adversely affecting the proposed offering price, the timing, the distribution method, or the probability of success of such offering (such maximum dollar amount or maximum number of shares, as applicable, the “ Maximum Number of Shares ”), then the Company shall include in such registration: (i) first, the Registrable Securities as to which Demand Registration has been requested by the Demanding Holders (pro rata in accordance with the number of shares that each such person has requested be included in such registration, regardless of the number of shares held by each such person (such proportion is referred to herein as “ Pro Rata ”)) that can be sold without exceeding the Maximum Number of Shares; (ii) second, to the extent that the Maximum Number of Shares has not been reached under the foregoing clause (i), the Ordinary Shares or other securities that the Company desires to sell that can be sold without exceeding the Maximum Number of Shares; (iii) third, to the extent that the Maximum Number of Shares has not been reached under the foregoing clauses (i) and (ii), the Ordinary Shares or other securities registrable pursuant to the terms of the Registration Rights Agreement between the Company and the initial investors in the Company, dated as of [__], 2015 (the “ Registration Rights Agreement ” and such registrable securities, the “ Investor Securities ”) as to which “piggy-back” registration has been requested by the holders thereof, Pro Rata, that can be sold without exceeding the Maximum Number of Shares; and (iv) fourth, to the extent that the Maximum Number of Shares has not been reached under the foregoing clauses (i), (ii), and (iii), the Ordinary Shares or other securities for the account of other persons that the Company is obligated to register pursuant to written contractual arrangements with such persons and that can be sold without exceeding the Maximum Number of Shares.

 

5.1.5           Withdrawal . If a majority-in-interest of the Demanding Holders disapprove of the terms of any underwriting or are not entitled to include all of their Registrable Securities in any offering, such majority-in-interest of the Demanding Holders may elect to withdraw from such offering by giving written notice to the Company and the underwriter or underwriters of their request to withdraw prior to the effectiveness of the registration statement filed with the Commission with respect to such Demand Registration. If the majority-in-interest of the Demanding Holders withdraws from a proposed offering relating to a Demand Registration, then the Company does not have to continue its obligations under Section 5.1 with respect to such proposed offering and such proposed offering will not count as a Demand Registration.

 

5.1.6           Terms. The Company shall bear all fees and expenses attendant to registering the Registrable Securities, including the expenses of any legal counsel selected by the Demanding Holders to represent them in connection with the sale of the Registrable Securities, but the Demanding Holders shall pay any and all underwriting commissions. The Company agrees to use its reasonable best efforts to qualify or register the Registrable Securities in such states as are reasonably requested by the Majority Holders; provided, however, that in no event shall the Company be required to register the Registrable Securities in a state in which such registration would cause (i) the Company to be obligated to qualify to do business in such state, or would subject the Company to taxation as a foreign corporation doing business in such jurisdiction or (ii) the principal shareholders of the Company to be obligated to escrow their shares of capital stock of the Company. The Company shall use its best efforts to cause any registration statement or post-effective amendment filed pursuant to the demand rights granted under Section 5.1.1 to remain effective for a period of nine (9) consecutive months from the effective date of such registration statement or post-effective amendment.

 

6
 

 

5.2           Piggy-Back Registration .

 

5.2.1           Piggy-Back Rights . If at any time during the seven (7) year period commencing on the Effective Date the Company proposes to file a registration statement under the Act with respect to an offering of equity securities, or securities or other obligations exercisable or exchangeable for, or convertible into, equity securities, by the Company for its own account or for shareholders of the Company for their account (or by the Company and by shareholders of the Company including, without limitation, pursuant to Section 5.1), other than a registration statement (i) filed in connection with any employee stock option or other benefit plan, (ii) for an exchange offer or offering of securities solely to the Company’s existing shareholders, (iii) for an offering of debt that is convertible into equity securities of the Company or (iv) for a dividend reinvestment plan, then the Company shall (x) give written notice of such proposed filing to the holders of Registrable Securities as soon as practicable but in no event less than ten (10) days before the anticipated filing date, which notice shall describe the amount and type of securities to be included in such offering, the intended method(s) of distribution, and the name of the proposed managing underwriter or underwriters, if any, of the offering, and (y) offer to the holders of Registrable Securities in such notice the opportunity to register the sale of such number of shares of Registrable Securities as such holders may request in writing within five (5) days following receipt of such notice (a “ Piggy-Back Registration ”). The Company shall cause such Registrable Securities to be included in such registration and shall use its best efforts to cause the managing underwriter or underwriters of a proposed underwritten offering to permit the Registrable Securities requested to be included in a Piggy-Back Registration on the same terms and conditions as any similar securities of the Company and to permit the sale or other disposition of such Registrable Securities in accordance with the intended method(s) of distribution thereof. All holders of Registrable Securities proposing to distribute their securities through a Piggy-Back Registration that involves an underwriter or underwriters shall enter into an underwriting agreement in customary form with the underwriter or underwriters selected for such Piggy-Back Registration.

 

7
 

 

5.2.2           Reduction of Offering . If the managing underwriter or underwriters for a Piggy-Back Registration that is to be an underwritten offering advises the Company and the holders of Registrable Securities in writing that the dollar amount or number of Ordinary Shares which the Company desires to sell, taken together with Ordinary Shares, if any, as to which registration has been demanded pursuant to written contractual arrangements with persons other than the holders of Registrable Securities hereunder, the Registrable Securities as to which registration has been requested under this Section 5.2, and the Ordinary Shares, if any, as to which registration has been requested pursuant to the written contractual piggy-back registration rights of other shareholders of the Company, exceeds the Maximum Number of Shares, then the Company shall include in any such registration:

 

(a)          If the registration is undertaken for the Company’s account: (A) first, the Ordinary Shares or other securities that the Company desires to sell that can be sold without exceeding the Maximum Number of Shares; (B) second, to the extent that the Maximum Number of Shares has not been reached under the foregoing clause (A), the Ordinary Shares or other securities, if any, comprised of Registrable Securities and Investor Securities, as to which registration has been requested pursuant to the applicable written contractual piggy-back registration rights of such security holders, Pro Rata, that can be sold without exceeding the Maximum Number of Shares; and (C) third, to the extent that the Maximum Number of Shares has not been reached under the foregoing clauses (A) and (B), the Ordinary Shares or other securities for the account of other persons that the Company is obligated to register pursuant to written contractual piggy-back registration rights with such persons and that can be sold without exceeding the Maximum Number of Shares;

 

(b)          If the registration is a “demand” registration undertaken at the demand of holders of Investor Securities, (A) first, the Ordinary Shares or other securities for the account of the demanding persons, Pro Rata, that can be sold without exceeding the Maximum Number of Shares; (B) second, to the extent that the Maximum Number of Shares has not been reached under the foregoing clause (A), the Ordinary Shares or other securities that the Company desires to sell that can be sold without exceeding the Maximum Number of Shares; (C) third, to the extent that the Maximum Number of Shares has not been reached under the foregoing clauses (A) and (B), the shares of Registrable Securities, Pro Rata, as to which registration has been requested pursuant to the terms hereof, that can be sold without exceeding the Maximum Number of Shares; and (D) fourth, to the extent that the Maximum Number of Shares has not been reached under the foregoing clauses (A), (B) and (C), the Ordinary Shares or other securities for the account of other persons that the Company is obligated to register pursuant to written contractual arrangements with such persons, that can be sold without exceeding the Maximum Number of Shares; and

 

(c)          If the registration is a “demand” registration undertaken at the demand of persons other than either the holders of Registrable Securities or of Investor Securities, (A) first, the Ordinary Shares or other securities for the account of the demanding persons that can be sold without exceeding the Maximum Number of Shares; (B) second, to the extent that the Maximum Number of Shares has not been reached under the foregoing clause (A), the Ordinary Shares or other securities that the Company desires to sell that can be sold without exceeding the Maximum Number of Shares; (C) third, to the extent that the Maximum Number of Shares has not been reached under the foregoing clauses (A) and (B), the Ordinary Shares or other securities comprised of Registrable Securities and Investor Securities, Pro Rata, as to which registration has been requested pursuant to the terms hereof and of the Registration Rights Agreement, as applicable, that can be sold without exceeding the Maximum Number of Shares; and (D) fourth, to the extent that the Maximum Number of Shares has not been reached under the foregoing clauses (A), (B) and (C), the Ordinary Shares or other securities for the account of other persons that the Company is obligated to register pursuant to written contractual arrangements with such persons, that can be sold without exceeding the Maximum Number of Shares.

 

8
 

 

5.2.3           Withdrawal . Any holder of Registrable Securities may elect to withdraw such holder’s request for inclusion of Registrable Securities in any Piggy-Back Registration by giving written notice to the Company of such request to withdraw prior to the effectiveness of the registration statement in connection with such Piggy-Back Registration. The Company (whether on its own determination or as the result of a withdrawal by persons making a demand pursuant to written contractual obligations) may withdraw a registration statement in connection with such Piggy-Back Registration at any time prior to the effectiveness of such registration statement. Notwithstanding any such withdrawal, the Company shall pay all expenses incurred by the holders of Registrable Securities in connection with such Piggy-Back Registration as provided in Section 5.2.4.

 

5.2.4           Terms . The Company shall bear all fees and expenses attendant to registering the Registrable Securities, including the expenses of any legal counsel selected by the holders of Registrable Securities to represent them in connection with the sale of the Registrable Securities but such holders shall pay any and all underwriting commissions related to their Registrable Securities. In the event of such a proposed registration, the Company shall furnish the then holders of outstanding Registrable Securities with not less than fifteen (15) days written notice prior to the proposed date of filing of such registration statement. Such notice to the holders of Registrable Securities shall continue to be given for each applicable registration statement filed (during the period in which this Purchase Option is exercisable) by the Company until such time as all of the Registrable Securities have been registered and sold by such holder. The holders of the Registrable Securities shall exercise the “piggy-back” rights provided for herein by giving written notice, within ten (10) days of the receipt of the Company’s notice of its intention to file a registration statement. The Company shall use its best efforts to cause any registration statement filed pursuant to the above “piggyback” rights to remain effective for at least nine (9) months from the date that the holders of the Registrable Securities are first given the opportunity to sell all of such securities.

 

5.3           General Terms .

 

5.3.1           Indemnification . The Company shall, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, indemnify the Holder, each other holder of the Registrable Securities to be sold pursuant to any registration statement hereunder, their affiliates, each director, officer, employee, agent, partner and member of the Holder and each such other holder of Registrable Securities and their respective affiliates, and each person, if any, who controls the Holder and each such other holders of Registrable Securities within the meaning of Section 15 of the Act or Section 20(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (“ Exchange Act ”), against any and all losses, claims, damages, expenses and/or liabilities (including, without limitation, all reasonable attorneys’ fees and other expenses reasonably incurred in investigating, preparing or defending against litigation, commenced or threatened, or any claim whatsoever whether arising out of any action between the underwriter and the Company or between the underwriter and any third party or otherwise, regardless of whether such indemnified person is a party thereto) to which any of them may become subject under the Act, the Exchange Act or otherwise, arising from any registration statement of the Company but only to the same extent and with the same effect as the provisions pursuant to which the Company has agreed to indemnify the underwriters contained in Section 5 of the Underwriting Agreement among the Company, Cantor and the other underwriters named therein (if any) dated the Effective Date. The holders of the Registrable Securities to be sold pursuant to such registration statement, and their successors and assigns, shall severally, and not jointly, indemnify the Company, its officers and directors and each person, if any, who controls the Company within the meaning of Section 15 of the Act or Section 20(a) of the Exchange Act, against any and all losses, claims, damages, expenses or liabilities (including all reasonable attorneys’ fees and other expenses reasonably incurred in investigating, preparing or defending against any claim whatsoever) to which they may become subject under the Act, the Exchange Act or otherwise, solely to the extent arising from information furnished by or on behalf of such holders in writing for specific inclusion in a registration statement in connection with any Demand Registration or Piggy-Back Registration to the same extent and with the same effect as the provisions contained in Section 5 of the Underwriting Agreement pursuant to which the underwriters have agreed to indemnify the Company.

 

9
 

 

5.3.2           Exercise of Purchase Option . Nothing contained in this Purchase Option shall be construed as requiring the Holder to exercise this Purchase Option or convert the Rights included in the Units underlying this Purchase Option prior to or after the initial filing of any registration statement or the effectiveness thereof.

 

5.3.3           Documents Delivered to Holders . The Company shall furnish to each holder of Registrable Securities participating in any of the foregoing offerings, a signed counterpart, addressed to the participating holders of Registrable Securities, of (i) an opinion of counsel to the Company, dated the effective date of the applicable registration statement (and, if such registration includes an underwritten public offering, an opinion dated the date of the closing under any underwriting agreement related thereto), and (ii) a “cold comfort” letter dated the effective date of such registration statement (and, if such registration includes an underwritten public offering, a letter dated the date of the closing under the underwriting agreement) signed by the independent public accountants who have issued a report on the Company’s financial statements included in such registration statement, in each case covering substantially the same matters with respect to such registration statement (and the prospectus included therein) and, in the case of such accountants’ letter, with respect to events subsequent to the date of such financial statements, as are customarily covered in opinions of issuer’s counsel and in accountants’ letters delivered to underwriters in underwritten public offerings of securities. The Company shall also deliver promptly to each holder of Registrable Securities participating in the offering, the correspondence and memoranda described below and copies of all correspondence between the Commission and the Company, its counsel or auditors and all memoranda relating to discussions with the Commission or its staff with respect to such registration statement and permit each holder of Registrable Securities, to do such investigation, upon reasonable advance notice, with respect to information contained in or omitted from such registration statement as it deems reasonably necessary to comply with applicable securities laws or rules of FINRA. Such investigation shall include access to books, records and properties of the Company and opportunities to discuss the business of the Company with its officers and independent auditors, all to such reasonable extent and at such reasonable times and as often as each holder of Registrable Securities, shall reasonably request. The Company shall not be required to disclose any confidential information or other records to the holders of the holders of Registrable Securities, or to any other person, until and unless such persons shall have entered into reasonable confidentiality agreements (in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Company), with the Company with respect thereto.

 

10
 

 

5.3.4           Underwriting Agreement . The Company shall enter into an underwriting agreement with the managing underwriter(s), if any, selected by any holders whose Registrable Securities are being registered pursuant to this Section 5, which managing underwriter shall be reasonably acceptable to the Company. Such agreement shall be reasonably satisfactory in form and substance to the Company, each holder of Registrable Securities and such managing underwriters, and shall contain such representations, warranties and covenants by the Company and such other terms as are customarily contained in agreements of that type used by the managing underwriter. The holders of Registrable Securities shall be parties to any underwriting agreement relating to an underwritten sale of their Registrable Securities and may, at their option, require that any or all the representations, warranties and covenants of the Company to or for the benefit of such underwriters shall also be made to and for the benefit of such holders. Such holders shall not be required to make any representations or warranties to or agreements with the Company or the underwriters except as they may relate to such holders and their intended methods of distribution. Such holders, however, shall agree to such covenants and indemnification and contribution obligations for selling shareholders as are customarily contained in agreements of that type used by the managing underwriter. Further, such holders shall execute appropriate custody agreements and otherwise reasonably cooperate in the preparation of the registration statement and other documents relating to any offering in which they include securities pursuant to this Section 5. Each such holder shall also furnish to the Company such information regarding itself, the Registrable Securities held by it, and the intended method of disposition of such securities as shall be reasonably required to effect the registration of the Registrable Securities.

 

5.3.5           Supplemental Prospectus . Each holder of Registrable Securities agrees, that upon receipt of any notice from the Company of the happening of any event as a result of which the prospectus included in the registration statement, as then in effect, includes an untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading in light of the circumstances then existing, such holder will immediately discontinue disposition of Registrable Securities pursuant to the registration statement covering such Registrable Securities until such holder’s receipt of the copies of a supplemental or amended prospectus, and, if so desired by the Company, such holder shall, at its option, either deliver to the Company (at the expense of the Company) or destroy (and deliver to the Company a certificate of such destruction) all copies, other than permanent file copies then in such holder’s possession or as otherwise required by applicable law or such holder’s document retention policies, of the prospectus covering such Registrable Securities current at the time of receipt of such notice.

 

6.           Adjustments .

 

6.1           Adjustments to Exercise Price and Number of Securities . The Exercise Price and the number of Units underlying this Purchase Option shall be subject to adjustment from time to time as hereinafter set forth:

 

6.1.1           Stock Dividends - Split-Ups . If after the date hereof, and subject to the provisions of Section 6.3 below, the number of outstanding Ordinary Shares is increased by a stock dividend payable in Ordinary Shares or by a split-up of Ordinary Shares or other similar event, then, on the effective date thereof, the number of Ordinary Shares underlying each of the Units purchasable hereunder shall be increased in proportion to such increase in outstanding shares. In such case, the number of Ordinary Shares issuable upon conversion of the Rights underlying each of the Units purchasable hereunder shall be adjusted in accordance with the terms of the Rights.

 

11
 

 

6.1.2           Aggregation of Shares . If after the date hereof, and subject to the provisions of Section 6.3, the number of outstanding Ordinary Shares is decreased by a consolidation, combination or reclassification of Ordinary Shares or other similar event, then, on the effective date thereof, the number of Ordinary Shares underlying each of the Units purchasable hereunder shall be decreased in proportion to such decrease in outstanding shares. In such case, the number of Ordinary Shares issuable upon conversion of the Rights underlying each of the Units purchasable hereunder shall be adjusted in accordance with the terms of the Rights.

 

6.1.3           Replacement of Securities upon Reorganization, etc . In case of any reclassification or reorganization of the outstanding Ordinary Shares other than a change covered by Section 6.1.1 or 6.1.2 hereof or that solely affects the par value of such Ordinary Shares, or in the case of any merger or consolidation of the Company with or into another corporation (other than a consolidation or merger in which the Company is the continuing corporation and that does not result in any reclassification or reorganization of the outstanding Ordinary Shares), or in the case of any sale or conveyance to another corporation or entity of all of the outstanding securities of the Company or of all or substantially all of the property, business or assets of the Company, the Holder shall have the right thereafter (until the expiration of the right of exercise of this Purchase Option) to receive upon the exercise hereof, for the same aggregate Exercise Price payable hereunder immediately prior to such event, the kind and amount of shares of stock or other securities or property (including cash) receivable upon such reclassification, reorganization, merger or consolidation, or any such sale or transfer, by a holder of the number of Ordinary Shares of the Company obtainable upon exercise of this Purchase Option and conversion of the underlying Rights included in the Units underlying this Purchase Option immediately prior to such event; and if any reclassification also results in a change in Ordinary Shares covered by Section 6.1.1 or 6.1.2, then such adjustment shall be made pursuant to Sections 6.1.1, 6.1.2 and this Section 6.1.3. The provisions of this Section 6.1.3 shall similarly apply to successive reclassifications, reorganizations, mergers or consolidations, sales or other transfers.

 

6.1.4           Changes in Form of Purchase Option . This form of Purchase Option need not be changed because of any change pursuant to this Section 6, and purchase options issued after such change may state the same Exercise Price and the same number of Units as are stated in this Purchase Option. The acceptance by the Holder of the issuance of a new purchase option reflecting a required or permissive change shall not be deemed to waive any rights to an adjustment occurring after the Commencement Date or the computation thereof.

 

6.2           Substitute Purchase Option . In case of any consolidation of the Company with, or merger of the Company with or into another corporation (other than a consolidation or merger which does not result in any reclassification or change of the outstanding Ordinary Shares), the corporation formed by such consolidation or merger shall execute and deliver to the Holder a supplemental purchase option providing that the Holder shall have the right thereafter (until the stated expiration of such purchase option) to receive, upon exercise of such purchase option, the kind and amount of shares of stock and other securities and property receivable upon such consolidation or merger, by a holder of the number of Ordinary Shares of the Company for which such purchase option might have been exercised immediately prior to such consolidation, merger, sale or transfer. Such supplemental purchase option shall provide for adjustments which shall be identical to the adjustments provided in this Section 6. The above provision of this Section 6 shall similarly apply to successive consolidations or mergers.

 

12
 

 

6.3           Elimination of Fractional Interests . The Company shall not be required to issue certificates representing fractions of Ordinary Shares or Rights upon the exercise of this Purchase Option, nor shall it be required to issue scrip or pay cash in lieu of any fractional interests, it being the intent of the parties that all fractional interests shall be eliminated by rounding any fraction down to the nearest whole number Ordinary Shares or other securities, properties or rights.

 

7.           Reservation and Listing . The Company shall at all times reserve and keep available out of its authorized but unissued Ordinary Shares, solely for the purpose of issuance upon exercise of this Purchase Option and conversion of the Rights included in the Units underlying this Purchase Option, such number of Ordinary Shares or other securities, properties or rights as shall be issuable upon the exercise or conversion thereof. The Company covenants and agrees that, upon exercise of this Purchase Option and payment of the Exercise Price therefor, all Ordinary Shares and other securities issuable upon such exercise shall be duly and validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable and not subject to preemptive rights of any stockholder. The Company further covenants and agrees that upon conversion of the Rights included in the Units underlying this Purchase Option, all Ordinary Shares and other securities issuable upon such exercise shall be duly and validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable and not subject to preemptive rights of any stockholder. As long as this Purchase Option shall be outstanding, the Company shall use its best efforts to cause all (i) Units and Ordinary Shares issuable upon exercise of this Purchase Option, (ii) Rights issuable upon exercise of this Purchase Option and (iii) Ordinary Shares issuable upon conversion of the Rights included in the Units issuable upon exercise of this Purchase Option to be listed (subject to official notice of issuance) on all securities exchanges (or, if applicable on the OTC Bulletin Board or any successor trading market) on which the Units, the Ordinary Shares or the Public Rights issued to the public in connection herewith may then be listed and/or quoted.

 

8.           Certain Notice Requirements .

 

8.1           Holder’s Right to Receive Notice . Nothing herein shall be construed as conferring upon the Holder the right to vote or consent as a stockholder for the election of directors or any other matter, or as having any rights whatsoever as a stockholder of the Company with respect to the Ordinary Shares included in the Units underlying this Purchase Option or the Ordinary Shares issuable upon conversion of the Rights included in the Units underlying this Purchase Option prior to the exercise of all or any part of this Purchase Option and then only with respect to the Ordinary Shares included in the portion so issued. If, however, at any time prior to the expiration of this Purchase Option and its exercise, any of the events described in Section 8.2 shall occur, then, in one or more of said events, the Company shall give written notice of such event at least fifteen (15) days prior to the date fixed as a record date or the date of closing the transfer books for the determination of the shareholders entitled to such dividend, distribution, conversion or exchange of securities or subscription rights, or entitled to vote on such proposed dissolution, liquidation, winding up or sale. Such notice shall specify such record date or the date of the closing of the transfer books, as the case may be. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company shall deliver to the Holder a copy of each notice given to the other shareholders of the Company at the same time and in the same manner that such notice is given to the shareholders.

 

13
 

 

8.2           Events Requiring Notice . The Company shall be required to give the notice described in this Section 8 upon each of the following events: (i) if the Company shall take a record of the holders of its Ordinary Shares for the purpose of entitling them to receive a dividend or distribution payable otherwise than in cash, or a cash dividend or distribution payable otherwise than out of retained earnings, as indicated by the accounting treatment of such dividend or distribution on the books of the Company, (ii) the Company shall offer to all the holders of its Ordinary Shares any additional shares of capital stock of the Company or securities convertible into or exchangeable for shares of capital stock of the Company, or any option, right or warrant to subscribe therefor, or (iii) a dissolution, liquidation or winding up of the Company (other than in connection with a consolidation or merger) or a sale of its outstanding securities or all or substantially all of its property, assets or business shall be proposed.

 

8.3           Notice of Change in Exercise Price . The Company shall, promptly after an event requiring a change in the Exercise Price pursuant to Section 6 hereof, send notice to the Holder of such event and change (“ Price Notice ”). The Price Notice shall describe the event causing the change and the method of calculating same and shall be certified as being true and accurate by the Company’s President and Chief Financial Officer.

 

8.4           Transmittal of Notices . All notices, requests, consents and other communications under this Purchase Option shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly made when hand delivered, mailed by express mail or private courier service, or by electronic mail: (i) if to the Holder, to the address of the Holder as shown on the books of the Company, or (ii) if to the Company, to either of the following address or to such other address as the Company may designate by notice to the Holder:

 

E-compass Acquisition Corp.

6F/Tower, 2 West Prosper Centre

No.5, Guanghua Road

Chaoyang District

Beijing, 100020, P.R. China

Attn: Chief Executive Officer

Facsimile:

 

or

 

E-compass Acquisition Corp.

c/o Graubard Miller

405 Lexington Avenue, 11 th Floor

New York, New York 10174

Attn: David Alan Miller, Esq.

Facsimile: 212-818-8881

 

14
 

 

9.           Miscellaneous .

 

9.1           Amendments . The Company and Cantor may from time to time supplement or amend this Purchase Option without the approval of the Holder in order to cure any ambiguity, to correct or supplement any provision contained herein that may be defective or inconsistent with any other provisions herein, or to make any other provisions in regard to matters or questions arising hereunder that the Company and Cantor may deem necessary or desirable and that the Company and Cantor deem shall not adversely affect the interest of the Holder. All other modifications or amendments shall require the written consent of and be signed by the party against whom enforcement of the modification or amendment is sought.

 

9.2           Headings . The headings contained herein are for the sole purpose of convenience of reference, and shall not in any way limit or affect the meaning or interpretation of any of the terms or provisions of this Purchase Option.

 

9.3           Entire Agreement . This Purchase Option (together with the other agreements and documents being delivered pursuant to or in connection with this Purchase Option) constitutes the entire agreement of the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof, and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings of the parties, oral and written, with respect to the subject matter hereof.

 

9.4           Binding Effect . This Purchase Option shall inure solely to the benefit of and shall be binding upon, the Holder and the Company and their permitted assignees, respective successors, legal representative and assigns, other than Cantor, no other person shall have or be construed to have any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under or in respect of or by virtue of this Purchase Option or any provisions herein contained.

 

9.5           Governing Law; Submission to Jurisdiction . This Purchase Option shall be governed by and construed and enforced in accordance with the laws of the State of New York, without giving effect to the conflict of laws principles thereof. The Company hereby agrees that any action, proceeding or claim arising out of, or relating in any way to this Purchase Option shall be resolved in the state or federal courts located in New York County in the State of New York. The Company hereby appoints, without power of revocation, Graubard Miller, as agent to accept and acknowledge on its behalf service of any and all process which may be served in any action, proceeding or counterclaim in any way relating to or arising out of this Purchase Option.

 

9.6           Waiver, Etc . The failure of the Company or the Holder to at any time enforce any of the provisions of this Purchase Option shall not be deemed or construed to be a waiver of any such provision, nor to in any way affect the validity of this Purchase Option or any provision hereof or the right of the Company or any Holder to thereafter enforce each and every provision of this Purchase Option. No waiver of any breach, non-compliance or non-fulfillment of any of the provisions of this Purchase Option shall be effective unless set forth in a written instrument executed by the party or parties against whom or which enforcement of such waiver is sought; and no waiver of any such breach, non-compliance or non- fulfillment shall be construed or deemed to be a waiver of any other or subsequent breach or non-compliance.

 

9.7           Execution in Counterparts . This Purchase Option may be executed in one or more counterparts, and by the different parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original, but all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same agreement, and shall become effective when one or more counterparts has been signed by each of the parties hereto and delivered (by facsimile transmission, by electronic mail in in “portable document format” (“.pdf”) form, or by any other, or by any other electronic means intended to preserve the original graphic and pictorial appearance of a document, or by combination of such means ) to each of the other parties hereto.

 

9.8           Exchange Agreement . As a condition of the Holder’s receipt and acceptance of this Purchase Option, Holder agrees that, at any time prior to the complete exercise of this Purchase Option by Holder, if the Company and Cantor enter into an agreement (“ Exchange Agreement ”) pursuant to which they agree that all outstanding purchase options will be exchanged for securities or cash or a combination of both, then Holder shall agree to such exchange and become a party to the Exchange Agreement.

 

15
 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this Purchase Option to be signed by its duly authorized officer as of the ____ day of ___________, 2015.

 

  E-COMPASS ACQUISITION CORP.
     
  By:  
    Name:
    Title:

  

16
 

 

Form to be used to exercise Purchase Option:

 

E-compass Acquisition Corp.

6F/Tower, 2 West Prosper Centre

No.5, Guanghua Road

Chaoyang District

Beijing, 100020, P.R. China

Facsimile:

Attn.: Chairman of the Board

 

Date:_________________, 20___

 

The undersigned hereby elects irrevocably to exercise all or a portion of the within Purchase Option and to purchase ____ Units of E-compass Acquisition Corp. and hereby makes payment of $____________ (at the rate of $_________ per Unit) in payment of the Exercise Price pursuant thereto. Please issue the securities as to which this Purchase Option is exercised in accordance with the instructions given below.

 

or

 

The undersigned hereby elects irrevocably to convert its right to purchase _________ Units purchasable under the within Purchase Option by surrender of the unexercised portion of the attached Purchase Option (with a “Value” based of $_______ based on a “Market Price” of $_______). Please issue the securities comprising the Units as to which this Purchase Option is exercised in accordance with the instructions given below.

 

   
  NOTICE:  The signature to this assignment must correspond with the name as written upon the face of the purchase option in every particular, without alteration or enlargement or any change whatever.

 

Signature(s) Guaranteed:

 

 

  THE SIGNATURE(S) SHOULD BE GUARANTEED BY AN ELIGIBLE GUARANTOR INSTITUTION (BANKS, STOCKBROKERS, SAVINGS AND LOAN ASSOCIATIONS AND CREDIT UNIONS WITH MEMBERSHIP IN AN APPROVED SIGNATURE GUARANTEE MEDALLION PROGRAM, PURSUANT TO S.E.C. RULE 17Ad-15).

 

17
 

 

  INSTRUCTIONS FOR REGISTRATION OF SECURITIES

 

Name  
   
  (Print in Block Letters)
   
Address
   

 

18
 

 

Form to be used to assign Purchase Option:

 

ASSIGNMENT

 

(To be executed by the registered Holder to effect a transfer of the within Purchase Option):

 

FOR VALUE RECEIVED,______________________________________________ does hereby sell, assign and transfer unto___________________________________________ the right to purchase __________ Units of E-compass Acquisition Corp. (“ Company ”) evidenced by the within Purchase Option and does hereby authorize the Company to transfer such right on the books and records of the Company.

 

Dated: ___________________, 20__

 

   
  Signature

 

   
  NOTICE: The signature to this assignment must correspond with the name as written upon the face of the purchase option in every particular, without alteration or enlargement or any change whatever.

 

Signature(s) Guaranteed:

 

 

THE SIGNATURE(S) SHOULD BE GUARANTEED BY AN ELIGIBLE GUARANTOR INSTITUTION (BANKS, STOCKBROKERS, SAVINGS AND LOAN ASSOCIATIONS AND CREDIT UNIONS WITH MEMBERSHIP IN AN APPROVED SIGNATURE GUARANTEE MEDALLION PROGRAM, PURSUANT TO S.E.C. RULE 17Ad-15).

 

 

19

 

 

Exhibit 5.1

 

MAPLES

 

Our ref                MSJ/695201-000001/37146793v2

 

E-compass Acquisition Corp.

PO Box 309

Ugland House

Grand Cayman

KY1-1104

Cayman Islands

 

24 July 2015

 

Dear Sirs

 

E-Compass Acquisition Corp. (the "Company")

 

We have acted as Cayman Islands counsel to the Company to provide this legal opinion in connection with the Company's registration statement on Form S-1, including all amendments or supplements thereto, filed with the United States Securities and Exchange Commission (the "Commission") under the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Act"), (File No. 333-204054) (including its exhibits, the "Registration Statement") related to the offering and sale of (i) up to 4,000,000 units (the "Units"), each Unit consisting of one ordinary share of the Company, par value $0.0001 per share (each an "Ordinary Share" and together, the "Ordinary Shares") and one right to receive one-tenth (1/10) of an ordinary share on the consummation of an initial business combination (the "Rights"); (ii) up to 600,000 Units (the "Over-Allotment Units"), which Cantor Fitzgerald & Co. is acting as underwriter ("Underwriter"), will have a right to purchase from the Company to cover over allotments, if any; (iii) up to 110,000 Units (the "Commission Units") which an affiliate of the Company's Chief Executive Officer may purchase under certain circumstances as described in the Registration Statement; (iv) all Ordinary Shares and all Rights issued as part of the Units, the Over-Allotment Units and the Commission Units; and (v) all Ordinary Shares that may be issued upon conversion of the Rights included in the Units, Over-Allotment Units and Commission Units. This opinion is given in accordance with the terms of the Legal Matters section of the Registration Statement.

 

1 DOCUMENTS REVIEWED

 

We have reviewed originals, copies, drafts or conformed copies of the following documents:

 

1.1 the Certificate of Incorporation dated 23 September 2014 and the Amended and Restated Memorandum and Articles of Association of the Company as adopted on 7 July 2015 (the "Memorandum and Articles" );

 

Maples and Calder

PO Box 309     Ugland House     Grand Cayman KY1-1104     Cayman Islands

Tel +1 345 949 8066     Fax +1 345 949 8080     maplesandcalder.com

 
 

 

1.2 The written resolutions of the board of directors of the Company dated 17 June 2015 (together, the " Resolutions ") and the corporate records of the Company maintained at its registered office in the Cayman Islands;

 

1.3 a Certificate of Good Standing issued by the Registrar of Companies in the Cayman Islands (the " Certificate of Good Standing ");
   
1.4 a certificate from a director of the Company a copy of which is attached hereto (the " Director's Certificate ");
   
1.5 the Registration Statement;
   
1.6 a draft of the form of the unit certificate representing the Units and the Over-Allotment Units and the Purchase Option Units (the " Unit Certificates ");
   
1.7 a draft of the form of the rights agreement and the right certificate constituting the Rights (the " Rights Documents ");
   
1.8 a draft of the underwriting agreement between the Company and Cantor Fitzgerald & Co., as underwriter (the " Underwriting Agreement " and, together with the Unit Certificates and the Rights Documents, the " Documents ").

 

2 ASSUMPTIONS

 

The following opinion is given only as to, and based on, circumstances and matters of fact existing and known to us on the date of this opinion. This opinion only relates to the laws of the Cayman Islands which are in force on the date of this opinion. In giving this opinion we have relied (without further verification) upon the certifications as to matters of fact contained in the Director's Certificate and the Certificate of Good Standing. We have also relied upon the following assumptions, which we have not independently verified:

 

2.1 other than in respect of the Company under the laws of the Cayman Islands, the Documents have been or will be authorised and duly executed and unconditionally delivered by or on behalf of all relevant parties in accordance with all relevant laws;
   
2.2 the Documents are, or will be, legal, valid, binding and enforceable against all relevant parties in accordance with their terms under the laws of the State of New York and all other relevant laws (other than the laws of the Cayman Islands);
   
2.3 the choice of the laws of the State of New York as the governing law of the Documents has been made in good faith and would be regarded as a valid and binding selection which will be upheld by the courts of the State of New York and any other relevant jurisdiction (other than the Cayman Islands) as a matter of the laws of the State of New York and all other relevant laws (other than the laws of the Cayman Islands);
   
2.4 copy documents, conformed copies or drafts of documents provided to us are true and complete copies of, or in the final forms of, the originals;
   
2.5 all signatures, initials and seals are genuine;

 

2
 

 

2.6 other than in respect of the Company under the laws of the Cayman Islands, the power, authority and legal right of all parties under all relevant laws and regulations to enter into, execute, deliver and perform their respective obligations under the Documents;

 

2.7 no invitation has been or will be made by or on behalf of the Company to the public in the Cayman Islands to subscribe for any of the Units, the Over-Allotment Units, the Purchase Option Units, the Rights, the Warrants or the Ordinary Shares;
   
2.8 no monies paid to or for the account of any party under the Documents represent or will represent criminal property or terrorist property (as defined in the Proceeds of Crime Law (2014 Revision), and the Terrorism Law (2011 Revision), respectively); and
   
2.9 there is nothing under any law (other than the law of the Cayman Islands) which would or might affect the opinions hereinafter appearing.  Specifically, we have made no independent investigation of the laws of the State of New York.

 

3 OPINIONS

 

Based upon, and subject to, the foregoing assumptions and the qualifications set out below, and having regard to such legal considerations as we deem relevant, we are of the opinion that:

 

3.1 The Company has been duly incorporated and is validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the Cayman Islands.
   
3.2 The Ordinary Shares to be offered and issued by the Company as contemplated by the Registration Statement (including the issuance of the Ordinary Shares upon the conversion of the Rights in accordance with the Rights Documents) have been duly authorised for issue, and when issued by the Company against payment in full of the consideration as set out in the Registration Statement and in accordance with the terms set out in the Registration Statement (including the issuance of the Ordinary Shares upon the conversion of the Rights in accordance with the Rights Documents), such Ordinary Shares will be validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable. As a matter of Cayman Islands law, a share is only issued when it has been entered in the register of members (shareholders).
   
3.3 The execution, delivery and performance of the Rights Documents has been authorised by and on behalf of the Company and, once the Rights Documents have been executed and delivered by any director or officer of the Company, the Rights Document will be duly executed and delivered on behalf of the Company and will constitute the legal, valid and binding obligations of the Company enforceable in accordance with their terms.

 

4 QUALIFICATIONS

 

The opinions expressed above are subject to the following qualifications:

 

4.1 The term " enforceable " as used above means that the obligations assumed by the Company under the Documents are of a type which the courts of the Cayman Islands will enforce.  It does not mean that those obligations will necessarily be enforced in all circumstances in accordance with their terms.  In particular:
   
  4.1.1 enforcement may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, liquidation, reorganisation, readjustment of debts or moratorium or other laws of general application relating to or affecting the rights of creditors;

 

3
 

 

  4.1.2 enforcement may be limited by general principles of equity.  For example, equitable remedies such as specific performance may not be available, inter alia, where damages are considered to be an adequate remedy;

 

  4.1.3 where obligations are to be performed in a jurisdiction outside the Cayman Islands, they may not be enforceable in the Cayman Islands to the extent that performance would be illegal under the laws of that jurisdiction; and
     
  4.1.4 some claims may become barred under the statutes of limitation or may be or become subject to defences of set off, counterclaim, estoppel and similar defences.
     
4.2 To maintain the Company in good standing under the laws of the Cayman Islands, annual filing fees must be paid and returns made to the Registrar of Companies.

 

Under Cayman Islands law, the register of members (shareholders) is prima facie evidence of title to shares and this register would not record a third party interest in such shares. However, there are certain limited circumstances where an application may be made to a Cayman Islands court for a determination on whether the register of members reflects the correct legal position. Further, the Cayman Islands court has the power to order that the register of members maintained by a company should be rectified where it considers that the register of members does not reflect the correct legal position. As far as we are aware, such applications are rarely made in the Cayman Islands and for the purposes of the opinion given in paragraph 3.2, there are no circumstances or matters of fact known to us on the date of this opinion which would properly form the basis for an application for an order for rectification of the register of members of the Company, but if such an application were made in respect of the Company's Ordinary Shares, then the validity of such shares may be subject to re-examination by a Cayman Islands court.

 

Except as specifically stated herein, we make no comment with respect to any representations and warranties which may be made by or with respect to the Company in any of the documents or instruments cited in this opinion or otherwise with respect to the commercial terms of the transactions the subject of this opinion.

 

We hereby consent to the filing of this opinion as an exhibit to the Registration Statement and to the reference to our firm under the heading "Legal Matters" in the Registration Statement. In providing our consent, we do not thereby admit that we are in the category of persons whose consent is required under Section 7 of the Act or the Rules and Regulations of the Commission thereunder.

 

4
 

 

This opinion is addressed to you and may be relied upon by you, your counsel and purchasers of Units pursuant to the Registration Statement. This opinion is limited to the matters detailed herein and is not to be read as an opinion with respect to any other matter.

 

Yours faithfully

 

/s/ Maples and Calder                           

Maples and Calder

 

5
 

 

E-compass Acquisition Corp.
PO Box 309, Ugland House

Grand Cayman

KY1-1104

Cayman Islands

 

24 July 2015

 

TO :

 

Maples and Calder

PO Box 309, Ugland House

Grand Cayman

KY1-1104

Cayman Islands

 

Dear Sirs

 

E-compass Acquisition Corp. (the " Company ")

 

I, Richard Xu, being a director of the Company, am aware that you are being asked to provide a legal opinion (the " Opinion ") in relation to certain aspects of Cayman Islands law. Capitalised terms used in this certificate have the meaning given to them in the Opinion. I hereby certify that:

 

1 The Memorandum and Articles remain in full force and effect and are unamended.

 

2 The Company has not entered into any mortgages or charges over its property or assets other than those entered in the register of mortgages and charges.

 

3 The Resolutions were duly passed in the manner prescribed in the Memorandum and Articles (including, without limitation, with respect to the disclosure of interests (if any) by directors of the Company) and have not been amended, varied or revoked in any respect.

 

4 The authorised share capital of the Company is US$10,100 divided into 100,000,000 shares of a par value of US$0.0001 each and 1,000,000 preferred shares of a par value US$0.0001 each. The issued share capital of the Company is 1,150,000 ordinary shares of US$0.0001 par value each, which have been issued and are fully paid up.

 

5 The shareholders of the Company have not restricted or limited the powers of the directors in any way. There is no contractual or other prohibition (other than as arising under Cayman Islands law) binding on the Company prohibiting it from entering into and performing its obligations under the Registration Statement and any documents in connection therewith.

 

6 The directors of the Company at the date of the Resolutions and at the date hereof were and are as follows: Richard Xu, Nicholas Clements, Xinli Li, Chen Liu and Aimin Song.

 

7 The minute book and corporate records of the Company as maintained at its registered office in the Cayman Islands and made available to you are complete and accurate in all material respects, and all minutes and resolutions filed therein represent a complete and accurate record of all meetings of the shareholders and directors (or any committee thereof) of the Company (duly convened in accordance with the Articles of Association of the Company) and all resolutions passed at the meetings or passed by written resolution or consent, as the case may be.

 

 
 

 

8 Prior to, at the time of, and immediately following the approval of the transactions the subject of the Registration Statement the Company was, or will be, able to pay its debts as they fell, or fall, due and has entered, or will enter, into the transactions the subject of the Registration Statement for proper value and not with an intention to defraud or hinder its creditors or by way of fraudulent preference.

 

9 Each director considers the transactions contemplated by the Registration Statement to be of commercial benefit to the Company and has acted bona fide in the best interests of the Company, and for a proper purpose of the Company, in relation to the transactions which are the subject of the Opinion.

 

10 To the best of my knowledge and belief, having made due inquiry, the Company is not the subject of legal, arbitral, administrative or other proceedings in any jurisdiction. Nor have the directors or shareholders taken any steps to have the Company struck off or placed in liquidation, nor have any steps been taken to wind up the Company. Nor has any receiver been appointed over any of the Company's property or assets.

 

11 To the best of my knowledge and belief, having made due inquiry, there are no circumstances or matters of fact existing which may properly form the basis for an application for an order for rectification of the register of members of the Company.

 

12 The Company is not a central bank, monetary authority or other sovereign entity of any state.

 

13 The Registration Statement has been, or will be, authorised and duly executed and delivered by or on behalf of all relevant parties in accordance with all relevant laws.

 

14 No invitation has been or will be made by or on behalf of the Company to the public in the Cayman Islands to subscribe for any of the Ordinary Shares.

 

15 The Ordinary Shares to be issued pursuant to the Registration Statement have been, or will be, duly registered, and will continue to be registered, in the Company's register of members (shareholders).

 

2
 

 

I confirm that you may continue to rely on this certificate as being true and correct on the day that you issue the Opinion unless I shall have previously notified you personally to the contrary.

 

Signature: /s/ Richard Xu  
  Richard Xu
Director
 

 

 

3

 

Exhibit 5.2

 

GRAUBARD MILLER

The Chrysler Building

405 Lexington Avenue

New York, New York 10174

 

July 24, 2015

 

E-compass Acquisition Corp.

6F/Tower, 2 West Prosper Centre

No.5, Guanghua Road

Chaoyang District

Beijing, 100020, P.R. China

 

Dear Sirs:

 

Reference is made to the Registration Statement on Form S-1 (“Registration Statement”) filed by E-compass Acquisition Corp. (the “Company”), a Cayman Islands corporation, under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (“Act”), covering (i) 4,000,000 units (the “Firm Units”), each unit consisting of one ordinary share of the Company, par value $.0001 per share (the “Ordinary Shares”), and one right (“Right”) to receive one-tenth of an Ordinary Share upon the occurrence of certain events, representing a total of 4,000,000 Ordinary Shares and 4,000,000 Rights (entitling the holders to receive an aggregate of 400,000 Ordinary Shares), which the Company will sell to Cantor Fitzgerald & Co. (“Underwriter”), (ii) 600,000 units (the “Over-Allotment Units”), each unit identical to the units in the Firm Units, representing a total of 600,000 Ordinary Shares and 600,000 Rights (entitling the holders to receive an aggregate of 60,000 Ordinary Shares), which the Underwriter will have a right to purchase from the Company to cover over-allotments, if any, (iii) up to 110,000 units (the “Commission Units”) that may be sold to an affiliate of the Chief Executive Officer of the Company, (iv) all of the Ordinary Shares and Rights included in the Firm Units, Over-Allotment Units and Commission Units and (v) all of the Ordinary Shares issuable to the holders of the Rights included in the Firm Units, Over-Allotment Units and Commission Units.

 

We have examined such documents and considered such legal matters as we have deemed necessary and relevant as the basis for the opinion set forth below. With respect to such examination, we have assumed the genuineness of all signatures, the authenticity of all documents submitted to us as originals, the conformity to original documents of all documents submitted to us as reproduced or certified copies, and the authenticity of the originals of those latter documents. As to questions of fact material to this opinion, we have, to the extent deemed appropriate, relied upon certain representations of certain officers and employees of the Company.

 

Based upon the foregoing, we are of the opinion that:

 

1.         The Firm Units, Over-Allotment Units and Commission Units, when duly executed, issued and delivered against payment therefor in accordance with and in the manner described in the Registration Statement, will constitute legal, valid and binding obligations of the Company under the laws of the State of New York, enforceable against it in accordance with its terms, except (i) as limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium, and other laws of general application affecting enforcement of creditors’ rights generally and (ii) as limited by laws relating to the availability of specific performance, injunctive relief, or other equitable remedies.

 

2.         The Rights included in the Firm Units, Over-Allotment Units and Commission Units, when duly executed in accordance with the Rights Agreement and issued and delivered against payment therefor in accordance with and in the manner described in the Registration Statement, will constitute legal, valid and binding obligations of the Company under the laws of the State of New York, enforceable against it in accordance with its terms, except (i) as limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium, and other laws of general application affecting enforcement of creditors’ rights generally and (ii) as limited by laws relating to the availability of specific performance, injunctive relief, or other equitable remedies.

 

We hereby consent to the use of this opinion as an exhibit to the Registration Statement, to the use of our name as your counsel and to all references made to us in the Registration Statement and in the Prospectus forming a part thereof. In giving this consent, we do not hereby admit that we are in the category of persons whose consent is required under Section 7 of the Act, or the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

 

Very truly yours,

 

/s/ Graubard Miller

 

 

   

 

 

Exhibit 10.1

 

____________, 2015

 

E-compass Acquisition Corp.

6F/Tower, 2 West Prosper Centre

No.5, Guanghua Road

Chaoyang District

Beijing, 100020, P.R. China

 

Cantor Fitzgerald & Co.

499 Park Avenue

New York, New York 10022

 

Re:      Initial Public Offering

 

Gentlemen:

 

This letter is being delivered to you in accordance with the Underwriting Agreement (the “ Underwriting Agreement ”) entered into by and between E-compass Acquisition Corp., a Cayman Islands corporation (the “ Company ”), and Cantor Fitzgerald & Co., as Representative (the “ Representative ”) of the several Underwriters named in Schedule I thereto (the “ Underwriters ”), relating to an underwritten initial public offering (the “ IPO ”) of the Company’s units (the “ Units ”), each comprised of one ordinary share of the Company, par value $0.0001 per share (the “ Ordinary Shares ”), and one right (“ Right ”) to receive one-tenth of one Ordinary Share upon consummation of the Company’s initial Business Combination. Certain capitalized terms used herein are defined in paragraph 14 hereof.

 

In order to induce the Company and the Underwriters to enter into the Underwriting Agreement and to proceed with the IPO, and in recognition of the benefit that such IPO will confer upon the undersigned as a shareholder of the Company, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the undersigned hereby agrees with the Company as follows:

 

1.       If the Company solicits approval of its shareholders of a Business Combination, the undersigned will vote all Ordinary Shares beneficially owned by him, her or it, whether acquired before, in or after the IPO, in favor of such Business Combination.

 

 
 

 

2.      (a) In the event that the Company fails to consummate a Business Combination within 18 months from the closing of the Company’s IPO, the undersigned shall take all reasonable steps to (i) cause the Trust Fund to be liquidated and distributed to the holders of IPO Shares and (ii) cause the Company to liquidate as soon as reasonably practicable.

 

(b) The undersigned hereby waives any and all right, title, interest or claim of any kind in or to any distribution of the Trust Fund and any remaining net assets of the Company as a result of such liquidation with respect to his, her or its Insider Shares [or Private Units (and the underlying Ordinary Shares)] (“ Claim ”) and hereby waives any Claim the undersigned may have in the future as a result of, or arising out of, any contracts or agreements with the Company and will not seek recourse against the Trust Fund for any reason whatsoever. The undersigned acknowledges and agrees that there will be no distribution from the Trust Fund with respect to any Rights underlying the Private Units, all rights of which will terminate on the Company’s liquidation.

 

[(c) In the event of the liquidation of the Trust Fund, the undersigned agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Company against any and all loss, liability, claims, damage and expense whatsoever (including, but not limited to, any and all legal or other expenses reasonably incurred in investigating, preparing or defending against any litigation, whether pending or threatened, or any claim whatsoever) which the Company may become subject as a result of any claim by any vendor or other person who is owed money by the Company for services rendered or products sold or contracted for, but only to the extent necessary to ensure that such loss, liability, claim, damage or expense does not reduce the amount of funds in the Trust Fund; provided that such indemnity shall not apply if such vendor or other person has executed an agreement waiving any claims against the Trust Fund.] 1

 

[(d)  In the event that the Company does not consummate a Business Combination and must liquidate and its remaining net assets are insufficient to complete such liquidation, the undersigned agrees to advance such funds necessary to complete such liquidation and agrees not to seek repayment for such expenses.] 2

 

3.      The undersigned will escrow all of his, her or its Insider Shares pursuant to the terms of a Stock Escrow Agreement which the Company will enter into with the undersigned and an escrow agent acceptable to the Company.

 

 

1 To be included for Richard Xu and Chen Liu letters only.

2 To be included for Richard Xu and Chen Liu letters only.

 

2
 

 

[4.     The undersigned agrees that until the Company consummates a Business Combination, the undersigned’s Private Units will be subject to the transfer restrictions described in the Subscription Agreement relating to the undersigned’s Private Units.]

 

5.       In order to minimize potential conflicts of interest which may arise from multiple affiliations, the undersigned agrees to present to the Company for its consideration, prior to presentation to any other person or entity, any suitable opportunity to acquire a target business, until the earlier of the consummation by the Company of a Business Combination or the liquidation of the Company, subject to any pre-existing fiduciary and contractual obligations the undersigned might have.

 

6.       The undersigned acknowledges and agrees that prior to entering into a Business Combination with a target business that is affiliated with any Insiders of the Company or their affiliates, including any company that is a portfolio company of, or otherwise affiliated with, or has received financial investment from, an entity with which any Insider or their affiliates is affiliated, such transaction must be approved by a majority of the Company’s disinterested independent directors and the Company must obtain an opinion from an independent investment banking firm that such Business Combination is fair to the Company’s unaffiliated shareholders from a financial point of view.

 

7.       Neither the undersigned, any member of the family of the undersigned, nor any affiliate of the undersigned will be entitled to receive and will not accept any compensation or other cash payment prior to, or for services rendered in connection with, the consummation of the Business Combination[; provided that the Company shall be allowed to repay a non-interest bearing loan in an aggregate amount of $115,000 made to the Company by an affiliate of the undersigned to cover the IPO expenses] 3 ; provided [ further ] that the Company shall be allowed to repay working capital loans made by the undersigned to the Company in cash upon consummation of the Business Combination or, at the undersigned’s discretion, with respect to up to an aggregate of $500,000 of working capital loans from all lenders, by converting such loans into units at a price of $10.00 per unit, as more fully described in the Registration Statement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the undersigned and any affiliate of the undersigned shall be entitled to reimbursement from the Company for their out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with identifying, investigating and consummating a Business Combination.

 

8.       Neither the undersigned, any member of the family of the undersigned, nor any affiliate of the undersigned will be entitled to receive or accept a finder’s fee or any other compensation in the event the undersigned, any member of the family of the undersigned or any affiliate of the undersigned originates a Business Combination.

 

 

3 To be included for Richard Xu letter only.

 

3
 

 

9.       The undersigned agrees to be the _________ of the Company until the earlier of the consummation by the Company of a Business Combination or the liquidation of the Company. The undersigned’s biographical information previously furnished to the Company and the Representative is true and accurate in all material respects, does not omit any material information with respect to the undersigned’s biography and contains all of the information required to be disclosed pursuant to Item 401 of Regulation S-K, promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933. The undersigned’s FINRA Questionnaire previously furnished to the Company and the Representative is true and accurate in all material respects. The undersigned represents and warrants that:

 

  (a) he/she/it has never had a petition under the federal bankruptcy laws or any state insolvency law been filed by or against (i) him/her/it or any partnership in which he/she/it was a general partner at or within two years before the time of filing; or (ii) any corporation or business association of which he/she/it was an executive officer at or within two years before the time of such filing;

 

  (b) he/she/it has never had a receiver, fiscal agent or similar officer been appointed by a court for his/her/its business or property, or any such partnership;

 

  (c) he/she/it has never been convicted of fraud in a civil or criminal proceeding;

 

  (d) he/she/it/ has never been convicted in a criminal proceeding or named the subject of a pending criminal proceeding (excluding traffic violations and minor offenses);

 

  (e) he/she/it has never been the subject of any order, judgment or decree, not subsequently reversed, suspended or vacated, of any court of competent jurisdiction, permanently or temporarily enjoining or otherwise limiting him/her/it from (i) acting as a futures commission merchant, introducing broker, commodity trading advisor, commodity pool operator, floor broker, leverage transaction merchant, any other person regulated by the Commodity Futures Trading Commission (“CFTC”) or an associated person of any of the foregoing, or as an investment adviser, underwriter, broker or dealer in securities, or as an affiliated person, director or employee of any investment company, bank, savings and loan association or insurance company, or from engaging in or continuing any conduct or practice in connection with any such activity; or (ii) engaging in any type of business practice; or (iii) engaging in any activity in connection with the purchase or sale of any security or commodity or in connection with any violation of federal or state securities or federal commodities laws;

 

4
 

 

  (f) he/she/it has never been the subject of any order, judgment or decree, not subsequently reversed, suspended or vacated, of any federal or state authority barring, suspending or otherwise limiting for more than 60 days his/her/its right to engage in any activity described in 9(e)(i) above, or to be associated with persons engaged in any such activity;

 

  (g) he/she/it has never been found by a court of competent jurisdiction in a civil action or by the SEC to have violated any federal or state securities law, where the judgment in such civil action or finding by the SEC has not been subsequently reversed, suspended or vacated;

 

  (h) he/she/it has never been found by a court of competent jurisdiction in a civil action or by the CFTC to have violated any federal commodities law, where the judgment in such civil action or finding by the CFTC has not been subsequently reversed, suspended or vacated;

 

  (i) he/she/it has never been the subject of, or a party to, any Federal or State judicial or administrative order, judgment, decree or finding, not subsequently reversed, suspended or vacated, relating to an alleged violation of (i) any Federal or State securities or commodities law or regulation, (ii) any law or regulation respecting financial institutions or insurance companies including, but not limited to, a temporary or permanent injunction, order of disgorgement or restitution, civil money penalty or temporary or permanent cease-and desist order, or removal or prohibition order or (iii) any law or regulation prohibiting mail or wire fraud or fraud in connection with any business entity;

 

  (j) he/she/it has never been the subject of, or party to, any sanction or order, not subsequently reversed, suspended or vacated, or any self-regulatory organization, any registered entity, or any equivalent exchange, association, entity or organization that has disciplinary authority over its members or persons associated with a member;

 

  (k) he/she/it has never been convicted of any felony or misdemeanor: (i) in connection with the purchase or sale of any security; (ii) involving the making of any false filing with the SEC; or (iii) arising out of the conduct of the business of an underwriter, broker, dealer, municipal securities dealer, investment advisor or paid solicitor of purchasers of securities;

 

5
 

 

  (l) he/she/it was never subject to a final order of a state securities commission (or an agency of officer of a state performing like functions); a state authority that supervises or examines banks, savings associations, or credit unions; a state insurance commission (or an agency or officer of a state performing like functions); an appropriate federal banking agency; the CFTC; or the National Credit Union Administration that is based on a violation of any law or regulation that prohibits fraudulent, manipulative, or deceptive conduct;

 

  (m) he/she/it has never been subject to any order, judgment or decree of any court of competent jurisdiction, that, at the time of such sale, restrained or enjoined him/her/it from engaging or continuing to engage in any conduct or practice: (i) in connection with the purchase or sale of any security; (ii) involving the making of any false filing with the SEC; or (iii) arising out of the conduct of the business of an underwriter, broker, dealer, municipal securities dealer, investment adviser or paid solicitor of purchasers of securities;

 

  (n) he/she/it has never been subject to any order of the SEC that orders him/her/it to cease and desist from committing or causing a future violation of: (i) any scienter-based anti-fraud provision of the federal securities laws, including, but not limited to, Section 17(a)(1) of the Securities Act, Section 10(b) of the Exchange Act and Rule 10b-5 thereunder, and Section 206(1) of the Advisers Act or any other rule or regulation thereunder; or (ii) Section 5 of the Securities Act;

 

  (o) he/she/it has never been named as an underwriter in any registration statement or Regulation A offering statement filed with the SEC that was the subject of a refusal order, stop order, or order suspending the Regulation A exemption, or is, currently, the subject of an investigation or proceeding to determine whether a stop order or suspension order should be issued;

 

  (p) he/she/it has never been subject to a United States Postal Service false representation order, or is currently subject to a temporary restraining order or preliminary injunction with respect to conduct alleged by the United States Postal Service to constitute a scheme or device for obtaining money or property through the mail by means of false representations;

 

  (q) he/she/it is not subject to a final order of a state securities commission (or an agency of officer of a state performing like functions); a state authority that supervises or examines banks, savings associations, or credit unions; a state insurance commission (or an agency or officer of a state performing like functions); an appropriate federal banking agency; the CFTC; or the National Credit Union Administration that bars the undersigned from: (i) association with an entity regulated by such commission, authority, agency or officer; (ii) engaging in the business of securities, insurance or banking; or (iii) engaging in savings association or credit union activities;

 

6
 

 

  (r) he/she/it is not subject to an order of the SEC entered pursuant to section 15(b) or 15B(c) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “Exchange Act”) or section 203(e) or 203(f) of the Investment Advisers Act of 1940 (the “Advisers Act”) that: (i) suspends or revokes the undersigned’s registration as a broker, dealer, municipal securities dealer or investment adviser; (ii) places limitations on the activities, functions or operations of, or imposes civil money penalties on, such person; or (iii) bars the undersigned from being associated with any entity or from participating in the offering of any penny stock; and

 

  (s) he/she/it has never been suspended or expelled from membership in, or suspended or barred from association with a member of, a securities self-regulatory organization (e.g., a registered national securities exchange or a registered national or affiliated securities association) for any act or omission to act constituting conduct inconsistent with just and equitable principles of trade.

 

10.     The undersigned has full right and power, without violating any agreement by which he is bound, to enter into this letter agreement and to serve as _________ of the Company.

 

11.     The undersigned hereby waives his, her or its right to exercise conversion rights with respect to any Ordinary Shares owned or to be owned by the undersigned, directly or indirectly, whether purchased by the undersigned prior to the IPO, in the IPO or in the aftermarket, and agrees that he, she or it will not seek conversion with respect to or otherwise sell, such shares in connection with any vote to approve a Business Combination with respect thereto or a vote to amend the provisions of the Company’s Amended and Restated Memorandum and Articles of Association.

 

12.     The undersigned hereby agrees to not propose, or vote in favor of, an amendment to the Company’s Amended and Restated Memorandum and Articles of Association with respect to the Company’s pre-Business Combination activities prior to the consummation of a Business Combination unless the Company offers dissenting holders the right to receive their pro rata portion of the funds then held in the Trust Fund..

 

7
 

 

13.     In connection with Section 5-1401 of the General Obligations Law of the State of New York, this letter agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York without regard to principles of conflicts of law that would result in the application of the substantive law of another jurisdiction. The parties hereto agree that any action, proceeding or claim arising out of or relating in any way to this letter agreement shall be resolved through final and binding arbitration in accordance with the International Arbitration Rules of the American Arbitration Association (“AAA”). The arbitration shall be brought before the AAA International Center for Dispute Resolution’s offices in New York City, New York, will be conducted in English and will be decided by a panel of three arbitrators selected from the AAA Commercial Disputes Panel and that the arbitrator panel’s decision shall be final and enforceable by any court having jurisdiction over the party from whom enforcement is sought. The cost of such arbitrators and arbitration services, together with the prevailing party’s legal fees and expenses, shall be borne by the non-prevailing party or as otherwise directed by the arbitrators. The undersigned hereby appoints, without power of revocation, Graubard Miller 405 Lexington Avenue New York, New York 10174 Fax No.: (212) 818-8881 Attn: David Alan Miller, Esq., as its agent to accept and acknowledge on its behalf service of any and all process which may be served in any arbitration, action, proceeding or counterclaim in any way relating to or arising out of this letter agreement.

 

14.      As used herein, (i) a “ Business Combination ” shall mean a merger, share exchange, asset acquisition, stock purchase, recapitalization, reorganization or other similar business combination with one or more businesses or entities; (ii) “ Insiders ” shall mean all officers, directors and shareholders of the Company immediately prior to the IPO; (iii) “ Insider Shares ” shall mean all of the Ordinary Shares of the Company acquired by an Insider prior to the IPO; (iv) “ IPO Shares ” shall mean the Ordinary Shares issued in the Company’s IPO; (v) “ Private Units ” shall mean (x) the Units purchased in the private placement taking place simultaneously with the consummation of the Company’s IPO and (y) the additional Units that may be purchased to cover additional commissions that will be paid to the Underwriters upon the happening of certain events as described in the Registration Statement; (vi) “ Registration Statement ” means the registration statement on Form S-1 filed by the Company with respect to the IPO; and (vii) “ Trust Fund ” shall mean the trust fund into which a portion of the net proceeds of the Company’s IPO will be deposited.

 

15.      Any notice, consent or request to be given in connection with any of the terms or provisions of this letter agreement shall be in writing and shall be sent by express mail or similar private courier service, by certified mail (return receipt requested), by hand delivery or facsimile transmission.

 

If to the Representative:

 

Cantor Fitzgerald & Co.

499 Park Avenue

New York, New York 10022

Attn: General Counsel

Facsimile: (212) 829-4708

 

8
 

 

Copy (which copy shall not constitute notice) to:

 

Cantor Fitzgerald & Co.

499 Park Avenue

New York, New York 10022

Attn: Investment Banking Department

Facsimile: (212) 829-4708

 

Loeb & Loeb LLP

345 Park Avenue

New York, NY 10154

Attn: Mitchell S. Nussbaum, Esq.

Facsimile: (212) 504-3013

 

If to the Company:

 

E-compass Acquisition Corp.

6F/Tower, 2 West Prosper Centre

No.5, Guanghua Road

Chaoyang District

Beijing, 100020, P.R. China

Attn: Chief Executive Officer

Facsimile:

 

Copy (which copy shall not constitute notice) to:

 

Graubard Miller

The Chrysler Building

405 Lexington Avenue

New York, New York 10174

Attn: David Alan Miller, Esq.

Facsimile: (212) 818-8881

 

16.     No party hereto may assign either this letter agreement or any of its rights, interests, or obligations hereunder without the prior written consent of the other party. Any purported assignment in violation of this paragraph shall be void and ineffectual and shall not operate to transfer or assign any interest or title to the purported assignee. This letter agreement shall be binding on the parties hereto and any successors and assigns thereof.

 

9
 

 

17.    The undersigned acknowledges and understands that the Underwriters and the Company will rely upon the agreements, representations and warranties set forth herein in proceeding with the IPO.

 

   
  Print Name of Insider
   
   
  Signature

 

 

 

10

 

Exhibit 10.2

 

INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT TRUST AGREEMENT

 

This Agreement is made as of [________], 2015 by and between E-compass Acquisition Corp. (the “Company”) and Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company (“Trustee”).

 

WHEREAS, the Company’s registration statement on Form S-1, No. 333-204054 (“Registration Statement”) for its initial public offering of securities (“IPO”) has been declared effective as of the date hereof (“Effective Date”) by the Securities and Exchange Commission (capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined shall have the meanings set forth in the Registration Statement); and

 

WHEREAS, Cantor Fitzgerald & Co. (“Cantor Fitzgerald”) is acting as the underwriter in the IPO; and

 

WHEREAS, as described in the Registration Statement, and in accordance with the Company’s Amended and Restated Memorandum and Articles of Association, $37,700,000 of the gross proceeds of the IPO ($43,700,000 if the over-allotment option is exercised in full) and the net proceeds of a private placement of $3,100,000 taking place simultaneously therewith will be delivered to the Trustee to be deposited and held in a trust account for the benefit of the Company and the holders of the Company’s ordinary shares, par value $.0001 per share (“Ordinary Shares”), issued in the IPO as hereinafter provided (the proceeds to be delivered to the Trustee will be referred to herein as the “Property”; the shareholders for whose benefit the Trustee shall hold the Property will be referred to as the “Public Shareholders,” and the Public Shareholders and the Company will be referred to together as the “Beneficiaries”); and

 

WHEREAS, the Company and the Trustee desire to enter into this Agreement to set forth the terms and conditions pursuant to which the Trustee shall hold the Property;

 

IT IS AGREED:

 

1.           Agreements and Covenants of Trustee . The Trustee hereby agrees and covenants to:

 

(a)        Hold the Property in trust for the Beneficiaries in accordance with the terms of this Agreement in a segregated trust account (“Trust Account”) established by the Trustee at JP Morgan Chase Bank, NA in the United States, maintained by Trustee, and at a brokerage institution selected by the Trustee that is reasonably satisfactory to the Company;

 

(b)        Manage, supervise and administer the Trust Account subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein;

 

(c)        In a timely manner, upon the instruction of the Company, invest and reinvest the Property (i) in United States government treasury bills, notes or bonds having a maturity of 180 days or less and/or (ii) in money market funds meeting certain conditions under Rule 2a-7 promulgated under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, and that invest solely in U.S. treasuries, as determined by the Company;

 

1
 

 

(d)        Collect and receive, when due, all principal and income arising from the Property, which shall become part of the “Property,” as such term is used herein;

 

(e)        Notify the Company and Cantor Fitzgerald of all communications received by it with respect to any Property requiring action by the Company;

 

(f)        Supply any necessary information or documents as may be requested by the Company in connection with the Company’s preparation of its tax returns;

 

(g)        Participate in any plan or proceeding for protecting or enforcing any right or interest arising from the Property if, as and when instructed by the Company to do so;

 

(h)        Render to the Company monthly written statements of the activities of and amounts in the Trust Account reflecting all receipts and disbursements of the Trust Account; and

 

(i)        Commence liquidation of the Trust Account only after and promptly after receipt of, and only in accordance with, the terms of a letter (“Termination Letter”), in a form substantially similar to that attached hereto as either Exhibit A or Exhibit B, signed on behalf of the Company by its President, Chief Executive Officer or Chairman of the Board and Secretary or Assistant Secretary, affirmed by counsel for the Company and, in the case of a Termination Letter in a form substantially similar to that attached hereto as Exhibit A, acknowledged and agreed to by Cantor Fitzgerald, and complete the liquidation of the Trust Account and distribute the Property in the Trust Account only as directed in the Termination Letter and the other documents referred to therein; provided, however, that in the event that a Termination Letter has not been received by the Trustee by the 18-month anniversary of the closing of the IPO (“Last Date”), the Trust Account shall be liquidated in accordance with the procedures set forth in the Termination Letter attached as Exhibit B hereto and distributed to the Public Shareholders as of the Last Date. The provisions of this Section 1(i) may not be modified, amended or deleted under any circumstances.

 

2.         Limited Distributions of Income from Trust Account .

 

(a)        Upon written request from the Company, which may be given from time to time in a form substantially similar to that attached hereto as Exhibit C, the Trustee shall distribute to the Company the amount of interest income earned on the Trust Account requested by the Company to cover any income or other tax obligation owed by the Company as a result of such interest income.

 

2
 

 

(b)        Upon written request from the Company, which may be given from time to time in a form substantially similar to that attached hereto as Exhibit D, the Trustee shall distribute to the Company the amount of interest income earned on the Trust Account requested by the Company to cover expenses related to investigating and selecting a target business and other working capital requirements; provided, however, that the Company will not be allowed to withdraw interest income earned on the Trust A ccount unless there is an amount of interest income available in the Trust Account sufficient to pay the Company’s tax obligations on such interest income.

 

(c)        The limited distributions referred to in Sections 2(a) and 2(b) above shall be made only from income collected on the Property. Except as provided in Section 2(a), and 2(b) above, no other distributions from the Trust Account shall be permitted except in accordance with Section 1(i) hereof.

 

(d)        The Company shall provide Cantor Fitzgerald with a copy of any Termination Letters and/or any other correspondence that it issues to the Trustee with respect to any proposed withdrawal from the Trust Account promptly after such issuance.

 

3.         Agreements and Covenants of the Company . The Company hereby agrees and covenants to:

 

(a)        Give all instructions to the Trustee hereunder in writing, signed by the Company’s Chairman of the Board, Vice Chairman of the Board, Chief Executive Officer, President or Chief Financial Officer. In addition, except with respect to its duties under paragraphs 1(i), 2(a) and 2(b) above, the Trustee shall be entitled to rely on, and shall be protected in relying on, any verbal or telephonic advice or instruction which it in good faith believes to be given by any one of the persons authorized above to give written instructions, provided that the Company shall promptly confirm such instructions in writing;

 

(b)        Subject to the provisions of Sections 5 and 7(g) of this Agreement, hold the Trustee harmless and indemnify the Trustee from and against, any and all expenses, including reasonable counsel fees and disbursements, or loss suffered by the Trustee in connection with any claim, potential claim, action, suit or other proceeding brought against the Trustee involving any claim, or in connection with any claim or demand which in any way arises out of or relates to this Agreement, the services of the Trustee hereunder, or the Property or any income earned from investment of the Property, except for expenses and losses resulting from the Trustee’s gross negligence or willful misconduct. Promptly after the receipt by the Trustee of notice of demand or claim or the commencement of any action, suit or proceeding, pursuant to which the Trustee intends to seek indemnification under this paragraph, it shall notify the Company in writing of such claim (hereinafter referred to as the “Indemnified Claim”). The Trustee shall have the right to conduct and manage the defense against such Indemnified Claim, provided, that the Trustee shall obtain the consent of the Company with respect to the selection of counsel, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld. The Trustee may not agree to settle any Indemnified Claim without the prior written consent of the Company, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld. The Company may participate in such action with its own counsel;

 

3
 

 

(c)        Pay the Trustee an initial acceptance fee, an annual fee and a transaction processing fee for each disbursement made pursuant to Sections 2(a) and 2(b) as set forth on Schedule A hereto, which fees shall be subject to modification by the parties from time to time. It is expressly understood that the Property shall not be used to pay such fees and further agreed that any fees owed to the Trustee shall be deducted by the Trustee from the disbursements made to the Company pursuant to Sections 1(i) solely in connection with the consummation of a Business Combination, or pursuant to Section 2(b). The Company shall pay the Trustee the initial acceptance fee and first year’s fee at the consummation of the IPO and thereafter on the anniversary of the Effective Date;

 

(d)        In connection with any vote of the Company’s shareholders regarding a Business Combination, provide to the Trustee an affidavit or certificate of a firm regularly engaged in the business of soliciting proxies and/or tabulating shareholder votes verifying the vote of the Company’s shareholders regarding such Business Combination; and

 

(e)        In the event that the Company directs the Trustee to commence liquidation of the Trust Account pursuant to Section 1(i), the Company agrees that it will not direct the Trustee to make any payments that are not specifically authorized by this Agreement.

  

4.         Limitations of Liability . The Trustee shall have no responsibility or liability to:

 

(a)        Take any action with respect to the Property, other than as directed in paragraphs 1 and 2 hereof and the Trustee shall have no liability to any party except for liability arising out of its own gross negligence or willful misconduct;

 

(b)        Institute any proceeding for the collection of any principal and income arising from, or institute, appear in or defend any proceeding of any kind with respect to, any of the Property unless and until it shall have received instructions from the Company given as provided herein to do so and the Company shall have advanced or guaranteed to it funds sufficient to pay any expenses incident thereto;

 

(c)        Change the investment of any Property, other than in compliance with paragraph 1(c);

 

(d)        Refund any depreciation in principal of any Property;

 

(e)        Assume that the authority of any person designated by the Company to give instructions hereunder shall not be continuing unless provided otherwise in such designation, or unless the Company shall have delivered a written revocation of such authority to the Trustee;

 

4
 

 

(f)        The other parties hereto or to anyone else for any action taken or omitted by it, or any action suffered by it to be taken or omitted, in good faith and in the exercise of its own best judgment, except for its gross negligence or willful misconduct. The Trustee may rely conclusively and shall be protected in acting upon any order, notice, demand, certificate, opinion or advice of counsel (including counsel chosen by the Trustee), statement, instrument, report or other paper or document (not only as to its due execution and the validity and effectiveness of its provisions, but also as to the truth and acceptability of any information therein contained) which is believed by the Trustee, in good faith, to be genuine and to be signed or presented by the proper person or persons. The Trustee shall not be bound by any notice or demand, or any waiver, modification, termination or rescission of this Agreement or any of the terms hereof, unless evidenced by a written instrument delivered to the Trustee signed by the proper party or parties and, if the duties or rights of the Trustee are affected, unless it shall give its prior written consent thereto;

 

(g)        Verify the correctness of the information set forth in the Registration Statement or to confirm or assure that any acquisition made by the Company or any other action taken by it is as contemplated by the Registration Statement; and

 

(h)        File local, state and/or federal tax returns or information returns with any taxing authority on behalf of the Trust Account and payee statements with the Company documenting the taxes, if any, payable by the Company or the Trust Account, relating to the income earned on the Property.

 

(i)        Pay any taxes on behalf of the Trust Account (it being expressly understood that the Property shall not be used to pay any such taxes and that such taxes, if any, shall be paid by the Company from funds not held in the Trust Account or released to it under Section 2(a) hereof).

 

(j)        Imply obligations, perform duties, inquire or otherwise be subject to the provisions of any agreement or document other than this agreement and that which is expressly set forth herein.

 

(k)        Verify calculations, qualify or otherwise approve Company requests for distributions pursuant to Section 1(i), 2(a) or 2(b) above.

 

5.         Trust Account Waiver . The Trustee has no right of set-off or any right, title, interest or claim of any kind (“Claim”) to, or to any monies in, the Trust Account, and hereby irrevocably waives any Claim to, or to any monies in, the Trust Account that it may have now or in the future. In the event the Trustee has any Claim against the Company under this Agreement, including, without limitation, under Section 3(b) or Section 3(c) hereof, the Trustee shall pursue such Claim solely against the Company and its assets outside the Trust Account and not against the Property or any monies in the Trust Account.

 

5
 

 

6.         Termination . This Agreement shall terminate as follows:

 

(a)        If the Trustee gives written notice to the Company that it desires to resign under this Agreement, the Company shall use its reasonable efforts to locate a successor trustee during which time the Trustee shall act in accordance with this Agreement. At such time that the Company notifies the Trustee that a successor trustee has been appointed by the Company and has agreed to become subject to the terms of this Agreement, the Trustee shall transfer the management of the Trust Account to the successor trustee, including but not limited to the transfer of copies of the reports and statements relating to the Trust Account, whereupon this Agreement shall terminate; provided, however, that, in the event that the Company does not locate a successor trustee within ninety days of receipt of the resignation notice from the Trustee, the Trustee may submit an application to have the Property deposited with any court in the State of New York or with the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York and upon such deposit, the Trustee shall be immune from any liability whatsoever; or

 

(b)        At such time that the Trustee has completed the liquidation of the Trust Account in accordance with the provisions of paragraph 1(i) hereof, and distributed the Property in accordance with the provisions of the Termination Letter, this Agreement shall terminate except with respect to Paragraph 3(b).

 

7.         Miscellaneous .

 

(a)        The Company and the Trustee each acknowledge that the Trustee will follow the security procedures set forth below with respect to funds transferred from the Trust Account. The Company and the Trustee will each restrict access to confidential information relating to such security procedures to authorized persons. Each party must notify the other party immediately if it has reason to believe unauthorized persons may have obtained access to such information, or of any change in its authorized personnel. In executing funds transfers, the Trustee will rely upon all information supplied to it by the Company, including account names, account numbers and all other identifying information relating to a beneficiary, beneficiary’s bank or intermediary bank. The Trustee shall not be liable for any loss, liability or expense resulting from any error in the information or transmission of the wire.

 

(b)        This Agreement shall be governed by and construed and enforced in accordance with the laws of the State of New York, without giving effect to conflicts of law principles that would result in the application of the substantive laws of another jurisdiction. It may be executed in several original or facsimile counterparts, each one of which shall constitute an original, and together shall constitute but one instrument.

 

(c)        This Agreement contains the entire agreement and understanding of the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof. Except for Section 1(i) (which may not be amended under any circumstances), this Agreement or any provision hereof may only be changed, amended or modified by a writing signed by each of the parties hereto; provided, however, that no such change, amendment or modification may be made without the prior written consent of Cantor Fitzgerald. As to any claim, cross-claim or counterclaim in any way relating to this Agreement, each party waives the right to trial by jury. The Trustee may require from Company counsel an opinion as to the propriety of any proposed amendment.

 

6
 

 

(d)        The parties hereto consent to the jurisdiction and venue of any state or federal court located in the City of New York, Borough of Manhattan, for purposes of resolving any disputes hereunder.

 

(e)        Any notice, consent or request to be given in connection with any of the terms or provisions of this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be sent by express mail or similar private courier service, by certified mail (return receipt requested), by hand delivery or by facsimile transmission:

 

if to the Trustee, to:

 

Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company

17 Battery Place

New York, New York 10004

Attn: Steven G. Nelson, Chairman, and Frank A. DiPaolo, CFO

Fax No.: (212) 509-5150

 

if to the Company, to:

 

E-compass Acquisition Corp.

6F/Tower, 2 West Prosper Centre

No.5, Guanghua Road

Chaoyang District

Beijing, 100020, P.R. China

Attn: Richard Xu, Chairman and Chief Executive Officer

Fax No.: (___) ___-____

 

in either case with a copy (which copy shall not constitute notice) to:

 

Cantor Fitzgerald & Co.

499 Park Avenue

New York, New York 10022

Attn: General Counsel and Investment Banking Department

Facsimile: (212) 829-4708

 

and

 

Loeb & Loeb LLP

345 Park Avenue

New York, New York 10154

Attn: Mitchell S. Nussbaum, Esq.

Fax No.: (212) 407-4990 

 

7
 

 

(f)        This Agreement may not be assigned by the Trustee without the prior consent of the Company.

 

(g)        Each of the Trustee and the Company hereby represents that it has the full right and power and has been duly authorized to enter into this Agreement and to perform its respective obligations as contemplated hereunder.

 

(h)        Each of the Company and the Trustee hereby acknowledge that Cantor Fitzgerald is a third party beneficiary of this Agreement.

 

[Signature Page Follows]

 

8
 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have duly executed this Investment Management Trust Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

  CONTINENTAL STOCK TRANSFER & TRUST COMPANY, as Trustee
     
  By:  
    Name:  Frank A. Di Paolo
    Title:  Trust Officer
     
  E-COMPASS ACQUISITION CORP.
     
  By:  
    Name:
    Title:

 

9
 

 

SCHEDULE A

 

Fee Item Time and method of payment   Amount
Initial acceptance fee   Initial closing of IPO by wire transfer   [$2,000]
         
Annual fee   First year, initial closing of IPO by wire transfer; thereafter on the anniversary of the effective date of the IPO by wire transfer or check   [$10,000]
         
Transaction processing fee for disbursements to Company under Section 2   Deduction by Trustee from accumulated income following disbursement made to Company under Section 2   [$250]
         
Paying Agent services as required pursuant to section 1(i)   Billed to Company upon delivery of service pursuant to section 1(i)  

Prevailing rates

 

 

10
 

 

EXHIBIT A

 

[Letterhead of Company]

 

                      [Insert date]

 

Continental Stock Transfer

& Trust Company

17 Battery Place

New York, New York 10004

Attn: Steven Nelson and Frank DiPaolo

 

Re:         Trust Account No. XXXXX - Termination Letter

 

Gentlemen:

 

Pursuant to paragraph 1(i) of the Investment Management Trust Agreement between E-compass Acquisition Corp. (“Company”) and Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company (“Trustee”), dated as of [________], 2015 (“Trust Agreement”), this is to advise you that the Company has entered into an agreement with [__________________] (“Target Business”) to consummate a business combination with Target Business (“Business Combination”) on or about [insert date] . The Company shall notify you at least 48 hours in advance of the actual date of the consummation of the Business Combination (“Consummation Date”). Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined shall have the meanings set forth in the Trust Agreement.

 

In accordance with the terms of the Trust Agreement, we hereby authorize you to liquidate the Trust Account investments on [__________] and to transfer the proceeds to the above-referenced account at [            ] to the effect that, on the Consummation Date, all of funds held in the Trust Account will be immediately available for transfer to the account or accounts that the Company shall direct on the Consummation Date. It is acknowledged and agreed that while the funds are on deposit in the trust account awaiting distribution, the Company will not earn any interest or dividends.

 

On the Consummation Date (i) counsel for the Company shall deliver to you written notification that the Business Combination has been consummated and (ii) the Company shall deliver to you (a) [an affidavit] [a certificate] of [__________________], which verifies the vote of the Company’s shareholders in connection with the Business Combination if a vote is held and (b) joint written instructions from the Company and Cantor Fitzgerald & Co. with respect to the transfer of the funds held in the Trust Account (“Instruction Letter”). You are hereby directed and authorized to transfer the funds held in the Trust Account immediately upon your receipt of the counsel's letter and the Instruction Letter, in accordance with the terms of the Instruction Letter. In the event that certain deposits held in the Trust Account may not be liquidated by the Consummation Date without penalty, you will notify the Company of the same and the Company shall direct you as to whether such funds should remain in the Trust Account and distributed after the Consummation Date to the Company. Upon the distribution of all the funds in the Trust Account pursuant to the terms hereof, the Trust Agreement shall be terminated.

 

11
 

 

In the event that the Business Combination is not consummated on the Consummation Date described in the notice thereof and we have not notified you on or before the original Consummation Date of a new Consummation Date, then upon receipt by the Trustee of written instructions from the Company, the funds held in the Trust Account shall be reinvested as provided in the Trust Agreement on the business day immediately following the Consummation Date as set forth in the notice.

 

  Very truly yours,
   
  E-COMPASS ACQUISITION CORP.
     
  By:  
    Richard Xu, Chairman of the Board
     
  By:  
    Chen Liu, President

 

AGREED TO AND

ACKNOWLEDGED BY

 

CANTOR FITZGERALD & CO.

 

By:    

 

12
 

 

EXHIBIT B

 

[Letterhead of Company]

 

                      [Insert date]

 

Continental Stock Transfer

& Trust Company

17 Battery Place

New York, New York 10004

Attn: Steven Nelson and Frank DiPaolo

 

Re:         Trust Account No. XXXXX - Termination Letter

 

Gentlemen:

 

Pursuant to paragraph 1(i) of the Investment Management Trust Agreement between E-compass Acquisition Corp. (“Company”) and Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company (“Trustee”), dated as of [________], 2015 (“Trust Agreement”), this is to advise you that the Company has been unable to effect a Business Combination with a Target Company within the time frame specified in the Company’s Amended and Restated Memorandum and Articles of Association, as described in the Company’s prospectus relating to its IPO. Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined shall have the meanings set forth in the Trust Agreement.

 

In accordance with the terms of the Trust Agreement, we hereby authorize you to liquidate all the Trust Account investments on [______________] and to transfer the total proceeds to the Trust Checking Account at [            ] to await distribution to the Public Shareholders. The Company has selected [____________, 20__] as the record date for the purpose of determining the Public Shareholders entitled to receive their share of the liquidation proceeds. It is acknowledged that no interest will be earned by the Company on the liquidation proceeds while on deposit in the Trust Checking Account. You agree to be the Paying Agent of record and in your separate capacity as Paying Agent, to distribute said funds directly to the Public Shareholders in accordance with the terms of the Trust Agreement and the Amended and Restated Memorandum and Articles of Association of the Company. Upon the distribution of all the funds in the Trust Account, your obligations under the Trust Agreement shall be terminated.

 

  Very truly yours,
   
  E-COMPASS ACQUISITION CORP.
     
  By:  
    Richard Xu, Chairman of the Board
     
  By:  
    Chen Liu, President

 

cc: Cantor Fitzgerald & Co.

 

13
 

 

EXHIBIT C

 

[Letterhead of Company]

 

                      [Insert date]

 

Continental Stock Transfer

& Trust Company

17 Battery Place

New York, New York 10004

Attn: Frank Di Paolo and Cynthia Jordan

 

Re:         Trust Account No. XXXXX

 

Gentlemen:

 

Pursuant to paragraph 2(a) of the Investment Management Trust Agreement between E-compass Acquisition Corp. (“Company”) and Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company (“Trustee”), dated as of [________], 2015 (“Trust Agreement”), the Company hereby requests that you deliver to the Company [$_______] of the interest income earned on the Property as of the date hereof. The Company needs such funds to pay for its tax obligations as a result of such interest income. In accordance with the terms of the Trust Agreement, you are hereby directed and authorized to transfer (via wire transfer) such funds promptly upon your receipt of this letter to the Company’s operating account at:

 

[WIRE INSTRUCTION INFORMATION]

 

  E-COMPASS ACQUISITION CORP.
     
  By:  
    Richard Xu, Chairman of the Board
     
  By:  
    Chen Liu, President

 

cc: Cantor Fitzgerald & Co.

 

14
 

 

EXHIBIT D

 

[Letterhead of Company]

 

                      [Insert date]

 

Continental Stock Transfer

& Trust Company

17 Battery Place

New York, New York 10004

Attn: Frank Di Paolo and Cynthia Jordan

 

Re:         Trust Account No. XXXXX

 

Gentlemen:

 

Pursuant to paragraph 2(b) of the Investment Management Trust Agreement between E-compass Acquisition Corp. (“Company”) and Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company (“Trustee”), dated as of [________], 2015 (“Trust Agreement”), the Company hereby requests that you deliver to the Company [$_______] of the interest income earned on the Property as of the date hereof. The Company needs such funds to cover its expenses relating to investigating and selecting a target business and other working capital requirements. In accordance with the terms of the Trust Agreement, you are hereby directed and authorized to transfer (via wire transfer) such funds promptly upon your receipt of this letter to the Company’s operating account at:

 

[WIRE INSTRUCTION INFORMATION]

 

  Very truly yours,
   
  E-COMPASS ACQUISITION CORP.
     
  By:  
    Richard Xu, Chairman of the Board
     
  By:  
    Chen Liu, President

 

cc: Cantor Fitzgerald & Co.

 

 

15

 

 

Exhibit 10.3

 

STOCK ESCROW AGREEMENT

 

STOCK ESCROW AGREEMENT, dated as of [________], 2015 (“Agreement”), by and among E-COMPASS ACQUISITION CORP., a Cayman Islands corporation (“Company”), LODESTAR INVESTMENT HOLDINGS I LLC, HANDY GLOBAL LIMITED, CLASSICAL SKY LIMITED and CARNELIAN BAY CAPITAL INC. (collectively “Initial Shareholders”) and CONTINENTAL STOCK TRANSFER & TRUST COMPANY, a New York corporation (“Escrow Agent”).

 

WHEREAS, the Company has entered into an Underwriting Agreement, dated as of [________], 2015 (“Underwriting Agreement”), with Cantor Fitzgerald & Co. (the “Underwriter”), pursuant to which, among other matters, the Underwriter has agreed to purchase 4,000,000 units (“Units”) of the Company, plus an additional 600,000 Units if the Underwriter exercises its over-allotment option in full. Each Unit consists of one ordinary share of the Company, par value $0.0001 per share (“Ordinary Shares”), and one right (“Right”) to receive one-tenth of one Ordinary Share upon the Company’s initial business combination, all as more fully described in the Company’s final Prospectus, dated [________], 2015 (“Prospectus”), comprising part of the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-204054) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (“Registration Statement”), declared effective on [________], 2015 (“Effective Date”).

 

WHEREAS, the Initial Shareholders have agreed as a condition of the sale of the Units to deposit their Ordinary shares of the Company, as set forth opposite their respective names in Exhibit A attached hereto (collectively “Escrow Shares”), in escrow as hereinafter provided.

 

WHEREAS, the Company and the Initial Shareholders desire that the Escrow Agent accept the Escrow Shares, in escrow, to be held and disbursed as hereinafter provided.

 

IT IS AGREED:

 

1.      Appointment of Escrow Agent . The Company and the Initial Shareholders hereby appoint the Escrow Agent to act in accordance with and subject to the terms of this Agreement and the Escrow Agent hereby accepts such appointment and agrees to act in accordance with and subject to such terms.

 

2.      Deposit of Escrow Shares . On or prior to the date hereof, each of the Initial Shareholders delivered to the Escrow Agent certificates representing such Initial Shareholder’s respective Escrow Shares, together with applicable share powers, to be held and disbursed subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement. Each of the Initial Shareholders acknowledges that the certificate representing such Initial Shareholder’s Escrow Shares is legended to reflect the deposit of such Escrow Shares under this Agreement.

 

 
 

 

3.      Disbursement of the Escrow Shares .

 

3.1     The Escrow Agent shall hold the Escrow Shares during the period (the “Escrow Period”) commencing on the date hereof and (i) for 50% of the Escrow Shares, ending on the earlier of (x) one year after the date of the consummation of the Company’s initial business combination (as described in the Registration Statement, hereinafter a “Business Combination”) and (y) the date on which the closing price of the Company’s Ordinary Shares equals or exceeds $13.00 per share (as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, reorganizations and recapitalizations) for any 20 trading days within any 30-trading day period commencing after the Company’s initial Business Combination and (ii) for the remaining 50% of the Escrow Shares, ending one year after the date of the consummation of an initial Business Combination. The Company shall promptly provide notice of the consummation of a Business Combination to the Escrow Agent. Upon completion of the Escrow Period, the Escrow Agent shall disburse such amount of each Initial Shareholder’s Escrow Shares (and any applicable share power) to such Initial Shareholder; provided, however, that if the Escrow Agent is notified by the Company pursuant to Section 6.7 hereof that the Company is being liquidated at any time during the Escrow Period, then the Escrow Agent shall promptly destroy the certificates representing the Escrow Shares; provided further, however, that if, within one year after the Company consummates a Business Combination, the Company (or the surviving entity) subsequently consummates a liquidation, merger, stock exchange or other similar transaction which results in all of the shareholders of such entity having the right to exchange their Ordinary Shares for cash, securities or other property, then the Escrow Agent will, upon receipt of a notice executed by the Chairman of the Board, Chief Executive Officer or other authorized officer of the Company, in form reasonably acceptable to the Escrow Agent, certifying that such transaction is then being consummated or such conditions have been achieved, as applicable, release the Escrow Shares to the Initial Shareholders. The Escrow Agent shall have no further duties hereunder after the disbursement or destruction of the Escrow Shares in accordance with this Section 3.

 

3.2     Notwithstanding Section 3.1, if the Underwriter does not exercise its over-allotment option to purchase an additional 600,000 Units of the Company in full within 45 days of the date of the Prospectus (as described in the Underwriting Agreement), the Initial Shareholders agree that the Escrow Agent shall return to the Company for cancellation, at no cost, the number of Escrow Shares held by each such holder determined by multiplying (a) the product of (i) 150,000, multiplied by (ii) a fraction, (x) the numerator of which is the number of Escrow Shares held by each such holder, and (y) the denominator of which is the total number of Escrow Shares, by (b) a fraction, (i) the numerator of which is 600,000 minus the number of Ordinary Shares purchased by the Underwriter upon the exercise of its over-allotment option, and (ii) the denominator of which is 600,000. The Company shall promptly provide notice to the Escrow Agent of the expiration or termination of the Underwriter’s over-allotment option and the number of Units, if any, purchased by the Underwriter in connection with their exercise thereof.

 

2
 

 

4.      Rights of Initial Shareholders in Escrow Shares .

 

4.1      Voting Rights as a Shareholder . Subject to the terms of the Insider Letters described in Section 4.4 hereof and except as herein provided, the Initial Shareholders shall retain all of their rights as shareholders of the Company during the Escrow Period, including, without limitation, the right to vote such shares.

 

4.2      Dividends and Other Distributions in Respect of the Escrow Shares . During the Escrow Period, all dividends payable in cash with respect to the Escrow Shares shall be paid to the Initial Shareholders, but all dividends payable in stock or other non-cash property (“Non-Cash Dividends”) shall be delivered to the Escrow Agent to hold in accordance with the terms hereof. As used herein, the term “Escrow Shares” shall be deemed to include the Non-Cash Dividends distributed thereon, if any.

 

4.3      Restrictions on Transfer . During the Escrow Period, the only permitted transfers of the Escrow Shares will be (i) if the Initial Shareholder is an entity, as a distribution to partners, members or shareholders of the Initial Shareholder upon the liquidation and dissolution of the Initial Shareholder, (ii) by bona fide gift to a member of the Initial Shareholder’s immediate family or to a trust, the beneficiary of which is the Initial Shareholder or a member of the Initial Shareholder’s immediate family for estate planning purposes, (iii) by virtue of the laws of descent and distribution upon death of the Initial Shareholder, (iv) pursuant to a qualified domestic relations order, (v) by certain pledges to secure obligations incurred in connection with purchases of the Company’s securities, (vi) by private sales at prices no greater than the price at which the Escrow Shares were originally purchased or (vii) to the Company for cancellation in accordance with Section 3.2 above or in connection with the consummation of a Business Combination, in each case, except for clause (vii), on the condition that such transfers may be implemented only upon the respective transferee’s written agreement to be bound by the terms and conditions of this Agreement and of the Insider Letter (as defined below) signed by the Initial Shareholder transferring the Escrow Shares.

 

4.4      Insider Letters . Each of the Initial Shareholders has executed a letter agreement with the Underwriter and the Company, dated as indicated on Exhibit A hereto, and the form of which is filed as an exhibit to the Registration Statement (“Insider Letter”), respecting the rights and obligations of such Initial Shareholder in certain events, including but not limited to the liquidation of the Company.

 

5.      Concerning the Escrow Agent .

 

5.1      Good Faith Reliance . The Escrow Agent shall not be liable for any action taken or omitted by it in good faith and in the exercise of its own best judgment, and may rely conclusively and shall be protected in acting upon any order, notice, demand, certificate, opinion or advice of counsel (including counsel chosen by the Escrow Agent), statement, instrument, report or other paper or document (not only as to its due execution and the validity and effectiveness of its provisions, but also as to the truth and acceptability of any information therein contained) which is believed by the Escrow Agent to be genuine and to be signed or presented by the proper person or persons. The Escrow Agent shall not be bound by any notice or demand, or any waiver, modification, termination or rescission of this Agreement unless evidenced by a writing delivered to the Escrow Agent signed by the proper party or parties and, if the duties or rights of the Escrow Agent are affected, unless it shall have given its prior written consent thereto.

 

3
 

 

5.2      Indemnification . The Escrow Agent shall be indemnified and held harmless by the Company from and against any expenses, including counsel fees and disbursements, or loss suffered by the Escrow Agent in connection with any action, suit or other proceeding involving any claim which in any way, directly or indirectly, arises out of or relates to this Agreement, the services of the Escrow Agent hereunder, or the Escrow Shares held by it hereunder, other than expenses or losses arising from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of the Escrow Agent. Promptly after the receipt by the Escrow Agent of notice of any demand or claim or the commencement of any action, suit or proceeding, the Escrow Agent shall notify the other parties hereto in writing. In the event of the receipt of such notice, the Escrow Agent, in its sole discretion, may commence an action in the nature of interpleader in an appropriate court to determine ownership or disposition of the Escrow Shares or it may deposit the Escrow Shares with the clerk of any appropriate court or it may retain the Escrow Shares pending receipt of a final, non appealable order of a court having jurisdiction over all of the parties hereto directing to whom and under what circumstances the Escrow Shares are to be disbursed and delivered. The provisions of this Section 5.2 shall survive in the event the Escrow Agent resigns or is discharged pursuant to Sections 5.5 or 5.6 below.

 

5.3      Compensation . The Escrow Agent shall be entitled to reasonable compensation from the Company for all services rendered by it hereunder. The Escrow Agent shall also be entitled to reimbursement from the Company for all expenses paid or incurred by it in the administration of its duties hereunder including, but not limited to, all counsel, advisors’ and agents’ fees and disbursements and all taxes or other governmental charges.

 

5.4      Further Assurances . From time to time on and after the date hereof, the Company and the Initial Shareholders shall deliver or cause to be delivered to the Escrow Agent such further documents and instruments and shall do or cause to be done such further acts as the Escrow Agent shall reasonably request to carry out more effectively the provisions and purposes of this Agreement, to evidence compliance herewith or to assure itself that it is protected in acting hereunder.

 

5.5      Resignation . The Escrow Agent may resign at any time and be discharged from its duties as escrow agent hereunder by its giving the other parties hereto written notice and such resignation shall become effective as hereinafter provided. Such resignation shall become effective at such time that the Escrow Agent shall turn over to a successor escrow agent appointed by the Company, the Escrow Shares held hereunder. If no new escrow agent is so appointed within the 60 day period following the giving of such notice of resignation, the Escrow Agent may deposit the Escrow Shares with any court it reasonably deems appropriate.

 

5.6      Discharge of Escrow Agent . The Escrow Agent shall resign and be discharged from its duties as escrow agent hereunder if so requested in writing at any time by the other parties hereto, jointly, provided, however, that such resignation shall become effective only upon acceptance of appointment by a successor escrow agent as provided in Section 5.5.

 

4
 

 

5.7      Liability . Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the Escrow Agent shall not be relieved from liability hereunder for its own gross negligence or its own willful misconduct.

 

5.8      Waiver . The Escrow Agent hereby waives any right of set-off or any other right, title, interest or claim of any kind (“Claim”) in, or to any distribution of, the Trust Account (as defined in that certain Investment Management Trust Agreement, dated as of the date hereof, by and between the Company and the Escrow Agent as trustee thereunder) and hereby agrees not to seek recourse, reimbursement, payment or satisfaction for any Claim against the Trust Account for any reason whatsoever.

 

6.      Miscellaneous .

 

6.1      Governing Law . This Agreement shall for all purposes be deemed to be made under and shall be construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York, without giving effect to conflicts of law principles that would result in the application of the substantive laws of another jurisdiction.

 

6.2      Third Party Beneficiaries . Each of the Initial Shareholders hereby acknowledges that the Underwriter is a third party beneficiary of this Agreement and this Agreement may not be modified or changed without the prior written consent of the Underwriter.

 

6.3      Entire Agreement . This Agreement contains the entire agreement of the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and, except as expressly provided herein, may not be changed or modified except by an instrument in writing signed by the party to the charged.

 

6.4      Headings . The headings contained in this Agreement are for reference purposes only and shall not affect in any way the meaning or interpretation thereof.

 

6.5      Binding Effect . This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the respective parties hereto and their legal representatives, successors and assigns.

 

6.6      Notices . Any notice or other communication required or which may be given hereunder shall be in writing and either be delivered personally or be mailed, certified or registered mail, or by private national courier service, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, and shall be deemed given when so delivered personally or, if mailed, two days after the date of mailing, as follows:

 

If to the Company, to:

 

E-compass Acquisition Corp.

6F/Tower, 2 West Prosper Centre

No.5, Guanghua Road

Chaoyang District

Beijing, 100020, P.R. China

Attn: Richard Xu, Chairman and Chief Executive Officer

 

5
 

 

If to a Shareholder, to his address set forth in Exhibit A.

 

and if to the Escrow Agent, to:

 

Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company

17 Battery Place

New York, New York 10004

Attn: Chairman

 

A copy (which copy shall not constitute notice) sent hereunder shall be sent to:

 

Cantor Fitzgerald & Co.

499 Park Avenue

New York, New York 10022

Attn: General Counsel and Investment Banking Department

Facsimile: (212) 829-4708

 

and:

 

Graubard Miller

The Chrysler Building

405 Lexington Avenue

New York, New York 10174

Attn: David Alan Miller, Esq.

 

and:

 

Loeb & Loeb LLP

345 Park Avenue

New York, New York 10154

Attn: Mitchell S. Nussbaum, Esq.

 

The parties may change the persons and addresses to which the notices or other communications are to be sent by giving written notice to any such change in the manner provided herein for giving notice.

 

6.7      Liquidation of the Company . The Company shall give the Escrow Agent written notification of the liquidation and dissolution of the Company in the event that the Company fails to consummate a Business Combination within the time period specified in the Prospectus.

 

[Signature Page Follows]

 

6
 

 

WITNESS the execution of this Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

  COMPANY:
     
  E-COMPASS ACQUISITION CORP.
     
  By:  
  Name: 
  Title: 
     
  INITIAL SHAREHOLDERS:
     
  LODESTAR INVESTMENT HOLDINGS I LLC
     
  By:  
  Name: 
  Title: 
     
  HANDY GLOBAL LIMITED
     
  By:  
  Name: 
  Title: 
     
  CLASSICAL SKY LIMITED
     
  By:  
  Name: 
  Title: 
     
  CARNELIAN BAY CAPITAL INC.
     
  By:  
  Name: 
  Title: 
     
  CONTINENTAL STOCK TRANSFER & TRUST COMPANY
     
  By:  
  Name: 
  Title: 

 

7
 

 

EXHIBIT A

 

Name and Address of

Initial Shareholder

 

Number

of Shares

 

Share

Certificate Number

 

Date of

Insider Letter

             

Lodestar Investment Holdings I LLC

c/o E-compass Acquisition Corp.

6F/Tower, 2 West Prosper Centre

No.5, Guanghua Road

Chaoyang District

Beijing, 100020, P.R. China

  460,000   [_]   [______], 2015
             

Handy Global Limited

c/o E-compass Acquisition Corp.

6F/Tower, 2 West Prosper Centre

No.5, Guanghua Road

Chaoyang District

Beijing, 100020, P.R. China

  460,000   [_]   [______], 2015
             

Classical Sky Limited

c/o E-compass Acquisition Corp.

6F/Tower, 2 West Prosper Centre

No.5, Guanghua Road

Chaoyang District

Beijing, 100020, P.R. China

  115,000   [_]   [______], 2015
             

Carnelian Bay Capital Inc.

c/o E-compass Acquisition Corp.

6F/Tower, 2 West Prosper Centre

No.5, Guanghua Road

Chaoyang District

Beijing, 100020, P.R. China

  86,250   [_]   [______], 2015

 

 

 

Exhibit 10.5

 

REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 

THIS REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”) is entered into as of the [__] day of [________], 2015, by and among E-compass Acquisition Corp., a Cayman Islands corporation (the “ Company ”) and the undersigned parties listed under Investor on the signature page hereto (each, an “Investor” and collectively, the “ Investors ”).

 

WHEREAS, the Investors and the Company desire to enter into this Agreement to provide the Investors with certain rights relating to the registration of the securities held by them as of the date hereof;

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements set forth herein, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:

 

1.           DEFINITIONS . The following capitalized terms used herein have the following meanings:

 

Agreement ” means this Agreement, as amended, restated, supplemented, or otherwise modified from time to time.

 

Business Combination ” means the acquisition of direct or indirect ownership through a merger, share exchange, asset acquisition, share purchase, recapitalization, reorganization or other similar type of transaction, of one or more businesses or entities having a collective fair market value of at least 80% of the balance in the Company’s trust account at the time of the execution of a definitive agreement for such transaction.

 

Commission ” means the Securities and Exchange Commission, or any other Federal agency then administering the Securities Act or the Exchange Act.

 

Ordinary Shares ” means the ordinary shares, par value $0.0001 per share, of the Company.

 

Company ” is defined in the preamble to this Agreement.

 

Demand Registration ” is defined in Section 2.1.1.

 

Demanding Holder ” is defined in Section 2.1.1.

 

Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the Commission promulgated thereunder, all as the same shall be in effect at the time.

 

Form S-3 ” is defined in Section 2.3.

 

Indemnified Party ” is defined in Section 4.3.

 

Indemnifying Party ” is defined in Section 4.3.

 

 
 

 

Initial Shares ” means all of the outstanding Ordinary Shares of the Company issued prior to the consummation of its initial public offering.

 

Investor ” is defined in the preamble to this Agreement.

 

Investor Indemnified Party ” is defined in Section 4.1.

 

Maximum Number of Shares ” is defined in Section 2.1.4.

 

Notices ” is defined in Section 6.3.

 

Piggy-Back Registration ” is defined in Section 2.2.1.

 

Commission Units ” means the additional number of Units the Investors will be required to purchase under certain circumstances as described in the prospectus relating to the Company’s initial public offering.

 

Private Units ” means the 310,000 Units the Investors are privately purchasing simultaneously with the consummation of the Company’s initial public offering.

 

Register ,” “ Registered ” and “ Registration ” mean a registration effected by preparing and filing a registration statement or similar document in compliance with the requirements of the Securities Act, and the applicable rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, and such registration statement becoming effective.

 

Registrable Securities ” means (i) the Initial Shares, (ii) the Private Units (and underlying Ordinary Shares), (iii) the Commission Units (and underlying Ordinary Shares), if any, and (iv) the Working Capital Units (and underlying Ordinary Shares), if any. Registrable Securities include any warrants, shares of capital stock or other securities of the Company issued as a dividend or other distribution with respect to or in exchange for or in replacement of such Initial Shares, Private Units (and underlying Ordinary Shares), Commission Units (and underlying Ordinary Shares) and Working Capital Units (and underlying Ordinary Shares). As to any particular Registrable Securities, such securities shall cease to be Registrable Securities when: (a) a Registration Statement with respect to the sale of such securities shall have become effective under the Securities Act and such securities shall have been sold, transferred, disposed of or exchanged in accordance with such Registration Statement; (b) such securities shall have been otherwise transferred, new certificates for them not bearing a legend restricting further transfer shall have been delivered by the Company and subsequent public distribution of them shall not require registration under the Securities Act; (c) such securities shall have ceased to be outstanding, or (d) the Registrable Securities are freely saleable under Rule 144 without volume limitations.

 

Registration Statement ” means a registration statement filed by the Company with the Commission in compliance with the Securities Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder for a public offering and sale of equity securities, or securities or other obligations exercisable or exchangeable for, or convertible into, equity securities (other than a registration statement on Form S-4 or Form S-8, or their successors, or any registration statement covering only securities proposed to be issued in exchange for securities or assets of another entity).

 

2
 

 

Release Date ” means the date on which the Initial Shares are disbursed from escrow pursuant to Section 3 of that certain Stock Escrow Agreement dated as of [________], 2015 by and among the Investors and Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company.

 

Securities Act ” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the Commission promulgated thereunder, all as the same shall be in effect at the time.

 

Underwriter ” means a securities dealer who purchases any Registrable Securities as principal in an underwritten offering and not as part of such dealer’s market-making activities.

 

Units ” means the units of the Company, each comprised of one Ordinary Share and one right to receive one-tenth of one Ordinary Share.

 

Working Capital Units ” means any Units held by Investors, officers or directors of the Company or their affiliates which may be issued in payment of working capital loans made to the Company.

 

2.           REGISTRATION RIGHTS .

 

2.1         Demand Registration .

 

2.1.1       Request for Registration . At any time and from time to time on or after (i) the date that the Company consummates a Business Combination with respect to the Private Units (or underlying Ordinary Shares), Commission Units (or underlying Ordinary Shares) and Working Capital Units (or underlying Ordinary Shares) or (ii) three months prior to the Release Date with respect to all other Registrable Securities, the holders of a majority-in-interest of such Private Units (or underlying Ordinary Shares), Commission Units (or underlying Ordinary Shares), Working Capital Units (or underlying Ordinary Shares) or other Registrable Securities, as the case may be, held by the Investors, officers or directors of the Company or their affiliates, or the transferees of the Investors, may make a written demand for registration under the Securities Act of all or part of their Private Units (or underlying Ordinary Shares), Commission Units (or underlying Ordinary Shares), Working Capital Units (or underlying Ordinary Shares) or other Registrable Securities, as the case may be (a “ Demand Registration ”). Any demand for a Demand Registration shall specify the number of shares of Registrable Securities proposed to be sold and the intended method(s) of distribution thereof. The Company will notify all holders of Registrable Securities of the demand, and each holder of Registrable Securities who wishes to include all or a portion of such holder’s Registrable Securities in the Demand Registration (each such holder including shares of Registrable Securities in such registration, a “ Demanding Holder ”) shall so notify the Company within fifteen (15) days after the receipt by the holder of the notice from the Company. Upon any such request, the Demanding Holders shall be entitled to have their Registrable Securities included in the Demand Registration, subject to Section 2.1.4 and the provisos set forth in Section 3.1.1. The Company shall not be obligated to effect more than an aggregate of two (2) Demand Registrations under this Section 2.1.1 in respect of all Registrable Securities.

 

3
 

 

2.1.2       Effective Registration . A registration will not count as a Demand Registration until the Registration Statement filed with the Commission with respect to such Demand Registration has been declared effective and the Company has complied with all of its obligations under this Agreement with respect thereto; provided, however, that if, after such Registration Statement has been declared effective, the offering of Registrable Securities pursuant to a Demand Registration is interfered with by any stop order or injunction of the Commission or any other governmental agency or court, the Registration Statement with respect to such Demand Registration will be deemed not to have been declared effective, unless and until, (i) such stop order or injunction is removed, rescinded or otherwise terminated, and (ii) a majority-in-interest of the Demanding Holders thereafter elect to continue the offering; provided, further, that the Company shall not be obligated to file a second Registration Statement until a Registration Statement that has been filed is counted as a Demand Registration or is terminated.

 

2.1.3       Underwritten Offering . If a majority-in-interest of the Demanding Holders so elect and such holders so advise the Company as part of their written demand for a Demand Registration, the offering of such Registrable Securities pursuant to such Demand Registration shall be in the form of an underwritten offering. In such event, the right of any holder to include its Registrable Securities in such registration shall be conditioned upon such holder’s participation in such underwriting and the inclusion of such holder’s Registrable Securities in the underwriting to the extent provided herein. All Demanding Holders proposing to distribute their Registrable Securities through such underwriting shall enter into an underwriting agreement in customary form with the Underwriter or Underwriters selected for such underwriting by a majority-in-interest of the holders initiating the Demand Registration.

 

2.1.4       Reduction of Offering . If the managing Underwriter or Underwriters for a Demand Registration that is to be an underwritten offering advises the Company and the Demanding Holders in writing that the dollar amount or number of shares of Registrable Securities which the Demanding Holders desire to sell, taken together with all other Ordinary Shares or other securities which the Company desires to sell and the Ordinary Shares, if any, as to which registration has been requested pursuant to written contractual piggy-back registration rights held by other shareholders of the Company who desire to sell, exceeds the maximum dollar amount or maximum number of shares that can be sold in such offering without adversely affecting the proposed offering price, the timing, the distribution method, or the probability of success of such offering (such maximum dollar amount or maximum number of shares, as applicable, the “ Maximum Number of Shares ”), then the Company shall include in such registration: (i) first, the Registrable Securities as to which Demand Registration has been requested by the Demanding Holders (pro rata in accordance with the number of shares that each such Person has requested be included in such registration, regardless of the number of shares held by each such Person (such proportion is referred to herein as " Pro Rata ")) that can be sold without exceeding the Maximum Number of Shares; (ii) second, to the extent that the Maximum Number of Shares has not been reached under the foregoing clause (i), the Ordinary Shares or other securities that the Company desires to sell that can be sold without exceeding the Maximum Number of Shares; and (iii) third, to the extent that the Maximum Number of Shares has not been reached under the foregoing clauses (i) and (ii), the Ordinary Shares or other securities for the account of other persons that the Company is obligated to register pursuant to written contractual arrangements with such persons and that can be sold without exceeding the Maximum Number of Shares.

 

4
 

 

2.1.5       Withdrawal . If a majority-in-interest of the Demanding Holders disapprove of the terms of any underwriting or are not entitled to include all of their Registrable Securities in any offering, such majority-in-interest of the Demanding Holders may elect to withdraw from such offering by giving written notice to the Company and the Underwriter or Underwriters of their request to withdraw prior to the effectiveness of the Registration Statement filed with the Commission with respect to such Demand Registration. If the majority-in-interest of the Demanding Holders withdraws from a proposed offering relating to a Demand Registration, then such registration shall not count as a Demand Registration provided for in Section 2.1.

 

2.2         Piggy-Back Registration .

 

2.2.1       Piggy-Back Rights . If at any time on or after the date the Company consummates a Business Combination the Company proposes to file a Registration Statement under the Securities Act with respect to an offering of equity securities, or securities or other obligations exercisable or exchangeable for, or convertible into, equity securities, by the Company for its own account or for shareholders of the Company for their account (or by the Company and by shareholders of the Company including, without limitation, pursuant to Section 2.1), other than a Registration Statement (i) filed in connection with any employee stock option or other benefit plan, (ii) for an exchange offer or offering of securities solely to the Company’s existing shareholders, (iii) for an offering of debt that is convertible into equity securities of the Company or (iv) for a dividend reinvestment plan, then the Company shall (x) give written notice of such proposed filing to the holders of Registrable Securities as soon as practicable but in no event less than ten (10) days before the anticipated filing date, which notice shall describe the amount and type of securities to be included in such offering, the intended method(s) of distribution, and the name of the proposed managing Underwriter or Underwriters, if any, of the offering, and (y) offer to the holders of Registrable Securities in such notice the opportunity to register the sale of such number of shares of Registrable Securities as such holders may request in writing within five (5) days following receipt of such notice (a “ Piggy-Back Registration ”). The Company shall cause such Registrable Securities to be included in such registration and shall use its best efforts to cause the managing Underwriter or Underwriters of a proposed underwritten offering to permit the Registrable Securities requested to be included in a Piggy-Back Registration on the same terms and conditions as any similar securities of the Company and to permit the sale or other disposition of such Registrable Securities in accordance with the intended method(s) of distribution thereof. All holders of Registrable Securities proposing to distribute their securities through a Piggy-Back Registration that involves an Underwriter or Underwriters shall enter into an underwriting agreement in customary form with the Underwriter or Underwriters selected for such Piggy-Back Registration.

 

5
 

 

2.2.2       Reduction of Offering . If the managing Underwriter or Underwriters for a Piggy-Back Registration that is to be an underwritten offering advises the Company and the holders of Registrable Securities in writing that the dollar amount or number of Ordinary Shares which the Company desires to sell, taken together with the Ordinary Shares, if any, as to which registration has been demanded pursuant to written contractual arrangements with persons other than the holders of Registrable Securities hereunder, the Registrable Securities as to which registration has been requested under this Section 2.2, and the Ordinary Shares, if any, as to which registration has been requested pursuant to the written contractual piggy-back registration rights of other shareholders of the Company, exceeds the Maximum Number of Shares, then the Company shall include in any such registration:

 

a)      If the registration is undertaken for the Company’s account: (A) first, the Ordinary Shares or other securities that the Company desires to sell that can be sold without exceeding the Maximum Number of Shares; (B) second, to the extent that the Maximum Number of Shares has not been reached under the foregoing clause (A), the Ordinary Shares or other securities, if any, comprised of Registrable Securities, as to which registration has been requested pursuant to the applicable written contractual piggy-back registration rights of such security holders, Pro Rata, that can be sold without exceeding the Maximum Number of Shares; and (C) third, to the extent that the Maximum Number of shares has not been reached under the foregoing clauses (A) and (B), the Ordinary Shares or other securities for the account of other persons that the Company is obligated to register pursuant to written contractual piggy-back registration rights with such persons and that can be sold without exceeding the Maximum Number of Shares;

 

b)      If the registration is a “demand” registration undertaken at the demand of persons other than either the holders of Registrable Securities, (A) first, the Ordinary Shares or other securities for the account of the demanding persons that can be sold without exceeding the Maximum Number of Shares; (B) second, to the extent that the Maximum Number of Shares has not been reached under the foregoing clause (A), the Ordinary Shares or other securities that the Company desires to sell that can be sold without exceeding the Maximum Number of Shares; (C) third, to the extent that the Maximum Number of Shares has not been reached under the foregoing clauses (A) and (B), collectively the Ordinary Shares or other securities comprised of Registrable Securities, Pro Rata, as to which registration has been requested pursuant to the terms hereof, that can be sold without exceeding the Maximum Number of Shares; and (D) fourth, to the extent that the Maximum Number of Shares has not been reached under the foregoing clauses (A), (B) and (C), the Ordinary Shares or other securities for the account of other persons that the Company is obligated to register pursuant to written contractual arrangements with such persons, that can be sold without exceeding the Maximum Number of Shares.

 

2.2.3       Withdrawal . Any holder of Registrable Securities may elect to withdraw such holder’s request for inclusion of Registrable Securities in any Piggy-Back Registration by giving written notice to the Company of such request to withdraw prior to the effectiveness of the Registration Statement. The Company (whether on its own determination or as the result of a withdrawal by persons making a demand pursuant to written contractual obligations) may withdraw a Registration Statement at any time prior to the effectiveness of such Registration Statement. Notwithstanding any such withdrawal, the Company shall pay all expenses incurred by the holders of Registrable Securities in connection with such Piggy-Back Registration as provided in Section 3.3.

 

6
 

 

2.2.4       Registrations on Form S-3 . The holders of Registrable Securities may at any time and from time to time, request in writing that the Company register the resale of any or all of such Registrable Securities on Form S-3 or any similar short-form registration which may be available at such time (“ Form S-3 ”); provided, however, that the Company shall not be obligated to effect such request through an underwritten offering. Upon receipt of such written request, the Company will promptly give written notice of the proposed registration to all other holders of Registrable Securities, and, as soon as practicable thereafter, effect the registration of all or such portion of such holder’s or holders’ Registrable Securities as are specified in such request, together with all or such portion of the Registrable Securities or other securities of the Company, if any, of any other holder or holders joining in such request as are specified in a written request given within fifteen (15) days after receipt of such written notice from the Company; provided, however, that the Company shall not be obligated to effect any such registration pursuant to this Section 2.3: (i) if Form S-3 is not available for such offering; or (ii) if the holders of the Registrable Securities, together with the holders of any other securities of the Company entitled to inclusion in such registration, propose to sell Registrable Securities and such other securities (if any) at any aggregate price to the public of less than $500,000. Registrations effected pursuant to this Section 2.3 shall not be counted as Demand Registrations effected pursuant to Section 2.1.

 

3.           REGISTRATION PROCEDURES .

 

3.1         Filings; Information . Whenever the Company is required to effect the registration of any Registrable Securities pursuant to Section 2, the Company shall use its best efforts to effect the registration and sale of such Registrable Securities in accordance with the intended method(s) of distribution thereof as expeditiously as practicable, and in connection with any such request:

 

3.1.1       Filing Registration Statement . The Company shall use its best efforts to, as expeditiously as possible after receipt of a request for a Demand Registration pursuant to Section 2.1, prepare and file with the Commission a Registration Statement on any form for which the Company then qualifies or which counsel for the Company shall deem appropriate and which form shall be available for the sale of all Registrable Securities to be registered thereunder in accordance with the intended method(s) of distribution thereof, and shall use its best efforts to cause such Registration Statement to become effective and use its best efforts to keep it effective for the period required by Section 3.1.3; provided, however, that the Company shall have the right to defer any Demand Registration for up to thirty (30) days, and any Piggy-Back Registration for such period as may be applicable to deferment of any demand registration to which such Piggy-Back Registration relates, in each case if the Company shall furnish to the holders a certificate signed by the President or Chairman of the Company stating that, in the good faith judgment of the Board of Directors of the Company, it would be materially detrimental to the Company and its shareholders for such Registration Statement to be effected at such time; provided further, however, that the Company shall not have the right to exercise the right set forth in the immediately preceding proviso more than once in any 365-day period in respect of a Demand Registration hereunder.

 

7
 

 

3.1.2       Copies . The Company shall, prior to filing a Registration Statement or prospectus, or any amendment or supplement thereto, furnish without charge to the holders of Registrable Securities included in such registration, and such holders’ legal counsel, copies of such Registration Statement as proposed to be filed, each amendment and supplement to such Registration Statement (in each case including all exhibits thereto and documents incorporated by reference therein), the prospectus included in such Registration Statement (including each preliminary prospectus), and such other documents as the holders of Registrable Securities included in such registration or legal counsel for any such holders may request in order to facilitate the disposition of the Registrable Securities owned by such holders.

 

3.1.3       Amendments and Supplements . The Company shall prepare and file with the Commission such amendments, including post-effective amendments, and supplements to such Registration Statement and the prospectus used in connection therewith as may be necessary to keep such Registration Statement effective and in compliance with the provisions of the Securities Act until all Registrable Securities and other securities covered by such Registration Statement have been disposed of in accordance with the intended method(s) of distribution set forth in such Registration Statement or such securities have been withdrawn.

 

3.1.4       Notification . After the filing of a Registration Statement, the Company shall promptly, and in no event more than two (2) business days after such filing, notify the holders of Registrable Securities included in such Registration Statement of such filing, and shall further notify such holders promptly and confirm such advice in writing in all events within two (2) business days of the occurrence of any of the following: (i) when such Registration Statement becomes effective; (ii) when any post-effective amendment to such Registration Statement becomes effective; (iii) the issuance or threatened issuance by the Commission of any stop order (and the Company shall take all actions required to prevent the entry of such stop order or to remove it if entered); and (iv) any request by the Commission for any amendment or supplement to such Registration Statement or any prospectus relating thereto or for additional information or of the occurrence of an event requiring the preparation of a supplement or amendment to such prospectus so that, as thereafter delivered to the purchasers of the securities covered by such Registration Statement, such prospectus will not contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, and promptly make available to the holders of Registrable Securities included in such Registration Statement any such supplement or amendment; except that before filing with the Commission a Registration Statement or prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto, including documents incorporated by reference, the Company shall furnish to the holders of Registrable Securities included in such Registration Statement and to the legal counsel for any such holders, copies of all such documents proposed to be filed sufficiently in advance of filing to provide such holders and legal counsel with a reasonable opportunity to review such documents and comment thereon, and the Company shall not file any Registration Statement or prospectus or amendment or supplement thereto, including documents incorporated by reference, to which such holders or their legal counsel shall object.

 

8
 

 

3.1.5       State Securities Laws Compliance . The Company shall use its best efforts to (i) register or qualify the Registrable Securities covered by the Registration Statement under such securities or “blue sky” laws of such jurisdictions in the United States as the holders of Registrable Securities included in such Registration Statement (in light of their intended plan of distribution) may request and (ii) take such action necessary to cause such Registrable Securities covered by the Registration Statement to be registered with or approved by such other governmental authorities as may be necessary by virtue of the business and operations of the Company and do any and all other acts and things that may be necessary or advisable to enable the holders of Registrable Securities included in such Registration Statement to consummate the disposition of such Registrable Securities in such jurisdictions; provided, however, that the Company shall not be required to qualify generally to do business in any jurisdiction where it would not otherwise be required to qualify but for this paragraph or subject itself to taxation in any such jurisdiction.

 

3.1.6       Agreements for Disposition . The Company shall enter into customary agreements (including, if applicable, an underwriting agreement in customary form) and take such other actions as are reasonably required in order to expedite or facilitate the disposition of such Registrable Securities. The representations, warranties and covenants of the Company in any underwriting agreement which are made to or for the benefit of any Underwriters, to the extent applicable, shall also be made to and for the benefit of the holders of Registrable Securities included in such registration statement. No holder of Registrable Securities included in such registration statement shall be required to make any representations or warranties in the underwriting agreement except, if applicable, with respect to such holder’s organization, good standing, authority, title to Registrable Securities, lack of conflict of such sale with such holder’s material agreements and organizational documents, and with respect to written information relating to such holder that such holder has furnished in writing expressly for inclusion in such Registration Statement.

 

3.1.7       Cooperation . The principal executive officer of the Company, the principal financial officer of the Company, the principal accounting officer of the Company and all other officers and members of the management of the Company shall cooperate fully in any offering of Registrable Securities hereunder, which cooperation shall include, without limitation, the preparation of the Registration Statement with respect to such offering and all other offering materials and related documents, and participation in meetings with Underwriters, attorneys, accountants and potential investors.

 

3.1.8       Records . The Company shall make available for inspection by the holders of Registrable Securities included in such Registration Statement, any Underwriter participating in any disposition pursuant to such registration statement and any attorney, accountant or other professional retained by any holder of Registrable Securities included in such Registration Statement or any Underwriter, all financial and other records, pertinent corporate documents and properties of the Company, as shall be necessary to enable them to exercise their due diligence responsibility, and cause the Company’s officers, directors and employees to supply all information requested by any of them in connection with such Registration Statement.

 

3.1.9       Opinions and Comfort Letters . The Company shall furnish to each holder of Registrable Securities included in any Registration Statement a signed counterpart, addressed to such holder, of (i) any opinion of counsel to the Company delivered to any Underwriter and (ii) any comfort letter from the Company’s independent public accountants delivered to any Underwriter. In the event no legal opinion is delivered to any Underwriter, the Company shall furnish to each holder of Registrable Securities included in such Registration Statement, at any time that such holder elects to use a prospectus, an opinion of counsel to the Company to the effect that the Registration Statement containing such prospectus has been declared effective and that no stop order is in effect.

 

9
 

 

3.1.10     Earnings Statement . The Company shall comply with all applicable rules and regulations of the Commission and the Securities Act, and make available to its shareholders, as soon as practicable, an earnings statement covering a period of twelve (12) months, which earnings statement shall satisfy the provisions of Section 11(a) of the Securities Act and Rule 158 thereunder.

 

3.1.11     Listing . The Company shall use its best efforts to cause all Registrable Securities included in any registration to be listed on such exchanges or otherwise designated for trading in the same manner as similar securities issued by the Company are then listed or designated or, if no such similar securities are then listed or designated, in a manner satisfactory to the holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities included in such registration.

 

3.1.12     Road Show . If the registration involves the registration of Registrable Securities involving gross proceeds in excess of [$25,000,000], the Company shall use its reasonable efforts to make available senior executives of the Company to participate in customary “road show” presentations that may be reasonably requested by the Underwriter in any underwritten offering.

 

3.2     Obligation to Suspend Distribution . Upon receipt of any notice from the Company of the happening of any event of the kind described in Section 3.1.4(iv), or, in the case of a resale registration on Form S-3 pursuant to Section 2.3 hereof, upon any suspension by the Company, pursuant to a written insider trading compliance program adopted by the Company’s Board of Directors, of the ability of all “insiders” covered by such program to transact in the Company’s securities because of the existence of material non-public information, each holder of Registrable Securities included in any registration shall immediately discontinue disposition of such Registrable Securities pursuant to the Registration Statement covering such Registrable Securities until such holder receives the supplemented or amended prospectus contemplated by Section 3.1.4(iv) or the restriction on the ability of “insiders” to transact in the Company’s securities is removed, as applicable, and, if so directed by the Company, each such holder will deliver to the Company all copies, other than permanent file copies then in such holder’s possession, of the most recent prospectus covering such Registrable Securities at the time of receipt of such notice.

 

10
 

 

3.3      Registration Expenses . The Company shall bear all costs and expenses incurred in connection with any Demand Registration pursuant to Section 2.1, any Piggy-Back Registration pursuant to Section 2.2, and any registration on Form S-3 effected pursuant to Section 2.3, and all expenses incurred in performing or complying with its other obligations under this Agreement, whether or not the Registration Statement becomes effective, including, without limitation: (i) all registration and filing fees; (ii) fees and expenses of compliance with securities or “blue sky” laws (including fees and disbursements of counsel in connection with blue sky qualifications of the Registrable Securities); (iii) printing expenses; (iv) the Company’s internal expenses (including, without limitation, all salaries and expenses of its officers and employees); (v) the fees and expenses incurred in connection with the listing of the Registrable Securities as required by Section 3.1.11; (vi) Financial Industry Regulatory Authority fees; (vii) fees and disbursements of counsel for the Company and fees and expenses for independent certified public accountants retained by the Company (including the expenses or costs associated with the delivery of any opinions or comfort letters requested pursuant to Section 3.1.9); (viii) the reasonable fees and expenses of any special experts retained by the Company in connection with such registration and (ix) the reasonable fees and expenses of one legal counsel selected by the holders of a majority-in-interest of the Registrable Securities included in such registration. The Company shall have no obligation to pay any underwriting discounts or selling commissions attributable to the Registrable Securities being sold by the holders thereof, which underwriting discounts or selling commissions shall be borne by such holders. Additionally, in an underwritten offering, all selling shareholders and the Company shall bear the expenses of the Underwriter pro rata in proportion to the respective amount of shares each is selling in such offering.

 

3.4      Information . The holders of Registrable Securities shall provide such information as may reasonably be requested by the Company, or the managing Underwriter, if any, in connection with the preparation of any Registration Statement, including amendments and supplements thereto, in order to effect the registration of any Registrable Securities under the Securities Act pursuant to Section 2 and in connection with the Company’s obligation to comply with Federal and applicable state securities laws.

 

4.           INDEMNIFICATION AND CONTRIBUTION .

 

4.1         Indemnification by the Company . The Company agrees to indemnify and hold harmless each Investor and each other holder of Registrable Securities, and each of their respective officers, employees, affiliates, directors, partners, members, attorneys and agents, and each person, if any, who controls an Investor and each other holder of Registrable Securities (within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act) (each, an “ Investor Indemnified Party ”), from and against any expenses, losses, judgments, claims, damages or liabilities, whether joint or several, arising out of or based upon any untrue statement (or allegedly untrue statement) of a material fact contained in any Registration Statement under which the sale of such Registrable Securities was registered under the Securities Act, any preliminary prospectus, final prospectus or summary prospectus contained in the Registration Statement, or any amendment or supplement to such Registration Statement, or arising out of or based upon any omission (or alleged omission) to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, or any violation by the Company of the Securities Act or any rule or regulation promulgated thereunder applicable to the Company and relating to action or inaction required of the Company in connection with any such registration; and the Company shall promptly reimburse the Investor Indemnified Party for any legal and any other expenses reasonably incurred by such Investor Indemnified Party in connection with investigating and defending any such expense, loss, judgment, claim, damage, liability or action; provided, however, that the Company will not be liable in any such case to the extent that any such expense, loss, claim, damage or liability arises out of or is based upon any untrue statement or allegedly untrue statement or omission or alleged omission made in such Registration Statement, preliminary prospectus, final prospectus, or summary prospectus, or any such amendment or supplement, in reliance upon and in conformity with information furnished to the Company, in writing, by such selling holder expressly for use therein. The Company also shall indemnify any Underwriter of the Registrable Securities, their officers, affiliates, directors, partners, members and agents and each person who controls such Underwriter on substantially the same basis as that of the indemnification provided above in this Section 4.1.

 

11
 

 

4.2      Indemnification by Holders of Registrable Securities . Each selling holder of Registrable Securities will, in the event that any registration is being effected under the Securities Act pursuant to this Agreement of any Registrable Securities held by such selling holder, indemnify and hold harmless the Company, each of its directors and officers and each Underwriter (if any), and each other selling holder and each other person, if any, who controls another selling holder or such Underwriter within the meaning of the Securities Act, against any losses, claims, judgments, damages or liabilities, whether joint or several, insofar as such losses, claims, judgments, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) arise out of or are based upon any untrue statement or allegedly untrue statement of a material fact contained in any Registration Statement under which the sale of such Registrable Securities was registered under the Securities Act, any preliminary prospectus, final prospectus or summary prospectus contained in the Registration Statement, or any amendment or supplement to the Registration Statement, or arise out of or are based upon any omission or the alleged omission to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statement therein not misleading, if the statement or omission was made in reliance upon and in conformity with information furnished in writing to the Company by such selling holder expressly for use therein, and shall reimburse the Company, its directors and officers, and each other selling holder or controlling person for any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by any of them in connection with investigation or defending any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action. Each selling holder’s indemnification obligations hereunder shall be several and not joint and shall be limited to the amount of any net proceeds actually received by such selling holder.

 

4.3      Conduct of Indemnification Proceedings . Promptly after receipt by any person of any notice of any loss, claim, damage or liability or any action in respect of which indemnity may be sought pursuant to Section 4.1 or 4.2, such person (the “Indemnified Party”) shall, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made against any other person for indemnification hereunder, notify such other person (the “ Indemnifying Party ”) in writing of the loss, claim, judgment, damage, liability or action; provided, however, that the failure by the Indemnified Party to notify the Indemnifying Party shall not relieve the Indemnifying Party from any liability which the Indemnifying Party may have to such Indemnified Party hereunder, except and solely to the extent the Indemnifying Party is actually prejudiced by such failure. If the Indemnified Party is seeking indemnification with respect to any claim or action brought against the Indemnified Party, then the Indemnifying Party shall be entitled to participate in such claim or action, and, to the extent that it wishes, jointly with all other Indemnifying Parties, to assume control of the defense thereof with counsel satisfactory to the Indemnified Party. After notice from the Indemnifying Party to the Indemnified Party of its election to assume control of the defense of such claim or action, the Indemnifying Party shall not be liable to the Indemnified Party for any legal or other expenses subsequently incurred by the Indemnified Party in connection with the defense thereof other than reasonable costs of investigation; provided, however, that in any action in which both the Indemnified Party and the Indemnifying Party are named as defendants, the Indemnified Party shall have the right to employ separate counsel (but no more than one such separate counsel) to represent the Indemnified Party and its controlling persons who may be subject to liability arising out of any claim in respect of which indemnity may be sought by the Indemnified Party against the Indemnifying Party, with the fees and expenses of such counsel to be paid by such Indemnifying Party if, based upon the written opinion of counsel of such Indemnified Party, representation of both parties by the same counsel would be inappropriate due to actual or potential differing interests between them. No Indemnifying Party shall, without the prior written consent of the Indemnified Party, consent to entry of judgment or effect any settlement of any claim or pending or threatened proceeding in respect of which the Indemnified Party is or could have been a party and indemnity could have been sought hereunder by such Indemnified Party, unless such judgment or settlement includes an unconditional release of such Indemnified Party from all liability arising out of such claim or proceeding.

 

12
 

 

4.4      Contribution .

 

4.4.1      If the indemnification provided for in the foregoing Sections 4.1, 4.2 and 4.3 is unavailable to any Indemnified Party in respect of any loss, claim, damage, liability or action referred to herein, then each such Indemnifying Party, in lieu of indemnifying such Indemnified Party, shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by such Indemnified Party as a result of such loss, claim, damage, liability or action in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative fault of the Indemnified Parties and the Indemnifying Parties in connection with the actions or omissions which resulted in such loss, claim, damage, liability or action, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The relative fault of any Indemnified Party and any Indemnifying Party shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the omission or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by such Indemnified Party or such Indemnifying Party and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission.

 

4.4.2      The parties hereto agree that it would not be just and equitable if contribution pursuant to this Section 4.4 were determined by pro rata allocation or by any other method of allocation which does not take account of the equitable considerations referred to in the immediately preceding Section 4.4.1.

 

4.4.3      The amount paid or payable by an Indemnified Party as a result of any loss, claim, damage, liability or action referred to in the immediately preceding paragraph shall be deemed to include, subject to the limitations set forth above, any legal or other expenses incurred by such Indemnified Party in connection with investigating or defending any such action or claim. Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 4.4, no holder of Registrable Securities shall be required to contribute any amount in excess of the dollar amount of the net proceeds (after payment of any underwriting fees, discounts, commissions or taxes) actually received by such holder from the sale of Registrable Securities which gave rise to such contribution obligation. No person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation.

 

13
 

 

5.          RULE 144 .

 

5.1       Rule 144 . The Company covenants that it shall file any reports required to be filed by it under the Securities Act and the Exchange Act and shall take such further action as the holders of Registrable Securities may reasonably request, all to the extent required from time to time to enable such holders to sell Registrable Securities without registration under the Securities Act within the limitation of the exemptions provided by Rule 144 under the Securities Act, as such Rules may be amended from time to time, or any similar rule or regulation hereafter adopted by the Commission.

 

6.          MISCELLANEOUS .

 

6.1       Other Registration Rights . The Company represents and warrants that no person, other than the holders of the Registrable Securities, has any right to require the Company to register any shares of the Company’s capital stock for sale or to include shares of the Company’s capital stock in any registration filed by the Company for the sale of shares of capital stock for its own account or for the account of any other person.

 

6.2       Assignment; No Third Party Beneficiaries . This Agreement and the rights, duties and obligations of the Company hereunder may not be assigned or delegated by the Company in whole or in part. This Agreement and the rights, duties and obligations of the holders of Registrable Securities hereunder may be freely assigned or delegated by such holder of Registrable Securities in conjunction with and to the extent of any transfer of Registrable Securities by any such holder. This Agreement and the provisions hereof shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of each of the parties, to the permitted assigns of the Investors or holder of Registrable Securities or of any assignee of the Investors or holder of Registrable Securities. This Agreement is not intended to confer any rights or benefits on any persons that are not party hereto other than as expressly set forth in Article 4 and this Section 6.2.

 

6.3       Notices . All notices, demands, requests, consents, approvals or other communications (collectively, “ Notices ”) required or permitted to be given hereunder or which are given with respect to this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be personally served, delivered by reputable air courier service with charges prepaid, or transmitted by hand delivery, telegram, telex or facsimile, addressed as set forth below, or to such other address as such party shall have specified most recently by written notice. Notice shall be deemed given on the date of service or transmission if personally served or transmitted by telegram, telex or facsimile; provided, that if such service or transmission is not on a business day or is after normal business hours, then such notice shall be deemed given on the next business day. Notice otherwise sent as provided herein shall be deemed given on the next business day following timely delivery of such notice to a reputable air courier service with an order for next-day delivery.

 

To the Company:

 

E-compass Acquisition Corp.

6F/Tower, 2 West Prosper Centre

No.5, Guanghua Road

Chaoyang District

Beijing, 100020, P.R. China

Attn:    Chief Executive Officer

 

14
 

 

with a copy to:

 

Graubard Miller

The Chrysler Building

405 Lexington Avenue

New York NY 10174

Attn:   David Alan Miller, Esq.

 

To an Investor, to the address set forth below such Investor’s name on Exhibit A hereto.

 

6.4       Severability . This Agreement shall be deemed severable, and the invalidity or unenforceability of any term or provision hereof shall not affect the validity or enforceability of this Agreement or of any other term or provision hereof. Furthermore, in lieu of any such invalid or unenforceable term or provision, the parties hereto intend that there shall be added as a part of this Agreement a provision as similar in terms to such invalid or unenforceable provision as may be possible that is valid and enforceable.

 

6.5       Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in multiple counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, and all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

 

6.6       Entire Agreement . This Agreement (including all agreements entered into pursuant hereto and all certificates and instruments delivered pursuant hereto and thereto) constitute the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersede all prior and contemporaneous agreements, representations, understandings, negotiations and discussions between the parties, whether oral or written.

 

6.7       Modifications and Amendments . No amendment, modification or termination of this Agreement shall be binding upon any party unless executed in writing by such party.

 

6.8       Titles and Headings . Titles and headings of sections of this Agreement are for convenience only and shall not affect the construction of any provision of this Agreement.

 

6.9       Waivers and Extensions . Any party to this Agreement may waive any right, breach or default which such party has the right to waive, provided that such waiver will not be effective against the waiving party unless it is in writing, is signed by such party, and specifically refers to this Agreement. Waivers may be made in advance or after the right waived has arisen or the breach or default waived has occurred. Any waiver may be conditional. No waiver of any breach of any agreement or provision herein contained shall be deemed a waiver of any preceding or succeeding breach thereof nor of any other agreement or provision herein contained. No waiver or extension of time for performance of any obligations or acts shall be deemed a waiver or extension of the time for performance of any other obligations or acts.

 

15
 

 

6.10       Remedies Cumulative . In the event that the Company fails to observe or perform any covenant or agreement to be observed or performed under this Agreement, the Investor or any other holder of Registrable Securities may proceed to protect and enforce its rights by suit in equity or action at law, whether for specific performance of any term contained in this Agreement or for an injunction against the breach of any such term or in aid of the exercise of any power granted in this Agreement or to enforce any other legal or equitable right, or to take any one or more of such actions, without being required to post a bond. None of the rights, powers or remedies conferred under this Agreement shall be mutually exclusive, and each such right, power or remedy shall be cumulative and in addition to any other right, power or remedy, whether conferred by this Agreement or now or hereafter available at law, in equity, by statute or otherwise.

 

6.11       Governing Law . This Agreement shall be governed by, interpreted under, and construed in accordance with the internal laws of the State of New York applicable to agreements made and to be performed within the State of New York, without giving effect to any choice-of-law provisions thereof that would compel the application of the substantive laws of any other jurisdiction.

 

6.12       Waiver of Trial by Jury . Each party hereby irrevocably and unconditionally waives the right to a trial by jury in any action, suit, counterclaim or other proceeding (whether based on contract, tort or otherwise) arising out of, connected with or relating to this Agreement, the transactions contemplated hereby, or the actions of the Investor in the negotiation, administration, performance or enforcement hereof.

 

[REMAINDER OF PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

 

16
 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Registration Rights Agreement to be executed and delivered by their duly authorized representatives as of the date first written above.

 

    COMPANY:
     
    E-COMPASS ACQUISITION CORP.
     
     
  By:
  Name:  
    Title:

 

    INVESTORS:
     
    BEST APEX LIMITED
     
     
  By:  
    Name:
    Title:
     
    LODESTAR INVESTMENT HOLDINGS I LLC
     
     
  By:  
    Name:
    Title:
     
    HANDY GLOBAL LIMITED
     
     
  By:  
    Name:
    Title:
     
    CLASSICAL SKY LIMITED
     
     
  By:  
    Name:
    Title:
     
    CARNELIAN BAY CAPITAL INC.
     
     
  By:  
    Name:
    Title:

 

17
 

 

EXHIBIT A

 

Name and Address of

Initial Shareholder

 
   

Lodestar Investment Holdings I LLC

c/o E-compass Acquisition Corp.

6F/Tower, 2 West Prosper Centre

No.5, Guanghua Road

Chaoyang District

Beijing, 100020, P.R. China  

     
       

Handy Global Limited

c/o E-compass Acquisition Corp.

6F/Tower, 2 West Prosper Centre

No.5, Guanghua Road

Chaoyang District

Beijing, 100020, P.R. China

     
       

Classical Sky Limited

c/o E-compass Acquisition Corp.

6F/Tower, 2 West Prosper Centre

No.5, Guanghua Road

Chaoyang District

Beijing, 100020, P.R. China 

     
       

Carnelian Bay Capital Inc.

c/o E-compass Acquisition Corp.

6F/Tower, 2 West Prosper Centre

No.5, Guanghua Road

Chaoyang District

Beijing, 100020, P.R. China

     
       

 

 

18 

 

 

Exhibit 10.6

 

E-compass Acquisition Corp.

6F/Tower, 2 West Prosper Centre

No.5, Guanghua Road

Chaoyang District

Beijing, 100020, P.R. China

 

Ladies and Gentlemen:

 

E-compass Acquisition Corp. (“Company”), a blank check company formed for the purpose of acquiring one or more businesses or entities (a “Business Combination”), intends to register its securities under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (“Securities Act”), in connection with its initial public offering (“IPO”), pursuant to a registration statement on Form S-1 (“Registration Statement”).

 

The undersigned hereby commits that it will purchase an aggregate of 310,000 units of the Company (“Private Units”), each Private Unit consisting of one ordinary share of the Company, par value $0.0001 per share (“Ordinary Shares”), and one right (“Right”) each entitling the holder to receive one-tenth (1/10) of an Ordinary Share upon consummation of a Business Combination, at $10.00 per Private Unit, for an aggregate purchase price of $3,100,000 (the “Private Unit Purchase Price”).

 

Pursuant to the Underwriting Agreement entered into in connection with the IPO, in the event that investors introduced by the undersigned to Cantor Fitzgerald & Co. (“Cantor Fitzgerald”) do not purchase at least $20,000,000 of the units offering in the IPO, Cantor Fitzgerald shall be entitled to additional underwriting commission in the amount of $0.15 per unit (1.5%) on the amount below $20,000,000 invested by investors introduced by the undersigned. The undersigned hereby commits that it will purchase an additional amount of units of the Company (“Commission Units”) equal to such increased commission to be paid to Cantor Fitzgerald as a result of such event and to cover the additional $0.40 that public investors may receive upon conversion or liquidation, up to a maximum of 110,000 Commission Units, or a maximum purchase price of $1,100,000 (“Commission Unit Purchase Price”, together with the Unit Purchase Price, the “Purchase Price”),

 

At least twenty-four (24) hours prior to the effective date of the Registration Statement, the undersigned will cause the Purchase Price to be delivered to Graubard Miller (“GM”), counsel for the Company, by wire transfer as set forth in the instructions attached as Exhibit A to hold in a non-interest bearing account until the Company consummates the IPO.

 

The consummation of the purchase and issuance of the Private Units and Commission Units shall occur simultaneously with the consummation of the IPO. Simultaneously with the consummation of the IPO, GM shall (i) deposit the Private Unit Purchase Price, without interest or deduction, into the trust fund (“Trust Fund”) established by the Company for the benefit of the Company’s public stockholders as described in the Registration Statement and (ii) to the extent increased commissions are due pursuant to the Underwriting Agreement and as directed in writing by the Company, deposit the Commission Unit Purchase Price, without interest or deduction, into the Trust Fund. Promptly following consummation of the IPO, GM shall return any unused portion of the Commission Unit Purchase Price to the undersigned, without interest. If the Company does not complete the IPO within six (6) months from the date of this letter (subject to a six (6) month extension at the Company’s option in its sole discretion), the Purchase Price (without interest or deduction) will be returned to the undersigned.

 

 
 

 

Each of the Company, Cantor Fitzgerald and the undersigned acknowledges and agrees that GM is serving hereunder solely as a convenience to the parties to facilitate the purchase of the Private Units and Commission Units and GM’s sole obligation under this letter agreement is to act with respect to holding and disbursing the Purchase Price for the Private Units and Commission Units as described above. GM shall not be liable to the Company, Cantor Fitzgerald or the undersigned or any other person or entity in respect of any act or failure to act hereunder or otherwise in connection with performing its services hereunder unless GM has acted in a manner constituting gross negligence or willful misconduct. The Company and the undersigned shall indemnify GM against any claim made against it (including reasonable attorney’s fees) by reason of it acting or failing to act in connection with this letter agreement except as a result of its gross negligence or willful misconduct. GM may rely and shall be protected in acting or refraining from acting upon any written notice, instruction or request furnished to it hereunder and believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper party or parties.

 

The Private Units and Commission Units will be identical to the units to be sold by the Company in the IPO. Additionally, the undersigned agrees:

 

to vote the Ordinary Shares included in the Private Units and Commission Units in favor of any proposed Business Combination;

 

not to propose, or vote in favor of, an amendment to the Company’s Amended and Restated Memorandum and Articles of Association with respect to the Company’s pre-Business Combination activities prior to the consummation of such a Business Combination unless the Company offers dissenting holders the right to convert their shares for a portion of the cash held in the Trust Fund;

 

not to convert any Ordinary Shares included in the Private Units and Commission Units into the right to receive cash from the Trust Fund in connection with a shareholder vote to approve either a Business Combination or an amendment to the provisions of the Company’s Amended and Restated Memorandum and Articles of Association relating to shareholders’ rights or pre-business combination activity;

 

that the Private Units, Commission Units and underlying securities will not be transferable until after the consummation of a Business Combination except (i) to the undersigned’s members upon its liquidation, (ii) to relatives and trusts for estate planning purposes, (iii) by virtue of the laws of descent and distribution upon death, (iv) pursuant to a qualified domestic relations order, (v) by certain pledges to secure obligations incurred in connection with purchase of the Company’s securities, (vi) by private sales made in connection with the consummation of a Business Combination at prices no greater than the price at which the Private Units were originally purchased or (vii) to the Company for cancellation in connection with the consummation of a Business Combination, in each case (except for clause vi) where the transferee agrees to the terms of the transfer restrictions;

 

the Private Units and Commission Units will be subject to customary registration rights, pursuant to a Registration Rights Agreement on terms agreed upon by the Company and the Underwriters to be filed as an exhibit to the Registration Statement;

 

2
 

 

the undersigned will not participate in any liquidation distribution with respect to the Private Units and Commission Units (but will participate in liquidation distributions with respect to any units or Common Stock purchased by the Undersigned in the IPO or in the open market) if the Company fails to consummate a Business Combination; and

 

the Private Units and Commission Units will include any additional terms or restrictions as is customary in other similarly structured blank check company offerings or as may be reasonably required by the underwriters in the IPO in order to consummate the IPO, each of which will be set forth in the Registration Statement.

 

The undersigned acknowledges and agrees that the purchaser of the Private Units and Commission Units will execute agreements in form and substance typical for transactions of this nature necessary to effectuate the foregoing agreements and obligations prior to the consummation of the IPO as are reasonably acceptable to the undersigned, including but not limited to an insider letter.

 

The undersigned hereby represents and warrants that:

 

(a) it has been advised that the Private Units and Commission Units have not been registered under the Securities Act;

 

(b) it will be acquiring the Private Units and Commission Units for its account for investment purposes only;

 

(c) it has no present intention of selling or otherwise disposing of the Private Units and Commission Units in violation of the securities laws of the United States;

 

(d) it is an “accredited investor” as defined by Rule 501 of Regulation D promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended;

 

(e) it has had both the opportunity to ask questions and receive answers from the officers and directors of the Company and all persons acting on its behalf concerning the terms and conditions of the offer made hereunder;

 

(f) it is familiar with the proposed business, management, financial condition and affairs of the Company;

 

(g) it has full power, authority and legal capacity to execute and deliver this letter and any documents contemplated herein or needed to consummate the transactions contemplated in this letter; and

 

(h) this letter constitutes its legal, valid and binding obligation, and is enforceable against it.

 

3
 

 

This letter agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the undersigned and the Company with respect to the purchase of the Private Units and Commission Units, and supersedes all prior and contemporaneous understandings, agreements, representations and warranties, both written and oral, with respect to the same.

 

  Very truly yours,
   
  LODESTAR INVESTMENT HOLDINGS I LLC
       
  BY:  
    Name:  
    Title:  

 

Accepted and Agreed:

 

E-compass Acquisition Corp.

 

By:    
  Name:    
  Title:    

 

Graubard Miller

(solely with respect to its obligations to hold

and disburse the Purchase Price)

 

By:    
  Name: Jeffrey M. Gallant  
  Title: Partner  

 

 

4

 

Exhibit 23.1

 

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

 

We consent to the inclusion in this Registration Statement of E-compass Acquisition Corp. (the “Company”) on Amendment No.2 to Form S-1 of our report dated May 11, 2015, except for Note 1, Note 3 and Note 5, as to which the date is July 24, 2015, which includes an explanatory paragraph as to the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern, with respect to our audit of the financial statements of the Company as of December 31, 2014 and for the period from September 23, 2014 to December 31, 2014, which appears in the Prospectus, which is part of this Registration Statement. We also consent to the reference to our Firm under the caption “Experts” in such Prospectus.

 

/s/ UHY LLP

 

New York, New York

July 24, 2015

Exhibit 99.1

 

Adopted:                         , 2015

 

AUDIT COMMITTEE CHARTER

 

OF

 

E-COMPASS ACQUISITION CORP.

 

Purpose

 

The purposes of the Audit Committee (the “Audit Committee”) of the Board of Directors (“Board”) of E-compass Acquisition Corp. (“Company”) are to assist the Board in monitoring (1) the integrity of the annual, quarterly and other financial statements of the Company, (2) the independent auditor’s qualifications and independence, (3) the performance of the Company’s independent auditor and (4) the compliance by the Company with legal and regulatory requirements. The Audit Committee also shall review and approve all related-party transactions.

 

The Audit Committee shall prepare the report required by the rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission (“Commission”) to be included in the Company’s annual proxy statement.

 

Committee Membership

 

The Audit Committee shall consist of no fewer than three members, absent a temporary vacancy. The Audit Committee shall meet the “Audit Committee Requirements” of the Nasdaq Stock Market and the independence and experience requirements of Section 10A(m)(3) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (“Exchange Act”) and the rules and regulations of the Commission.

 

The members of the Audit Committee shall be appointed by the Board. Audit Committee members may be replaced by the Board. There shall be a Chairman of the Audit Committee which shall also be appointed by the Board. The Chairman of the Audit Committee shall be a member of the Audit Committee and, if present, shall preside at each meeting of the Audit Committee. He shall advise and counsel with the executives of the Company, and shall perform such other duties as may from time to time be assigned to him by the Audit Committee or the Board of Directors.

 

Meetings

 

The Audit Committee shall meet as often as it determines, but not less frequently than quarterly. The Audit Committee shall meet periodically with management and the independent auditor in separate executive sessions. The Audit Committee may request any officer or employee of the Company or the Company’s outside counsel or independent auditor to attend a meeting of the Audit Committee or to meet with any members of, or consultants to, the Audit Committee.

 

 
 

 

Committee Authority and Responsibilities

 

The Audit Committee shall have the sole authority to appoint or replace the independent auditor. The Audit Committee shall be directly responsible for determining the compensation and oversight of the work of the independent auditor (including resolution of disagreements between management and the independent auditor regarding financial reporting) for the purpose of preparing or issuing an audit report or related work. The independent auditor shall report directly to the Audit Committee.

 

The Audit Committee shall pre-approve all auditing services and permitted non-audit services to be performed for the Company by its independent auditor, including the fees and terms thereof (subject to the de minimus exceptions for non-audit services described in Section 10A(i)(1)(B) of the Exchange Act which are approved by the Audit Committee prior to the completion of the audit). The Audit Committee may form and delegate authority to subcommittees of the Audit Committee consisting of one or more members when appropriate, including the authority to grant pre-approvals of audit and permitted non-audit services, provided that decisions of such subcommittee to grant pre-approvals shall be presented to the full Audit Committee at its next scheduled meeting.

 

The Audit Committee shall have the authority, to the extent it deems necessary or appropriate, to retain independent legal, accounting or other advisors. The Company shall provide for appropriate funding, as determined by the Audit Committee, for payment of compensation to (i) the independent auditor for the purpose of rendering or issuing an audit report and (ii) any advisors employed by the Audit Committee.

 

The Audit Committee shall make regular reports to the Board. The Audit Committee shall review and reassess the adequacy of this Charter annually and recommend any proposed changes to the Board for approval. The Audit Committee annually shall review the Audit Committee’s own performance.

 

The Audit Committee shall:

 

Financial Statement and Disclosure Matters

 

1. Meet with the independent auditor prior to the audit to review the scope, planning and staffing of the audit.

 

2. Review and discuss with management and the independent auditor the annual audited financial statements, and recommend to the Board whether the audited financial statements should be included in the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K (or the annual report to shareholders if distributed prior to the filing of the Form 10-K).

 

3. Review and discuss with management and the independent auditor the Company’s quarterly financial statements prior to the filing of its Form 10-Q, including the results of the independent auditor’s review of the quarterly financial statements.

 

2
 

 

4. Discuss with management and the independent auditor, as appropriate, significant financial reporting issues and judgments made in connection with the preparation of the Company’s financial statements, including:

 

(a) any significant changes in the Company’s selection or application of accounting principles;

 

(b) the Company’s critical accounting policies and practices;

 

(c) all alternative treatments of financial information within GAAP that have been discussed with management and the ramifications of the use of such alternative accounting principles;

 

(d) any major issues as to the adequacy of the Company’s internal controls and any special steps adopted in light of material control deficiencies; and

 

(e) any material written communications between the independent auditor and management, such as any management letter or schedule of unadjusted differences.

 

5. Discuss with management the Company’s earnings press releases generally, including the use of “pro forma” or “adjusted” non-GAAP information, and any financial information and earnings guidance provided to analysts and rating agencies. Such discussion may be general and include the types of information to be disclosed and the types of presentations to be made.

 

6. Discuss with management and the independent auditor the effect on the Company’s financial statements of (i) regulatory and accounting initiatives and (ii) off-balance sheet structures.

 

7. Discuss with management the Company’s major financial risk exposures and the steps management has taken to monitor and control such exposures, including the Company’s risk assessment and risk management policies.

 

8. Discuss with the independent auditor the matters required to be discussed by Statement on Auditing Standards No. 61 relating to the conduct of the audit, including any difficulties encountered in the course of the audit work, any restrictions on the scope of activities or access to requested information, and any significant disagreements with management.

 

9. Review disclosures made to the Audit Committee by the Company’s Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer (or individuals performing similar functions) during their certification process for the Form 10-K and Form 10-Qs about any significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting and any fraud involving management or other employees who have a significant role in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

3
 

 

Oversight of the Company’s Relationship with the Independent Auditor

 

10. At least annually, obtain and review a report from the independent auditor, consistent with the rules of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board, regarding (a) the independent auditor’s internal quality-control procedures, (b) any material issues raised by the most recent internal quality-control review, or peer review, of the firm, or by any inquiry or investigation by governmental or professional authorities within the preceding five years respecting one or more independent audits carried out by the firm, (c) any steps taken to deal with any such issues and (d) all relationships between the independent auditor and the Company. Evaluate the qualifications, performance and independence of the independent auditor, including whether the auditor’s quality controls are adequate and the provision of permitted non-audit services is compatible with maintaining the auditor’s independence, and taking into account the opinions of management and the internal auditor. The Audit Committee shall present its conclusions with respect to the independent auditor to the Board.

 

11. Verify the rotation of the lead (or coordinating) audit partner having primary responsibility for the audit and the audit partner responsible for reviewing the audit as required by law. Consider whether, in order to assure continuing auditor independence, it is appropriate to adopt a policy of rotating the independent auditing firm on a regular basis.

 

12. Oversee the Company’s hiring of employees or former employees of the independent auditor who participated in any capacity in the audit of the Company.

 

13. Be available to the independent auditor during the year for consultation purposes.

 

Compliance Oversight Responsibilities

 

14. Obtain assurance from the independent auditor that Section 10A(b) of the Exchange Act has not been implicated.

 

15. Review and approve all related-party transactions.

 

16. Inquire and discuss with management the Company’s compliance with applicable laws and regulations and with the Company’s Code of Ethics in effect at such time, if any, and, where applicable, recommend policies and procedures for future compliance.

 

17. Establish procedures (which may be incorporated in the Company’s Code of Ethics, in effect at such time, if any) for the receipt, retention and treatment of complaints received by the Company regarding accounting, internal accounting controls or reports which raise material issues regarding the Company’s financial statements or accounting policies.

 

18. Discuss with management and the independent auditor any correspondence with regulators or governmental agencies and any published reports that raise material issues regarding the Company’s financial statements or accounting policies.

 

4
 

 

19. Discuss with the Company’s General Counsel legal matters that may have a material impact on the financial statements or the Company’s compliance policies.

 

20. Review and approve all payments and reimbursements made to the Company’s officers and directors or its or their affiliates. Any payments or reimbursements made to members of the Audit Committee will be reviewed and approved by the Board, with the interested director or directors abstaining from such review and approval.

 

Limitation of Audit Committee’s Role

 

While the Audit Committee has the responsibilities and powers set forth in this Charter, it is not the duty of the Audit Committee to plan or conduct audits or to determine that the Company’s financial statements and disclosures are complete and accurate and are in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles and applicable rules and regulations. These are the responsibilities of management and the independent auditor.

 

 

5

 

 

 

Exhibit 99.2

 

Adopted:           , 2015

 

NOMINATING COMMITTEE CHARTER

 

OF

 

E-COMPASS ACQUISITION CORP.

 

The responsibilities and powers of the Nominating Committee (the “Nominating Committee”) of the Board of Directors (the “Board”) of E-compass Acquisition Corp. (the “Company”), as delegated by the Board, are set forth in this charter. Whenever the Nominating Committee takes an action, it shall exercise its independent judgment on an informed basis that the action is in the best interests of the Company and its shareholders.

 

I.            PURPOSE

 

As set forth herein, the Nominating Committee shall, among other things, discharge the responsibilities of the Board relating to the appropriate size, functioning and needs of the Board including, but not limited to, recruitment and retention of high quality Board members and committee composition and structure.

 

II.           MEMBERSHIP

 

The Nominating Committee shall consist of at least two members of the Board as determined from time to time by the Board. Each member shall be “independent” in accordance with the listing standards of the Nasdaq Stock Market, as amended from time to time.

 

The Board shall elect the members of this Nominating Committee at the first Board meeting practicable following the annual meeting of shareholders and may make changes from time to time pursuant to the provisions below. Unless a chair is elected by the Board, the members of the Nominating Committee shall designate a chair by majority vote of the full Nominating Committee membership.

 

A Nominating Committee member may resign by delivering his or her written resignation to the chairman of the Board, or may be removed by majority vote of the Board by delivery to such member of written notice of removal, to take effect at a date specified therein, or upon delivery of such written notice to such member if no date is specified.

 

III.         MEETINGS AND COMMITTEE ACTION

 

The Nominating Committee shall meet at such times as it deems necessary to fulfill its responsibilities. Meetings of the Nominating Committee shall be called by the chairman of the Nominating Committee upon such notice as is provided for in the by-laws of the company with respect to meetings of the Board. A majority of the members shall constitute a quorum. Actions of the Nominating Committee may be taken in person at a meeting or in writing without a meeting. Actions taken at a meeting, to be valid, shall require the approval of a majority of the members present and voting. Actions taken in writing, to be valid, shall be signed by all members of the Nominating Committee. The Nominating Committee shall report its minutes from each meeting to the Board.

 

1
 

 

The chairman of the Nominating Committee may establish such rules as may from time to time be necessary or appropriate for the conduct of the business of the Nominating Committee. At each meeting, the chairman shall appoint as secretary a person who may, but need not, be a member of the Nominating Committee. A certificate of the secretary of the Nominating Committee or minutes of a meeting of the Nominating Committee executed by the secretary setting forth the names of the members of the Nominating Committee present at the meeting or actions taken by the Nominating Committee at the meeting shall be sufficient evidence at all times as to the members of the Nominating Committee who were present, or such actions taken.

 

IV.         COMMITTEE AUTHORITY AND RESPONSIBLITIES

 

Developing the criteria and qualifications for membership on the Board.

 

Recruiting, reviewing and nominating candidates for election to the Board or to fill vacancies on the Board.

 

Reviewing candidates proposed by shareholders, and conducting appropriate inquiries into the background and qualifications of any such candidates.

 

Establishing subcommittees for the purpose of evaluating special or unique matters.

 

Monitoring and making recommendations regarding committee functions, contributions and composition.

 

Evaluating, on an annual basis, the Nominating Committee’s performance.

 

V.          REPORTING

 

The Nominating Committee shall prepare a statement each year concerning its compliance with this charter for inclusion in the Company’s proxy statement.

 

2
 

 

E-COMPASS ACQUISITION CORP.

 

Board of Director Candidate Guidelines

 

The Nominating Committee (the “Nominating Committee”) of the Board of Directors (“Board”) of E-compass Acquisition Corp. (the “Company”) will identify, evaluate and recommend candidates to become members of the Board with the goal of creating a balance of knowledge and experience. Nominations to the Board may also be submitted to the Nominating Committee by the Company’s shareholders in accordance with the Company’s policy, a copy of which is attached hereto. Candidates will be reviewed in the context of current composition of the Board (including the diversity in background, experience and viewpoints of the Board), the operating requirements of the Company and the long-term interests of the Company’s shareholders. In conducting this assessment, the Nominating Committee will consider and evaluate each director-candidate based upon its assessment of the following criteria:

 

Whether the candidate is independent pursuant to the requirements of the Nasdaq Stock Market.

 

Whether the candidate is accomplished in his or her field and has a reputation, both personal and professional, that is consistent with the image and reputation of the Company.

 

Whether the candidate has the ability to read and understand basic financial statements. The Nominating Committee also will determine if a candidate satisfies the criteria for being an “audit committee financial expert,” as defined by the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

Whether the candidate has relevant experience and expertise and would be able to provide insights and practical wisdom based upon that experience and expertise.

 

Whether the candidate has knowledge of the Company and issues affecting the Company.

 

Whether the candidate is committed to enhancing shareholder value.

 

Whether the candidate fully understands, or has the capacity to fully understand, the legal responsibilities of a director and the governance processes of a public company.

 

Whether the candidate is of high moral and ethical character and would be willing to apply sound, objective and independent business judgment, and to assume broad fiduciary responsibility.

 

Whether the candidate has, and would be willing to commit, the required hours necessary to discharge the duties of Board membership.

 

Whether the candidate has any prohibitive interlocking relationships or conflicts of interest.

 

Whether the candidate is able to develop a good working relationship with other Board members and contribute to the Board’s working relationship with the senior management of the Company.

 

Whether the candidate is able to suggest business opportunities to the Company.

   

3
 

 

E-COMPASS ACQUISITION CORP.

 

Shareholder Recommendations for Directors

 

Shareholders who wish to recommend to the Nominating Committee (the “Nominating Committee”) of the Board of Directors (“Board”) of E-compass Acquisition Corp. (the “Company”), a candidate for election to the Board should send their letters to E-compass Acquisition Corp., 6F/Tower, 2 West Proper Centre, No.5, Guanghua Road, Chaoyang District, Beijing, 100020, P.R. China, Attention: Nominating Committee. The Corporate Secretary will promptly forward all such letters to the members of the Nominating Committee. Shareholders must follow certain procedures to recommend to the Nominating Committee candidates for election as directors. In general, in order to provide sufficient time to enable the Nominating Committee to evaluate candidates recommended by shareholders in connection with selecting candidates for nomination in connection with the Company’s annual meeting of shareholders, the Corporate Secretary must receive the shareholder’s recommendation no later than thirty (30) days after the end of the Company’s fiscal year.

 

The recommendation must contain the following information about the candidate:

 

Name;

 

Age;

 

Business and current residence addresses, as well as residence addresses for the past 20 years;

 

Principal occupation or employment and employment history (name and address of employer and job title) for the past 10 years (or such shorter period as the candidate has been in the workforce);

 

Educational background;

 

Permission for the Company to conduct a background investigation, including the right to obtain education, employment and credit information;

 

The number of shares of common stock of the Company beneficially owned by the candidate;

 

The information that would be required to be disclosed by the Company about the candidate under the rules of the SEC in a Proxy Statement soliciting proxies for the election of such candidate as a director (which currently includes information required by Items 401, 404 and 405 of Regulation S-K); and

 

A signed consent of the nominee to serve as a director of the Company, if elected.

 

 

4

 

Exhibit 99.3

 

CHARTER OF THE COMPENSATION COMMITTEE OF
THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS OF
E-COMPASS ACQUISITION CORP.

 

I. PURPOSES

 

The Compensation Committee (the “ Committee ”) is appointed by the Board of Directors (the “ Board ”) of E-compass Acquisition Corp. (the “ Company ”) for the purposes of, among other things, (a) discharging the Board’s responsibilities relating to the compensation of the Company’s chief executive officer (the “ CEO ”) and other executive officers of the Company, (b) administering or delegating the power to administer the Company’s incentive compensation and equity-based compensation plans and (c) if required by applicable rules and regulations, issuing a “Compensation Committee Report” to be included in the Company's annual report on Form 10-K or proxy statement, as applicable.

 

II. RESPONSIBILITIES

 

In addition to such other duties as the Board may from time to time assign, the Committee shall:

 

Establish, review and approve the overall executive compensation philosophy and policies of the Company, including the establishment, if deemed appropriate, of performance-based incentives that support and reinforce the Company's long-term strategic goals, organizational objectives and shareholder interests.

 

Review and approve the Company’s goals and objectives relevant to the compensation of the CEO, annually evaluate the CEO’s performance in light of those goals and objectives and, based on this evaluation, determine the CEO’s compensation level, including, but not limited to, salary, bonus or bonus target levels, long and short-term incentive and equity compensation, retirement plans, and deferred compensation plans as the Committee deems appropriate. In determining the long-term incentive component of the CEO’s compensation, the Committee shall consider, among other factors, the Company’s performance and relative shareholder return, the value of similar incentive awards to CEO’s at comparable companies, and the awards given to the Company’s CEO in past years. The CEO shall not be present during voting and deliberations relating to CEO compensation.

 

Determine the compensation of all other executive officers, including, but not limited to, salary, bonus or bonus target levels, long and short-term incentive and equity compensation, retirement plans, and deferred compensation plans, as the Committee deems appropriate. Members of senior management may report on the performance of the other executive officers of the Company and make compensation recommendations to the Committee, which will review and, as appropriate, approve the compensation recommendations.

 

 
 

 

Receive and evaluate performance target goals for the senior officers and employees (other than executive officers) and review periodic reports from the CEO as to the performance and compensation of such senior officers and employees.

 

Administer or delegate the power to administer the Company’s incentive and equity-based compensation plans, including the grant of stock options, restricted stock and other equity awards under such plans.

 

Review and make recommendations to the Board with respect to the adoption of, and amendments to, incentive compensation and equity-based plans and approve for submission to the shareholders all new equity compensation plans that must be approved by shareholders pursuant to applicable law.

 

Review and approve any annual or long-term cash bonus or incentive plans in which the executive officers of the Company may participate.

 

Review and approve for the CEO and the other executive officers of the Company any employment agreements, severance arrangements, and change in control agreements or provisions.

 

Review and discuss with the Company’s management the Compensation Discussion and Analysis set forth in Securities and Exchange Commission Regulation S-K, Item 402, if required, and, based on such review and discussion, determine whether to recommend to the Board of Directors of the Company that the Compensation Discussion and Analysis be included in the Company’s annual report or proxy statement for the annual meeting of shareholders.

 

Provide, over the names of the members of the Committee, the Compensation Committee Report for the Company’s annual report or proxy statement for the annual meeting of shareholders, if required.

 

Conduct an annual performance evaluation of the Committee. In conducting such review, the Committee shall evaluate and address all matters that the Committee considers relevant to its performance, including at least the following: (a) the adequacy, appropriateness and quality of the information received from management or others; (b) the manner in which the Committees recommendations were discussed or debated; (c) whether the number and length of meetings of the Committee were adequate for the Committee to complete its work in a thorough and thoughtful manner; and (d) whether this Charter appropriately addresses the matters that are or should be within its scope.

 

2
 

 

III. COMPOSITION

 

The Committee shall be comprised of two or more members (including a chairperson), all of whom shall be “independent directors,” as such term is defined in the rules and regulations of the Nasdaq Stock Market, except that the Committee may have as one of its members a “non-independent director” under exceptional and limited circumstances pursuant to the exemption under Rule 5605(d)(2)(B) of the Nasdaq Stock Market. At least two of the Committee members shall be “non-employee directors” as defined by Rule 16b-3 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and “outside directors” as defined by Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code. The members of the Committee and the chairperson shall be selected not less frequently than annually by the Board and serve at the pleasure of the Board. A Committee member (including the chairperson) may be removed at any time, with or without cause, by the Board.

 

The Committee shall have authority to delegate any of its responsibilities to one or more subcommittees as the Committee may from time to time deem appropriate. If at any time the Committee includes a member who is not a “non employee director” within the meaning of Rule 16b-3 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “ Exchange Act ”), then a subcommittee comprised entirely of individuals who are “non-employee directors” may be formed by the Committee for the purpose of ratifying any grants of awards under any incentive or equity-based compensation plan for the purposes of complying with the exemption requirements of Rule 16b-3 of the Exchange Act or Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended; provided that any such grants shall not be contingent on such ratification.

 

IV. MEETINGS AND OPERATIONS

 

The Committee shall meet as often as necessary, but at least two times each year, to enable it to fulfill its responsibilities. The Committee shall meet at the call of its chairperson or a majority of its members. The Committee may meet by telephone conference call or by any other means permitted by law or the Company’s Memorandum and Articles of Association. A majority of the members of the Committee shall constitute a quorum. The Committee shall act on the affirmative vote of a majority of members present at a meeting at which a quorum is present. Subject to the Company’s Memorandum and Articles of Association, the Committee may act by unanimous written consent of all members in lieu of a meeting. The Committee shall determine its own rules and procedures, including designation of a chairperson pro tempore in the absence of the chairperson, and designation of a secretary. The secretary need not be a member of the Committee and shall attend Committee meetings and prepare minutes. The Secretary of the Company shall be the Secretary of the Compensation Committee unless the Committee designates otherwise. The Committee shall keep written minutes of its meetings, which shall be recorded or filed with the books and records of the Company. Any member of the Board shall be provided with copies of such Committee minutes if requested.

 

The Committee may ask members of management, employees, outside counsel, or others whose advice and counsel are relevant to the issues then being considered by the Committee to attend any meetings (or a portion thereof) and to provide such pertinent information as the Committee may request.

 

3
 

 

The chairperson of the Committee shall be responsible for leadership of the Committee, including preparing the agenda which shall be circulated to the members prior to the meeting date, presiding over Committee meetings, making Committee assignments and reporting the Committee’s actions to the Board. Following each of its meetings, the Committee shall deliver a report on the meeting to the Board, including a description of all actions taken by the Committee at the meeting.

 

If at any time during the exercise of his or her duties on behalf of the Committee, a Committee member has a direct conflict of interest with respect to an issue subject to determination or recommendation by the Committee, such Committee member shall abstain from participation, discussion and resolution of the instant issue, and the remaining members of the Committee shall advise the Board of their recommendation on such issue. The Committee shall be able to make determinations and recommendations even if only one Committee member is free from conflicts of interest on a particular issue.

 

V. AUTHORITY

 

The Committee has the authority, to the extent it deems appropriate, to conduct or authorize investigations into or studies of matters within the Committee's scope of responsibilities and to retain one or more compensation consultants to assist in the evaluation of CEO or executive compensation or other matters. The Committee shall have the sole authority to retain and terminate any such consulting firm, and to approve the firm’s fees and other retention terms. The Committee shall evaluate whether any compensation consultant retained or to be retained by it has any conflict of interest in accordance with Item 407(e)(3)(iv) of Regulation S-K. The Committee shall also have the authority, to the extent it deems necessary or appropriate, to retain legal counsel or other advisors. In retaining compensation consultants, outside counsel and other advisors, the Committee must take into consideration factors specified in the Nasdaq listing rules. The Company will provide for appropriate funding, as determined by the Committee, for payment of any such investigations or studies and the compensation to any consulting firm, legal counsel or other advisors retained by the Committee.

 

Effective as of ________________, 2015.

 

 

4

 

Exhibit 99.4

 

____________ __, 2015

 

E-compass Acquisition Corp.

6F/Tower, 2 West Prosper Centre

No.5, Guanghua Road

Chaoyang District

Beijing, 100020, P.R. China

 

Cantor Fitzgerald & Co.

499 Park Avenue

New York, New York 10022

 

Re:          Initial Public Offering

 

Gentlemen:

 

This letter is being delivered to you in accordance with the Underwriting Agreement (the “ Underwriting Agreement ”) to be entered into by and between E-compass Acquisition Corp., a Cayman Islands exempted company (the “ Company ”), and Cantor Fitzgerald & Co., as underwriter (the “ Underwriter ”), relating to an underwritten initial public offering (the “ IPO ”) of the Company’s units (the “ Units ”), each comprised of one ordinary share of the Company, par value $0.0001 per share (the “ Ordinary Shares ”), and one right (“ Right ”) to receive one-tenth of one Ordinary Share upon consummation of the Company’s initial Business Combination. The undersigned intends to purchase at least 1,000,000 Units in the IPO (such 1,000,000 Units being referred to herein as the “ Restricted Units ”). Certain capitalized terms used herein are defined in paragraph 6 hereof.

 

In order to induce the Company and the Underwriter to enter into the Underwriting Agreement and to proceed with the IPO, and in recognition of the benefit that such IPO will confer upon the undersigned as a shareholder of the Company, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the undersigned hereby agrees with the Company and the Underwriter as follows:

 

1.          The undersigned will not sell, assign, transfer, pledge, hypothecate or otherwise dispose (each a “Transfer”) of the Restricted Units prior to the consummation of a Business Combination; provided, however, that the undersigned may Transfer any such Restricted Units if, and only if, the prospective transferee executes a written agreement pursuant to which such transferee is bound by the same terms and conditions of this letter agreement. The undersigned understands and acknowledges that the certificates representing the Restricted Units purchased by him, her or it in the IPO will bear a legend indicating the foregoing restriction on Transfers.

 

 
 

 

2.          If the Company solicits approval of its stockholders of a Business Combination, the undersigned will vote all Ordinary Shares included within the Restricted Units in favor of such Business Combination.

 

3.          The undersigned hereby waives his, her or its right to exercise conversion rights, as described in the Registration Statement, with respect to any Ordinary Shares included within the Restricted Units, and agrees that he, she or it will not seek conversion with respect to such shares in connection with any vote on a Business Combination with respect thereto.

 

4.          The undersigned has full right and power, without violating any agreement by which he, she or it is bound, to enter into this letter agreement.

 

5.          In connection with Section 5-1401 of the General Obligations Law of the State of New York, this letter agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York without regard to principles of conflicts of law that would result in the application of the substantive law of another jurisdiction. The parties hereto agree that any action, proceeding or claim arising out of or relating in any way to this letter agreement shall be resolved through final and binding arbitration in accordance with the International Arbitration Rules of the American Arbitration Association (“AAA”). The arbitration shall be brought before the AAA International Center for Dispute Resolution’s offices in New York City, New York, will be conducted in English and will be decided by a panel of three arbitrators selected from the AAA Commercial Disputes Panel and that the arbitrator panel’s decision shall be final and enforceable by any court having jurisdiction over the party from whom enforcement is sought. The cost of such arbitrators and arbitration services, together with the prevailing party’s legal fees and expenses, shall be borne by the non-prevailing party or as otherwise directed by the arbitrators. The undersigned hereby appoints, without power of revocation, Graubard Miller 405 Lexington Avenue New York, New York 10174, Fax No.: (212) 818-8881 Attn: David Alan Miller, Esq., as its agent to accept and acknowledge on its behalf service of any and all process which may be served in any arbitration, action, proceeding or counterclaim in any way relating to or arising out of this letter agreement.

 

6.          As used herein, (i) a “ Business Combination ” shall mean a merger, share exchange, asset acquisition, share purchase, recapitalization, reorganization or other similar business combination with one or more businesses or entities, or entering into contractual arrangements that give the Company control over such businesses or entities, all as more fully described in the Registration Statement; and (ii) “ Registration Statement ” means the registration statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-204054), as amended, filed by the Company with the Securities and Exchange Commission with respect to the IPO.

 

2
 

 

7.          Any notice, consent or request to be given in connection with any of the terms or provisions of this letter agreement shall be in writing and shall be sent by express mail or similar private courier service, by certified mail (return receipt requested), by hand delivery or facsimile transmission.

 

8.          No party hereto may assign either this letter agreement or any of its rights, interests, or obligations hereunder without the prior written consent of the other party. Any purported assignment in violation of this paragraph shall be void and ineffectual and shall not operate to transfer or assign any interest or title to the purported assignee. This letter agreement shall be binding on the parties hereto and any successors and assigns thereof.

 

9.          The undersigned acknowledges and understands that the Underwriter and the Company will rely upon the agreements, representations and warranties set forth herein in proceeding with the IPO.

 

   
  Print Name
   
   
  Signature

 

Accepted and Agreed:  
   
E-compass Acquisition Corp.  
     
By:    
  Name:  
  Title:    
     
Cantor Fitzgerald & Co.  
     
By:    
  Name:  
  Title:  

 

 

3

 

 

Exhibit 99.5

 

____________ __, 2015

 

E-compass Acquisition Corp.

6F/Tower, 2 West Prosper Centre

No.5, Guanghua Road

Chaoyang District

Beijing, 100020, P.R. China

 

Cantor Fitzgerald & Co.

499 Park Avenue

New York, New York 10022

 

Re:       Initial Public Offering

 

Gentlemen:

 

This letter is being delivered to you in accordance with the Underwriting Agreement (the “ Underwriting Agreement ”) to be entered into by and between E-compass Acquisition Corp., a Cayman Islands exempted company (the “ Company ”), and Cantor Fitzgerald & Co., as underwriter (the “ Underwriter ”), relating to an underwritten initial public offering (the “ IPO ”) of the Company’s units (the “ Units ”), each comprised of one ordinary share of the Company, par value $0.0001 per share (the “ Ordinary Shares ”), and one right (“ Right ”) to receive one-tenth of one Ordinary Share upon consummation of the Company’s initial Business Combination. The undersigned intends to purchase at least 2,000,000 Units in the IPO (such 2,000,000 Units being referred to herein as the “ Restricted Units ”). Certain capitalized terms used herein are defined in paragraph 5 hereof.

 

In order to induce the Company and the Underwriter to enter into the Underwriting Agreement and to proceed with the IPO, and in recognition of the benefit that such IPO will confer upon the undersigned as a shareholder of the Company, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the undersigned hereby agrees with the Company and the Underwriter as follows:

 

1.          The undersigned hereby waives its right to receive an aggregate of $0.40 per Ordinary Share included within the Restricted Units if the Company solicits approval of its shareholders of a Business Combination or the Company is unable to consummate a Business Combination within the time period required by its Amended and Restated Memorandum and Articles of Association, as the same may be amended from time to time, and is forced to liquidate such that the undersigned will receive $0.40 less per share than the other public investors in the IPO will receive upon conversion or liquidation.

 
 

 

2.          The undersigned will not sell, assign, transfer, pledge, hypothecate or otherwise dispose (each a “Transfer”) of the Restricted Units prior to the earlier of the consummation of a Business Combination or the Company’s liquidation; provided, however, that the undersigned may Transfer any such Restricted Units if, and only if, the prospective transferee executes a written agreement pursuant to which such transferee is bound by the same terms and conditions of this letter agreement. The undersigned understands and acknowledges that the certificates representing the Restricted Units purchased by him, her or it in the IPO will bear a legend indicating the foregoing restriction on Transfers.

 

3.          The undersigned has full right and power, without violating any agreement by which he, she or it is bound, to enter into this letter agreement.

 

4.          In connection with Section 5-1401 of the General Obligations Law of the State of New York, this letter agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York without regard to principles of conflicts of law that would result in the application of the substantive law of another jurisdiction. The parties hereto agree that any action, proceeding or claim arising out of or relating in any way to this letter agreement shall be resolved through final and binding arbitration in accordance with the International Arbitration Rules of the American Arbitration Association (“AAA”). The arbitration shall be brought before the AAA International Center for Dispute Resolution’s offices in New York City, New York, will be conducted in English and will be decided by a panel of three arbitrators selected from the AAA Commercial Disputes Panel and that the arbitrator panel’s decision shall be final and enforceable by any court having jurisdiction over the party from whom enforcement is sought. The cost of such arbitrators and arbitration services, together with the prevailing party’s legal fees and expenses, shall be borne by the non-prevailing party or as otherwise directed by the arbitrators. The undersigned hereby appoints, without power of revocation, Graubard Miller 405 Lexington Avenue New York, New York 10174, Fax No.: (212) 818-8881 Attn: David Alan Miller, Esq., as its agent to accept and acknowledge on its behalf service of any and all process which may be served in any arbitration, action, proceeding or counterclaim in any way relating to or arising out of this letter agreement.

 

5.          As used herein, (i) a “ Business Combination ” shall mean a merger, share exchange, asset acquisition, share purchase, recapitalization, reorganization or other similar business combination with one or more businesses or entities, or entering into contractual arrangements that give the Company control over such businesses or entities, all as more fully described in the Registration Statement; and (ii) “ Registration Statement ” means the registration statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-204054), as amended, filed by the Company with the Securities and Exchange Commission with respect to the IPO.

2
 

 

6.          Any notice, consent or request to be given in connection with any of the terms or provisions of this letter agreement shall be in writing and shall be sent by express mail or similar private courier service, by certified mail (return receipt requested), by hand delivery or facsimile transmission.

 

7.          No party hereto may assign either this letter agreement or any of its rights, interests, or obligations hereunder without the prior written consent of the other party. Any purported assignment in violation of this paragraph shall be void and ineffectual and shall not operate to transfer or assign any interest or title to the purported assignee. This letter agreement shall be binding on the parties hereto and any successors and assigns thereof.

 

8.          The undersigned acknowledges and understands that the Underwriter and the Company will rely upon the agreements, representations and warranties set forth herein in proceeding with the IPO.

   
  Print Name
   
   
  Signature

 

Accepted and Agreed:  
   
E-compass Acquisition Corp.  
     
By:    
  Name:  
  Title:    
     
Cantor Fitzgerald & Co.  
     
By:    
  Name:  
  Title:  

 

 

3